Version 5.2.42
Release Date 2/17/2023
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Include Vendor Email To - Include the Vendor Address Email To field when emailing.
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Include Vendor Email CC - Include the Vendor Address Email CC field when emailing.
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Include Vendor Email BCC - Include the Vendor Address Email BCC field when emailing
ADDED: Security: Customer Contact Addresses: Save Customer Letter Folder - The location where the document will be saved before it is opened. Current Template Folder, Prompt for Folder, or Temp Folder. This functionality was changed in 4.6.4.25 when we removed Microsoft Office Interop dependencies. (Default: Current Folder)
ADDED: EDI 945 Inbound: Over-fulfillment attempts of non-tracked, lot-tracked, and serial-tracked items will now be audited to the sales document audit. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Quick Reports: There is now a Fixed Column option that can be set to Left or Right, which will fix a column position when scrolling left/right. NOTE: Named bands and grouping columns may have unexpected results. Reset the Grid Layout to see changes.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: The screen is now themed properly. This includes the popup for the Import/Export screens; the Export popup is used in various other places also and will now retain its size and position.
FIXED: Update Email From Customer: The plugin will now properly run via Automation Agent.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Double clicking in the comment field Auto-Filter row will no longer attempt to create a comment, which would result in an "Index was outside the bounds of the array" error.
FIXED: Vendor Item Setup: The Auto Filter Row will no longer throw an Object Reference error.
FIXED: Routing Entry: Both script hooks will now properly compile. (Extended Module: Manufacturing)
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: There will no longer be an object reference error if the Auto Filter row is selected when creating a customer letter.
FIXED: EDI 945 Inbound: After processing a 945 document, lot-tracked and serial-tracked items on the sales document will get fulfilled when 'Auto-Assign Lot Numbers' and 'Auto-Assign Serial Numbers' options are disabled in Dynamics GP. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: User Field Editor: The multi-select option will be properly disabled/unchecked if the UDF is changed to something that is not text.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Import: Alternating between clicking the 'Toggle Selection' button and manually toggling checkboxes in the 'Selected' column will not sometimes result in a row not updating correctly.
Version 5.2.41
Release Date 2/6/2023
BREAKING CHANGE: Shopify: Order Export: Tracking numbers are now exported to Shopify differently than before. The Order Export will look at packages and shipping headers to determine which tracking numbers belong to which sales line items and will send that information to Shopify. If a sales document has no packages, the export will send an arbitrary tracking number from that sales document instead. This may result in not all tracking numbers being sent to Shopify if a sales document has more than one tracking number and one of them is not assigned to any sales line items via packages or shipping headers. (Extended Module: Shopify Integration)
ADDED: Magento Integration: Settings: Order Import: Roll Back Order Import Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order import will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed import from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Magento Integration: Settings: Order Export: Roll Back Order Export Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order export will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed export from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Settings: Order Import: Roll Back Order Import Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order import will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed import from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.Shopify)
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Settings: Order Export: Roll Back Order Export Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order export will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed export from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.Shopify)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Order Import: Roll Back Order Import Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order import will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed import from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Order Export: Roll Back Order Export Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order export will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed export from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: MSM Fundraising Integration: Settings: Order Import: Roll Back Order Import Transaction On Error - When enabled, the transaction encompassing the order import will be rolled back when an error occurs. This prevents data from a partially completed import from being saved to the database. (Extended Module: Integration.MSMFundraising)
ADDED: Shopify: Setting: Order Export: Notify Customers - If set to 'True', Shopify will send an email to each order's customer when the Order Export creates or updates fulfillments. Defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: Shopify Integration)
ADDED: Item Maintenance: Flat Fee item type is now an option when creating a new item.
ADDED: Interactions: Contact_Key column stores the Address Code or Contact ID value of the chosen contact person/name.
ADDED: Interactions: Contact Key field appears in the Interaction Entry form and will show either "Address Code" or "Contact ID" based on selected Key (i.e. Customer or Prospect).
ADDED: Interactions: Contact Key column can be shown in the Interactions grid wherever it lives (Customers, Vendors, Sales Documents, Opportunities, Prospects, Contacts, Case Tracker), which will show one of the three captions based on the parent BO at the time: "Address Code", "Contact ID", "Address Code/Contact ID".
UPDATED: License Plates: When manually packing the UofM will now be UPPER case on the License Plate details. This is mainly to help with EDI case sensitivity needing to be upper case.
UPDATED: License Plating: Changes made to license plates will now be audited to spLicensePlateAudit.
UPDATED: Application: Newtonsoft.Json was upgraded to 13.0.2.
UPDATED: Interactions: Saving interactions in SalesPad Desktop now save the Address Code or Contact ID to the Contact Key column, which the Interaction Entry form will parse out upon loading. Also handles old or SalesPad Mobile interactions and converts them to modern interactions that will use the Contact Key within SalesPad Desktop.
REMOVED: Automation Agent: Script Platform: Removed the 'Roll Back SQL Transaction On Error' setting. From now on the scripting component will not be wrapped in a SQL transaction and each script will need to handle transaction begin/commit/rollback individually. (Extended Module: Automation Agent) (Introduced: 5.2.30)
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin - This plugin will now properly be read-only when the Receipt Card itself is read-only.
FIXED: Automation Agent: SQL transactions will not get locked up when tasks, such as Batch Forward, are being processed.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Items that are marked to not allow backorders and the corresponding setting is set to SellBalance, will no longer reduce the quantity for the sales line if it is marked as Dropship. (NOTE: This is a modification to a SQL stored procedure: spptaSopLineIvcInsert_SalesPad)
FIXED: Shopify: The Shopify integration no longer calls APIs which will be unsupported starting on April 1, 2023. (Extended Module: Shopify Integration)
FIXED: Batch Forward: The batch forward will no longer recalculate all batches for the document ID being forward. We're now checking for which batches documents moved to, including split documents and only recalculating those. This can help alleviate/minimize the amount of traffic/deadlocks on the SY00500. (This includes Automation Agent Batch Forward).
FIXED: Sales: Key2Act Sales Document Dock - Sales Line cost codes are no longer cleared when opening the Job Number dropdown but not changing the selection. Also, if the selection is changed and a non-supported job number is selected or the prompt to clear cost codes is denied, the job number will revert the change and sales line cost codes will no longer be cleared. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
FIXED: Sales Document: The audit trail for copying a sales document will no longer follow to other documents in the document chain (ex: Splits or Transfer to Order/Invoice)
FIXED: Customer: There will now be an error thrown if a Customer is saved and there is no Customer_Num generated from the stored procedures.
FIXED: Customer Address: There will now be an error thrown if the address has a blank Customer Num or Address Code, preventing bad records in SQL.
Version 5.2.40
Release Date 1/20/2023
ADDED: Purchasing: Key2Act Purchase Line Dock - This plugin allows the selection of a Key2Act Job or Service Call and other Key2Act-related fields. Docks to the line items grid for easy access. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
ADDED: Purchasing: Key2Act Purchase Line Monitor - This screen allows visibility of Key2Act purchasing information. With proper security, users can also move purchase orders between batches. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
ADDED: Sales: Key2Act Sales Search - This screen allows finding and launching Sales Documents assigned to a Key2Act Job or Service Call. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
ADDED: Receiving: Key2Act Receipt Line Search - This screen allows finding and launching Receipt Lines assigned to a Key2Act Job or Service Call. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
ADDED: Receiving: Key2Act Receiving - This tab allows viewing the selected Purchase Line's Key2Act Job or Service Call and other Key2Act related fields. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
ADDED: Shopify Product Export: Page Size Setting - Allows setting the maximum number of products SalesPad will attempt to update or create with each call to the Shopify API.
ADDED: Quick Reports: Setting: Cache File Quick Report Scripts - If true, the scripting within quick reports stored on a file system will be cached on execution. Note: Scripts for Quick Reports stored in the database are always cached. Defaults to 'false'.
UPDATED: Purchasing: Attach PO To Sales Line - Added visibility into Key2Act information. The Key2Act Prevent Double Billing When Linking setting will prevent linking a purchase line to a sales line when both contain Key2Act information. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
UPDATED: Sales: Attach Sales Line To PO - Added visibility into Key2Act information. The Key2Act Prevent Double Billing When Linking setting will prevent linking a sales line to a purchase line when both contain Key2Act information. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Splitting and invoicing will audit shipping headers, packages, and package details which are copied from the source sales document to the new sales document.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Scripts - Database Quick Report scripting will now cache based on the report’s ID and which button or script is firing. Saving a Quick Report via the editor will refresh these cache entries for the current user.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Scripts - Quick Report scripting will now use the cached framework assemblies, significantly improving performance.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Scripts - Quick Report scripting will now have access to the Universal Script setting.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Scripts - Quick Report scripting will now have access to using compiler pre-directives for custom namespaces, and more default namespaces have been added to match security scripting namespaces.
UPDATED: Split Sales Document: Improved error handling during sales document splitting. If the resulting sales documents cannot be saved after splitting, the error message is displayed to the user and forwarding is canceled.
UPDATED: Remote Library: If the Remote Library is used to forward and split sales documents, and forwarding fails for any reason, the workflow failure message is now returned to the calling application, such as Inventory Manager or SalesPad+.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Splitting and partially invoicing will only copy shipping headers to sales documents which have packed line items.
FIXED: Receiving: Error handling now prevents receiving a quantity that has more decimal places than is configured for that item’s quantity decimal places.
FIXED: Receiving: The blue warning text is now themed properly.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Trying to drag a row into the auto-filter row or other invalid areas will no longer result in an object reference error.
FIXED: Application: Resolved an issue when the application is checking for running plugins that could result in an exception being thrown: "Collection was modified; enumeration operation may not execute". This most likely could happen when forwarding a large number of documents in workflow that would hit Smart Printing.
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: The Status field will now populate properly with the Case Status.
FIXED: Create Return: Returning a serial tracked item that has the same Unit of Measure equivalence to the Base Unit of Measure will now properly show the serials.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Scripts - The OnDragDrop script will now compile and execute correctly, and its parameters now match the OnRunScript parameters.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: When Key2Act tables are in the database, there will no longer be a "String or binary data would be truncated error". This can be fixed with a stored procedure change.
Version 5.2.39
Release Date 1/3/23
ADDED: Opportunity Mass Update: The screen allows users to mass update CRM opportunities.
ADDED: Sales: Setting: Set Package Component Price To Zero - When enabled, if a kit is automatically converted to a package (the kit description contains the package indicator) the component prices will be zeroed. NOTE: The Kit Exploder has a similar sub-security.
ADDED: Setting: Can Pack Non-Inventory Items: When enabled, Sales Lines that are marked as Non-Inventory can be packed. NOTE: This excludes the top level Non-Inventory exploded kit item.
UPDATED: Shipments: When trying to pack an item individually there is now a prompt if a zero qty is attempted to be packed.
UPDATED: Shipments: When trying to pack an item individually the Quantity Ordered and Quantity To Pack fields are now rounded properly.
FIXED: Blue Moon Operations Core: When saving a Sales Document there will no longer be an "Object reference not set to an instance of an object." error when there is not a Ship To address code set. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Customer addresses with multiple email addresses in a single field will now properly email those addresses.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Closing the screen after forwarding a large batch of documents will no longer throw an Object reference error.
FIXED: Group Pricing: When a qty range would error out it was improperly saying "date range" and it will now say "qty range".
FIXED: Group Pricing: For items that allow multiple decimal quantities, the start quantity is no longer limited to 1 and can now be less than 1, but still must be greater than zero. (Example: Start Quantity -> .0001) (NOTE: Running a Database Update for an older build of SalesPad will truncate the values for the Qty Start and Qty End fields in the spGroupPricingItemDetail table.)
FIXED: Sop To Pop Links: A sales line's quantity fulfilled will now be set to zero when a link to a drop ship purchase order is created via the Purchase button on the Sales Entry screen. (Introduced in 5.0.3)
Version 5.2.38
Release Date 12/09/22
ADDED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Security: Pre Import Script - C# Script that executes before imported workflow queues are saved. Defaults to ''.
ADDED: Shipping: GetShippingHeaderNums: Gets list of open shipping headers for a given sales document to weed out any that have been applied to an invoice. Now adds up only those open ones for the sales document instead of all of them that are related.
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Security - Get Customer List Script: C# script hook that allows for a custom list of customers. NOTE: This bypasses the Payment Terms setting.
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Customer AR Statement Report: Custom AR Statement Report. Blank will use the base Customer AR Statement report.
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Invoice Report: Custom Invoice Report. Blank will use the base Invoice report.
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Return Report: Custom Return Report. Blank will use the base Return report.
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Include Invoice Reports: When disabled, Invoice reports will not be appended to the AR Statement pdf. (Default: True)
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Include Return Reports: When disabled, Return reports will not be appended to the AR Statement pdf. (Default: False)
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Test Email To Address: When populated, all e-mails will be sent to this email address. Primarily used for testing purposes. Can be a comma delimited list of emails.
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Include Cc Email Address: When enabled, The corresponding customer address Cc email address will be Cc'ed accordingly. (Default: False)
ADDED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Setting - Include Bcc Email Address: When enabled, The corresponding customer address Bcc email address will be Bcc'ed accordingly. (Default: False)
ADDED: Sales Document: There is now a "P-PD", Partially Paid, status, typically visible in Sales Monitor but may be visible in other places.
UPDATED: Sales Transfers: Inventory Transfers created will now respect the Setting - Inventory Transfer Batch Posts To GL. (This can also apply to any other process that might generate an Inventory Transfer)
UPDATED: EDI: 860 and 870 transactions are now available in EDI Essentials. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: Automation Agent AR Statement: The Customer Payment Terms setting now allows for multiple payment terms.
UPDATED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Email audits will now be properly written.
UPDATED: Automation Agent AR Statement: The Email and Email To fields will both be used when sending emails.
UPDATED: Sales Document: There is a SQL performance improvement with the spvSalesDocumentStatus/spvSalesDocumentStatusHistory views.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Changing the cost on a multicurrency purchase order should no longer result in a subtotal error when the new unit cost exactly matched the previous costs converted currency cost.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines that have a status of Closed will no longer attempt to save, which would result in an eConnect error "Invalid PO Status (POLNESTA), you cannot open a closed line" (Code: 9195).
FIXED: EDI 850: When processing EDI 850 documents with items that have contract pricing and there are EDI errors, the resulting sales document will automatically get voided instead of becoming orphaned.
FIXED: Receiving: Receiving on multiple rows against the same purchase line will now update the Received quantity of matching rows as they are being received. This will fix a scenario that was allowing over receiving, even if the Allow Over Receiving security was false.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Item restrictions being enabled to run on document save will not cause splitting, invoicing, or voiding a sales document to occasionally halt partway.
FIXED: Splitting: Assembly links will now properly split if the sales document had not been closed/reopened after running the Create Assembly plugin. (Introduced: 5.2.34)
FIXED: Lock Screen: When using Windows Authentication and the System User has a password set, there will no longer be a "Wrong Password" message when trying to unlock the screen.
FIXED: Security: The Copy All, right-click sub-security option, will no longer enable modules that were not enabled and will only copy the corresponding sub-security.
FIXED: Email Audit: The Attachments field in spEmailAudit is now NVARCHAR(MAX) to match the spExtendedEmailAudit and will prevent truncation.
FIXED: Sales Document Inventory Lookup: Hitting ENTER when selecting an Alternate Item will no longer add the item twice to the sales line.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Applying a row filter will now properly refresh the focused line viewer data for the newly focused row.
FIXED: Automation Agent AR Statement: Invoices that are included will no longer rely on the Outstanding Balance setting, which would limit visibility of some documents.
FIXED: Automation Agent AR Statement: The email template subject will properly replace keywords now.
FIXED: Automation Agent AR Statement: If one customer AR statement errors out, the job will now continue to other customers.
FIXED: Activity Locks: When clearing a lock on a document created in Dynamics GP, the Dynamics GP session will no longer be cleared by removing it from the tempdb..DEX_SESSION table.
FIXED: Import Manager: The Customer Item import will now update the mapped fields only instead of clearing out non-mapped fields.
FIXED: Sales Document Time In Queue: Data will now show properly. (Introduced: 5.2.29)
Version 5.2.37
Release Date 11/11/22
BREAKING CHANGE: Shopify: Each integration to a Shopify website now consumes a Shopify license. These license assignments can be managed in the Ecommerce License Manager module and auto-activated with the Auto-Activate Ecommerce Licenses setting. If you integrate to multiple Shopify websites, please contact Cavallo before updating to this version. (Extended Module: Shopify)
BREAKING CHANGE: Magento: Each integration to a Magento website now consumes a Magento license. These license assignments can be managed in the Ecommerce License Manager module and auto-activated with the Auto-Activate Ecommerce Licenses setting. If you integrate to multiple Magento websites, please contact Cavallo before updating to this version. (Extended Module: Magento)
BREAKING CHANGE: WooCommerce: Each integration to a WooCommerce website now consumes a WooCommerce license. These license assignments can be managed in the Ecommerce License Manager module and auto-activated with the Auto-Activate Ecommerce Licenses setting. If you integrate to multiple WooCommerce websites, please contact Cavallo before updating to this version. (Extended Module: WooCommerce)
ADDED: Ecommerce Integrations: There is now a Ecommerce License Manager module for viewing, adding, removing, enabling, and disabling Ecommerce license assignments. (Extended Module: Integration)
ADDED: Setting: Ecommerce: Auto-Activate Ecommerce Licenses - If set to 'True', when running an Ecommerce integration Automation Agent will allocate an Ecommerce license to it. Defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: Integration)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Resource Plugin: Max File Size - The maximum resource size in megabytes (MB). Maximum file size cannot exceed 120 megabytes.
UPDATED: Interaction Resources: Plain text is now supported for drag and drop, similar to other resources. NOTE: Outlook email drag and drop worked properly.
UPDATED: Resources: There will now be a log message if downloading/opening a resource would throw an exception.
FIXED: Shopify: Product Export: The product export will not fail with an error stating "Failed to upload bulk mutation variables to Shopify. Details: Malformed multipart body." (Extended Module: Shopify)
FIXED: Customer Contract Pricing: The sub-tabs will now refresh properly and don't require the customer card refresh button to be pressed. (Introduced: 5.1.7)
FIXED: Payfabric Capture: The plugin will now properly send the document to the corresponding Security Fail batch.
FIXED: Payfabric Capture: The Payfabric Post Transaction Script will now properly be called after the capture has been successful, instead of on a failure.
FIXED: Sales Line Resources: Sales line resources will now get transferred to the resulting sales document when quotes are transferred to orders.
FIXED: Resources: Dragging an Outlook email will now properly attach as a .msg file, instead of plain text.
Version 5.2.36
Release Date 10/28/22
ADDED: Setting: Can Delete Sales Document Linked To Purchase Order - The list of Groups/Users that can delete sales documents or individual sales lines that are linked to a purchase order. This is a User/Group setting and applies to Sales Entry, Customer Overview, and Sales Document/Line Mass Update. (Default: *)
ADDED: Settings: PayLink Auth Token Request Script - A C# script that executes before a PayLink authorization token is requested.
UPDATED: Cross/UpSell Maintenance: The form is now themed properly. The New/Edit details popup will also remember size/location.
FIXED: Sales Line Availability: Clicking into a blank column will no longer result in an Object Reference error.
FIXED: Opportunity Search: Clicking a blank Sales Rep/Sales Territory will no longer open a blank form.
FIXED: Application: The app will not error or freeze after logging in due to a "Some or all identity references could not be translated" error for computers which can't run named pipes with the "Everyone" identity. (Introduced: 5.2.5)
FIXED: Analytics Cloud Module: Sales document and customer links now work on computers which can't run named pipes with the "Everyone" identity. (Extended Module: Analytics Cloud)
FIXED: Security Script Manager: Resolved a caching issue that was causing slow performance when saving scripts.
FIXED: Security Editor: Saving changes to a security group will now only save the changed securities instead of always saving all of the securities within the group.
FIXED: Application: The majority of the fields that have dropdowns will no longer allow scrolling while the mouse is hovering over the field (The actual dropdowns will still be scrollable). This was disabled due to values being accidentally changed and bypassing certain prompts. (ex: Sales Document Warehouse prompt to roll down)
FIXED: Retrieve PayLink: Retrieving a PayLink manually from the Sales Entry screen will now properly update the Payments field.
Version 5.2.35
Release Date 10/14/22
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric: PayFabric Token Request Script - A C# script that executes before a PayFabric token is requested
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric: Credit Card Mapping By Sales Doc ID - Create mappings for PayFabric Credit Card to GP Cards for specific Sales Doc IDs. If no mapping is found for the current document's Sales Doc ID, the GP Card from the Setting: 'Credit Card Type Mappings' will be used. Supported Types: AmericanExpress, Discover, MasterCard, Visa, and (unspecified). Cards with an unspecified card type are typically gift cards
ADDED: Application: Support for Dynamics GP 18.5. NOTE: This was the build that was tested, older versions may still work properly.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Long running Automation Agent jobs will no longer cause a blocking process in SQL. There are patch dlls for 5.2.32, 5.2.33, and 5.2.34. (Introduced: 5.2.30/.31)
FIXED: Counter Sales: Sales lines should no longer disappear seemingly randomly during entry.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The multicurrency dropdown will now properly work without needing to save the document once.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Columns that link to sales documents but are blank will no longer open a blank sales document. This change could fix other hyperlinks in grids that have blank data, in some scenarios.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Subsequent saves of a Purchase Order that has a Workflow Queue name greater than 15 characters will no longer be truncated. NOTE: This is an update to a SQL stored procedure, sppUpdatePurchaseOrder.
FIXED: PayFabric: Successful transactions will no longer display an empty prompt screen. This issue was only present when using certain gateways.
Version 5.2.34
Release Date 09/30/22
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Enable Cash/Check Payment - Determines whether the Cash/Check payments tab is visible. (Default: true)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Mass Update: Disable Selected Documents Checkbox - Forces the Selected Documents checkbox to be checked and uneditable. (Default: false)
ADDED: Security: Sales Batch Processing: Disable Selected Documents Checkbox - Forces the Selected Documents checkbox to be checked and uneditable. (Default: false)
ADDED: Security: Sales Documents (Search): Disable Selected Documents Checkbox - Forces the Selected Documents checkbox to be checked and uneditable. (Default: false)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Mass Update: Disable Selected Lines Checkbox - Forces the Selected Lines checkbox to be checked and uneditable. (Default: false)
ADDED: Setting: KwikTag: Filter By Company Name - If set to 'True', KwikTag grids will only show documents which belong to this GP company. Defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
ADDED: Setting: Non Inventory Suffix When Converting Line Item: Suffix added to Non-Inventory items when using the right-click Convert Item option from the Sales Line or Purchase Line. Most users will probably want to just blank this setting out so that the suffix is not added. This can also be trimmed through an Item Master Pre-Save Script. (Default: *****)
ADDED: EDI Scheduler: Added the ability to set starting date and time when previewing an EDI schedule. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Security: Purchased Line Editor: Remove Zero Qty Links - If set to 'True', decreasing a link's quantity to 0 will remove the link. Defaults to 'False'.
ADDED: Credit Card Device: PAX A920 has been added to the list of supported devices.
UPDATED: Sales Shipment (Invoice Screen): The screen is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Settings: Square - Sandbox: Square Application ID - The OAuth Application ID for SalesPad in Square. Requires Square Developer account. Used when a Currency ID match is not found in the 'Square Sandbox Account Via Currency ID' setting.
UPDATED: Settings: Square - Sandbox: Square Application Secret - The OAuth Application Secret for SalesPad in Square. Requires Square Developer account. Used when a Currency ID match is not found in the 'Square Sandbox Account Via Currency ID' setting.
UPDATED: Settings: Square - Production: Square Application ID - The OAuth Application ID for SalesPad in Square. Should not be modified unless instructed by Cavallo. Used when a Currency ID match is not found in the 'Square Production Account Via Currency ID' setting. (Default: sq0idp-jCzty32DHpjd7ObOvFm49Q)
UPDATED: Settings: Square - Production: Square Application Secret - The OAuth Application Secret for SalesPad in Square. Should not be modified unless instructed by Cavallo. Used when a Currency ID match is not found in the 'Square Production Account Via Currency ID' setting. (Default: ********)
UPDATED: System Information: The Feature Licenses tab is now available for users who have Core as their primary license. This tab shows each license and its expiration date.
UPDATED: Purchased Line Editor: A purchase line item's quantity will not increase if it has enough uncommitted quantity to cover the quantity increase on the sales line item and link.
UPDATED: EDI: The inbound document save error handling will now have a stack trace in certain scenarios.
UPDATED: PayFabric Batch Capture: Multiple authorization captures will now appear in the message log, also the original authorization and capture amount will be displayed.
UPDATED: PayFabric Capture/Batch Capture (plugin): The Preauth Hold Code that would be removed, will now only be removed if the On Account/Remaining balance is zero.
FIXED: EDI 850: When not using the EDI Dropship Address Code setting, 850s that are marked as Dropship that do not find an address code will now have better error handling.
FIXED: KwikTag: Having an apostrophe in the KwikTag Site ID setting will not cause KwikTag document grids to fail to load data. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
FIXED: Setting: KwikTag: Use Windows Authentication - This setting is no longer missing a category and description. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
FIXED: Transfer To Invoice: The Order Date (ORDRDATE) will now properly be transferred to the invoice when there is a Payment on the order. (NOTE: This is a SQL stored procedure change: spptaCreateSopPaymentInsertRecord_SalesPad)
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Kits that have discontinued items and are in a non-multibin and are non-tracked will now properly fulfill. (NOTE: This is a fix to a stored procedure: spptaSopLineIvcInsertComponent_SalesPad)
FIXED: Sales Shipment (Invoice Screen): There were a few potential null references when pressing the Create Shipment button.
FIXED: Sales Shipment (Invoice Screen): The CalcPreviewText will no longer cause a null reference error when double clicking in the grid.
FIXED: Sales Shipment (Invoice Screen): The Print button will now be disabled when the Sales Document Entry → Disable Sales Document Printing for Customer On Hold is enabled and the customer is on hold.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Removed the extra whitespace between the tabs and the grid.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Value Option udfs, that are non-multiselect, can now be cleared using the backspace or Ctrl+Delete. Also, there is now a "blank" option in the drop down. NOTE: The current workaround is to use the spacebar.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: The address validated flag will no longer become reset during certain actions, which would cause duplicate address validation checks.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: The Address Validated flag will now probably reset when using the Delete key.
FIXED: EDI Scheduler: When the schedule frequency type is set to 'Daily', the initial job run time will not start a day in the future. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: Toggling the Show Lines check box will now properly refresh the available to pick grid.
FIXED: PayFabric: Transaction Entry: The Web Entry page will not show Level 2 Information and Level 3 Information when the EMV page is enabled. (Introduced: 5.1.1)
FIXED: Sales Documents: When splitting or partially invoicing a sales document which has assembly links, each link will move to the sales document which has the sales line item it is linked to instead of moving to an arbitrary split document. Note that this may result in the link being on multiple sales documents if the link's sales line item is split, or the link being deleted if the line has no quantity on any sales document.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: If a purchase line item is linked to multiple sales line items, changing the quantity on one of the links will change the purchase line item's quantity ordered by the same amount instead of setting the purchase line item's quantity ordered to the modified link's quantity.
FIXED: About: The About screen will show the primary license's Expiration Date instead of the first license to expire.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: Editing lines which use non-base UofMs will correctly update quantities on the sales line item, purchase line item, and link.
FIXED: PayFabric Capture/Batch Capture (plugin): Better handling of multiple authorizations to prevent double charges from zero dollar authorizations. The highest authorized amount will now be captured first, and if the zero authorization is not needed, it will be skipped.
FIXED: PayFabric Capture (plugin): Better auditing for multiple authorizations, including the original authorization and capture amount will be audited.
FIXED: PayFabric Capture (plugin): There could be multiple prompts for the same authorization when run directly from Sales Entry. (Introduced: 5.2.33)
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Capture (plugin): The plugin will now properly audit. This includes if there are multiple authorizations on the document.
FIXED: Item Master Resources: Resources deleted through GP will no longer load for the Item.
Version 5.2.33
Release Date 09/12/22
BREAKING CHANGE: EDI: EDI Mapping scripts are now cached when they are first compiled. So, any script changes will now require the EDI Service to be restarted, or if manually running the EDI processor using the Start button, that session will need to be logged out of SalesPad. Other users should also log out if there are EDI plugins being used in workflow. (NOTE: During EDI testing the current logged in session does NOT need to log out if script changes are made.)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments - Default On Account When Capturing PayFabric Authorizations: When capturing an authorization the default value will be the On Account, instead of the current authorization amount. NOTE: If the Auth is more than the On Account and Over Charging is not allowed, we'll default to the On Account.
ADDED: Setting: Sending Emails: Can Sign In When Sending Email - If set to 'True', when sending an email with a setup which uses OAuth and there isn't a valid access token available, the app will ask the user to sign in. If set to 'False', users can only manage OAuth sign-ins from SMTP configuration screens. Defaults to 'True'.
ADDED: Email: Gmail email can now be sent using Google OAuth instead of a password. To enable this, set the OAuth Service Provider for the Sales Email Confirmation email or a SMTP Setup email to Google.
ADDED: Email: Outlook email can now be sent using Microsoft OAuth instead of a password. To enable this, set the OAuth Service Provider for the Sales Email Confirmation email or a SMTP Setup email to Microsoft.
ADDED: Setting: Sales Email Confirmation: SMTP OAuth Service Provider - OAuth service used to obtain access tokens for authentication against the email server. If set to 'None', the SMTP setup will use basic authentication like in earlier builds. If set to 'Google' or 'Microsoft', the SMTP setup will use OAuth with the selected service provider. Note that the email server must support that OAuth service provider; e.g. using smtp.gmail.com with Microsoft OAuth will not work. Defaults to 'None'.
ADDED: Setting: Sales Email Confirmation: SMTP over SSL or TLS Startup Method - If SSL or TLS is enabled and MailKit is being used as the SMTP client, this setting determines how the client starts encryption. Defaults to 'Auto'.
ADDED: Setting: Sending Emails: Basic Authentication SMTP Client Implementation - The library to use when sending email using basic authentication. When sending email using OAuth, MailKit will be used regardless of this setting's value. Defaults to 'System.Net.Mail'.
ADDED: SMTP Setup: SMTP setups now have a field called OAuth Service Provider. If set to 'None', the SMTP setup will use basic authentication like in earlier builds. If set to 'Google' or 'Microsoft', the SMTP setup will use OAuth with the selected service provider. Note that the email server must support that OAuth service provider; e.g. using smtp.gmail.com with Microsoft OAuth will not work.
ADDED: SMTP Setup: SMTP setups now have a field called SSL/TLS Startup Method. If SSL or TLS is enabled and MailKit is being used as the SMTP client, this field determines how the client starts encryption.
ADDED: Setting: Lock Screen Timer - The amount of time in minutes before the Lock Screen will popup. Zero will disable the lockout screen. NOTE: Using Windows Credentials will not require a password on the lock screen.
UPDATED: Payfabric Authorization Plugin: When run manually from the Sales Document, there will be a prompt telling the user what happened.
UPDATED: Payfabric Capture Plugin: When run manually from the Sales Document, there will be a prompt telling the user what happened.
UPDATED: Payfabric Charge Plugin: When run manually from the Sales Document, there will be a prompt telling the user what happened.
UPDATED: EDI: EDI Mapping Scripts are now cached, which will cut back on the number of temp files being generated and generally improve performance when processing EDI documents.
UPDATED: EDI: Data Cross Reference: The Partners grid is now sorted by default instead of potentially being in a random order. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: Setting: Sales Email Confirmation: Email Server User - This setting now has an ellipsis button which users can use to obtain an email address and access token from Google or Microsoft. Note that for the app to use that access token, the user must set the SMTP OAuth Service Provider setting to the service provider which he or she signed in with.
UPDATED: SMTP Setup: The Add/Edit SMTP Setup modal now has a Sign In button which uses can use to obtain an email address and access token from Google or Microsoft.
UPDATED: SMTP Setup: The Add/Edit SMTP Setup modal now has a Sign Out button which removes the access token associated with the SMTP Setup's email address and OAuth service provider.
UPDATED: EDI Scripts: Scripts for outbound EDI documents now have a CancelEventArgs parameter which can be used to cancel the outbound EDI via scripting. (Ext Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Payfabric Authorization Plugin: When run manually from the Sales Document, the payment hyperlink will be updated.
FIXED: Payfabric Capture Plugin: When run manually from the Sales Document, the payment hyperlink will be updated.
FIXED: Payfabric Charge Plugin: When run manually from the Sales Document, the payment hyperlink will be updated.
FIXED: Sales document Payments: When capturing an authorization and the document total has increased, we now properly allow the capture to happen. (NOTE: We still respect the Allow Overcharge setting to prevent over charging based on the document total)
FIXED: EDI Sales Document Order Acknowledgement: There will no longer be a "Create Window Handle" error when using the plugin in workflow over an extended time period. This may also solve some EDI Processor/EDI Service crashing issues.
FIXED: Lock Screen: The lock screen button will now properly show up with settings permissions.
FIXED: EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement: Rounded quantities and prices will be highlighted as changed once again. This is a rollback of a change put in 5.2.26. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.2.26)
Version 5.2.32
Release Date 08/26/22
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Product Export: Added the ability to update existing items and create new items in WooCommerce. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Product Export Filter - Define the criteria for which GP items should be exported to WooCommerce. If left blank, all active items will be exported. This setting has no default value. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Product Item Master Matching - This setting will be used to try and match every WooCommerce item to a GP Item. If a match is found, the GP item will be used to update the WooCommerce product. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Product Mapping - Assign the WooCommerce product fields from the GP item master. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Product Pre Export Script - A C# script that runs before a product is exported. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Product Post Export Script - A C# script that runs after a product is successfully exported. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Product Item Master Matching Script - A C# script that can be used to match a GP item based on the WooCommerce product. This runs after an evaluation has been made with the Product Item Master Matching setting. (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Product Export: Number Of Products Per Export Page - Specify the number of products in each page of the Inventory Export. (Max: 100) (Extended Module: Integration.WooCommerce)
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When using the Sales Document Notes -> Override Queue Access for Notes and Comments security, if the document has an activity lock there is now a prompt to cancel the closing as to not lose any changes and allow for the document to become unlocked by the other user.
UPDATED: License Plate Detail: When adding license plate details the form is now resizable and will remember its size/location.
FIXED: License Plate Detail: When adding license plate details for dropship lot/serial tracked items, the serial/lot field is no longer a required field.
FIXED: Item Inventory: The Hide Empty Bins checkbox will now properly hide empty bins. (Introduced: 5.2.25)
FIXED: Sales Entry: When an address is validated and it fails to validate, the Longitude/Latitude fields will not be cleared.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: The Longitude/Latitude will no longer be formatted as currency.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When using the Sales Document Notes -> Override Queue Access for Notes and Comments security, the save that happens on closing will now properly only save Notes/Comments.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: There will no longer be an address validation attempt in certain read-only scenarios when closing/saving a sales document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring to invoice will no longer result in a null reference if the document was part of a consolidated shipment and the license plate details are empty. This is a SQL stored procedure update. (Introduced: 5.2.31)
FIXED: Sales Document Notes: Named Notes will now be editable on historical documents if the Batch is marked as read-only in workflow setup and the corresponding security/settings are enabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Manual Split: Fixed eConnect error 8298 'You can not change the extended quantity of a kit item' when splitting a sales document more than once.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Various components will no longer leave SQL transactions open. (Extended Module: Automation Agent) (Introduced: 5.2.30)
FIXED: Workflow: Smart printing and other printing actions will not sometimes fail with a "ExecuteReader requires the command to have a transaction when the connection assigned to the command is in a pending local transaction" error.
Version 5.2.31
Release Date 08/05/22
ADDED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Added customer audit and customer email audit. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Security: Customer Address Card: Available Shipping Methods - Semicolon delimited list of the shipping methods that are available to the security group. All shipping methods are available when this security is blank.
ADDED: Security: New Customer: Available Shipping Methods - Semicolon delimited list of the shipping methods that are available to the security group. All shipping methods are available when this security is blank.
UPDATED: Application: The spAuditLogHistory table field sizes for Sales Doc Type and AuditText now properly match the spAuditLog table.
UPDATED: Attach PO to Sales Line: Redesigned the form and is better themed.
UPDATED: Attach Sales Line to PO: Redesigned the form and is better themed.
FIXED: KwikTag: Trying to upload a file to a KwikTag site which uses 'https' will not give an "Error uploading document: The provided URI scheme 'https' is invalid; expected 'http'" error. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
FIXED: Attach PO to Sales Line: Dropship purchase lines or PO lines that were received using a Shipment/Invoice will no longer be allowed to over attach a quantity to a line.
FIXED: Attach Sales Line to PO: Dropship purchase lines or PO lines that were received using a Shipment/Invoice will no longer be allowed to over attach a quantity to a line.
FIXED: Transfer To Invoice: License Plate information will properly transfer to invoice. This may have caused some issues with EDI 856 documents not sending details on Invoices. NOTE: This is a SQL Stored Procedure change which can be fixed without an upgrade.(Introduced: 5.2.27)
Version 5.2.30
Release Date 07/22/22
BREAKING CHANGE: REMOVED: Remote Library: Removed an endpoint which was only used by the original AutomationAgent standalone app. If this results in "cannot be processed at the receiver, due to a ContractFilter mismatch at the EndpointDispatcher" errors, migrate to the AutomationAgent extension module. (Extended Module: Remote Library)
ADDED: Square: Security: Allow Deposits On Orders - In conjunction with the Allow Payments On Orders setting, users can now be limited to only allowing payments, deposits or both. NOTE: If both are disabled payments can still be taken but are defaulted to deposits, this scenario should be avoided. (Default: *)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Setting: Email Errors - If set to 'True' and the 'Email Errors From' and 'Email Errors To' settings are correctly filled out, Automation Agent will send an email for each error that reaches the Action Center. Defaults to 'False'.
ADDED: Automation Agent: Setting: Email Errors From - The email address which Automation Agent will use to send automation errors. The email address must be accessible by the SMTP Setup screen row which belongs to the system user who's running Automation Agent. If that system user doesn't have a SMTP Setup row, the email address must be accessible by the Sales Email Confirmation settings instead. Defaults to nothing.
ADDED: Automation Agent: Setting: Email Errors To - The email address which Automation Agent will send automation errors to. Defaults to nothing.
ADDED: Automation Agent: Setting: Error Email Outgoing Name - The outgoing name which Automation Agent will use when sending automation errors. If blank, the mail server will use a default value based on the sender's email address. Defaults to 'Automation Agent'.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Slight speed improvements around rolling down Shipping Method or Warehouse to the sales line items when determining what Tax Schedule to set.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When changing the Ship To Address and the Shipping Method would change the Use Shipping Method When Selecting Default Tax Schedule setting is now respected for figuring out the Tax Schedule (Pickup vs Delivery shipments tax schedule based on Warehouse vs Address respectively).
UPDATED: Licensing: 'Attach Sales Line to Manufacturing Order' and 'Sales Document Manufacturing Orders' are now part of the CPQ Configure license.
UPDATED: Pacejet: Errors which stop the Process Shipment and Get Rates plugins are now audited to the sales document or in-transit transfer which the plugin is being run for. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
UPDATED: Business Object Mapping: Selecting Trading Partners for EDI Transactions will now be done through a popup window that allows users to select all, select none and also search for Trading Partners to choose from. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: System User Card: The System User Card securities popups have been updated to allow for searching.
UPDATED: EDI Service: This service no longer requires and consumes a user seat when installed as a Windows service. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: PayFabric: Voiding a transaction now creates audit logs to the document to indicate that the PayFabric transaction has been deleted and also creates an audit if there are no payments found that are associated with the PayFabric transaction that was voided. The Process Log entry that is associated with voiding has been reworked to better display failures and successes.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Email Platform: If the system user who's running Automation Agent doesn't have a row in the SMTP Setup screen, the SMTP information in the Sales Email Confirmation settings will be used for sending email instead.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Purchase line Tax Amount will now get properly zeroed out when switching between a Taxable and Non-Taxable scenario. NOTE: This can be fixed with an updated SQL Stored Procedure: spptaPoHdr_SalesPad.
FIXED: Purchase Line Distribution Entry: The plugin will only prompt to save if the purchase order is new so that it doesn't prompt to save after each run of the plugin when making changes. (Introduced: 5.2.19)
FIXED: PayFabric: Pre-Auth holds will no longer be removed when attempting to void a transaction and the void process fails for any reason.
FIXED: PayFabric Charge Plugin: This plugin will no longer throw an exception when using certain gateways.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Purchase Order links will no longer launch GP and instead will open the PO in SalesPad (Introduced: 5.2.27)
FIXED: Purchase Order Monitor: Data will now load when SalesPad is in French or Spanish localization.
FIXED: Multi-Run Script: Users can now add multiple multi-run scripts to the toolbar. Previously the same script would get added multiple times.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the Ship To address will now properly update the Sales Lines Shipping Method from the address. (Introduced: 5.2.11)
FIXED: Document Combiner: Documents will be found when the system is localized.
FIXED: Application: Various localization issues when loading data or comparing values. (Vendor Item Setup, Equipment Management Item History, Receipt Transaction Purchase Line Selector, Receipt Purchase Order Selection, Square, Case Tracker Reorders/Returns, Integrations, and Remote Library)
Version 5.2.29
Release Date 06/24/22
ADDED: Case Tracker Entry: Security - Can Change Workflow Queue: Allows a user to change the workflow queue.
ADDED: Magento Integration: Settings: Order Import: Enable Order Import Trace - If enabled, customer and customer address matching information will be logged during order import. This setting should be enabled for troubleshooting purposes only. (Default: False)
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Settings: Order Import: Enable Order Import Trace - If enabled, customer and customer address matching information will be logged during order import. This setting should be enabled for troubleshooting purposes only. (Default: False)
ADDED: WooCommerce Integration: Settings: Order Import: Enable Order Import Trace - If enabled, customer and customer address matching information will be logged during order import. This setting should be enabled for troubleshooting purposes only. (Default: False)
ADDED: Customer Reports: Reports that are based on the Customer dataset will now have access to the SalesRep dataset.
ADDED: Settings - Show Hidden Report Datasets: When enabled, Datasets outside of the main dataset will be visible again. The main use is for reports that may have mapped fields to these datasets, and allow for mapping changes or re-mapping. (NOTE: Mapped fields to the now hidden datasets will still pull data as expected)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Added the 'Invoice Export' component to the Magento2 platform which allows transferring Magento orders to invoices. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Order Import - Assignment: Sales Document PayFabric Mapping - Define the mappings to be used when creating a PayFabric transaction. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Invoice Export: Export Queue - Queue that contains invoices ready to be exported to Magento. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Invoice Export: Export Failure Queue - In the event of an unsuccessful export, the document will be placed into this queue. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Invoice Export: Number Of Invoices Per Export Page - Specify the number of invoices in each page of the invoice export. (Default: 50) (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Invoice Export: Invoice Notify - Notify customer of invoice update. (Default: False) (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Invoice Export: Capture Payment - Capture payment authorization if one exists on the Magento order. (Default: False) (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
REMOVED: RMA Report: Various calculated fields and a bad dataset was removed from the base report.
REMOVED: Inventory Transfer Report: Various calculated fields and a bad dataset was removed from the base report.
REMOVED: Inventory Adjustment Report: Various calculated fields and a bad dataset was removed from the base report.
REMOVED: In-transit Transfer Report: Various calculated fields and a bad dataset was removed from the base report.
REMOVED: Purchase Receipt Return: A bad dataset was removed from the base report.
UPDATED: Licensing: Various inventory modules such as In-Transit Transfer Entry and Inventory Adjustment are now available in the base CRM package.
UPDATED: Licensing: Several reporting modules are now accessible to licensing configurations which use a Workflow and Profit Manager license without a CRM license.
UPDATED: Square Integration: Migrated the Square hosted payment page from SqPaymentForm to Web Payments SDK. The SqPaymentForm library is deprecated as of May 13, 2021, and will only receive critical security updates from now on.
UPDATED: Setting: Square - Sandbox: Square Payment Page URL - Default value changed from https://square.salespad.dev/ (SqPaymentForm) to https://square.cavallo.dev/ (Web Payments SDK).
UPDATED: Setting: Square - Production: Square Payment Page URL - Default value changed from https://square.salespad.dev/ (SqPaymentForm) to https://square.cavallo.dev/ (Web Payments SDK).
UPDATED: Printed Reports: The dataset will show a friendly name for most reports.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Most reports will no longer show the sub-datasets as outer datasets. Example: SalesLineItems will only show as nested under the SalesDocument, instead of showing outside of the SalesDocument dataset. NOTE: Any mappings that would use the outer datasets will still populate with data, but changing/updating mappings may need to be remapped, or enable the new setting to show the outer mappings.
UPDATED: Settings/Security: Some editors that allowed picking fields and udfs have been updated to have a popup menu for easier selecting of values.
FIXED: Customer Special Pricing: The End Date autofilter row will no longer throw an object reference error.
FIXED: Customer Special Pricing: You can no longer set an End Date that is before the Begin Date.
FIXED: Purchase Order EDI 850: When using a UofM Data Cross reference it will no longer round. This is a rollback of a change put in 5.2.26. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.2.26)
FIXED: Item Inventory: Clicking an item number hyperlink that opens up the inventory lookup will no longer result in an Object reference error targeting gvInvByLoc_CustomColumnDisplayText. (Introduced: 5.2.25)
FIXED: Quick Report: The reports tab will now show an indicator if more buttons are hidden when the splitter is too far to the left.
FIXED: Item Inventory: There will no longer be an ArgumentOutOfRangeException if the Location Quantities security is blank. It will now properly zero out all quantities. (Introduced: 5.2.25)
FIXED: Group Pricing: When using the Item Class Match Field, the UofM can now be properly selected.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Both Cost fields will now properly account for Qty Canceled line items. (NOTE: This is a SQL stored procedure fix. Any spcpSalesMonitor will need updated to account for this change)
FIXED: Shopify: Order Import: Non-inventory line item unit prices now round based on the sales document's currency instead of always rounding to the nearest whole number. This can be worked around in older builds with the Sales Line Assignment Mapping setting. (Extended Module: Shopify)
FIXED: Shopify: Order Import: Line items with discounts will import with the correct Unit Price and Extended Price instead of negating the discount by adding the discount to the Unit Price. This can be worked around in older builds with the Sales Line Assignment Mapping setting. (Extended Module: Shopify)
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: The cash/check amount field will now properly populate if it was the last tab remembered. (Introduced: 5.2.0)
FIXED: CounterSales Sales Document Payment: The cash/check amount field will now properly update after taking a partial payment.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The On Validating script will no longer fire multiple times during certain scenarios. Most noticeable would be when changing a value on a field and directly pressing the forward button.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The On Validating script will no longer fire upon opening a sales document and the script references the Customer PO or Sales Doc Num fields.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The On Validating script will now fire in the correct sequence for the Ship To Address Code field.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The Ship To Address Code hyper link will be properly themed.
FIXED: Customer Reports: The datasets will be properly nested under the Customer dataset
FIXED: Settings: Opening some editors and making no changes will no longer cause a prompt to save.
Version 5.2.28
Release Date 05/27/22
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: The Show Inventory In License Plates was removed. (see new security)
BREAKING CHANGE: Item Inventory: The Qty In License Plate column is not shown by default and requires sub-security enabled. (NOTE: This column is only used for standalone license plates, not shipments tied to sales documents)
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: Security -> Prompt For Inventory In License Plates - Options for prompting/denying/allowing the user to fulfill from inventory that is tied to a License Plate. (Default: Allow Silent)
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: Security -> License Plate Quantity Warning On Quantity Fulfilled - When enabled, focusing the Quantity Fulfilled field will add a warning message if the item's quantity available is tied to a license plate.
ADDED: License Plate Detail Search: Search for license plates details. (Note: This is not used for shipments tied to sales document, only for stand alone license plates)
ADDED: Item Inventory: Security -> Show Quantity In License Plate Column - If set to true, the Qty In License Plate column will be available. (Default: false)
ADDED: Item Inventory: The Qty In License Plate column now has a hyperlink that will launch the License Plate Detail Search for the item, allowing to see the corresponding license plate details.
ADDED: Function: The spfGetQuantityInLicensePlates now has an "spcf" call so the function can be overridden.
ADDED: EDI Data Cross Reference: New trading partners can now be added through an Excel import. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Data Cross Reference: New currencies, payment terms, shipping methods, status codes, and uofms can now be added through an Excel import. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Data Cross Reference: A new button, "Import Into Selected", has been added to allow users to add new addresses, items, uofms, currencies, payment terms, shipping methods, status codes, or item export fields to all selected trading partners at the same time using an Excel import. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: Sales: Enable Partial Refunds On Open Orders - When enabled, issuing a credit against sales document deposit will create a GL journal entry reduction instead of being removed and reapplied at a lower price. Additionally, the original bank deposit receipt will not get voided; instead, a new receipt with a negative amount will be created. (Default: True)
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: Added a Customer Address grid lookup control for mass update of ShipTo Address fields on selected documents and their lines. (All selected documents must have one distinct customer in order for lookup to populate.)
ADDED: Remote Library: GET /RunScriptGET endpoint now available. Runs the same script as POST /RunScript (Settings: Remote Library Run Script), only is a GET request and does not accept a body, therefore the 'contentStream' parameter in the script hook will be null.
REMOVED: Inventory Business Objects: The Qty_In_License_Plates field was removed from InventoryByLoc, InventoryLotNum, InventoryMultiBin, InventoryQuantityMaster, and Inventory SerialNum.
REMOVED: Sales Line Item: The "L" indicator and corresponding "L = Qty Avail on License Plate" tooltip. (see added security warning).
UPDATED: EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement: There is now an additional option when accepting or rejecting the order. The existing options have also been renamed to better reflect what they mean. The three options are now "Accept With Changes", "Accept All", and "Reject All". (Extended Module; SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: A sales line item that is linked to an In-Transit Transfer will now allow the fields, normally locked down, to be editable if the In-Transit Transfer is posted or deleted. (Introduced: 5.2.12)
UPDATED: Configurator Restrictions: Users can now restrict options of a multi drop down attribute based on options selected within that attribute. (Extended Module: Configurator)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Shipment: The 'Recalculate Weight' button will update the shipping header's weight. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Shipment: The 'Recalculate Weight' will not discard recent changes to the shipping header. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Interaction Entry: The form should no longer disappear when interacting with it in certain scenarios.
FIXED: Receiving: The splitter position should now restore properly.
FIXED: Receiving: The screen should redraw better during various screen resizing actions.
FIXED: Application: Various speed improvements: Printing various forms, namely the picking ticket; The Inventory Lookup, Inventory and serial/Lot Numbers tabs. (NOTE: The views can be adjusted to set the Qty_In_License_Plates field to zero with similar effect)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: There will no longer be a prompt to save for the times printed field after printing. This could also happen when forwarding through workflow and having the print dialog checkbox checked in workflow setup. (Introduced: 5.2.17)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI 810 - Invoice: The payment term discount amount now respects the payment term's "Calculate Discount On" configuration. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Manufacturing Detail Report: Manufacturing BOM lines were not being displayed correctly on the core report. This has been fixed. (Extended Module: Manufacturing)
FIXED: Manufacturing Detail Report: The RoutingSequence data source will now be populated with data. (Extended Module: Manufacturing)
FIXED: ITT Generation: When running the plugin manually, the In-Transit Transfer link will now properly show without needing to close/reopen the document.
FIXED: Security: All the splitters will now save positions properly.
FIXED: Receiving Serial Item UDF Tab: UDFs entered upon receiving will no longer overwrite existing values for all serials on the same receipt transaction line.
Version 5.2.27
Release Date 05/13/22
ADDED: Consolidated Shipment EDI 856 Plugin: Message now displays to user if they try sending an EDI 856 on a shipment with no items.
ADDED: Setting: EDI Send Errors To Cavallo - When enabled, EDI errors will be sent to Cavallo's error logging system. Prior to this setting all errors were being sent by default. (Default: false) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: 9 Digit Zip Code Address Suggestions Cause Address Validation Failure - If false, when submitting an address to the FedEx Address Validation service check the FedEx Address Validation response's suggested zip code and if the suggested zip code is a 9 digit zip code where the first 5 digits are equal to the provided address code then do not flag the address as invalid. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: Address Validation Abbreviation Custom Mappings - Mappings used to determine what abbreviations may be applied to addresses returned from the FedEx Address Validation response. These mappings will be used to determine whether a suggested address returned by the FedEx Address Validation is invalid or not.
UPDATED: Sales Document Shipment: Loading tab will now select an ASN to start with based on 3, ordered criteria. Shipment has items and not sent, shipment has items, and shipment not sent.
UPDATED: Setting: PayFabric: Credit Card Type Mappings: PayFabric cards which don't specify a card type can now be mapped to a GP card by using a mapping such as "(unspecified):Gift_Card". This can also be achieved in older versions and this version by using an empty string instead of (unspecified). For example, "VISA:VI; :Gift_Card" maps the Visa card type from PayFabric to a credit card named VI in GP, and blank card types from PayFabric to a credit card named Gift_Card in GP.
UPDATED: Setting: PayFabric: Credit Card Type Mappings: This setting's default value is now "AmericanExpress:AMEX; Discover:DC; MasterCard:MC; Visa:VI; (unspecified):Gift_Card".
UPDATED: Store Setup: Credit Card Mappings: PayFabric cards which don't specify a card type can now be mapped to a GP card by using a mapping such as "(unspecified):Gift Card". Unlike the Credit Card Type Mappings setting, mapping with an expression such as ":Gift_Card" is not supported.
UPDATED: System Info: The extended modules and custom modules lists now show more accurate lists of modules.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: The delete key will now also cause the Address Validated checkbox to become unchecked if a user is editing the Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, City, State, Zip Code, Country, Country Code, or Classification value.
FIXED: User Field Editor: There will no longer be an Object Reference error when updating tables in various scenarios. (Introduced: 5.2.12)
FIXED: User Field Editor: If the Integrations module is in place, there will no longer be an error on the spvInventoryLocation view when updating Location UDFs. (Introduced: 5.2.15)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring to invoice will no longer result in a null reference if the document was part of a consolidated shipment and the license plate details are empty. This is a SQL stored procedure update. (Introduced: 5.2.18)
FIXED: Vendor Card: Notes will no longer cause a prompt to save if they have leading/trailing blank lines.
FIXED: EDI Labels: The EDI Label request will now send address information copied from the 850. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
Version 5.2.26
Release Date 04/29/22
ADDED: Sales Line Cross/UpSell: Added quantity and unit of measure to the sales document audit.
ADDED: Sales Monitor: Freight and Subtotal are now available columns.
ADDED: Settings: AvaTax Zero Taxes on Failure - When disabled, if the tax calculation fails the previous tax amount will be used instead of zeroing out taxes. (Default: True)
ADDED: EDI 860: Added the framework for processing an EDI 860 Order Changes file. (Extended Modules: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Workflow Rule: EDI ~ 860 Order Changes: Evaluates true if there are unapplied changes to the order from receiving an 860. (Extended Modules: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Auto-Forward: When enabled, Sales Documents will be Auto-Forwarded through workflow after receiving changes through an 860. (Extended Modules: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Automatically Cancel Orders: When enabled and an EDI 860 is received that wants to cancel the order, the order will automatically be voided. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Automatically Create Sales Lines: When enabled and an EDI 860 is received that wants to add a sales line, the sales line will automatically be created. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Automatically Delete Sales Lines: When enabled and an EDI 860 is received that wants to delete a sales line, the sales line will automatically be deleted. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Sales Document Fields To Automatically Change: List of sales document fields to automatically apply changes to when receiving an EDI 860. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Sales Line Item Fields To Automatically Change: List of sales line item fields to automatically apply changes to when receiving an EDI 860. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI 860 Cross Dock Sales Line Fields To Automatically Change: List of cross dock sales line fields to automatically apply changes to when receiving an EDI 860. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Remote Library: POST RunScript endpoint now available. Corresponds with Settings: Remote Library Run Script.
ADDED: Remote Library: Settings: Remote Library Run Script: A C# Script which can be run via the Remote Library REST 'RunScript' endpoint.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Three new tabs have been added to allow users to manually review changes requested by an EDI 860 (order change) file. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress 21.2.7.
UPDATED: Default Carrier Information: This module will no longer require every shipping method to have a unique combination of Carrier Alpha Code, Carrier Trans Method Code, and Service Level Code. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: Case Tracker AR Transactions: Posted AR transactions will now show for the linked transactions.
UPDATED: Case Tracker AR Transactions: The delete button will now have a prompt explaining that only the link to the AR transaction will be deleted.
UPDATED: AvaTax: If the tax call is considered a failure there will now be a critical log messenger that pops up.
UPDATED: Remote Library: This service no longer requires and consumes a user seat when installed as a Windows service. (Extended Module: Remote Library)
FIXED: Search Clause: Adding an "in" statement, "exists" statement, or "is null" statement before any other search clause statements will no longer cause an exception to be thrown.
FIXED: Funnel: When the setting Enabled Multicurrency Formatting is enabled there will no longer be an Object Reference error.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: Changing fields and using the Update Documents will no longer throw various errors. (Introduced: 5.2.25)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting a document with a drop ship backordered sales line will no longer drive Qty Backordered negative for the warehouse inventory. This can be fixed by modifying the spptaSopVoidDocument_SalesPad stored procedure.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting a sales line that is both drop ship and backordered will no longer drive the warehouse Qty Backordered negative. This can be fixed by modifying the spptaSopLineDelete_SalesPad stored procedure.
FIXED: Sales Document Time In Queue: Workflow forwarding with a spcpEvalWfRules custom procedure present will no longer incorrectly create a record at the Next Queue when the workflow rules routes into a different queue instead.
FIXED: Sales Line Cross/UpSell: Sales line quantity will not get updated when adding an upsell item. Users will get an informational prompt if unit of measure is updated. (Introduced: 5.2.17)
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Mass Update: When using the Setting Save Engineering BOM As Pending Approval there will no longer be a "Procedure or function sppUpdatePendingManufacturingBOMLine has too many arguments specified." error. This can be fixed via a SQL procedure change to sppUpdateManufacturingBOMLine.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Mass Update: If there is an error during the update, activity locks will properly be unlocked.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Mass Approval: The approved pending BOM will have it's activity lock removed.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Line UDF: When blanking out udfs, the values will be saved as blanks instead of nulls.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The activity lock banner will now properly show who has the PO locked. (Introduced: 5.1.6)
FIXED: Shopify: Order Import: Inactive customers will not be assigned to sales documents even if a matching setting matches an inactive customer. (Extended Module: Shopify)
FIXED: Magento: Order Import: Inactive customers will not be assigned to sales documents even if a matching setting matches an inactive customer. (Extended Module: Magento)
FIXED: Magento Integration: Inventory Export: Fixed the '404 Not Found: The requested URL was not found on this server' error when exporting existing products with item numbers that contain special characters, such as /, @, %, etc.
FIXED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: UofM will no longer always be marked as changed if you do not have a LineItems UofM business object mapping set up for the 855 document. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Search Clause: Adding an "in" statement, "exists" statement, or "is null" statement before any other search clause statements will no longer cause an exception to be thrown.
FIXED: Purchase Order EDI 850: When using a UofM Data Cross reference that does a division conversion, the sales lines quantity will now be properly rounded based on the item's Item Master quantity decimal place. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
Version 5.2.25
Release Date 04/15/22
BREAKING CHANGE: Item Inventory: The grid layouts will be reset. We are now using a display text to convert quantities between different UofMs, and the footer fields were saved as part of the layout.
ADDED: Automation Agent Setting: Shopify: Number of Days to Look Back - Specify the number of days to look back from today to import orders. For example, set to 30 to import orders only from the last 30 days. Set to zero to import orders from any time. Defaults to zero. (Extended Module: Shopify)
ADDED: Settings: PayLink Pre Transaction Script: A C# script that executes before a PayLink transaction is processed.
ADDED: Multi Run Scripts: Added a new plugin for Sales Document, Customer, Vendor, Purchase Order and Assembly Entry that adds the ability to create multiple run scripts for each of these objects. These run scripts can be setup as separate buttons on the business object's entry screens or they can be added as plugins that get hit when the object is being pushed through workflow. All existing run scripts are unaffected by these changes.
ADDED: Magento Integration: Setting: Order Import: Number of Days to Look Back: Specify the number of days to look back from today to import orders. For example, set to 30 to import orders only from the last 30 days. Set to zero to import orders from any time. (Default 0) (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Magento Integration: All Models have an 'AdditionalJsonData' dictionary property which will contain all data not matching to class members. This can be used to access custom Magento2 API data in scripting. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
UPDATED: Manufacturing BOM Line Mass Update: Better messaging when trying to open non-make items.
UPDATED: Item Properties: The busy message is more granular and there is one less database hit.
UPDATED: Assembly Entry: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Magento Integration: Magento bug in certain 2.x versions which causes paging to continue to return the last page indefinitely is now being handled. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
FIXED: Shopify: Order Import: If a user manually adds the Processed Order Tag to an order in Shopify and the Order Import runs within a minute afterwards, that order won't import into SalesPad. (Extended Module: Shopify)
FIXED: Sales Line Replacement Plugin: There will no longer be an Item Audit entry when adding Alternate Items and having this plugin set to Auto Run.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Entry: There will no longer be a "Column ParentID does not belong to table ManufacturingBOMLine" where there are blank BOM numbers in BM010115/BM010415.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Entry: There was potential for bad Item Engineering Data to load on new BOMs.
FIXED: Distribution BOM Entry: A blank Item Number in BM00111 will no longer load that data on new BOMs.
FIXED: Distribution BOM: Resources will no longer attempt a load when the BOM number is blank.
FIXED: Item Inventory: When doing a bin transfer there could be a rounding issue for large decimal places.
FIXED: Receiving Serial Item UDF Tab: UDFs entered upon receiving will no longer overwrite existing values for all serials on the same receipt transaction line.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When tabbing through fields there will no longer be a pause and the "Updating Line Items..." busy message won't show. Similarly, when changing a header field, it will be faster and the busy message will not show. (Caveat: having an On Validating script will still show this message and may still be slow).
FIXED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: UofM will no longer always be marked as changed if you do not have a LineItems UofM business object mapping set up for the 855 document. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Purchase Order EDI 850: When using a UofM Data Cross reference that does a division conversion, the sales lines quantity will now be properly rounded based on the item's Item Master quantity decimal place. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Assembly Entry: BOM UDFs with the same name as Assembly UDFs will now be copied from the BOM to the Assembly when the Assembly is created.
Version 5.2.24
Release Date 04/01/22
ADDED: Settings: Square - General: Square Logging: When true, additional actions will be logged to the sales document audit. This setting should be enabled for troubleshooting purposes only. (Default: False) (Extended Module: Square)
UPDATED: Import Manager: Updated error reporting in the import manager to provide context for any reported errors thrown by the econnect save process.
UPDATED: Purchase Order EDI 850: This plugin now writes more audits to the purchase order to match the audits which similar EDI plugins write to sales documents. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: EDI: If communicating with SPS Commerce fails due to a network error, the app will retry the operation up to 3 times. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When attempting to save a document with items on it that are backordered but not allowed to be backordered, the resulting error message will now display the item number of the line that is causing the error.
FIXED: Receiving: When receiving a Lot Tracked item on a dropship purchase order and updating a UDF, there will no longer be an error "Error converting data type numeric to numeric" on the sppUpdatePurchaseReceipt stored procedure. (This is a SQL procedure update)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The default ABC Code will now be properly set to 1 instead of 0.
FIXED: Import Manager: Sales Document Import: Fixed maximum line number check so new sales documents or existing sales documents without any line items no longer throw an exception when imported via the import manager.
FIXED: Import Manager: Sales Document Import: Add default line item properties when importing a sales document with line items via the import manager.
FIXED: Application: A debug.log file will no longer be generated in the installation folder upon running SalesPad.
FIXED: User Field Editor: The Enable Spell Checker field is aligned properly. (Introduced: 5.2.17)
FIXED: Deep Links: If two or more Windows users are running SalesPad on the same computer, deep links will not fail to open and will not open for the wrong user.
FIXED: Analytics Cloud Module: If two or more Windows users are running SalesPad on the same computer, deep links will not fail to open and will not open for the wrong user. (Extended Module: Analytics Cloud)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI 810 - Invoice: The setting 'EDI Stop Workflow Forward If EDI Plugin Encounters Processing Errors' will be respected when uploading a file to SPS Commerce fails. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement: The setting 'EDI Stop Workflow Forward If EDI Plugin Encounters Processing Errors' will be respected when uploading a file to SPS Commerce fails. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI 856 - Advanced Ship Notice: The setting 'EDI Stop Workflow Forward If EDI Plugin Encounters Processing Errors' will be respected when uploading a file to SPS Commerce fails. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI 870 - Order Status Report: The setting 'EDI Stop Workflow Forward If EDI Plugin Encounters Processing Errors' will be respected when uploading a file to SPS Commerce fails. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI Plugins: If uploading a file to SPS Commerce fails, the resulting sales document or purchase order audit will state that there was an error instead of claiming that the file was sent successfully. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Application: Various code improvements around SQL commands and SQL connections that may not have been disposed in a timely fashion.
Version 5.2.23
Release Date 03/18/22
ADDED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Added plugins to get rates and create shipments through Pacejet. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Added a Pacejet Shipment tab. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Pacejet Platform: Added components to update shipments on in-transit transfers. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Added a Packages tab. This is purely informational and has no effect on processing the in-transit transfer.
ADDED: Security: Dispatch Driver Board: Add Appointments to Routes - If set to 'True', appointments created on the Driver Board will be added to a route matching the appointment's date and driver. Defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
ADDED: Security: Dispatch Vehicle Board: Add Appointments to Routes - If set to 'True', appointments created on the Vehicle Board will be added to a route matching the appointment's date and vehicle. Defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
ADDED: Setting: Calendar Route Name Expression: When generating a new route from adding an appointment to a calendar, this expression is used to create the name for the new route. Defaults to an expression which matches how the Schedule Driver and Schedule Vehicle sales document plugins set route names in previous versions. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - Adds a checked list editor to the Evaluate When field so that queues can be selected in addition to being manually entered.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - Adds validation on OK to ensure that workflow rules have a value for the Evaluate When in Queue field and that all conditions for the rule have a selected Condition ID.
UPDATED: Smart Printing: The 'Allow Background Smart Printing' setting is now ignored when SalesPad is running as a service. This includes Automation Agent, Remote Library, and EDI services.
UPDATED: Application: On most read only grids, you can press Ctrl + CR to copy the data from the entire row. Ctrl + C will copy individual cells for single rows selected. If multiple rows are selected then Ctrl + C will copy all the selected rows data.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Split Sales Document: When splitting a sales document by warehouse, shipping method, drop ship, shipping address, or a custom field, canceled line items will respect that split criteria instead of staying on the first sales document.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Split Sales Document: When splitting by Backorder Quantities, if a sales document is fully backordered and also has canceled quantities, the sales document will not split.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Split Sales Document: Qty Canceled is now a column in the Split Line Items grid. It is hidden by default.
UPDATED: Sales Monitor: The procedure and UI have been updated to include Key2Act fields if the SalesPad Key2Act extended module is installed. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - Changing the Condition ID will now immediately update the Description and Sample Parameters without needing to click off the field.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - Changing the Condition ID will now update the Parameters field to be blank if the condition does not use parameters.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - When the selected Condition ID does not have parameters, the Parameters field will now be read-only.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - The Sample Parameters field will no longer allow cursor entry despite being read-only.
FIXED: Dispatch Calendars: If an appointment is configured to use recurrence, each occurrence of the appointment is now saved. Note that the range of recurrence cannot be set to "No end date" because the occurrences are saved as individual appointments. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
FIXED: Dispatch Calendars: When trying to add an appointment which doesn't have a resource (driver or vehicle) selected, an error message will appear explaining that a resource must be selected. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Split Sales Document: Partially canceled line items will not duplicate across multiple sales documents when splitting a sales document into 3 or more sales documents.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Transfer to Invoice: When transferring a partially canceled line item, the line item on the invoice will have 0 Qty Canceled since its canceled quantity is still on the original order.
FIXED: Resources: When the 'Save Resources as GP Attachments' setting is enabled, emailing SalesPad resources will not double the file extension.
FIXED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: Font color will now be black if the background color of a cell is turned to yellow. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: Data Cross Reference UofM conversions are now being used when calculated whether or not the Quantity has changed since import. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement: UofMs will no longer be marked as changed if they were converted by a data cross reference. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement: After using this plugin, some fields on the sales document header were no longer editable. This has been fixed: (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 940 - Warehouse Shipping Order: After using this plugin, some fields on the sales document header were no longer editable. This has been fixed: (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement: Setting the radio button to Reject and then back to Accept will now clear all line's override status.
Version 5.2.22
Release Date 3/4/22
ADDED: Setting: PayLink: PayLink Order Credit Card Payment Type - The payment type to use for PayLink credit card payments for sales document orders. Defaults to 'Credit Card Payment'.
UPDATED: Inventory Manager Integration: Settings and messages now refer to DataCollection as Inventory Manager.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: The Transfer To Invoice job will now retry documents that run into deadlocks using the corresponding retry setting.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: The Transfer To Invoice job will now respect the Milliseconds To Wait setting between transferring documents.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Some unhandled exceptions will now include the stack trace to help track down the errors.
UPDATED: Sales Monitor: The procedure and UI have been updated to include Key2Act fields if the SalesPad Key2Act extended module is installed. (Extended Module: Key2Act)
UPDATED: EDI 855 - Order Acknowledgement Plugin: Updated Override Status dropdown to include Code Description for visibility along with Code.
FIXED: Automation Agent Action Center: The Other Details link will now properly open the details. (Introduced: 5.2.14)
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Customer search field will no longer bypass the batch restrictions.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Doc Date will no longer be editable in the grid.
FIXED: Emailing functionality in SalesPad no longer throws errors upon emails configured to send reports as HTML.
FIXED: Setting: EConnect XML Output Path: Saving sales documents will now output the EConnect XML even if the XML is blank, has malformed tags, or missing elements. These XML errors when writing the file were preventing the intended sales document save from processing correctly.
FIXED: Application: Updated various sql objects with missing NOLOCK hints to help resolve potential deadlock issues: sppPoCommitments_Disconnect, sppPOCommitments_Reconnect, sppRemoveExcessLineFulfillments, sppUpdateSopToPop, spvPricingTrace, and sppAvataxPostSave (Logic rewrite).
FIXED: Application: Un-tabbing a form that has a read only rich text UDF will no longer error out in a "Error creating window handle" error.
FIXED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: Font color will now be black if the background color of a cell is turned to yellow. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: Data Cross Reference UofM conversions are now being used when calculated whether or not the Quantity has changed since import. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
Version 5.2.21
Release Date 2/18/22
BREAKING CHANGE: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Settings: Email Template - Replaced 'Email Subject Line' and 'Email Body Template File' settings with the new 'Email Template' setting that allows users to specify the email template that will be used for email subject and body. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Security Setting: Pacejet Process Shipment: Milliseconds To Wait Before Reloading Shipment - After creating a shipment in Pacejet, this plugin tries to reload the shipment from Pacejet to confirm that Pacejet added the shipment to its Shipping Workbench. Reloading the shipment too soon after creating it does not work because Pacejet requires some time to process the new shipment. This plugin handles failed reloads by retrying in 1 second. This setting specifies an amount of milliseconds to wait before the first reload attempt. Defaults to 400 milliseconds. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: Automation Agent: AR Statement platform is now licensed under the SUB Automation Agent Core license.
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment: Added 'Qty in selling uofm' checkbox that allows users to display fulfillment quantity in base or selling unit of measure.
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment: Added missing layout to the plugin.
ADDED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: If the printed report name and ID are set in the Quick Report Editor, quick reports will be emailed as printed reports instead of Excel spreadsheets. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Settings: Email Field - Customer address email field that contains the email address to which the email will be sent. (Default: Email) (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Settings: Email CC Field - Customer address email field that contains the email address to which the carbon copy (CC) email will be sent. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Settings: Email BCC Field - Customer address email field that contains the email address to which the blind carbon copy (BCC) email will be sent. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Settings: Contact Matching - Specifies the customer address matching logic to be used when the automation runs. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Item Quick Report: Security - AutoRun - When disabled, the quick report will no longer auto run. It will require a manual refresh. (Default: true)
ADDED: Customer Note: Security - Can Edit Comment 1/Comment 2 - When disabled the user will no longer be able to edit the Comment 1 or Comment 2 fields. (Default: true)
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Reverted Automation Agent subscription licensing changes. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent) (Introduced: 5.2.17)
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Customer Quick Report Email: Settings: Contact Email Address Type - Updated the setting category to 'Filters'. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: Separated EDI subscription license into EDI Essentials and EDI Professional.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: The following plugins are now licensed under the EDI Essentials license: 810 Invoice, 850 Purchase Order, 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment, 856 Ship Notice/Manifest, Data Cross Reference, and Business Object Mapping. The trading partner count is limited to 10 trading partners.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: The following plugins are now licensed under the EDI Professional license: 846 Inventory Inquiry/Advice, 940 Warehouse Shipping Order, 945 Warehouse Shipping Advice, and Consolidated Shipments. The trading partner count is unlimited.
UPDATED: Customer Note: The note field and the comment fields will allow text copying when the fields are read only.
UPDATED: Blocked Items Report: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Matrix Class Maintenance: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Barcode Maintenance: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Item Inventory: The hyperlinks have a more consistent blue theme.
UPDATED: Item Sales Options: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Warehouse Maintenance: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Warehouse In-Transit Transfers: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Warehouse Inventory: The form is now themed properly.
FIXED: Print Form: Clicking the Send To Resources will now properly send the report to resources.
FIXED: Pacejet Process Shipment: "Failed to create shipment" errors will not appear when Pacejet automatically adds non-error messages to a shipment on creation. (Introduced: 5.2.9) (Extended Module: Pacejet)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Pacejet: Setting: Use Strong Transaction Matching: If this setting is set to 'False', shipments will not fail to import with the error "Failed to find sales document linked to Pacejet shipment". If a shipment legitimately cannot be matched to a sales document, the error "Failed to load sales document" will be used instead. (Extended Module: Pacejet Automation Agent)
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Existing fulfillment will now get removed when the item number on the in-transit transfer line is updated.
FIXED: Splitting: Sales line item resources which have "Transfers" checked will copy to the split sales documents.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Line Items: Resources: Resources will successfully load for sales documents which have a period in their sales document number.
FIXED: Subscription Licensing: The Sales Document Payments screen is now part of the Customer and Order Management Essentials package.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: The Show Insert After button, from the Insert button right-click menu, will now properly make the Insert After button visible. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Inactive salesperson is now displayed on the sales line grid correctly.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: The 'Show all lines' checkbox is now displayed correctly and is not partially hidden by the grid.
FIXED: Spell Checker: Grid fields will now respect the Setting - Ignore Upper Case Words. (Introduced: 5.2.17)
FIXED: Spell Checker: Grid fields will now properly show spell checking underline when leaving and re-entering the field. (Introduced: 5.2.17)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Item Quick Report will no longer run when the form loads, instead it will run when the tab is selected.
FIXED: Customer Note: Notes can no longer be added when the customer is marked as read only.
Version 5.2.20
Release Date 2/4/22
ADDED: EDI Data Cross Reference: Added export related columns to the Items tab to control how inventory is reported on the EDI 846. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Data Cross Reference: Added the “Item Export Fields” tab that allows customization of the Excel file generated during the EDI 846 process. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Scheduler: The EDI 846 can now be configured to send automatically. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Business Object Mapping: Added a new column that controls the filename of the outputted file. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: Scheduled EDI 846 Spreadsheet Save Extension: When set, a spreadsheet with the inventory data and with the specified file extension will also be saved when a scheduled 846 is sent. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Data Cross Reference: For the Items tab, added a right-click menu to copy values from the selected row to other items on the same trading partner, or to the same item on other trading partners. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Credit Card Device: PayFabric PAX A60 and A80 devices have been added to the list of supported devices.
ADDED: Magento Integration: Inventory Level Export. Export quantities from one or more GP warehouses, as they map to Magento sources.
ADDED: Manufacturing: MO Report and MO Detail Report can now be printed from the workflow. (Extended Module: Manufacturing)
ADDED: Tip of the Day: A new form that opens when first opening SalesPad. It will contain a new tip each time a user logs into SalesPad. If the user wants access to the screen after they've closed it, it can be accessed from the Help menu. Users can choose to no longer see the tip screen when SalesPad is opened by deselecting a checkbox on the form.
ADDED: Settings: Expand and Collapse Category buttons.
ADDED: Automation Agent Settings: Expand and Collapse Category buttons.
REMOVED: Magento Integration: Setting: Inventory Level Filter (Replaced with new Inventory Level Export component)
REMOVED: Magento Integration: Setting: Inventory Level Mapping (Replaced with new Inventory Level Export component)
UPDATED: Cash Receipts: The Amount to Apply column is no longer limited to 9,999.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: Assembly Report, Assembly Resources, BOM Resources, and Sales Document Assemblies are now part of the Customer and Order Management Enterprise package.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: Workflow Rule Setup - Changing a workflow rule condition and immediately clicking OK will now retain changes.
Version 5.2.19
Release Date 1/21/22
BREAKING CHANGE: Shopify Order Export / Magento Order Export: Magento and Shopify Order Imports now create a link in a SQL table to tie the line to the imported GP Sales Line. This link is referenced when exporting the matching fulfillment quantity during the Order Export. Previously the Order Export would lookup the Item Master using the Setting: Item Master Matching.
ADDED: Magento Order Export: Setting: Sales Line Matching: Define the mappings for matching a Sales Line to a Magento Line. This can be used to match a Sales Line from the Magento Line, before the default link matching is considered.
ADDED: Shopify Order Export: Setting: Sales Line Matching: Define the mappings for matching a Sales Line to a Shopify Line. This can be used to match a Sales Line from the Shopify Line, before the default link matching is considered.
ADDED: Quick Reports: Columns: Summary Type of "Custom" now includes a "DistinctCount" option which displays a summary value of the number of distinct values in the column.
ADDED: EDI 855 Order Acknowledgement: The plugin now supports sending the IP (Accept - Price Changed) and IQ (Accept - Quantity Changed) item status codes. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI 855 Order Acknowledgement: The plugin now allows item status codes to be overwritten. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Cross Reference: The '855 Status Codes' column has been added to restrict which item status codes can be sent per trading partner. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Import Manager: Removed erroneous business objects from the import manager table dropdown list.
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: There is now a busy message while the search is being performed.
UPDATED: EDI 855 Order Acknowledgement: The plugin now shows what item status code the system calculated for each line item. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Links: Deleting linked lines, or sales documents with linked lines, will now remove the In-Transit Transfer Links from the linking table.
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Links: Sales lines split onto separate documents will now have their links updated to the new document numbers.
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Links: Splitting a sales line into multiple lines will now preserve and update the In-Transit Transfer Links. If a resulting split line has a linked quantity of 0, it will be deleted accordingly.
FIXED: Sales Document Service Transfers: Break Link will no longer throw a locking error when attempting to break a link to a historical service transfer.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Hitting ENTER multiple times will no longer result in multiple database hits if a query has not finished.
FIXED: Attach PO to Sales Line: There will no longer be a divide by zero error if the purchase line UofM Factor is zero.
FIXED: Attach PO to Sales Line: The Purchase Order Pre Save Script will now fire if the plugins requires a document save.
FIXED: Detach PO Line from Sales Order: The Purchase Order Pre Save Script will now run if the plugin requires a document save.
FIXED: Detach PO Line from Sales Order: There will no longer be a divide by zero error if the purchase line UofM Factor is zero.
FIXED: Purchase Line Distribution Entry: The Purchase Order Pre Save Script will now fire if the plugin requires a document save and properly refresh the screen.
FIXED: Purchase Line Distribution Entry: Resolved a potential, minor memory leak.
FIXED: Purchase Order Shipping Weight: The Purchase Order Pre Save Script will now run if the plugin requires a document save.
FIXED: Sales Line Distribution Entry: If the plugins forces a save and the Sales Document Pre Save script updates fields, the screen will properly refresh to reflect those changes.
FIXED: Blanket Order Release: Will no longer bypass certain save conditions from a normal save.
FIXED: Split Sales Document: Users will not get the 'This Sales Document already exists in history' error when splitting sales documents.
Version 5.2.18
Release Date 1/7/22
BREAKING CHANGE: Import Manager: ItemRestrictionsCustomer import definition now uses IRCustomer as the prefix for its ID field instead of using IRGCustomer as the prefix of its ID field.
BREAKING CHANGE: Import Manager: ItemRestrictionsDetail import definition now uses IRDetail as the prefix for its SQL ID field instead of using IRGDetail as the prefix of its SQL ID field.
BREAKING CHANGE: Import Manager: SalesLineItem import definition now requires SDLINE as a prefix for its import properties.
BREAKING CHANGE: ShipCenter Auto Complete: Created a sales document plugin to automatically finalize a shipment through the ShipCenter service. Using the ShipCenter.dll now requires the ShipCenter service to be version 1.2.0.34 or higher. (Extended Module: ShipCenter)
BREAKING CHANGE: Bin Transfers: There is now security to allow free-typing Bins that defaults to false. See corresponding release notes for forms/security.
BREAKING CHANGE: Consolidated Shipments: When transferring a sales document that is packed in a consolidated shipment, the packages on the consolidated shipment will no longer attempt to transfer to the new document.
ADDED: Import Manager: Added the ability to import Cross/UpSell definitions. This functionality supports the mapping of definition-level (AltSellDef) fields and line-level (AltSellLine) fields.
ADDED: Import Manager: Security: Pre Import Script - C# Script that executes before the Import Manager records are validated and imported.
ADDED: Import Manager: Security: Pre Load Existing Object Script - C# Script that executes before the import manager determines if an import record already exists in the SalesPad environment.
ADDED: Inventory Bin Transfers: Security - Can Create Bin: When enabled, you can free type a bin name. (Default: False)
ADDED: Item Inventory: Security - Can Create Bin: When enabled, you can free type a bin name when using the right-click bin transfer functionality. (Default: False)
ADDED: Warehouse Inventory: Security - Can Create Bin:, When enabled, you can free type a bin name when using the right-click bin transfer functionality. (Default: False)
REMOVED: Automation Agent: Settings - Run Jobs Concurrently was removed. This setting would cause problems with jobs overlapping and other bizarre issues.
UPDATED: Setting: Analytics Cloud: Analytics Cloud URL: This setting now defaults to https://ac.cavallo.com/. (Extended Module: Analytics Cloud)
UPDATED: Setting: Analytics Cloud: User Specific Browser Cache: This setting now defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: Analytics Cloud)
UPDATED: Import Manager: Added logic to determine whether an import manager object is lockable and whether a lock can be acquired on the import manager object before attempting an import.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: Case Tracker modules are now part of the Returns Tracker package.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: RMA modules are now part of the Customer and Order Management Professional package.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Added duplicate values configuration option to the Import Manager.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Added validation prompt to alert users if duplicate records are found in the imported file.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Refactored structure of the Import Manager to improve maintainability and easily support addition of custom import manager items.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Added support for importing Sales Documents through the Import Manager.
UPDATED: Inventory Bin Transfers: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Updateable Quick Reports will now send NULL to the update procedure instead of 01/01/0001 when a date field is cleared. This keeps SQL from throwing a SQLDateTime Overflow exception.
FIXED: Sales Line Comment: The Enter key will no longer close the popup. (Introduced: 5.2.17)
FIXED: Sales Line Excel Import: Updated the Sales Line Excel Import plugin for compatibility with the new Import Manager changes.
FIXED: Purchase Line Excel Import: Updated the Purchase Line Excel Import plugin for compatibility with the new Import Manager changes.
FIXED: Import Manager: Selecting the AutoFilter row no longer throws an exception on the Import Manager configuration screen.
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments Search By Line: Adding sales line UDFs to the grid will no longer result in a column type mismatch or FormatException errors. (Introduced: 5.1.5)
FIXED: Magento/Shopify Integration: Blank queries are no longer running when matching external entities to internal entities.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfers: Right-clicking the search area will no longer allow customizing the layout.
FIXED: Sales Document Shipments: When transferring or splitting a sales document with enough line items that saving will be broken up due to the "Sales Lines Save Grouping" setting, packages on the previous document will no longer have all of its quantities removed.
FIXED: Sales Document Shipments: When splitting a sales document, the packages on that document will now be distributed among the split documents correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Shipments: When transferring or splitting a sales document containing a kit item, whether the kit itself or its components are packed, the package lines will correctly be copied over to the new document.
Version 5.2.17
Release Date 12/10/21
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: Address Query Countries To Validate: The NONE value option functionality has changed. (see the corresponding release note for this release)
BREAKING CHANGE: Application: User fields that were set in the Spell Check Fields setting will need setup from the User Field Editor screen.
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: The Ignore Upper Case Words setting may get reset.
REMOVED: Sales Document Mass Update: The Address and Blind Ship columns are no longer a grid column due to loading optimizations.
REMOVED: Setting: Spell Check Fields.
ADDED: Setting: Enable Spell Checking: When enabled, various fields will now have Spell Checking capabilities. NOTE: User Defined Fields have individual setup. Only enabled for English language.
ADDED: Send Email: The spell checker is now enabled for the email template body and subject.
ADDED: Email Template Editor: The spell checker is now enabled for the email template body and subject.
ADDED: System User Notes: The spell checker is now enabled for the fields.
ADDED: Shopify: Product Export: Support to export to Shopify Product Tags field.
ADDED: Shopify: Order Import: Setting: Financial Status Filter - Specify one or more financial statuses which a Shopify order must have in order to be imported.
ADDED: Opportunity Workflow Monitor: Added opportunity queue funnel chart.
ADDED: Opportunity Workflow Monitor: Added the ability to filter opportunities by different fields, such as sales territory or salesperson.
ADDED: Opportunity Monitor: Added opportunity status funnel chart.
ADDED: Opportunity Monitor: Added sales territory dropdown that allows users to filter opportunities by the sales territory.
ADDED: AvaTax Commit Tax Plugin: Security - Send To Batch On Fail: The batch to send the document to if the AvaTax Commit Tax call results in error messages.
ADDED: Customer Item Number: Short Name and Item Generic Descriptions can be edited now.
ADDED: Email Template Editor: Added Document Loop Start and Document Loop End merge fields for Purchase Order and Sales Document templates. Used for bulk e-mailing only and allows for header level fields for each Purchase Order/Sales Document to display in a block of text.
ADDED: Purchase Order Search: Email button added to allow users to bulk email all selected Purchase Orders.
ADDED: Setting: Release Purchase Order Upon Emailing Vendor: Specify whether or not to set a purchase order's status to Released upon emailing the vendor from the Purchase Order Search screen. (Default: true)
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: Distribution BOM modules are now part of the Customer and Order Management Enterprise package.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Subscription license has been changed from Essentials to AutomationAgent Core.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: Resources are no longer licensed.
UPDATED: Subscription Licensing: Quick Reports are no longer licensed.
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: Loading time has been improved by implementing Load Columns.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: Loading time has been improved by implementing Load Columns.
UPDATED: Spell Checker: The spell checker is no longer field specific (except user fields). NOTE: Only certain fields are setup to spell check.
UPDATED: Spell Checker: Disabled the extra prompt when a spell check has completed. (Introduced: 5.2.9)
UPDATED: Spell Checker: Disabled the extra prompt "Do you want to check the rest of the Item?". (Introduced: 5.2.9)
UPDATED: Line Comment: The line comment popup was redesigned.
UPDATED: Line User Fields: The popup for Rich Text Memo user fields will not display the field name or the corresponding screen label.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Search: Purchase Order Search grid is now capable of selecting multiple Purchase Orders.
FIXED: Bulk Emailing: Manually changing the email subject will now properly send the new changes and not default back to the settings or template only. (Introduced: 4.6.4.8)
FIXED: Sales Line Cross/UpSell: Sales line quantity and unit of measure will now get updated correctly when adding upsell items.
FIXED: User Fields: When using the Is Multi Select for an Item Option UDF, the Read-only aspect of the UDF will now disable the X button accordingly.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Fixed an issue where subsequent lookups within Automation Agent tiered editors would not return search results from the database.
FIXED: Sales Line Availability Plugin: Having a data filter script that filters out inactive warehouses will no longer cause the 'Column does not belong to table' error when the plugin is opened.
FIXED: Purchase Order Receipts: The receipts tab will no longer load all receipts that are not linked to a PO when first creating a Purchase Order.
FIXED: National Item Substitutions Maintenance: The Item and Sub Item fields will no longer truncate the field to 25 characters. (This can be fixed in SQL by updating the table and the stored procedure accordingly to 31 characters).
FIXED: Kit Component: When importing the Item Number and Kit Number will now respect the 31 character length for Item Numbers. (This is a SQL stored procedure change only).
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Distributions: Distributions may not have matched correctly when the item character length was greater than 25 characters. (This can be fixed in SQL by updating the table and the stored procedure accordingly to 31 characters).
FIXED: Note Shortcut Maintenance: The Note Text will no longer have newline characters removed when saving.
FIXED: Business Object Workflow Emailing: Images in email templates will now send properly. This includes the System User Avatar also.
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Clicking a Sales Doc Number in the Search By Line grid will not give a "Column 'Source' does not belong to table" error. (Introduced: 5.1.5)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Adding a column to the Search By Line grid will not result in the new column temporarily not displaying any data.
FIXED: Sales Documents: When saving a new sales document, having a spv3SalesLineItem view which was not updated after creating, enabling, or disabling a Sales Line Item user field will not cause an "Input array is longer than the number of columns in this table" error. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Payment Plugin (Payfabric): Speed improvements while having the Security - 'Enable Manual Card Selection' enabled. (Introduced: 4.6.4.20)
FIXED: User Field Editor: Adding a new UDF for the first selected business object will now properly show the udf without the need to switch between business objects. (Introduced: 5.1.5)
FIXED: KwikTag: KwikTag resources which have CData tagged fields will not fail to load. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
FIXED: Avalara Address/Smarty Streets Validation: The Address Query Countries To Validate setting will now properly ignore countries not defined in the setting. The NONE option will now properly validate blank country/country codes. NOTE: This setting relies on the Address Validation Use Country Code when checking for Country Code versus Country.
FIXED: Application: Various bugs and inconsistencies around spell checking fields in grids and user field forms. Including Rich Text Memo UDFs that would cause the application to lock up.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: The comment field popup will no longer be editable on read-only documents. This resolved an issue where editing the sales line comment then printing would show the new comment, but not actually save the new comment.
FIXED: Emailing: When emailing a historical document and multiple reports there will no longer be an "Document does not exist" error. The times printed will be properly updated.
Version 5.2.16
Release Date 11/12/21
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Added the 'Inventory Image Export' component to the Magento2 platform which allows exporting item images separately from the rest of the inventory. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Export Images During Inventory Export - Disable this setting to prevent exporting images during inventory export. This will speed up inventory export considerably. NOTE: This setting only applies to the Inventory Export component. (Default: True) (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Product Image Pre Export Script - A C# script that runs before a product image is exported. NOTE: This setting only applies to the Inventory Image Export component. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Magento2: Settings: Product Image Post Export Script - A C# script that runs after a product image is successfully exported. NOTE: This setting only applies to the Inventory Image Export component. (Extended Module: Integration.Magento2)
UPDATED: Remote Library: Added a method to the remote library service that will allow In-Transit Transfers to be forwarded in workflow.
UPDATED: Remote Library: Added logic to populate Address UDFs for ShipCenter Shipping Source.
UPDATED: Remote Library: Added support to update a sales document shipping method via a Remote Library call.
UPDATED: Remote Library: Added support to update an In-Transit Transfer shipping method via a Remote Library call.
UPDATED: Remote Library: Added support to update the shipment header shipping method via a Remote Library call.
UPDATED: Application: Changed the application name throughout the application from 'SalesPad Desktop' to just 'SalesPad'.
UPDATED: Application: Changed the company name in the About window to Cavallo Solutions.
UPDATED: Installer: Removed the 'Desktop' suffix from the application name. Updated the end-user license agreement (EULA).
UPDATED: Application: GP version was added for the October 2021 (18.4) release.
UPDATED: Application: The base URL for documentation links has been updated to www.cavallo.com.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Generation: When the primary vendor has multiple emails separated by a semicolon, emails will be sent to each valid email address.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Generation: Some audits will now have "PO Generation" source added to the audit.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Generations: Certain errors will now use a Log Messenger opposed to the normal Messenger. This will help prevent multiple clickable messages when bulk forwarding documents that hit the plugin.
FIXED: Remote Library: Finalizing an In-Transit Transfer shipment via the Remote Library service will now appropriately lock and unlock the In-Transit Transfer.
FIXED: Customer A/R: Scheduled payments are now excluded from customer aging amounts and customer balance.
FIXED: Licensing: The "Workflow and Profit Engine Professional" license now grants access to modules which require the "Workflow and Profit Engine Essential" license.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Some minor tweaks that fix potential memory leak issues.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: The Email Attachments security will now properly work for multiple reports if the names are separated by a semi-colon or a comma. (Work around is to manually change the semicolon to a comma).
FIXED: EDI 855 Outbound: When a LineItemAcknowledgement is sent, business object and unit of measure cross-reference mappings are now respected for the ItemScheduleQty field instead of always defaulting to the sales line quantity or quantity backordered. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 4.6.4.20)
Version 5.2.15
Release Date 10/29/21
ADDED: Magento Integration: Added integration to Magento. (Extended Module: Magento2)
ADDED: Security: Pacejet Process Shipment: Failed Reload Queue - The queue that sales documents whose shipments could not be reloaded from Pacejet after exporting to Pacejet will be moved to when running this plugin via workflow. Defaults to nothing. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: Automation Agent Setting: Pacejet: Use Strong Transaction Matching - If set to 'True', the shipment confirms sync will only write shipment details back to SalesPad if a sales document matches the shipment's Transaction Id and External Transaction Id. If set to 'False', the shipment confirms sync will also try to match Pacejet shipments to sales documents by extracting a sales doc number and sales doc type from the shipment's External Transaction Id, which could result in writing to the wrong sales document if the Pacejet location has multiple ERP integrations. Defaults to 'True'. (Extended Module: Pacejet Automation Agent)
ADDED: Security: Sales Batch Processing: Enable Historical Mode - When enabled only historical documents will be loaded. This can be used to process documents that have already been posted. NOTE: Pushing these documents through workflow will not actually change the batch, but will still run the plugin used. Not all plugins or functions will work properly.
ADDED: Security: Security Editor: Enable Reload Security And Scripts Button - When enabled, a Reload Security Button will be available in the Security Editor's toolbar. When pressed, all securities will be reloaded and all scripts will be recompiled. NOTE: This reload ONLY affects the current user. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Security Script Manager: Enable Recompile Scripts Button - When enabled, a Recompile Scripts button will be available in the Security Script Manager's tool bar. NOTE: This recompile ONLY affects the current user. (Default: False)
REMOVED: Security Script Manager: The Generate List button is no longer visible. (Introduced: 5.1.3)
UPDATED: Application: The desktop icon has now been updated.
UPDATED: Application: The splash screen has now been updated.
UPDATED: Login: The SalesPad logo on the login screen has now been updated.
UPDATED: Setting: Inventory Adjustments: Set New Batch To Post To Ledger Flag - Default value changed from false to true. (Introduced: 4.4.1.14)
UPDATED: Settings: Inventory Transfer: Inventory Transfer Batch Posts To GL - Default value changed from false to true. (Introduced: 4.6.1.11)
UPDATED: Remote Library: Added additional methods to perform various actions while taking a new username for the intent of identifying which user in which application performed actions via the remote library.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to acquire locks for In Transit Transfers.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to unlock In Transit Transfers.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to retrieve a document count for In Transit Transfers.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to retrieve documents for In Transit Transfers.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to update an In Transit Transfer with data from a ShipCenter shipment.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to update an In Transit Transfer when a ShipCenter shipment has been voided.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to write an audit to an In Transit Transfer.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to write an audit to a Sales Document.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to retrieve all unfulfilled lines of an In Transit Transfer.
UPDATED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Added support to retrieve all unfulfilled lines of a Sales Document.
UPDATED: Pacejet: Automation Agent: Automation Agent will not load shipments, quotes, and void confirms which have unresolved errors in the Action Center. (Extended Module: Pacejet Automation Agent)
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Quick Report Description is now displayed in a banner at the top of the Quick Report. This can be used for instructions or information about the Quick Report. The banner is collapsible and will recall it's last position across sessions (per user).
FIXED: Sales Documents: When splitting or partially invoicing a sales document, a package will only copy to a new sales document if the package has any items which are on the new sales document.
FIXED: Sales Documents: When splitting or partially invoicing a sales document, if the source sales document stays open, its Shipment tab information will be updated to remove packages and items which were moved to other sales documents.
FIXED: EDI 945 Inbound: After processing a 945 document, the sales document is now reloaded to get the latest changes, if any, from the 945 script. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Remote Library: When processing a ShipCenter shipment finalization, Sales Line UDF changes are now written back to the sales document line items or in-transit transfer lines.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Square transactions will refresh when changing sales documents.
FIXED: Setting: Enable Cash And Check Payments On Orders - Payment entry now consistently respects this setting.
FIXED: Setting: Enable Cash And Check Payments On Orders - Cash and check payments can be deleted from orders when this setting is set to 'False'.
FIXED: Remote Library Shipping Source: Fixed bug that would cause Sales Documents with kit component line items to crash loading of the Sales Document.
FIXED: Quick Reports: 'CommandText property has not been initialized' error will not occur anymore when running a quick report with a blank query.
FIXED: Pacejet Process Shipment: This plugin will not give "Failed to reload shipment" errors unless reloading the shipment fails multiple times, and if all of the attempts fail the plugin will still write shipment transaction Ids back to SalesPad. (Introduced: 5.2.9) (Extended Module: Pacejet)
Version 5.2.14
Release Date 10/01/21
ADDED: Automation Agent: Added new AR Statement platform for emailing customers and adding to resources.
ADDED: Pricing Trace: Added the Price Sheet ID and Promo Sheet ID columns to the Pricing Trace Details grid. These fields will only be populated if Extended Pricing is enabled.
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Can Export - When enabled, users can export database quick reports as *.sprept files. Defaults to false.
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Can Import - When enabled, users can import *.sprept files into the database as quick reports. Defaults to false.
ADDED: Quick Reports: When creating a new quick report, selecting a template is now optional. If a template is not selected, SalesPad will create a blank report.
REMOVED: Settings: Show Status Bar: This setting has been removed.
UPDATED: Setting: Pacejet: Prevent Deleting Shipped Sales Documents: Now allow deleting returns that share a master number with a document that has a Pacejet shipment.
UPDATED: Pacejet: Returns can no longer be sent to Pacejet. This functionality did not work previously; trying to create a shipment for a return with line items would give a "Cannot ship sales document because it is not fully fulfilled" error. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Script: The script within this platform will now have the ScriptComponent parameter added, exposing properties and functionality of the component being ran. In particular, this allows for developers to write better error handling into the Action Center within the script.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: All toolstrips on all forms and formlets in this module will now be themed properly. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
UPDATED: Item Maintenance: Item Maintenance and all tabs within have been updated with new visual UI elements. This screen will now look much better in most themes.
UPDATED: Application: Status bar message updates will now appear much smoother and will work properly with any theme.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Comments will be updated in the comments control as you type in the Comment grid field.
UPDATED: Sales Document Service Transfers: Open and historical sales documents will now display any linked service transfers, open or historical.
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Links: Open or historical service transfers will now display any linked sales documents, open or historical.
FIXED: Configurator: Manual Price will now allow values greater than 9999. (Extended Module: Configurator)
FIXED: Configurator: Users can now enter a manual price without needing to add a note as well. (Extended Module: Configurator)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Prevent null reference exception if a build of SalesPad adds any automation agent job components that are not available for use in any other build of SalesPad.
FIXED: Receiving: Blanking out the Qty To Receive will now properly flag that row to not be received. The work around is to use 0 instead of blanking the value. (Introduced: 5.2.8)
FIXED: Sales Document Plugin: Attach Sales Line To PO: Plugin will no longer stop documents from progressing when used in the workflow.
FIXED: Sales Document Plugin: Attach Sales Line To MO: Plugin will no longer stop documents from progressing when used in the workflow.
FIXED: Print Document: Clicking the 'Print To...' button will not cause a 'The given path's format is not supported' error when the printer name has invalid file name characters, such as the colon. In addition, the correct printer will now be selected on the following Windows Print dialog.
FIXED: Customer Special Pricing: Alternating rows in each grid will now look correct when using any theme.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Comments will no longer lose new lines after closing/opening the screen.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Comments will no longer not save when editing different lines and closing/opening the screen.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales document total will now get recalculated after freight, misc. charges, discount, or discount percent value is changed and ENTER key is pressed. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
Version 5.2.13
Release Date 9/17/21
UPDATED: Email Templates: When an email template has an error it will now use the Log Messenger and also write to the System Log table if the Enable System Logging setting is enabled. This also prevents multiple prompts in the event of multiple errors.
FIXED: Sales Document Holds: The grid will now save the layout and also the orange triangle options are available.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: The focused line viewer (inventory information) will now properly save the grid layout for Unit Cost and Standard Cost. The Show Cost sub-security must be enabled for these columns to be available.
FIXED: Application: The @Dimension_Units parameter in the sppUpdateItemMaster stored procedure now defaults to 0 instead of NULL to prevent the 'Cannot insert the value NULL into column Dimension_Units, table dbo.spItemMaster; column does not allow nulls' error.
Version 5.2.12
Release Date 9/8/21
ADDED: User Fields: UserFieldAudit table created to track UDF changes.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added 'View Audit' link to view UserFieldAudits.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added Description field to UDFs for internal notes about UDF.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added ToolTip field to UDF to display hint to user.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added Created/Updated On/By fields.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added Label, Description, and ToolTip columns to UserFields grid (not visible by default) to allow for filtering the list.
ADDED: Import Manager: Import definitions and their field mappings can now be imported and exported.
REMOVED: User Fields: SystemLog entry is no longer created during new UDF creation, in favor of the new UserFieldAudits.
UPDATED: Database Update: The sppRefreshviews stored procedure will now show the "dbo" schema to help distinguish between "gpweb" views in the event that a view errors out.
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: The sppUpdateServiceTransfer and sppUpdateServiceTransferLine stored procedures now have a check to prevent saving in-transit transfers if the order document ID is null or empty.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Service Transfer: Running a Service Transfer import will now prompt for whether or not over allocations are allowed for the entire import file. The prompt will only display if the In-Transit Transfer Entry's Prompt For Over Allocation sub-security is set to true. When false, there will not be a confirmation prompt and over allocations will not be allowed by the import.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Service Transfer Line: Running a Service Transfer Line import will now prompt for whether or not over allocations are allowed for the entire import file. The prompt will only display if the In-Transit Transfer Entry's Prompt For Over Allocation sub-security is set to true. When false, there will not be a confirmation prompt and over allocations will not be allowed by the import.
UPDATED: Assign Equipment To Customer: When equipment is assigned but security does not allow for re-assignment the message will no longer say "Equipment is inactive and cannot be assigned" and will now say "The equipment is already assigned and security does not allow re-assigning.".
FIXED: Receiving Serial Entry: When entering serial numbers we will now only check for un-posted serials during validation.
FIXED: Receiving Serial Entry: The serial number entered is now properly trimmed of whitespace, this was only a visual problem in the event of a message box.
FIXED: Application: When upgrading SQL there will no longer be an error "Cannot find either column "dbo" or the user-defined function or aggregate" in various areas. This can be fixed by updating the corresponding SQL functions (spf), typically "spfInventoryAvail".
FIXED: Database Update: The sppRefreshviews stored procedure will no longer result in a "The ROLLBACK TRANSACTION request has no corresponding BEGIN TRANSACTION." error when a view errors out.
FIXED: Receiving: In-Transit Transfer receipts with a zero cost will no longer create empty journal entries that cannot be posted.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Existing in-transit transfer lines with a blank order document ID will not get loaded for new in-transit transfers.
FIXED: Automation Agent: When attempting a large batch transfer, there is now an additional check to verify that the document is still in the correct batch before doing the transfer.
FIXED: Funnel: The Bill Transportation To and Account Number fields in FedEx Ship Manager will now get set correctly when processing sales documents that have the bill transportation to user field set to Recipient, Third Party, or Collect.
FIXED: Application: There will no longer be an "Object reference" error around the ForceLinkCreate method. Main areas this could happen were Sales Entry or Purchase Order Entry.
FIXED: Application: There will no longer be an ArgumentOutOfRangeException error around the UpdateNotification (Purchase Order) or SetLockStatus (Sales Entry) methods. These could occur when closing the forms.
FIXED: Application: There will no longer be a "Stack empty." error that originated from a Stack.Peek or Stack.Pop on the BusyObj.Dispose() method.
FIXED: Import Manager: Service Transfer: Importing Service Transfer Lines during the Service Transfer import will now correctly default various fields from the header and from the item if they are not provided in the import definition.
Version 5.2.11
Release Date 8/23/21
ADDED: Security: Sales Fulfillment: Allow Barcode Scanner Input - Allows users access to the input scanner field that will automatically fulfill serial/lots based on the scanner input. (Default: False)
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment: Added a new text field that users can scan barcode information into to automatically fulfill lines. This field only works for serial or lot tracked items and does not work for Return documents. This text field is disabled by default.
ADDED: Bulk Transfer to Invoice: There are now more sales document audit points when the transfer to invoice would fail. This applies to: Desktop Bulk Transfers, Automation Agent, and Remote Library.
ADDED: Setting: Force Rolldown Address Fields: When enabled, the Ship To address fields will always roll down to every line item. When disabled, unique line level addresses are not overwritten. (Default: False)
ADDED: Item Attribute Class Editor: Added a Restricted Search Attribute column that prevents search results from appearing unless they are in the Dropdown Value Options column for that attribute when doing a blank search.
ADDED: Sales Document Update Email From Customer Plugin: This plugin can be used to update blank email addresses from the corresponding Shipping/Billing address. There is also a security to "Always Update", which will always pull the current email addresses.
UPDATED: Automation Agent Transfer to Invoice: The Sales Document audit will be more verbose when there are different exceptions being thrown. This applies to the Remote Library endpoint also.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Service Transfer: Running a Service Transfer import will now prompt for whether or not over allocations are allowed for the entire import file.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Service Transfer Line: Running a Service Transfer Line import will now prompt for whether or not over allocations are allowed for the entire import file.
FIXED: Automation Agent Transfer to Invoice: If a transfer to invoice would fail documents should no longer be deleted during the process.
FIXED: Automation Agent Transfer to Invoice: When a document fails to transfer, there is more consistency on handling the document to the failed batch. This applies to the Remote Library endpoint also. NOTE: If a document is read-only or locked by another user, the document will NOT be moved to a failure batch.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: Changing the Ship To Address code will properly roll the address to the lines. NOTE: We still check for unique address information, so if addresses are not updating properly the new setting may need enabled. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: Changing the Ship To Address code will now behave the same way as the Sales Document Address tab and update the same set of fields along with performing the same prompts.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses and Sales Document Properties: Some performance improvements when changing the Ship To Address for documents that have a large number of line items.
FIXED: Vendor VRM: Resolved an object reference error when adding notes and the Settings -> Spell Check Fields is not set to "Vendor Card - VRM Notes". The work around would be to set this setting accordingly.
FIXED: Sales Document Email Template: The Deposits, On Order Amount, Exchange Rate, Funct Deposits, Funct On Order Amount will now properly round based on currency.
FIXED: Sales Document Email Template: The Trade Discount Pct field will properly round to two decimal places.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Resolved an error related to Configurator and a missing spvConfigOptionExtension view when saving a document that has a configurator item, but the Configurator dll is not being used.
FIXED: Vendor Search: Vendor Address UDFs will now show properly and data will not be jumbled. There also will no longer be data mismatch errors in certain scenarios.
FIXED: Item Attribute Search: Occasionally users would receive an 'Index was out of range' error when moving focus away from this tab and coming back to it. This has been fixed.
FIXED: Import Manager: Service Transfer: Importing Service Transfer Lines during the Service Transfer import will now correctly default various fields from the header and from the item if they are not provided in the import definition.
Version 5.2.10
Release Date 8/6/21
ADDED: Shopify: Added Shopify Integration.
UPDATED: Application: Licensing has been updated to support a subscription model.
UPDATED: Sales Monitor: Users can now copy data from any cell in the sales document grid by clicking on the cell and using the Ctrl+C shortcut.
UPDATED: Funnel: Microsoft SQL Server is now used instead of Microsoft Access to send shipment data to UPS WorldShip and FedEx Ship Manager to prevent the 'Unspecified error' from the Access Database Driver.
FIXED: Pacejet: Shipments will only be shared between sales documents with the same master number if none of the related sales documents were split or partially invoiced. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
FIXED: In-transit Transfer Receiving: The toolstrip will now be themed properly. (BETA)
Version 5.2.9
Release Date 7/23/21
BREAKING CHANGE: EDI Data Cross Reference: The Customer/Vendor Num has been renamed to Customer Num, and a new Vendor Num field has been created. Any Vendor IDs that were previously stored in Customer/Vendor Num should be moved to the new Vendor Num field.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Mass Update: Security: Sales Document Types Allowed To Allocate - Can now be set to Orders and/or Invoices to control what documents can allocate/unallocate. (Default: ORDER)
ADDED: Security: Pacejet Get Rates: Failed Export Queue - The queue that sales documents which fail to export to Pacejet will be moved to when running this plugin via workflow. Defaults to nothing. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: Security: Pacejet Process Shipment: Failed Export Queue - The queue that sales documents which fail to export to Pacejet will be moved to when running this plugin via workflow. Defaults to nothing. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
ADDED: Sales Document EDI 940 By Warehouse - 940 Sales Document plugin that uses the Sales Document's warehouse to lookup the 940 Cross Reference.
ADDED: Quick Reports: Quick report categories can now be renamed by selecting the category and clicking the Rename button.
ADDED: Security: Receiving: Default Shipment Receipt Workflow Queue - The default Workflow Queue where new Shipment Receipts will be placed. If no value is provided, the Default Batch security value will be used to populate the new Shipment Receipt Workflow Queue. (Default: "SALESPAD RC")
ADDED: Security: Receiving: Default Shipment Invoice Receipt Workflow Queue - The default Workflow Queue where new Shipment Invoice Receipts will be placed. If no value is provided, the Default Batch security value will be used to populate the new Shipment Invoice Receipt Workflow Queue. (Default: "SALESPAD RC")
ADDED: Workflow Setup: In-Transit Transfers can now have workflows created/assigned to them.
ADDED: In-Transit Transfer Monitor: A screen for viewing In-Transit Transfer workflows.
ADDED: Email Template Editor: Users can now make Email Templates for In-Transit Transfers.
ADDED: Configurator: Attributes: Added a new field called Allow Manual Price which will allow users to set a Manual Price in the Sales Line Configurator when they are choosing options for this attribute. (Extended Module: Configurator)
ADDED: Sales Line Configurator: Added a Manual Price column to the Option selection dropdown for Single and Multi dropdown type Attributes. This column allows users to override the Option's price and make a new price that is specific for a sale line. (Extended Module: Configurator)
ADDED: Sales Line Configurator: Added a Notes column to the Option selection drop down for Single and Multi drop down type Attributes. This column allows users to add notes to the Option that is specific for a sales line. (Extended Module: Configurator)
ADDED: Sales Document Line Item: The manual price and notes column for Configured lines will be carried over when copying and pasting a configured line. (Extended Module: Configurator)
ADDED: Sales Monitor: Grid shows loading indication when refreshing data. (5.2.8.32)
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress has been upgraded to version 21.1.4.
UPDATED: Active Support: The form is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Active Support: The "Send To SalesPad" button now reads "Send to Cavallo".
UPDATED: EDI Mapping: Added 'ShipmentHeader' as a 945 script parameter.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The address fields will now have error text showing if the address marked as Primary or Primary Ship To are invalid.
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: The toolstrip is now themed properly.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The RMA, Exchange, and Receipt Transactions will now be visible again when applicable. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Print Form: Choosing a printer in the grid and directly clicking the Quick Print will now properly send the report to the newly selected printer. Workaround here is to tab out of the field before clicking Quick Print.
FIXED: Store Setup: Resolved a null reference on the Square Locations editor.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: When attempting to allocate/unallocate Invoices, there will now be a message stating that there is a security that needs set. Also, improved messaging when attempting to allocate/unallocate other document types.
FIXED: Customer Card: When creating a new sales document and there are pending customer changes the Customer Card Pre-Save script will now fire properly.
FIXED: Customer Card: When changing the Customer Class there will no longer be an infinite loop of prompts if the Shipping Method would need updated on the Ship To Address.
FIXED: Customer Card: When changing the Customer Class the Shipping Method will now properly update the Primary address Shipping Method. GP keeps these two Shipping Methods in sync.
FIXED: Customer Card: Made some speed improvements around customers that have a large number of addresses.
FIXED: Customer Card: There was a scenario where if a field had "ADDR" in the name you could lose any pending changes when closing the customer card without hitting save first.
FIXED: Cross/UpSell Maintenance: Resequencing now works as intended.
FIXED: Dockable Plugins: If a dockable plugin is undocked it will now remember it's last position and size when it's launched again.
FIXED: Dockable Plugins: Icons will now show properly.
FIXED: Dockable Plugins: If a dockable plugin is undocked to a different monitor and that monitor is not available the next time it launches then the plugin will still be visible on the current main monitor.
FIXED: Pacejet Process Shipment: After creating a shipment in Pacejet, this plugin will reload the shipment and report any post-creation errors to the user and the sales document's audit log.
FIXED: Pacejet Get Rates: If this plugin fails to create a quote in Pacejet and is running via workflow, the sales document will not forward to the next queue.
FIXED: Pacejet Process Shipment: If this plugin fails to create a shipment in Pacejet and is running via workflow, the sales document will not forward to the next queue.
FIXED: Kit Exploder: Resolved an issue when exploding kits that was not properly updating the Sop To Mop links.
FIXED: Resources: Resolved an issue that prevented dragging Outlook attachments into the resource grid in an x64 bit build.
FIXED: Receiving: New receipts are now placed in the first applicable workflow 2.0 queue if appropriately configured.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: New receipts are now placed in the first applicable workflow 2.0 queue if appropriately configured.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: New assemblies are now placed in the first applicable workflow 2.0 queue if appropriately configured.
FIXED: Customer CRM : Can Delete Own Tasks - Resolved an issue where a user could delete their own interactions if Can Delete Own Tasks was set to false.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Prevent a save prompt when sometimes opening and immediately closing In-Transit Transfer Entry.
FIXED: Sales Line Configurator: Users will no longer receive a multithreading error when attempting to create multiple sales lines by using the Add and Add & Close buttons. (Extended Module: Configurator)
FIXED: Print Form: The Auto Send To Resources security will now properly check the corresponding checkbox in the grid when picking a report. (Introduced: 5.2.7)
Version 5.2.8
Release Date 6/28/21
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Line Mass Update: The Search By section customized layouts will be reset.
ADDED: Automation Lookup: When an automation instance's platform module isn't installed, it will be labeled as such in the grid, and an error message will be shown when attempting to open it.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: There are now two splitters and one is collapsible. Splitter positions are now saved/remembered.
ADDED: Application: There is an alternative sppUpdateDW supplied, sppUpdateDW_IgnoreNonInvDescription (see documentation for use cases: https://support.salespad.com/article/1961-sales-analysis-report ).
ADDED: Import Manager – Adds an import definition for CrossUpSell relationships.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry: On Closing Script – C# script the executes when a Sales Entry tab attempts closing.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Items: Allow Field Edit Script - C# script that executes when attempting to edit a field in the Sales Document Line Items grid.
ADDED: Security: Smart Printing: Pre Generate Report Script - C# script that executes before a SmartPrinting report is generated and printed.
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Can Create New Documents While Locked Or Historical - If true, allow the user to create new documents while Case Tracker Case is historical or locked by another user. Defaults to false.
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Can Link Existing Documents While Locked Or Historical - If true, allow the user to link existing documents while Case Tracker case is historical or locked by another user. Defaults to false.
ADDED: Automation Instances: Added a description field to Automation Instances.
ADDED: Setting: Opportunity Pre-Convert Script: A script that will be triggered when converting an opportunity to a quote.
REMOVED: Sales Line Mass Update: There was a "State" search field that when added to the layout was then called "Sales Doc ID". Neither of which would search properly and can be used with the custom search option.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: The group collapsible button was replaced with a collapsible splitter.
UPDATED: Application: The application name when connecting to SQL server will now include the logged in SalesPad user.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin – C# script that triggers when the plugin attempts to launch.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin – Changing the selected Receipt Line in the upper left grid will now automatically open the relevant UDFs tab in the lower half of the plugin.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin – Entering a Serial Number and clicking the Insert button will now automatically select the newly inserted serial in the upper right grid.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin – Entering a Serial Number and clicking the Insert button will now automatically clear the Serial Number field.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin - This plugin can now be launched for historical receipts to provide read only visibility of received serial/lots for that receipt.
UPDATED: Receiving: Receiving Items - Performing a search will now have a confirmation prompt indicating that unsaved data will be cleared.
UPDATED: Receiving: Receiving In Transit Items - Performing a search will now have a confirmation prompt indicating that unsaved data will be cleared.
UPDATED: Sales Entry: Sales Document Line Items - Line level plugins now have access to all of the selected lines.
UPDATED: Workflow Queues – Adds User Defined Fields to workflow queues.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Setup – Adds Workflow Queue User Defined Fields to the grid.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Reorders/Returns Tab - Adds the ability to create and link Orders to the current Case Tracker.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Reorders/Returns Tab - Using the Add button to create a new order will now copy the same named UDFs from the Case to the created Sales Document.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Reorders/Returns Tab – Sales Documents grid now provides visibility of the Sales Doc ID and Source for each document as read only columns.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Reorders/Returns Tab – Adds a checkbox for Only Display Open Documents to allow filtering the Sales Documents grid to only documents with a source of Open.
FIXED: Resources: When editing a resource that contains a tag that no longer exists in the tag table, users will no longer receive an error message.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Deposits: Creating a deposit on a non-functional currency document will now properly set the Receiving Exchange Rate in CM20300.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: Double-clicking the grid will no longer result in a "Sales_Person_ID" error, instead it will open the sales document.
FIXED: Automation Lookup: Attempting to load automation instances when their platform module isn't installed will no longer cause an error. (Introduced in 5.2.6)
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Line Items: Unit cost on non-functional currency documents will no longer get updated incorrectly when forwarding a receipt through workflow.
FIXED: User Defined Fields – Quick Report UDFs that can be edited in grids will no longer have selection issues or prevent selection when only a single option is available.
FIXED: Login Prompt – Cancelling out of the login prompt will now properly close the application.
FIXED: Equipment Search - The Qty Allocated field will now correctly indicate if the serial has been sold.
FIXED: Equipment Card - Equipment UDFs now respect the User Field Read Only setting.
FIXED: Equipment Card: Additional Properties Tab - Now respects edit permissions set for UDFs in the User Field Editor.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment Plugin - Fulfillment validation now occurs after Pre Save scripting.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment - Removing a fulfillment will no longer throw a null exception error.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: ExpressPoint Inventory Adjustment Allocation Plugin - Resolves an issue with this window occasionally throwing null ref errors.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin – Entering a Serial Number and clicking the Insert button will no longer clear UDFs entered for previous serial items.
FIXED: Receiving - Lines that have already been successfully submitted will no longer automatically reattempt submission on subsequent saves.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry - Historical or Voided documents will no longer always display the Ship Complete flag as false.
FIXED: Sales Document Search - The Ship Complete field on historical Sales Documents is now loaded properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Fulfillment - Fulfillments will no longer be able to be added or removed on read only documents when the Pickable Sites security is set to anything other than '*'.
FIXED: Purchase Order Unlocking - NOLOCKs were added to sppPurchaseOrderUnlock to prevent deadlock issues around SY01500 and POP10100.
FIXED: Assembly Unlocking - NOLOCKs were added to sppAssemblyUnlock to prevent deadlock issues around SY01500.
FIXED: Manufacturing - The "sppGetNextMONumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Request For Quote - The "sppGetNextRFQNumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: EDI - The "sppGetNextEDINumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Customer - The "sppGetNextCustomerID" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer - The "sppGetNextInTransitTransferNumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction - The "sppGetNextInventoryTransactionNumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: General - The "sppGetNextNumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Receipt - The "sppGetNextReceiptID" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Vendor - The "sppGetNextVendorID" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Opportunity - The "sppGetNextOpportunityNumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Prospect - The "sppGetNextProspectNumber" SQL procedure will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Receiving - Generating a unique serial number will now properly return the next unique number without a race condition.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Fulfillment Plugin - Removing serial or non-tracked fulfillments will no longer table scan, avoiding potentially causing SQL deadlocks on table IV00112.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Entry: Sales Fulfillment Plugin - Removing serial fulfillments will no longer table scan, avoiding potentially causing SQL deadlocks on table IV00112.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Serial/Lot Receiving Plugin - Removing serial fulfillments will no longer table scan, avoiding potentially causing SQL deadlocks on table IV00112.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Allocation Plugin - Removing serial or non-tracked allocations will no longer table scan, avoiding potentially causing SQL deadlocks on table IV00112.
FIXED: Receipt Entry - Saving a receipt will now properly include the receipt number generation in the SQL transaction.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry - Saving an inventory adjustment will now properly be wrapped in a SQL transaction.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Properties Tab – This formlet will now properly display the category headers.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Reorders/Returns Tab – This tab will now properly launch voided documents and will display a message if the document cannot be loaded.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Reorders/Returns Tab – Creating a new Sales Document via the Add button will now properly set the Created By field on the document to the current user.
Version 5.2.7
Release Date 6/11/21
ADDED: Setting: Square_API_Retries - Square Integration calls now use this number of retry attempts and exponential backoff in the event of certain error responses.
ADDED: Sales Monitor: The Forward Documents popup, when right-clicking in the grid, now has access to more Sales Document columns, including UDFs.
ADDED: Sales Monitor: The Forward Documents popup window size will be remembered.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Manual Split: Post Split Script - C# script that executes after the newly created documents are split.
UPDATED: Sales Monitor: The Forward Documents popup now uses the LoadColumns method, which should load the popup faster now.
FIXED: Bulk Email: When bulk emailing, the "Proceed" button will correctly bring up the e-mailing dialog. (Introduced: 5.2.5)
FIXED: Sales Line Item: The focused line viewer details will now properly refresh when flipping between units of measures. (Introduced: 5.1.6)
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: There will no longer be an "Object Reference" error when opening the screen. This could happen if the UDF tab was the last tab selected on a prior transaction. (Introduced: 4.6.4.10)
FIXED: Counter Sales: The focused line viewer is now better sized and there is also a splitter in the event that more room is needed. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Carrier Alpha Code now correctly syncs with Shipping Method when editing the Shipping Method field.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: The Forward Documents popup will no longer do an extra Sales Document Load if there is no Pre Forward Script enabled.
Version 5.2.6
Release Date 5/30/21
ADDED: Setting: Sales Document Serialization: Determines the type of serialization used during Sales Document saving. Deep Copy is newer and faster and was introduced in 5.1.4. (Default: Deep Copy)
ADDED: Workflow Rule: There is now an "EDI ~ 856 NOT SENT" rule available. This can be used to catch EDI specific documents that may not have sent the 856 document properly. (Extended Module: EDI)
FIXED: Payfabric Payments: Having a blank Queue Access List security will no longer make the payment screen read-only. The workaround is to use an asterisk in this security. (Introduced: 5.2.1)
FIXED: Print Form: Selecting the first report, or selecting multiple reports, will now properly send the report(s) to the printer. (Introduced: 5.2.5)
FIXED: Print Form: Resolved a scenario where the information bar would show blank text.
FIXED: Application: Resolved an exception "Invisible or disabled control cannot be activated" that originates from the BaseForm.WndProc method.
FIXED: Application: Resolved an exception "Operation could destabilize the runtime." that originates from the ExceptionHandler.StackFrameToString. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Application: Resolved a freezing issue that occurred when using the Item Replacements plugin. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Application: Resolved an "Unable to cast" exception that originates from the StatusMessage.
FIXED: Sales Line Replacement Plugin: Optimized this plugin to not generate UI elements twice.
FIXED: Item Replacements: When using Item Replacements, the Item Master Workflow will no longer trigger, and the times in queue should no longer update unexpectedly. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: The EDI 856 ASN can now be sent when the documents associated with the consolidated shipment are historical. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Applications: Updated references for System.Windows.Forms that could help with occasional application crashes.
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: Resaving a GP resource will no longer duplicate the extensions. This requires the "Save Resources as GP Attachments" setting to be enabled.
FIXED: Sales Line Resources Plugin: The file name link now works properly and is themed accordingly. The grid layout will now also save and has the orange triangle options.
FIXED: Customer Card: Editing a Rich Text Memo UDF in the Customer Overview area will now properly save.
FIXED: Receiving: Processing an order that is sorted by the "To Receive" column will no longer result in a crash to the application. (Introduced: 4.6.4.13)
Version 5.2.5
Release Date 5/14/21
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Search: There are now options to search by posting status: Okay, Unposted, Posted, Posted with Error.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Historical transactions can now be viewed as read-only. This includes the allocation plugin (NOTE: Some fields are not available on historical transactions).
ADDED: Security: Item Class Editor: Can Edit Drop Down Value Options - When enabled, users can edit the Drop Down Value Options column.
ADDED: Item Class Editor: Added a new column called Drop Down Value Options which allows users to create a static semicolon-delimited list that will be used as the attribute's drop-down options. This feature requires security access to edit.
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: If the "Sales Batches Allowed" security is set to * (all access) and you free type a single batch name (or partial name), the search will now do a "like" operator on the batch search field. (Introduced: 5.1.4 There was a fix in this build that prevented searching for batches that end-user may not have security access to.)
UPDATED: Print/Email Form: The print and email reports form has been redesigned. The form can now be resized and has a splitter. Buttons have been moved around to be more consistent with the application.
UPDATED: Pacejet: The Process Shipment and Get Rates plugins will send package information to Pacejet when creating a shipment or quote. This allows users to pack a sales document outside of Pacejet. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: The ENTER key will now create new line items properly. (Introduced: 5.1.6)
FIXED: Sales Monitor: There will no longer be an Object Reference error when switching to different tabs upon first loading the screen. (Introduced: 4.6.4.18)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The PO will no longer show as locked by the end-user when going to the print form and returning to the PO. (Introduced: 5.1.7)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Resolved an object reference error when launching some plugins from the Purchase Order Entry screen when purchasing from the Sales Entry screen. When the Purchase Order Entry screen is a Popup screen. (NOTE: Opening or re-opening the Purchase order normally does not result in the error)
FIXED: Application: Resolved an issue where the EnableToolStripButton could result in an Object Reference error.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Trying to print an In-Transit Transfer report will no longer result in an object reference error.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Allocation: Resolved a potential memory leak for this plugin.
FIXED: Sales Document Packages and Consolidated Shipments Packaging: Reduce initial loading time when loading many shipping labels.
FIXED: Pacejet: Kit items will display and use their components instead of the kit header. This was changed for consistency with how sales document packing normally works within SalesPad products. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
FIXED: Assign Workflow To Business Object: Fixed an issue when assigning some objects to workflow, and using certain date formatting.
Version 5.2.4
Release Date 4/30/21
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Mass Update: The Send To Batch function no longer uses the same popup that Sales Monitor uses. The multi-select functionality from the Sales Document Mass Update screen is now used for documents to move.
REMOVED: Move Documents to Batch: Security - Allow All Batches. This had the potential to load too many documents at a time.
ADDED: Move Documents to Batch: Security - Can Create Batch: Enables the editability of the batch choices. (Default: false)
ADDED: Move Documents to Batch: There are now more Sales Document columns available, including User Defined Fields.
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: Security - Can Create Batch: Enables the editability of the batch choices. (Default: false)
ADDED: Sales Line Item: The On Row Paste script now has access to the original line item values.
ADDED: Settings: Changes to application settings are now logged to the spSystemLog table and are visible on the System Log Search screen.
ADDED: Application: SalesPad username is now part of the application name when calling the APP_NAME() function on the SQL Server.
ADDED: Setting: Sales Entry: Shipping Method Tracking Number Mappings: When opening a tracking number hyperlink, if the document's shipping method is linked to a carrier by this setting then the hyperlink will go to that carrier's website. Otherwise, the hyperlink will go to either a carrier's website or to the Tracking Catch All Link based on the tracking number. This setting has no default value.
ADDED: Security: Square Transaction Search - Search all Square Transactions.
ADDED: Setting: Square Check Access Token -Click this button to check the status of the Square token.
ADDED: Setting: Square Sandbox Account Via Currency ID: Define Square account credentials per GP customer currency ID to be used depending on the customer's currency ID. If no match is found for the customer's currency ID, Square - Sandbox: Square Application Access Token will be used instead.
ADDED: Setting: Square Production Account Via Currency ID - Define Square account credentials per GP customer currency ID to be used depending on the customer's currency ID. If no match is found for the customer's currency ID, Square - Production: Square Application Access Token will be used instead.
ADDED: Customer Notes: Revisions can now be tracked. (This does not include the comment fields) NOTE: The setting Track Note Revisions may need to be changed.
ADDED: Vendor Notes: Revisions can now be tracked. (This does not include the comment fields) NOTE: The setting Track Note Revisions may need to be changed.
UPDATED: Setting: Track Note Revision - The default value is now set to "*" which means new SalesPad installs will default to all Note Revision tracking. Existing SalesPad installs will need to select options accordingly.
UPDATED: Customer Card: There will no longer be a "Cannot insert value NULL into column 'Telesales_Frequency'" error when saving a customer. NOTE: This can be fixed by updating sppUpdateCustomer to default the Telesales_Fequency parameter to -1.
UPDATED: Setting: Square Production Payment Page URL: Updated Default URL to https://square.salespad.dev/
UPDATED: Setting: Square Sandbox Payment Page URL: Updated Default URL to https://square.salespad.dev/
UPDATED: Customer Square Transactions - Added column [Time Since Authorization] which shows the time since the authorization was created.
UPDATED: Move Documents to Batch: Improved loading speed by using the LoadColumns functionality.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update/Sales Monitor: The grids will now refresh after a Send To Batch action.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: When pasting line items from a different customer document, then changing certain fields (i.e. Warehouse), will no longer revert some fields to the original line values (i.e. Ship To address information). There was a similar issue with the On Row Paste script that could revert values.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: When the Transfer From Qty is zero, there will no longer be a prompt for over allocations.
FIXED: Application: Various grids that use a Group By on a column will now properly load and use the Group By when re-opening. (Example: Customer Sales Documents tab).
FIXED: Dispatch: Deleting a route will no longer recreate the route. This is a SQL stored procedure change to sppUpdateDispatchRoute. (Extended module)
FIXED: Sales Documents: When clicking on a tracking number, this product will not automatically assume that the sales document's shipping method having "FedEx" in its name means that the tracking number is from FedEx. If this functionality is desired, it can be restored with the 'Shipping Method Tracking Number Mappings' setting.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Invoicing: When clicking the 'Invoice' button, if you click 'No' on the 'Save Changes to SalesDocument' prompt the first time and then 'Yes' when that prompt appears a second time, the fulfilled lot numbers and serial numbers on the order will still carry over to the invoice correctly instead of being replaced or deleted.
FIXED: Send To Batch: Resolved a potential for document locks to get stuck if there is an error when sending documents to a batch.
Version 5.2.3
Release Date 4/16/21
ADDED: Application: All grids that have the orange triangle will now have a Show Footer option.
ADDED: System Information: A tab is now present on the System Information screen that contains miscellaneous module information.
ADDED: Square Integration: Square API and .NET SDK versions are now displayed on the System Information screen.
ADDED: Setting: Spell Check Fields: Use this setting to specify which fields to use spell check with. Spell check only applies while SalesPad Desktop is in English.
ADDED: Setting: Ignore Upper Case Words: Use this setting to have the spell checker ignore or not ignore all upper case words. Spell check only applies while SalesPad Desktop is in English.
ADDED: Security: Opportunity Card: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Prospect Card: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Assembly Entry: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Equipment Maintenance: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Inventory Adjustment: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Item Maintenance: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Entry: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Vendor Card: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Customer Card: Can Forward - Allows a user access to the forward button for workflow. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Square Payments: Square will now work with 64-bit SalesPad Desktop.
UPDATED: Customer Card: It's now possible to script the "val_Message" field through an On Load script and no longer get a prompt to save. This can be used to add additional messages to the banner.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: It's now possible to script the "val_Message" field through an On Load script and no longer get a prompt to save. This can be used to add additional messages to the banner.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: It's now possible to script the "val_Message" field through an On Load script and no longer get a prompt to save. This can be used to add additional messages to the banner.
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: New lines will copy UDFs from Item Master.
FIXED: Square Integration: The Square Integration module now correctly requires a license.
FIXED: Sales Document Shipment: Advanced Package Generation: Creating packages without templates will no longer throw a null reference exception.
FIXED: Sales Document Shipment: Advanced Package Generation: Creating packages with unsaved lines will now prompt for saving.
FIXED: Sales Document: Users will no longer receive a 'Cannot construct data type date error when saving order' error when saving a Sales Document with an EOM type payment term with Add Days set to a value greater than there are days in a month.
FIXED: Sales Document: Users will no longer receive a 'Cannot construct data type date error when saving order' error when saving a Sales Document with a payment term that uses Next Month as its Discount and the Set Date is greater than next months last date (For example: Set Date is set to "31" but next month only has 30 days). If this scenario happens, the last day of the next month will be used instead.
Version 5.2.2
Release Date 4/2/21
ADDED: System Information: Item tracking information is now available on the System Information screen.
ADDED: Security: Customer Overview: Can Change Customer Discounts - Allows a user to change customer discounts. (Default: True)
ADDED: Assembly Workflow: Email Templates and Email Template Subjects are now supported.
ADDED: Opportunity Workflow: Email Templates and Email Template Subjects are now supported.
ADDED: Prospect Workflow: Email Templates and Email Template Subjects are now supported.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Workflow: Email Templates and Email Template Subjects are now supported.
ADDED: Vendor Workflow: Email Templates and Email Template Subjects are now supported.
ADDED: Opportunity: Emailing from an Opportunity now has access to templates.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt: Emailing from a Purchase Receipt now has access to templates.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Automation Agent will now check the batch status before transferring to Invoice.
FIXED: Log Viewer: Pressing ENTER will now trigger the OK button.
FIXED: Application: Certain pop-ups forms now respect the ENTER key and will trigger the OK button. Certain forms that potentially have multi-line entry fields (ie. Script Editor) will not respect the ENTER key OK button.
FIXED: Email Template Editor: This form should now load faster.
FIXED: Localization: Users will no longer get the 'Input string was not in a correct format' error when using SalesPad in Spanish and saving new sales documents or transferring orders to invoices.
FIXED: Receipt Line Items: Line unit cost for non-functional currency receipts will now load and save correctly.
FIXED: Receipt audit should now properly populate for Shipment and Shipment Invoice types when using workflow.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The Sales Account Index and Cost of Sales Account Index will now be set properly for component line items of kits. (Non-Package kits) NOTE: This is a modification to the spptaSopLineIvcInsertComponent_SalesPad stored procedure and was an eConnect bug.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The GP button will now show properly. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Customer: The note index for the customer will no longer get updated when removing notes and then adding new notes.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The refresh interval now works properly when opening the form. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Payments: Square: Charging a new wallet will not give a "Cannot insert the value NULL into column 'Cardholder_Name', table '[company database].dbo.spSalesDocumentCreditCardPayment'; column does not allow nulls" error. The workaround is to modify that column to allow nulls.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The Security: Validate Customer PO will no longer prompt when opening a sales document. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The Security: Validate Customer PO will no longer look at documents with the same master number.
FIXED: Login: Logging in with a previous version of SalesPad will now correctly respect the setting Limit Login For Prior Versions without needing access to the Database Update Security if set to 'false'.
Version 5.2.1
Release Date 3/19/21
ADDED: Automation Agent Setting: 'Automation Agent User Name' SalesPad user used to run the Automation Agent service.
ADDED: Inventory Analysis: Security - Populate Item List: When enabled, the Item List Drop down will be pre-populated. Disable this for performance improvements. (Default: True)
ADDED: Inventory Analysis: Security - Populate Item Generic Description List: When enabled, the Generic Description List Drop down will be pre-populated. Disable this for performance improvements. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Allow Payments on Restricted Queues - This setting will allow taking payments on a document that has been marked as read-only due to being in a restricted queue.
UPDATED: Business Object Mapping: The Shipping Label schema has been updated to support specifying a Packing Medium. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Business Object Workflow Monitors: Monitors will now sort by the Workflow Queue sequence number.
UPDATED: Inventory Analysis: The Item List drop down now uses the cached list of items, which can improve initial loading issues for this screen.
FIXED: Funnel: FedEx: Additional handling charges are now written back correctly when there are multiple packages in a shipment.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer: After printing, changes to the line level data will now save on the first save and not require multiple saves.
FIXED: Sales Inventory Lookup: The ESC key will close the form.
FIXED: Application: Various pop-up forms will now close when the ESC key. Not all forms will respect this.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: The Customer Search popup, when assigning customers, will now have the grid properly themed. NOTE: The grid layout may need reset.
FIXED: Send Email: Typing spaces into the CC field no longer causes the email to fail to send.
FIXED: Assembly Search: The New button is now available based on security access.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: There was potential to load bad data from BM10300 (Assembly Line) if there were blank TRX_ID/Assembly Doc Num values. This would have resulted in wrong assembly lines being applied to any new Assembly being created.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: There was potential to load bad data from BM10200 (Assembly) if there were blank TRX_ID/Assembly Doc Num values. This potentially could result in some issues around allocations on first saves.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: There was a potential to load bad data for Sales Line Assembly Links and Assembly Resources.
FIXED: Manufacturing Entry: Resolved a few scenarios where there could be a divide by zero error based on UofM setup. These changes could be applied to the following views: spvManufacturingBOMLine_base, spvManufacturingBOMLineHistory_base, and spvManufacturingBOMLineSearch_base.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Users can no longer Void, Credit, Charge PayFabric payments on Historical documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Users can no longer take payments on Historical documents.
Version 5.2.0
Release Date 2/26/21
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Mass Update: The Sales Document Properties - On Validating Script will no longer work from the Sales Document Mass Update screen. This was not the original intent for this script hook and would cause some fields to clear out unexpectedly.
ADDED: Customer Quick Report Emailing via Automation Agent: A new email platform option is now available in the Automation Agent module. This platform option allows a quick report to be sent on a per-customer basis and generates a spreadsheet attachment of the quick report to be emailed.
ADDED: Sales Analysis: Added a new panel to the screen that allows users to save and quickly switch between layouts. These layouts are stored per user in the database and can be placed in categories for easy management. Previously, layouts had to be saved to files and then imported each time.
ADDED: Sales Analysis: Some default layouts have been added. These include Customer Activity Report, Top Customers, and Top Selling Items.
ADDED: Square Integration: Added Square Credit Card Processing to SalesPad. For more information, please contact your Sales Representative.
ADDED: Store Setup: A Square tab as added. This tab allows users to setup Square Locations and specify any Credit Card Mappings for specific Store/Drawers.
ADDED: Customer Square Wallet: A new tab on the customer card that is used to create new wallets for the customer in Square.
ADDED: Customer Square Transactions: A new tab on the customer card that displays the history of Square transactions for the customer. Displays both Sales Documents and Cash Receipt transactions.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Enable Square Payments - Determines whether the Square payments tab is visible. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Cash Receipts: Credit Card Payment Options - Payment options a user is allowed to select from. (Defaults: PayFabric)
ADDED: Square Device Maintenance: A new screen that allows Square users to setup terminal devices that can be used to process credit cards.
ADDED: Square Authorization Plugin: A workflow plugin that can be used to automate making Authorizations on a document using Square.
ADDED: Square Capture Plugin: A workflow plugin that can be used to automate capturing authorizations on a document using Square.
ADDED: Square Charge Plugin: A workflow plugin that can be used to automate charging credit cards on a document using Square.
ADDED: Workflow Rule: Square Auth Present - Check if this document or any related documents have a PayFabric Authorization.
ADDED: Workflow Rule: Has Square Auth - Check if the current document has a Square Authorization. Does not check related documents.
ADDED: Workflow Rule: Square Payment Exists - Check if there are Square captures or charges on the document.
ADDED: Square Batch Authorization: New Sales Batch Processing plugin that allows users to create authorization for multiple documents in a batch.
ADDED: Square Batch Capture: New Sales Batch Processing plugin that allows users to batch capture authorizations for multiple documents in a batch.
ADDED: Square Batch Charge: New Sales Batch Processing plugin that allows users to create charge transactions for multiple documents in a batch.
REMOVED: Sales Analysis: The Reset Layout button has been removed.
UPDATED: Sales Analysis: The Save Layout and Load Layout buttons have been removed and are now replaced with functionality within the new Layouts panel. Any previously saved layout file can be imported using the new Layouts panel.
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress has been upgraded to 20.1.7.
UPDATED: Sales Analysis: The toolstrip will now be themed properly.
UPDATED: Application: Installing SalesPad Desktop will now prompt for installing the prerequisite C++ Redistributable package from Microsoft.
UPDATED: Sales Person: The default dashboard on the sales person card now starts with a 1 month date range instead of 1 year.
UPDATED: Sales Document Payments: The last focused tab is now remembered when closing and reopening the screen.
FIXED: Application: The main form starting position will now correctly reset to the default position if the previous location is not available.
FIXED: Sales Document Notes: The controls will no longer float out of view on the control due to a DPI issue. The workaround is to remove the DPIAwareness from the SalesPad.exe.config file. (Introduced: 5.1.3)
FIXED: Database Update: Resolved a scenario where the database update could get stuck in an infinite loop causing SalesPad to hang. This specific scenario was related to an "spcp", and the work around was to rename the "spcp" with a leading underscore.
FIXED: Sales Document Locking: Usernames that exceed 15 characters will no longer leave orphaned locks on sales documents.
FIXED: Themes: SalesPad Desktop will not crash on launch when its theme is set to 'SalesPad Desktop Green' and the display scale of the current monitor is greater than 150%. Instead, SalesPad Desktop will automatically switch its theme to 'Basic'.
FIXED: AvaTax: Sales Tax Query Handler: When splitting a sales document for the 2nd+ time, the split document will recalculate its taxes as long as the setting 'AvaTax Sales Line Item Fields To Check' has any columns selected.
FIXED: Pacejet: If the 'Application URL' setting uses HTTP, SalesPad will run Pacejet's website in HTTP mode when using the 'Get Rates' and 'Process Shipment' plugins. This addresses an issue where Pacejet's 'Scale Weight' button may give a 'There was an error with the scale web service' message when running Pacejet in HTTPS mode. (Extended Module: Pacejet)
Version 5.1.7
Release Date 2/12/21
ADDED: Sales Document Assemblies: Refresh button.
ADDED: Sales Document Audit: Refresh button.
ADDED: Sales Document Manufacturing Orders: Refresh button.
ADDED: Sales Document Purchases: Refresh button.
ADDED: Sales Document Service Transfers: Refresh button.
ADDED: Security: Choose Purchase Plan: Security: Can Group Like Items - When disabled the Group Like Items check box is disabled. (Default: True)
ADDED: Automation Agent: Batch Forward: Setting: Misc: Verbose Logging: If set to 'True', batch forwarding will log additional information to the Audit tab. Defaults to 'False'.
UPDATED: Choose Purchase Plan: General icon and better theme updates.
UPDATED: Choose Purchase Plan: There are now splitters that will be remembered and the form will remember the window size when resized.
UPDATED: Customer AR Overview: Fields are now properly themed.
UPDATED: Customer Child Accounts: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Contract Pricing: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Default Doc Items: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Holds: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Holds: Moved buttons around.
UPDATED: Customer Item Numbers: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Item Numbers: Moved buttons around.
UPDATED: Customer Item Number Maintenance: The popup form is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Customer CRM: The splitter is now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Saved Attributes: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Special Pricing: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Default Item Reps: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Customer Recurring Sales: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Assemblies: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Audit: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Audit: The Toolbars are now themed properly and the grid fills the tab.
UPDATED: Sales Document Manufacturing Orders: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Shipments: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Purchases: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Properties: The Equipment Serial hyperlink is properly themed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Service Transfers: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Tracking Numbers: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Case Tracker Entries: The Toolbars are now themed properly. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Sales Document EDI Processing Log: The Toolbars are now themed properly. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Invoicing: Changing the 'Ship Qty' on a line is now faster.
FIXED: Shipping Review: Refreshing will not give an 'Object reference' error when there are no sales documents to show. (Introduced: 5.1.6)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Various plugins that had custom text will now have their buttons display properly. Example: Run Script and Shipping Weight plugins. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Forwarding a PO using Automation Agent will now unlock the PO when forwarding is complete.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Locked sales documents will state which user locked the document. (Introduced: 5.1.6)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Notes: The 'Can Freely Edit' security setting no longer affects comments. (Introduced: 5.0.6)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Notes: The 'Can Freely Edit On Historical Document' security setting no longer affects comments.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Notes: The 'Override Queue Access for Notes and Comments' security setting no longer allows users to edit notes and comments on documents which are read only for reasons other than being in a queue outside of the 'Queue Access List', being historical, or being void.
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Users can no longer edit purchase line item quantities to be less than the sales line items they are linked to.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Batch Forward: If forwarding a sales document fails due to a SQL error, Automation Agent will log the error to the Action Center instead of ignoring it.
Version 5.1.6
Release Date 2/3/21
BREAKING CHANGE: Vendor Card: Existing Vendor On Load scripts may require changes because of how the buttons on the form were changed.
ADDED: Purchase Line Items: There is now focused row warehouse information similar to the Sales Line Items.
ADDED: Purchase Line User Fields Dock: Purchase Line dockable plugin for user fields.
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Dropship PO Address Source - Source to use when determining a Dropship PO's address information. (Default: Customer_Address)
ADDED: Settings: Layout Customization Type: Specify the layouts type to load for the Purchase Line User Fields Dock plugin. (Default: (ALL))
UPDATED: Application: The customization popup form toolbar is now properly themed where applicable.
UPDATED: Customer Case Tracker Entries: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Purchase Line Items: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The toolbars, hyperlinks, and certain fields are now properly themed. (NOTE: Changing themes requires the form to be reloaded.)
UPDATED: Purchase Order Links: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Notes: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Vendar Card: The toolbars, hyperlinks, and certain fields are now properly themed. (NOTE: Changing themes requires the form to be reloaded.)
UPDATED: Vendor Contact Addresses: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Vendor Item History: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Vendor Item History: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Vendor Item Setup: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Vendor Special Costing: The toolbar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Vendor VRM: The toolbar is now properly themed.
FIXED: Customer Overview: Customized layouts should now work as they did prior to 5.1.0. (Introduced: 5.1.0)
FIXED: Application: The installer will no longer add extra unneeded XML files to the installation folder.
FIXED: Automation Agent Service: Application date will be tied to the date on the machine, rather than the date the service was installed. (Extended Module: AutomationAgentService)
FIXED: Business Object Workflow: Inventory Transaction: In some scenarios, transactions would not be assigned to the correct workflow.
FIXED: Business Object Workflow: Inventory Transaction: The 'Time in Queue' record for new transactions will now be created properly.
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Scan to Shipment: Reimplemented the playback of the error sound to prevent delays. (Introduced: 5.0.1)
FIXED: Customer Address Card: Changes made by the Pre Save and Post Validation scripts were not updating values properly. This has been corrected. (Introduced: 4.6.4.31)
FIXED: Customer Overview: Resizing the different grouped areas in the layout should be easier now.
FIXED: EDI Service: Application date will be tied to the date on the machine, rather than the date the service was installed. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Equipment Monitor: Equipments in workflows will now show up correctly on this screen.
FIXED: Remote Library Service: Application date will be tied to the date on the machine, rather than the date the service was installed. (Extended Module: RemoteLibrary)
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The transfer button will properly be captioned based on security access. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The screen will no longer crash, with an "Index was out of range." error, if the refresh interval was blanked out. The work around fix is to delete the registry entry. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Users can no longer free type in the refresh interval editor. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The securities, Disable Sales Document Printing For Customer On Hold and the Print Queue Access List are now properly respected. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When editing a line item and tabbing through fields, while the Enable Functional Currency View setting is enabled, the focus will no longer jump the header fields. (Introduced: 5.1.4)
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Send to Batch will now create a 'Time in Queue' record showing where the document came from, where it is going, and when it arrived there.
FIXED: Shipping Review: Changes to the automatic refresh interval will now take place immediately. (Introduced: 5.1.1)
FIXED: User Field Editor: Closing the screen will no longer hard crash the application. (Introduced: 5.1.5)
FIXED: User Field Editor: When closing the screen the form will no longer be hidden behind the application. (Introduced: 5.1.5)
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Assign to Business Object: Having an apostrophe in one of the displayed fields will no longer result in an 'Incorrect syntax' error when trying to assign that business object to a workflow.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Assign to Business Object: The 'Entered Queue' field will display its values correctly.
Version 5.1.5
Release Date 1/15/21
ADDED: Import Manager: There is now a splitter.
ADDED: Inventory Analysis: The time range is now remembered in the registry.
ADDED:ADDED: Remote Library: Support for ShipCenter endpoints. (ShipCenter: 1.2.0.31)
ADDED: Pacejet: There are now two extended modules for integrating with Pacejet. SalesPad.Module.Pacejet introduces two sales document plugins for creating shipments and quotes in Pacejet. SalesPad.Module.Pacejet.AutomationAgent introduces three automation agent tasks for syncing shipment and quote information from Pacejet to SalesPad.
ADDED: Settings: Customer Contact Options: Address Classification List: The semicolon delimited list of values for address classifications. Defaults to 'Residential; Commercial'.
ADDED: Settings: Dispatch Calendar Options: Recurring Route Stop Appointment Status: The appointment status to use for route stops that belong to a Recurring route and not any One Time routes. This item has no default value. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
ADDED: Setting: Dispatch Calendar Options: Recurring Route Stop Appointment Type: The appointment type to use for route stops that belong to a Recurring route and not any One Time routes. This item has no default value. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
ADDED: Setting: Dispatch Calendar Options: Show Recurring Route Stops: If set to 'True', routes that use the 'Recurring' type will display all recurrences of all of their route stops. Defaults to 'False'. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
UPDATED: Contacts: There is now a 'Classification' field for specifying whether an address corresponds to a residential, commercial, or other type of address. This field is hidden by default.
UPDATED: Currency: Currency information from the 'Currency Setup' screen in Dynamics GP is now cached. This means that the currency information loads faster, but changes to currency setup in Dynamics GP will not be reflected until logging out and back into SalesPad.
UPDATED: Import Manager: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Inventory Analysis: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Inventory Transfers: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Item Maintenance: There is now a 'Dimension Units' field for specifying units for each item's height, length, and width. This field is hidden by default.
UPDATED: Layout Maintenance: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Note Shortcut Maintenance: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Package Template Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Payment Processor Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Purchase Order: The "sppPurchaseOrder_Connector_PostUpdate" SQL procedure will now be called when creating a purchase order from a sales document.
UPDATED: Quick Report Editor: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Receiving: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Registry Maintenance: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Resource Migrator: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: SMTP Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Rule Setup: The Enable button is now in the Toolbar.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Rule Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Addresses: There is now a 'Classification' field for specifying whether the sales document's ship to address corresponds to a residential, commercial, or other type of address. This field is hidden by default.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Shipment: Tracking numbers in the 'Tracking' column can now be clicked on to open the tracking number in a web browser.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Tracking Numbers: Tracking numbers can now be clicked on to open the tracking number in a web browser.
UPDATED: Sales Transfers: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: SalesPad Today: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Smart Printing Maintenance: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: User Field Editor: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Workflow Monitors: All Workflow Monitor Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
FIXED: Application: Some forms that have not yet been fully themed will have the text on some buttons show as black for better readability.
FIXED: Application: The yellow information bar throughout the application will now show the text as black for all themes for better readability.
FIXED: AvaTax: Void Deleted Documents: Deleting documents will now properly void the transaction record in Avalara's records.
FIXED: Cross/UpSell: Fixed padding on UI for a cleaner look. Removed the ability to customize the layout.
FIXED: Cross/UpSell: Plugin icons will correctly appear.
FIXED: Customer: When the 'Default Customer Email Address' setting is set, there is no longer a null reference exception when emailing a customer that does not have that address specified. (Introduced: 4.6.2.1)
FIXED: PayFabric: Deposits on orders that have been transferred to invoice can no longer be partially credited.
FIXED: Quick Report Editor: When the monitor DPI is higher than 100%, opening the Quick Report Editor will no longer error out.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Receipt lines will no longer duplicate on historical receipts if Landed Cost was used.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Receipt lines will no longer duplicate if Landed Cost was used on the Receipt.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Selecting a batch with an ' in its name will not give an "Incorrect syntax" error.
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: Downloading a resource with the extension in the filename will no longer duplicate the extension in the resulting file.
FIXED: Smart Printing Maintenance: The layout is no longer customizable.
FIXED: Workflow Rules: The layout is no longer customizable.
Version 5.1.4
Release Date 12/18/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Line Mass Update: Some search fields are now hidden by default, but can be re-added by customizing the layout. The Custom Search Fields section can handle these options.
ADDED: Sales Batch Processing: There are now document type checkboxes which are set based on corresponding security. If no security defined then the check boxes are accessible to use normally. I security is blank then the last checked values will be remembered in the registry.
ADDED: Sales Batch Processing: There is now a Warehouse field which is populated based on corresponding security. If no security is defined there is access to all warehouses.
ADDED: Sales Batch Processing: There are now custom search fields options.
ADDED: Sales Document Audit: The stored procedure that is used to show the audit trail "sppGetSalesDocumentAudit" now has an spcp call "spcpGetSalesDocumentAudit".
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: Security - Can Delete From Sales Batches: A semi-colon delimited list of batches that documents can be deleted from.
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: Security - Can Delete Sales Document Types: A semi-colon delimited list of sales document types that can be deleted.
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: Security - Can Delete: When enabled the delete button will be enabled. The Sales Document Delete Password will be respected. (Default: False)
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: There are now document type checkboxes which are set based on corresponding security. If no security defined then the check boxes are accessible to use normally. I security is blank then the last checked values will be remembered in the registry.
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: There is now a Warehouse field which is populated based on corresponding security. If no security is defined there is access to all warehouses.
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: There is now a delete button with corresponding securities.
ADDED: Sales Document Mass Update: There are now custom search fields options.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: There are now document type checkboxes which are set based on corresponding security. If no security defined then the check boxes are accessible to use normally. I security is blank then the last checked values will be remembered in the registry.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: There is now a Warehouse field which is populated based on corresponding security. If no security is defined there is access to all warehouses.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: There are now custom search fields options.
ADDED: Security: Ops Core Fulfillment Options: Force Save On Close - Forces the sales document to save when the plugin is closed. (Default: False) (Extended Module: BlueMoonOperationsCore)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Mass Update: Can Delete Lines: Enables or disables the ability to delete lines. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Application: Various formlets bars are now properly themed and will stretch across the screen.
UPDATED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Audit: The Audit On field now properly displays both the date and its associated time stamp.
UPDATED: Customer Contact Addresses: The toolbar is now properly themed along with the email and website hyperlinks. (NOTE: Changing themes requires the form to be reloaded.)
UPDATED: Customer Overview: Various fields are now properly themed.
UPDATED: Database Update: Calculated user fields that do not work for a table will no longer prevent other calculated user fields from being added to the table.
UPDATED: EDI Get Labels: Retrieving shipping labels through SPS's API will now respect their 200 pack limit per request. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: Useless dropdown buttons will no longer appear on cells in the license plate grid.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Links: Any errors that occur while attempting to remove a link will now be audited.
UPDATED: Sale Entry: The toolbars, hyperlinks, and certain fields are now properly themed. (NOTE: Changing themes requires the form to be reloaded.)
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: The tool bar is now themed and the email and fax buttons have been moved for consistency.
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: When trying to do a search with no batch the grid will display that a batch is required.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Shipment Tab: Performance enhancements have been made around displaying shipping labels. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.0.2)
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The Sales Document Types Allowed security now has an editor for choosing document types.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The Sales Document Types Allowed security now has an editor for choosing document types.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The Warehouses Allowed security now has an editor for choosing warehouses.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The Warehouses Allowed security now has an editor for choosing warehouses.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The tool bar is now themed and the email and fax buttons have been moved for consistency.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The tool bar is now themed and the email and fax buttons have been moved for consistency.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: When trying to do a search with no batch the grid will display that a batch is required.
UPDATED: Sales Document Notes: The bar is now properly themed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Purchase Links: Any errors that occur while attempting to remove a link will now be audited.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Saving sales documents is now faster.
UPDATED: Sales Line Items: The toolbar is now properly themed. The focused line detail grid is now below the toolbar. There is also a splitter that can be adjusted (if needed) based on different themes sizing.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Sales Document Types Allowed security now has an editor for choosing document types.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Warehouses Allowed security now has an editor for choosing warehouses.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: The check for a blank search was tweaked to auto-set certain fields if they are blank, and therefore default back to security values.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: The tool bar is now themed.
FIXED: Activity Locks: Cash Receipt locks can now be deleted from this screen. (Introduced: 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: Assign Workflow To Business Object: Loading this plugin will now be faster.
FIXED: Business Object Workflow: Saving documents which can utilize business object workflow but are not configured to use it will no longer warn the user that the document was not assigned to a workflow.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Detail Properties: Detail issue, cause, and resolution fields now properly update upon selection within the Detail Properties pane.
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: The email and website hyperlinks work properly.
FIXED: Database Update: The progress text box now fills in the empty space below it. (Introduced: 5.1.3)
FIXED: Document Combiner: Shipping information will now combine correctly.
FIXED: Document Combiner: Tracking number will no longer be lost when combining documents while the 'Void Originating Documents' security is enabled.
FIXED: EDI Get Labels: Date fields on the shipping label request will no longer also send time data. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Import Manager: Performing imports will no longer display CellValueConversionError related messages.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Monitor: Forwarding a transaction or sending a transaction to a queue will not give an eConnect error.
FIXED: Item Monitor: Forwarding an item or sending an item to a queue will not give a "Value cannot be null" error.
FIXED: Locks: Case Tracker Case locks can no longer be deleted by closing a case that is locked by another user. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Locks: Customer locks can no longer be deleted by closing a customer that is locked by another user.
FIXED: Purchase Order Links: An audit log stating "the link was removed" will no longer be created if there was an error while attempting to remove the link.
FIXED: Returns: In a multi-bin environment, changing the warehouse will now remove the fulfillment record for the line item.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: The UPS Zone will no longer revert back to the customer address' UPS Zone every time the tab is loaded.
FIXED: Sales Document Purchase Links: An audit log stating "the link was removed" will no longer be created if there was an error while attempting to remove the link.
FIXED: Sales Line Excel Import: Unit price will now import correctly. (Introduced: 5.1.0)
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Extended Pricing: Using an item that triggers the Quantity Free promotion type will no longer give users a "Column name or number of supplied values does not match table" error.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Allocate button will now work properly for line items that are on documents that use the Document/Batch allocation method.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Sales Document Types Allowed security is now respected.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Warehouses Allowed security is now respected.
FIXED: Sales Line User Field Dockable Plugin: The dockable plugin's UDF values were not always in sync with the line's UDF values if the line and its item number were set before the dockable plugin was opened. This has been fixed.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Entry: When updating the Ship To Address, if prompted to update the Shipping Method, it will change the header's Shipping Method as expected.
FIXED: Vendor Returns: Users will no longer receive an "Arithmetic Overflow" error when attempting to save a Vendor Return.
Version 5.1.3
Release Date 11/20/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Case Tracker Entry: Case Tracker Case: Removes the 'Return Order Num', 'Reorder Doc Num', and 'Reorder Doc Type' columns from this business object and table structure, as well as supporting views/procedures. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Application: There is now a search box at the top of the ribbon that allows users to search for any module.
ADDED: Case Tracker: Detail Properties: Case Tracker Detail UDF Dock-able Plugin: Adds a new dock-able plugin to the case tracker details formlet. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
UPDATED: Active Users: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Application: GP versions were added for the October 2019 and 2020 releases.
UPDATED: EDI Business Object Mapping: The mapping for shipping labels (000) now supports mapping the "LicensePlateDetail", "ItemMaster", and "SalesLineItem" properties to the Pack/PhysicalDetails group. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Import Manager: Inventory Adjustment: When the unit cost is not given, the item's current cost will be used.
UPDATED: PayFabric Authorize and PayFabric Charge plugins: When the security "Charge Card Of Prior Authorization" is enabled, if no prior authorization is found, the default card of the customer's wallet is used instead.
UPDATED: Report Manager: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Security Script Manager: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Security: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Settings: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
UPDATED: System User Card: The Toolbars are now themed properly.
FIXED: Application: There will no longer be a "Invisible or disabled control cannot be activated" error when switching between tabs under specific scenarios.
FIXED: Automation Agent Service: Fixed an issue where the Automation Agent service would not start up automatically after a reboot. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Saving a case with the user field tab open will now properly respect saved changes. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipment Get Labels: The values on the shipment header will no longer be overwritten by the values on the sales document when requesting labels. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: EDI 945 Inbound: When fulfilling an order from a 945, the fulfilled quantities on the order will now be correct when the items are packed in a non-base unit of measure. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: EDI Get Labels: The script on the business object mapping will now be run when getting labels. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: EDI Service: Fixed an issue where the EDI service would not start up automatically after a reboot. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Equipment Card: Equipment UDFs are now respecting the 'User Field Read Only' setting.
FIXED: Print Attachments: GP Attachments will now be printed properly.
FIXED: Print Attachments: Image file resources will now be printed properly.
FIXED: Remote Library Service: Fixed an issue where the Remote Library service would not start up automatically after a reboot. (Extended Module: RemoteLibrary)
FIXED: Sales Document Search - The Ship Complete field on historical sales documents is now accurate.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Fulfillments will no longer be able to be added or removed on read-only documents when the 'Pickable Sites' security is set to anything other than "*".
FIXED: Sales: Sales Entry: When updating the Ship To Address prompts to update the Shipping Method, it will once again change the header's Shipping Method.
FIXED: SalesPad Desktop: The application will no longer revert to 100% scaling when an error occurs.
ADDED: Settings: Case Tracker Case Columns To Include In Audit: Removes the 'Reorder Doc Num' and 'Return Doc Num' options from this setting. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
Version 5.1.2
Release Date 11/6/20
ADDED: Automation Agent: Added a description field to Automation Instances. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Business Object Mapping: The SerialLotNums property has been added to 856 mappings. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Case Tracker: Sales Document Case Tracker Entries: Adds a new virtual column "Link Type" that differentiates between documents displayed under the Case Tracker Entries tab on Sales Entry.
ADDED: Security: Create Assembly Plugin: Post Assembly Create Script - C# script that executes when Assemblies are generated (and after they are saved if Security -> Auto Save is true), and before the Sales Document is saved.
ADDED: Settings: EDI SPS Shipping Label ZPL DPI: When retrieving ZPL shipping labels from SPS, select the DPI used in the ZPL printer. Acceptable values are: 152, 203, 300. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Workflow Setup: Key Fields: Added related fields to the fields available for field comparisons, e.g. Vendor fields for Purchase Orders and Item fields for Equipment.
ADDED: Workflow Setup: Rule Conditions: Added related fields to the fields available for field comparisons, e.g. Vendor fields for Purchase Orders and Item fields for Equipment.
UPDATED: Audits: Audits will now log the database value instead of the previous value. e.g. A change from 1 to 2 to 3 to 4 (without saving between steps) would previously log "changed from 3 to 4", and will now audit "changed from 1 to 4".
UPDATED: Case Tracker: Sales Document Case Tracker Entries: This tab now includes linked reorder / return document types in the search results. Viewing a return or reorder document will now display the linked case it was created from.
UPDATED: Save Prompts: Implemented View Changes for Save Prompts when closing tabs in many locations.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Sub-assemblies components will no longer be allocated when the sub-assembly item is in stock.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Batch Forward: Additional checks are in place to prevent forwarding a document that was already forwarded independently of the automation job. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Binary Streams MEM: New sales batches will now have a facility assigned to them when a document is forward into them. (Extended Module: Binary Streams MEM)
FIXED: Case Tracker Setup: Attempting to save case tracker statuses after deleting one will no longer throw an error. (Introduced 4.6.4.27)
FIXED: Case Tracker Setup: Creating and deleting a case status before saving will no longer throw an object reference error during saving.
FIXED: Counter Sales: UofM set from a barcode translation will now save correctly.
FIXED: CRM Events: If the security setting 'Email User Task Info' is set to 'True', the program will only send an email when a user creates an interaction or a user changes an interaction's assignee.
FIXED: CrossUpSell Plugin: The selected sales line will no longer lose focus when cross/upsell lines are added and the "Preserve Focused Row" setting is enabled.
FIXED: Distributions Bom Lines: The text for sub-boms are now readable when using a dark theme.
FIXED: Email Template Editor: Changes will now be immediately updated when leaving the Template field.
FIXED: Fulfillment: When fulfilling an exchange invoice, the fulfillment plugin will correctly switch between returns and available inventory for serialized items.
FIXED: Interactions: If the security setting 'Email User Task Info' is set to 'True', the program will only send an email when a user creates an interaction or a user changes an interaction's assignee.
FIXED: Login: Logging in with a previous version of SalesPad will now correctly respect the setting Limit Login For Prior Versions without needing access to the Database Update Security.
FIXED: OpportunitySearch: "Add Opportunity" button spelling fixed (from "Add Opporunity")
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer be able to click the close button on the hosted page window after clicking the Process button on the Card Not Present screen.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Items with a "Reorder Pt" Document Number weren't being returned in the search results when the "Include Reorder Pt. Demand" box is checked in some cases.
FIXED: Returns: Extended cost will no longer be updated when a return made from an RMA is saved in SalesPad. This unintended cost update was causing issues when posting the return in GP.
FIXED: Returns: RECV and COGS distributions will no longer be created when saving a return in SalesPad if the return was created via RMA and the RMA has been posted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fulfillment: When the Pickable Sites security doesn't equal * or empty, the Add and Delete fulfillment buttons will now always be enabled as long as the Warehouse of the selected Sales Line is included in the security.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Historical or Voided documents will no longer always display the Ship Complete flag as 'false'.
FIXED: Sales Entry: UofM set from a barcode translation will now save correctly.
REMOVED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Detail Search: The following fields have all been removed from this grid and will no longer appear as options under the column chooser: Reorder Doc Num, Reorder Doc Type, and Return Doc Num.
REMOVED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Workflow Monitor: The following fields have all been removed from this grid and will no longer appear as options under the column chooser: Reorder Doc Num, Reorder Doc Type, and Return Doc Num.
REMOVED: Case Tracker: Customer Case Tracker Entries: The following fields have all been removed from this grid and will no longer appear as options under the column chooser: Reorder Doc Num, Reorder Doc Type, and Return Doc Num.
Version 5.1.1
Release Date 10/23/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Shipping Review: Viewable Batches sub-security: The dropdown now displays the document type, in addition to the document ID and batch name. When changing this security, any batches selected in a previous build will be wiped out.
ADDED: Shipping Review: The screen can now be set to refresh automatically at a set interval.
UPDATED: Business Object Mappings: The default business object mappings for outbound transactions have been updated so that the CarrierInformation fields are no longer Core Mappings. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Details: Serial/Lot Lookup: Historical serial numbers are now viewable/selectable within the serial/lot editor on cases that are not linked to a sales document. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
UPDATED: Consolidated Shipments: A message now appears when you click the "Scan to Shipment" button without a package selected.
UPDATED: PayFabric: The form will now remember its previous size and location upon opening.
UPDATED: PayFabric: The PayFabric Hosted Page will now be opened in an embedded Chrome browser, rather than an Internet Explorer browser. Internet Explorer will no longer be supported by Microsoft in the future and this change will allow us to keep the browser up to date with security and general framework updates.
UPDATED: PayFabric: The theme used for the PayFabric hosted page has been modified to fit the new browser window.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow Address Validation: Address validation will now only run on documents that have not yet been validated.
UPDATED: Shipping Review: Improvements have been made to load times.
UPDATED: Shipping Review: The batch filter dropdown now displays the document type, in addition to the document ID and batch name. The dropdown also allows for multiple batches to be selected at a time.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Migrating Batch Forward jobs from the old Automation Agent application will now use the updated format for the Batch setting. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Case Tracker Details: Do Not Copy Sales Line Comments: The "Do Not Copy Sales Line Comments" security setting will now properly be respected upon creating new cases from a sales document, or adding case details from a sales document on the case entry screen. (Introduced: 4.6.4.30) (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Non-Multicurrency users will no longer receive an 'Apply To and Apply From document are different currencies than function' error when attempting to apply a cash receipt to a document. (Introduced: 5.0.1)
FIXED: EDI 810, 855, 856 Plugins: Running these plugins through workflow on orders for customers not set up for EDI will now continue through workflow rather than stopping it. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.0.6)
FIXED: EDI Shipping Labels: Carrier information is now sent correctly to SPS. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Import Manager: When importing ServiceTransferLines, if the Qty_Base_UofM is not a mapped field, then the Service Transfer Distributions will still be updated correctly.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment: Running the plugin will now trigger the pre-save script before saving the document.
FIXED: PayFabric Capture Plugin: This plugin will now respect the 'Allow Overcharge' setting. This change only applies if the 'Always Capture' securities are disabled.
FIXED: PayFabric Sales Batch Processing: This plugin will now respect the 'Allow Overcharge' setting. This change only applies if the 'Always Capture' securities are disabled.
FIXED: PayFabric: When the 'Default Processing Mode' setting in PayFabric Portal was set to "EMV Only" and the 'Overcharge' setting in SalesPad was set to "Not Allowed", changing the amount on the EMV screen of PayFabric would clear out the value. That has been fixed.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Updating a line's unit cost that is linked to a PO line will no longer revert to the previous unit cost value upon saving.
FIXED: Receiving: Pressing "Enter" while the cursor is on the Purchase Order Number field will only run the search once.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: When an On Validating script is present, typing in the address code and tabbing off will now update the rest of the address fields.
FIXED: Workflow: Actions: Scripting: Fixed a 'type or namespace not found' compilation error that would occur in the script editor.
FIXED: Workflow: Actions: Scripting: Fixed an object reference error that would occur if a script was placed on an object in a queue that doesn't belong to its workflow.
FIXED: Workflow: Actions: Scripting: Fixed the parameter mismatch error that would occur with CancelEventArgs.
Version 5.1.0
Release Date 10/12/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Inventory Search Use Proc Override: When this setting is enabled and a custom inventory search procedure is not found, the default loading process will no longer exclude discontinued items with zero onhand quantity by default.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: Search By Document Packages: Added the column "Contains Movable Packages" to mark which documents have packages that can be moved using the "Move Packages to Shipment" button.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: Search By Document Packages: Added the column "Is Fully Packed" to mark which documents can be packed using the "Add Lines to Shipment" button.
ADDED: Sales Line Cross/UpSell: A dockable plugin designed to help users see replacement or related items to current sales line item.
ADDED: Cross/UpSell Maintenance: Allows users to define and maintain replacement and related items for root items.
ADDED: Settings: Additional Item Types - Semicolon delimited list of alt sell line types that will be added alongside a root item. (Default: CrossSell)
ADDED: Settings: Replacement Item Types - Semicolon delimited list of alt sell line types that will replace a root item. (Default: UpSell)
ADDED: Feedback: There is now a 'Submit Feedback' button near the top right corner of the application, it can also be found in the Help menu. Clicking it will open a survey.
ADDED: Inventory Lookup/Sales Inventory Lookup: Security - Use Filter Script For Location: When enabled, filter scripts that access the "Location" field will now work properly. This security will disable the "Warehouse" field. It is recommended that both of these securities be set to the same value. (Introduced: 4.6.4.31)
ADDED: Inventory Lookup/Sales Inventory Lookup: Security - Warehouse: When set, this will act as a filter script on the "Location" field and also disable the "Warehouse" field. This is an alternative to writing filter
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: There is now a Warehouse field (defaults to "All").
ADDED: Sales Document Generate Packages: Added a sales document workflow plugin that will generate a shipment and packages automatically.
ADDED: Security Setting: Sales Document Mass Update: Roll Down Shipping Method Changes to Shipping Headers: If set to 'True', sales document shipping method updates will roll down to shipping headers that directly belong to those sales documents.
ADDED: Settings: Cross/UpSell Items: Additional Item Types - Semicolon delimited list of alt sell line types that will be added alongside a root item. (Default: CrossSell)
ADDED: Settings: Cross/UpSell Items: Replacement Item Types - Semicolon delimited list of alt sell line types that will replace a root item. (Default: UpSell)
ADDED: Settings: Inventory Search: Include All Discontinued Items: When set to "True", Inventory Search will load all discontinued items, including those without quantity on hand, in the search results. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Scheduling: If the Start Date and End Date have different years, the Start Date's month must now be January and the End Date's month must now be December. This is because date ranges such as August 2020 - August 2030 would only run in August for each year from 2020 to 2030. This change is not automatically applied to existing schedules; it will be applied when opening the 'Schedule Editor' for a schedule and clicking 'OK'. Users may need to re-configure their schedules to account for this change. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Scheduling: When configuring an automation to run every "X" minutes or seconds, the Start Time's minute must be "0" and the End Time's minute must be "0" or "59" unless the Start Time and End Time are in the same hour. For example, an automation running every minute from 8:50 AM to 9:00 AM is no longer allowed and can be fixed by changing the End Time to 8:59 AM. This change is not automatically applied to existing schedules; it will be applied when opening the 'Schedule Editor' for a schedule and clicking 'OK'. Users may need to re-configure their schedules to account for this change. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
UPDATED: Automation Agent: The Start Time and End Time fields no longer show seconds, since setting a second wasn't supported. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
UPDATED: Consolidated Shipments EDI Print Labels: Running the plugin now checks if labels have been printed previously for this shipment. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Consolidated Shipments: Search By Document Packages: Search performance has been improved.
UPDATED: EDI Processing: Transaction log messages are no longer limited to 1000 characters. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Document EDI Print Labels: Running the plugin now checks if labels have been printed previously for this shipment. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Sales Document Shipment: Loading shipments no longer error out when using a filter script.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Scheduling: Automations will not run (up to) an hour past their End Time in scenarios where the End Time's minute is not 59. For example, if an automation is configured to run every 15 minutes from 4:00 AM to 8:00 AM, then the automation's last run for the day will be at 7:45 AM instead of 8:45 AM. This fix is not automatically applied to existing schedules; it will be applied when opening the 'Schedule Editor' for a schedule and clicking 'OK'. Users may need to re-configure their schedules to account for this change. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Scheduling: The End Date will not reset to a year after the Start Date while 'Day Of Month' is selected as the frequency type. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Scheduling: The minutes portion of the Start Time and End Time are now consistently respected. For example, if an automation is configured to run every 2 minutes from 8:30 AM to 8:50 AM, then the automation will only run during that time period instead of from 8:00 AM to 8:59 AM. This fix is not automatically applied to existing schedules; it will be applied when opening the 'Schedule Editor' for a schedule and clicking 'OK'. Users may need to re-configure their schedules to account for this change. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Scheduling: When using the 'Weekly' frequency type, the schedule's description will not incorrectly refer to Saturday as Sunday. (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Search By Document Packages: Documents that are fully packed in a consolidated shipment will no longer appear in the search results.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Dynamics GP button will now work properly. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Customer Overview: Customer Sales Rep will now be saved properly. (Introduced: 5.0.1)
FIXED: Customer Overview: Customer The Sales Rep field will now be displayed as the Sales Person's name rather than their ID. (Introduced: 5.0.1)
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments: Batch Num Editor: When the Inventory Transaction workflow is not in use, the batch field should function similarly to how it did previously.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments: Batch Num Editor: When using workflow, changing the queue via this editor should now work.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup/Sales Inventory Lookup: Filter scripts can now be used to filter on the "Location" field. See newly added security options. (Introduced: 4.6.4.31)
FIXED: National Accounts: Users will no longer receive an 'Object Reference' error when attempting to use the plugin. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: PayFabric: A failed transaction will now correctly be moved to the workflow queue set in security.
FIXED: Receipt: The receipt line item description for non-inventory items will now appear correctly.
FIXED: Receiving: Reverted recent changes to the receiving screen that were put in place to prevent users from over receiving linked lines. We will continue to work on a better solution for this issue in a future build. (Introduced: 5.0.1)
FIXED: Returns: RECV and COGS distributions will no longer be created when saving a return in SalesPad if the return was created via RMA.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Excel Import: Imported sales lines will now be repriced correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Shipments: Changing a sales document's shipping method will prompt to update the shipping method and carrier code on non-consolidated shipping headers belonging to that sales document, even if the Shipment tab isn't available or hasn't been opened yet.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Available inventory will now load as expected when language is not English.
REMOVED: Submit a Suggestion: There is no longer a 'Submit a Suggestion' button near the top right corner and the Help menu. The 'Submit Feedback' feature replaces this.
Version 5.0.6
Release Date 9/25/20
UPDATED: Activity Locks: "Clear All" button has been updated to "Clear My Locks", the tooltip text has also been updated.
UPDATED: Business Object Mapping: The default business object mapping for the 810 has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI 940 Outbound: When running the EDI 940 plugin from workflow, if only one warehouse trading partner is set up in the system, then it will now use that when a specific warehouse trading partner is not found for the customer. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: Disabling a workflow key script will now use "return false" which will allow the script to correctly compile.
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Scan to Shipment: The error sound will now only take time to load when the form is first opened, instead of every time the sound needed to be played. This should prevent issues causing the error sound to be delayed. (Introduced: 5.0.1)
FIXED: EDI 940 Outbound: When running the EDI 940 plugin manually, the trading partner IDs in the Destination dropdown are no longer duplicated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: EDI Service: The EDI service now installs correctly when running SalesPad Desktop in 64-bit. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Login: Deleting a connection while using a 64-bit installation will no longer cause an exception.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Scrolling through the item details grid while item costs are still loading will no longer cause a multithreading exception.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The "By Location" checkbox is now checked and disabled if either the "Include Reorder Pt. Demand" or "Include Sales Summary" checkboxes are checked.
FIXED: Sales Document Notes: Notes will now be editable when moving a document from a readonly workflow batch into a non-readonly batch.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When adding a package item via inventory search while using the Promo Pricing Prompt to adjust the quantity, the quantity will no longer revert back to 1.
Version 5.0.5
Release Date 9/11/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Inventory Adjustments: Allocation: Layouts for the 'Create Serial/Lot' and 'Available to Pick' grids now load and save to the spLayout table instead of a file. Old layouts will not be migrated to the spLayout table due to multiple previous issues with saving layouts for those grids, so layout changes for those grids will have to be recreated.
ADDED: Workflow Setup: Security: Business Object Tabs To Hide - A semicolon-delimited list of business object types to be hidden. (Default: empty)
ADDED: Workflow: Actions: Script actions are now passed a CancelEventArgs object that can be used to cancel the forward.
ADDED: Workflow: Rules: Or Conditions: If unchecked, all rule conditions must evaluate to true. If checked, one must evaluate to true.
UPDATED: Sales Territory Search: The Sales Territory search screen no longer includes a Sales Person ID field to be selected from the column chooser and is no longer a visible field on the grid.
FIXED: CRM: Sales Person Search: Setting a salesperson as Inactive will no longer cause fields to lose data on refresh.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Details: Resetting the default layout on this grid now properly resets the control's layout to the original configuration.
FIXED: Customer Card: Users will no longer receive an object reference error if they attempt to create a new document but no doc ID is chosen. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Customer Contacts: There will no longer be 2 overlapping text boxes below the Country field. (Introduced: 5.0.3)
FIXED: EDI 856 Outbound: When getting marked for location information from the Z7 address group in an 850, the same info will now be turned around correctly when sending an 856. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Equipment: New Equipment no longer copies the Item workflow from the Item the equipment uses.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments: Allocation: Layouts for the 'Create Serial/Lot' and 'Available to Pick' grids now load and save properly.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments: Allocation: The Qty column in the 'Create Serial/Lot' no longer allows more decimal places than the item's maximum decimal places.
FIXED: License Plate Maintenance: License plate values are now loaded correctly when editing a child license plate. (Introduced: 5.0.0)
FIXED: PayLink: PayLinks will now be retrieved via Remote Library properly when the PayLink was created before the invoice was posted. Previously, this would result in a "DocNumber not found" error that was visible from within the PayFabric portal.
FIXED: Returns: Fulfillment Plugin: The fulfillment plugin will no longer allow for selection or deletion of fulfillment details for non-tracked, non-multi-bin items while fulfilling a return.
FIXED: Sales Document: When updating the backordered quantity in a non-multibin environment with the quantity shortage option not set to "Override Shortage", the fulfilled quantity will no longer be cleared out.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Tabbing to the Shipping Method field after selecting a Payment Term will not revert the Payment Term change.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Manufacturing Order and Case Tracker Case tabs only show if the respective Manufacturing and Case Tracker .dlls are present.
FIXED: Workflow: Actions: If an object triggers a "Move to Queue" action while forwarding, it will no longer continue to the queue it was being forwarded to, as the action will override the forward.
Version 5.0.4
Release Date 8/28/20
BREAKING CHANGE: The SQL user that runs SalesPad database updates, now requires TYPE create permissions.
ADDED: Analytics: Capture analytics for Bus Obj Workflow and Sales Document Workflow.
ADDED: Detach PO Line From Sales Order - Detach multiple Purchase Line Sop To Pop links from Sales Documents.
ADDED: Detach Sales Line From PO - Detach multiple Sales Line Sop To Pop links from Purchase Orders.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update Detach Sop To Pop Links - Detach Sop To Pop links for multiple Sales Lines from the Sales Line Mass Update screen.
ADDED: Setting: EDI SPS Shipping Label ZPL Media Type: The ZPL media type to use when retrieving shipping labels from SPS. (Default: T) (Extended Module; SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Setting: EDI SPS Shipping Label ZPL Print Mode: The ZPL print mode to use when retrieving shipping labels from SPS. (Default: T) (Extended Module; SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Setting: SPS Dev Center Credentials: Changing this setting requires SalesPad Desktop to be run with administrator privileges. There is now a message when attempting to change the setting without those privileges. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Assembly Line User Fields: Integer type user fields will now update and edit properly.
FIXED: BOM Line User Fields: Integer type user fields will now update and edit properly.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The caption for the "Don't Mail" column in the Customer Search grid has been fixed.
FIXED: EDI 846 Outbound: Sending an 846 to multiple trading partners at a time will no longer error out with an object reference error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.21) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment Plugin: Serial/Lot/Bin information will now be populated correctly for historical in-transit transfer documents.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Printed Report: Line and Serial/Lot/Bin details will now be displayed correctly for historical in-transit transfer documents.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The User Defined columns in the Customer Items tab are now displayed correctly.
FIXED: Opportunities: Opening an interaction with a deleted prospect will no longer cause an object reference error.
FIXED: Opportunity: Double-clicking the save button will no longer create multiple opportunities.
FIXED: Reports: Customer reports will sort Customer AR aging buckets in the correct order.
FIXED: Sales Document: Transferring an order to an invoice that had multiple transactions on it with different types (payment and deposit) will no longer throw a "Duplicate Key Error" if the 'Use Shipment Suffix' setting is disabled.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Packages: Trying to create a package in DataCollection version 4.5.6.0 or older will not give a "The server was unable to process the request due to an internal error" message. (Introduced: 4.6.4.30)
FIXED: Script Editor: The key combination of "SHIFT+ENTER" will no longer throw exceptions and lock up the application. (Introduced: 4.6.4.28)
FIXED: Workflow Comparison Editor: Value comparisons now allow a comparison to a blank string value.
REMOVED: Counter Sales: The Source column in the Customer Search grid has been removed. It was never populated and having it visible would cause data to not load correctly.
Version 5.0.3
Release Date 8/14/20
ADDED: Automation Agent: Process Recurring Sales Settings: Use All Recurring Sales Definition Names - If set to 'True', all Sales Definition Names will be used when the component is run (rather than the ones specified in the Recurring Sales Definition Names). This setting has priority over the 'Recurring Sales Definition Names' setting. (Default: False) (Extended Module: AutomationAgent)
ADDED: Customer: GP Inet fields are now accessible on the Customer Entry form.
ADDED: Inventory: Equipment Search: 'Queue' column for Equipment workflow.
ADDED: KwikTag: Users can now add, update, and clear comments for documents. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
ADDED: Manufacturing: MO Search: 'Queue' column for Manufacturing Order workflow.
ADDED: PayFabric Workflow Rules: Added a new PayFabric workflow rule that checks if the document has an authorization but does not check any related documents.
ADDED: Sales Document EDI Get Labels: Added a new workflow plugin so that shipping labels from SPS can be retrieved automatically. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Sales Document EDI Print Labels: Added a new workflow plugin so that shipping labels can be printed automatically. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Script Editor: The script editor screen that is outside the Security Script Manager will now show the Script Helper information. This form has also been updated and is themed more appropriately.
ADDED: Scripting: Extension methods from the namespace "Apollo.ExtentionMethods" no longer require a manual "#REFERENCE(using Apollo.ExtentionMethods;)" to be added. NOTE: This does not need to be removed in existing scripts.
ADDED: Security Script Manager: The Script Helper has been expanded to show child business objects (and their fields) along with certain utility methods. The new grid has a copy icon that will copy example code to the clipboard. Collection type business objects will have a template for each loop snippet of code.
ADDED: Workflow Rule: Fully Packed: Evaluates to 'True' when all fulfilled items on the sales document are packed into a shipment.
UPDATED: Inbound EDI 850: When Packaging Generation is set to 'Multiple', the packages that are created will start counting from 1 instead of 0. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: PayFabric Workflow Rule: Changed the description text of the "PAYFABRIC AUTH PRESENT" rule to convey that it also checks related documents.
UPDATED: PayFabric Workflow Rules: Updated the "PAYFABRIC PMNT EXISTS" and "PAYFABRIC AUTH PRESENT" rules to use the new transaction types.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Shipments: Changing a sales document's shipping method will prompt to update the shipping method and carrier code on non-consolidated shipping headers belonging to that sales document.
UPDATED: Sales Document Shipments: When transferring to invoice, packages on the historical document will no longer have their quantities cleared out.
UPDATED: Security Script Manager: There is now a loading progress bar and the screen will now draw properly when loading.
FIXED: Application: There was potential for specific shutdown processes to throw an exception when hitting cancel before actually logging in to the application. This should be resolved going forward.
FIXED: Application: Tree List grids row colors will display properly.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: There will no longer be a column error when clicking the header address field if there is a filter script on the CustomerAddr business object that accesses certain fields.
FIXED: Case Tracker Line Selector: The Quantity value for serial and lot-tracked items in non-base UofM has been corrected.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Interactions Tab: New case tracker cases will no longer show unrelated/unlinked interaction data within its interactions tab.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Double-clicking a row in the Customer Search will no longer throw an error if the Addr Code column is hidden from the grid.
FIXED: Customer Card: The toolbar will no longer create multiple rows when resized smaller. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: EDI 856 Outbound: When there is an issue with the link between the sales document and a package detail, the EDI 856 plugin on the Shipment tab will now display a more useful error message instead of an object reference error. (ExtendedModule: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Equipment: The service order drop-down will now populate properly when using the Binary Streams extended module.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Inventory plugins will now show properly. (Introduced: 4.6.4.31)
FIXED: KwikTag: The file name will now be sent when creating new documents. (Extended Module: KwikTag)
FIXED: PayFabric: Transaction amounts will no longer be incorrect for users using the French localization option in SalesPad.
FIXED: Import Manager: Fixed an issue that caused various Excel file types to not import correctly when performing an import. This applies to all definition types on the Import Manager.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: Queue: When a workflow is assigned on the first save, queues in the same workflow will be available in the editor without having to close and re-open the receipt.
FIXED: Receiving: The toolbar will no longer create multiple rows when resized smaller.
FIXED: Reports: Fields from spcpARStatementReport will load on AR Statement reports. (Introduced: 4.6.4.30)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: The Credit/Charge/Void buttons are now disabled if the document is read-only.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Shipments: When creating a shipping header, its carrier code will be set to its shipping method's carrier code.
FIXED: Sales Document: Creating a new package will now default the SSCC number. (Introduced: 5.0.0)
FIXED: Sales Document: Fulfillment: Fixed issue where order/invoice quantity would not fulfill for non-tracked items with no quantity available in non-multibin environments. (introduced 5.0.0)
FIXED: Sales Document: In the Shipment tab, the line numbers and component sequence numbers associated with package details are now displayed correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document: Packages created from the "Generate Multiple Packages" button will now have their dimensions defaulted correctly. (Introduced: 5.0.2)
FIXED: Sales Documents: When closing the Purchase Plan screen after creating a purchase order from a sales document, the message in the lower left will display "Reloading Document..." instead of "Closing...", and reloading the document will be faster than before.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Resources: In rare situations, deleting a sales document or refreshing the Sales Line Item Resources plugin would cause a "The query processor could not produce a query plan because a worktable is required" error. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Scripting: Compiling or running a script will no longer give an "An assembly with the same identity [System.Dynamic or Microsoft.CSharp] has already been imported" error in low memory situations. (Introduced: 4.5.1.18)
Version 5.0.2
Release Date 7/28/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Shipping Labels: Shipping labels are now retrieved through SPS Commerce's REST-based API instead of the SOAP-based API. Click here for more information on this change. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
BREAKING CHANGE: Customer On Load Script: The NewQuoteButton, NewOrderButton, NewInvoiceButton, and NewReturnButton parameters have been changed from ToolStripSplitButtons to BarButtonItems. This change could cause some issues with scripts that reference properties on these buttons that are not interchangeable. Please notify Support of any errors as a result of this change and they will be fixed.
BREAKING CHANGE: EDI Business Object Mapping: Any existing business object mappings for shipping labels (000 and 001) will no longer work. Create a new 000 mapping to replace the old ones. A 001 mapping is no longer needed. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Sales Document Shipments: A button to un-nest packages has been added.
ADDED: Sales Document Shipments: Added a "Generate Multiple Packages" button, allowing you to generate a package for each quantity of an item on a sales document.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry - Required Fields - Invoice: Set required fields for saving new Invoices ("String" requires a text value, "Date" requires a date greater than 1/1/1900, "Numeric" requires a value that is not zero, "Boolean" requires the field to be checked).
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry - Required Fields - Order: Set required fields for saving new Orders ("String" requires a text value, "Date" requires a date greater than 1/1/1900, "Numeric" requires a value that is not zero, "Boolean" requires the field to be checked).
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry - Required Fields - Quote: Set required fields for saving new Quotes ("String" requires a text value, "Date" requires a date greater than 1/1/1900, "Numeric" requires a value that is not zero, "Boolean" requires the field to be checked).
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry - Required Fields - Return: Set required fields for saving new Returns ("String" requires a text value, "Date" requires a date greater than 1/1/1900, "Numeric" requires a value that is not zero, "Boolean" requires the field to be checked).
ADDED: Settings: EDI Label Printing: Log in to SPS Dev Center to grant access to SalesPad to retrieve test shipping labels from SPS. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Settings: EDI Label Printing: SPS Dev Center Credentials - Log in to SPS Dev Center to grant access to SalesPad to retrieve shipping labels from SPS. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Document Release: If the document needs to be saved it will now properly run the Sales Document Pre Save Script and do other checks that mirror pressing the save button.
UPDATED: Outbound 810: TotalTermsDiscountAmount and InvoiceAmtDueByTermsDate are now calculated for the Summary group. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The following checks are now being done before a potential save happens when attempting to take a payment: blank 'Required Ship Date', blank 'Shipping Method', 'Sales Person Required' security, 'Prompt for Sales Document Notes' setting, and 'Auto Prompt for Notification Email' setting.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Case Tracker Entries: The Case that the Reorder/Return document was created from is now displayed on this tab.
UPDATED: Sales Document Shipments: Packages can now be multi-selected.
UPDATED: Sales Document Shipments: When nesting packages, the packages available to be selected are now filtered by the current shipment.
UPDATED: Shipping Labels: Shipping labels are now retrieved through SPS' REST-based API instead of the SOAP-based API. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Application: The look of the tool strip on the Activity Locks, Customer Card, Sales Monitor and Security screen have been updated. More screens will be updated in the future.
FIXED: Application: Companies that use both SalesPad x86 and x64 versions will no longer have the database update prompt appear for one version even though it was run with the other version. This change will also fix the issue that prevented users from logging in because their version of SalesPad was older than the database version even though it was the same version.
FIXED: Automation Agent Settings: Settings that use non-ASCII characters are now saved properly.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Fixed issue that caused jobs to run with default settings unless the settings tab had been opened (introduced in 5.0.1).
FIXED: Create Return: The Return Total will now update properly as the user is selecting lines.
FIXED: Customer Contact Address: Marking an address as the 'Primary Address' will now update the customer's Sales Person and Sales Territory to match.
FIXED: EDI 856 Outbound: 'Divide by zero' errors will no longer occur on shipments with kit items. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: EDI Processing: The "Start" button is no longer enabled while the process is running. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI) (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: EDI: 850: Removed an exception that could occur when processing an 850 with the trading partner's packaging generation set to 'Single'.
FIXED: Equipment: Text in the queue field in equipment properties is now centered.
FIXED: Installer: The version number on the final screen will no longer be cut off.
FIXED: Manufacturing Orders: Text in the queue field in MO properties is now centered.
FIXED: Ops-Core Fulfillment: Saving a new sales document without any lines will no longer give the user an Object Reference error.
FIXED: Receiving: Fixed a bug that prevented receiving unlinked purchase orders (introduced 5.0.1).
FIXED: Receiving: Fixed an issue that allowed linked purchase orders to be over-received if they were first partially received.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the quantity of a package item in the Promo Pricing Prompt will now roll down the quantity to the package components.
FIXED: Security: Allow Remove Manual Payments: Manual payments will properly respect this security regardless of whether the security "Can Edit Manual Payments" is enabled or not. (Introduced 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Smart Printing Maintenance: Deleting a row while a filter was enabled would sometimes delete more than just the selected row. This has been fixed.
FIXED: Workflow: Saving a business object with a Workflow Key evaluating a C# Script will no longer throw a "True" or "False" message.
REMOVED: Settings: EDI Label Printing: EDI Labelary Request Rate - No longer using Labelary to get shipping label images. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
REMOVED: Settings: EDI Label Printing: EDI ZPL Label Dimensions - No longer needed when requesting shipping labels from SPS. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
Version 5.0.1
Release Date 7/14/20
ADDED: Assign Workflow To Business Object: A new plugin was added that allows users to assign a workflow to multiple unassigned business objects.
ADDED: Purchase Line Items: Tooltips for all purchase line item indicators have been added.
ADDED: Sales Line Items: Tooltips for all sales line item indicators have been added.
ADDED: Setting: EDI Create Empty Shipment - When enabled, an empty shipment will be created when an order is created from EDI and packaging generation is set to 'None'. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Settings: Copy Address UDFs When Address Changes: When disabled, changing the ship to address from sales entry will not copy UDFs that share the same name between customer address and the sales document. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Avalara Address Validation: Address Validation will now update Latitude and Longitude during address validation if Avalara response with a Validated Result or a Recommendation Result.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: The Sales Doc Num field can now be edited if a document hasn't been linked yet. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Line Selector: Layout customization has been disabled, and screen resizing is now supported.
UPDATED: Quick Report Columns: The grid now shows an error indicator when the Name cell is blank.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When changing 'Ship To Address' UDFs that share the same name between the customer address and the sales document, the value will not be updated from the customer address.
UPDATED: Setting: System: SQL Parameters Mismatch: If 'Desktop' is selected and you are running a version of SalesPad Desktop newer than the database version, saving a sales document will not give errors such as: '@Parameter1 is not a parameter for procedure spptaSopHdrIvcInsert_SalesPad.'
UPDATED: ShipCenter: The ShipCenter module now works with the 64 bit version of SalesPad.
UPDATED: Automation Agent: Scripts are now cached upon login and require a logout for script changes to be applied. Similar to security scripting. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Application: The log viewer that shows the results of certain processes will no longer show behind the SalesPad and will be shown in the foreground.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Changing the queue will no longer revert back to the original queue upon save.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: The queue drop-down will now populate correctly with GP batches if there are no assembly workflows created.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Users will no longer receive a message stating the assembly was moved into a queue each time they save.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Having multiple automations scheduled will not cause 'Collection was modified' errors.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Resolved a null reference that would occur while executing scripts when AA was running as a service. (Introduced 4.6.4.31) (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Automation Service: The user name and password is now required when installing the service. (Introduced: 4.6.4.31)
FIXED: Business Object Workflow: Manufacturing Order workflows will now be limited to a queue length of 50.
FIXED: Case Tracker Details: Deleting a row while the "Show Historical" checkbox is not checked will now select the next row and update the detail properties.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Details: Historical Details are no longer shown if the "Show Historical" checkbox is unchecked.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Details: Items from the linked document can now be added before the Case has been saved.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Moving a case from one status to another, while there were historical details, would cause the details to revert to non-historical. There is now a prompt to ask the user if they want to update these lines.
FIXED: Case Tracker: When opening a case, the detail fields will now populate properly without needing to switch to a different row first.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Changing the currency will now work properly. Previously it would always switch back to the customer's currency upon saving.
FIXED: Customer Contract Pricing: Sales lines that are split as a result of the remaining contract quantity being consumed will now properly reflect the rollover quantity on the newly split line.
FIXED: Customer Properties: Some fields would not visually update if the values were changed in a pre-save script. Users would need to close and reopen the card to see the changes. This has been resolved.
FIXED: EDI Processing: An object reference exception will no longer occur when certain fields have been removed from the business object mapping. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: EDI Transaction: Certain fields on the transaction will no longer be blank when the transaction is successful. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Import Manager: Importing Alternate items will no longer update the list price of the associated item master, unless the retail price field is defined in the import template.
FIXED: Inbound 945: Fulfilled quantities are now updated correctly when there are multiple packages. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Copying an item from another item will no longer copy that item's workflow.
FIXED: Item Promotions: Some columns will no longer show "[Editvalue is null]" for older data, instead it will be blank.
FIXED: License Plate Maintenance: The Item Number and UofM fields no longer accept invalid input.
FIXED: ONESOURCE: Zip Codes using a +4 will now pass the additional 4 digits to the ONESOURCE service correctly, so local taxes will be calculated correctly.
FIXED: Outbound EDI 856: Kit items are now sent on the ASN, rather than the packed kit components, when the item is added after the order is created. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: PayFabric: When voiding a transaction from a document that has multiple transactions, it will no longer be possible for the wrong payment to be deleted.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Line Items: Cancelling the Inventory Lookup will no longer throw an object reference error.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Saving a purchase order when no workflows were created for it would result in a save message saying 'PurchaseOrder assigned to queue .' This has been fixed.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Pivot Grid Quick Reports that contained a blank column field name will no longer result in a "Value cannot be null. Parameter name: key" error.
FIXED: Receiving: Allow Over Receiving: Lines can no longer receive more than their linked quantity if the "Allow Over Receiving" security is set to false.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Addresses: Clicking the "Add" button will no longer throw an error if the sales document doesn't have a ship to address.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fulfillment: The default column layout in the "Create Return Fulfillment" grid will no longer be restored when you select a non-tracked line item in a non-multibin environment.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: An 'L' indicator will no longer appear if the quantity available for the item is negative.
FIXED: Sales Document: Payment terms discounts, that were calculated using taxes, would be larger than expected if freight or miscellaneous charges were part of the document's tax. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Shipment tab: Header layout now saves appropriately after layout customizations are made. (Introduced: 4.6.4.31)
FIXED: Workflow: New prospects, opportunities, equipment, and case tracker cases will not skip workflows which use the 'Once' Reevaluation Rule.
FIXED: Workflow: Time Entry records will no longer be created if a business object is assigned to a workflow but no queues are created for the workflow.
Version 5.0.0
Release Date 6/22/20
Click here to view the Release Highlights
ADDED: Settings: Customer TeleSales Frequency - Determines how many days pass after a customer's last order before they appear on the TeleSales Monitor.
ADDED: Settings: Shipments: Package Columns To Include In Audit: Package columns that will be audited. If no columns are selected, no auditing will be done. Defaults to many columns.
ADDED: Settings: Shipments: Package Detail Columns To Include In Audit: Package Detail columns that will be audited. If no columns are selected, no auditing will be done. Defaults to many columns.
ADDED: Settings: Shipments: Shipping Header Columns To Include In Audit: Shipping Header columns that will be audited. If no columns are selected, no auditing will be done. Defaults to many columns.
ADDED: Settings: Attempts To Retrieve Successful Transaction - Determines the number of attempts to retrieve verification on a successful transaction from PayFabric. (Default: 3)
ADDED: Workflow: Prospects and Opportunities can now have workflows.
UPDATED: Application: The splash screen image has been updated.
UPDATED: Bus Obj Workflow: Removed from Beta.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Creating new groups will now increment the sequence by 10 instead of by 1 to match the resequence functionality.
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: License plate weight is now a calculated value based on items and child license plates.
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: When editing license plate details, changing the item number now clears the serial/lot number.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Shipment: Deleting a shipping header, package, or package detail will be audited to the linked sales documents.
UPDATED: Workflow: Action Editor: Customer and Case Tracker Case can now use email templates for sending emails as workflow actions.
UPDATED: Workflow: Action Editor: Email Body: For Business Objects that support email templates, the body can now be saved as an email template.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Cases created from the Case Tracker tab on the customer card will no longer have the workflow copied from the customer.
FIXED: Grids: Grids with "Resequence" buttons will now resequence properly when an autofilter row is being applied.
FIXED: License Plate Maintenance: Detail editor form properly remembers its previous size.
FIXED: PayFabric: Fixed a number of scenarios that would cause users to receive a Null Reference error after authorizing or charging a card.
FIXED: PayFabric: There is a rare scenario where a charge transaction is successful on PayFabric's end but SalesPad is unable to retrieve the transaction's records. In this scenario we now retry multiple times before we inform the user of the problem. If you are receiving this error, it is recommended that the transaction's status be double checked in your PayFabric portal. If successful, the transaction can be voided from the portal, then reprocessed in SalesPad or manually created on the document.
FIXED: Purchase Order Monitor: Forwarding a purchase order will no longer result in the purchase order remaining locked.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Sales fulfillment for returns no longer throws an exception.
FIXED: Workflow: Report Emailing: Removed a Null Reference exception that would occur when emailing a custom AR Statement National Account report.
FIXED: Workflow: Email Actions: Sending a custom report by email will no longer send the stock version of the report instead of the custom version.
FIXED: Workflow: Monitors: Forwarding to the end of a workflow using a monitor, when an object should move to a different workflow, will now function properly.
Version 4.6.4.31
Release Date 6/13/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Case Tracker Reorders: The "Allowed Reorder Doc Types" setting is now a security - located within the Case Tracker Reorders/Returns plugin. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Case Tracker Entry: Case Tracker entry through a sales document will now utilize a plugin for users to select which sales lines to be converted into case details. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Case Tracker Entry: 'Sales Rep ID' and 'Sales Territory' are now viewable, read-only fields. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Case Tracker Entry: Case Tracker Entry now utilizes Activity Locks. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Case Tracker Details: Added the 'Serial/Lot' column to case tracker details. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Case Tracker: Reorder/Returns: When creating a return from a case, there is now an option to toggle viewing lines from either the linked sales document or the case details. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Cash Receipts: Multi-currency cash receipts can now be applied to documents of the same currency.
ADDED: Cash Receipts: Users can now choose the currency from the dropdown when they are creating a Cash Receipt. It will still default to the customer's currency.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: Added a new search tab that allows users to add an entire sales document to the shipment at once.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: Added functionality to move packages from a sales document to a consolidated shipment.
ADDED: Equipment Management: Case Tracker History Tab: Adds a 'History' tab for tracking case tracker cases linked to an equipment/serial number. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Equipment Management: Case Tracker History Tab: Adds the ability to create a case tracker case from an equipment number. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: Case Tracker History Tab: Adds a 'History' tab for tracking case tracker cases linked to an item. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: Case Tracker History Tab: Adds the ability to create a case tracker case from an item. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Inventory Search and Sales Inventory Search: There is now the 'Custom Search' field and 'Custom Search Value' fields. These will only show if there is no spcpGetInventorySearch and the Setting -> Inventory Search Use Proc Override is false. If there have been any customized layouts saved these fields will need to be manually added to the layout or have the layout reset to default. The Custom Field will only be used for the Inventory Grid and not the other tabs (Vendor Items, Alternate Items, Customer Items, etc.).
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: A hyperlink will appear in the Shipment tab if items on the document are packed in a consolidated shipment. Clicking on the hyperlink will automatically bring up a list of shipments that contain items from this document.
ADDED: Scan to Shipment: This plugin allows users to scan sales documents and items to add them to consolidated shipments
ADDED: Security: Scan to Shipment: Error Noise WAV Path - Enter the WAV file path to play the WAV file whenever an incorrect or overpacked item is scanned.
ADDED: Security: Scan to Shipment: Unfocus Item Number After Error - Unfocuses the 'Item Number' field after an invalid item is scanned.
ADDED: Settings: EDI Stop Workflow Forward If EDI Plugin Encounters Processing Errors - When enabled, if an EDI plugin runs from workflow and encounters processing errors, the document will not forward. (Default: False) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Workflow: Actions: Email actions now have a field for email priority.
ADDED: Workflow: Added workflow for Manufacturing Orders, Equipment, and Inventory Adjustments.
UPDATED: Active Support: Error submission prompt will now say "Close" instead of "Continue".
UPDATED: Application: Updated the EULA in the installer.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Case: Reorders/Returns: The DocNumber hyperlink can now open docs which have been voided since originally linked. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Add Detail (via Sales Document): If a case has a sales document linked, adding a case detail will now utilize a plugin for users to select which sales lines to be converted into case details. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Customer number and sales document number labels will now change mouse cursor to hand icon when hovered over. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Manually switching the status will now switch the layout accordingly. The layout will also switch if the save action would switch the status. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
UPDATED: Customer Address: 'Latitude' and 'Longitude' columns will now allow null values. (Introduced 4.6.4.30)
UPDATED: Customer Card: Manually switching the Customer Class will now switch the layout accordingly.
UPDATED: Customer: Address: Added validation to the email, email to, email cc, and email bcc fields.
UPDATED: Data Cross Reference: When the Packaging Generation is set to "None", a shipping header is no longer created when the order is created from an 850. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI 945 Inbound: The 945 is now able to find and update an order based on the customer PO number. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI: EDI 810, 855, and 856 Plugins: Updated to use the "EDI Stop Workflow Forward If EDI Plugin Encounters Processing Errors" setting. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Deleting a group is now faster.
UPDATED: Inventory Search and Sales Inventory Search: There was a change so that these screens will theme more consistently.
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: New Detail: Pressing Enter on the 'Item Number' field will now open the Inventory Lookup.
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: The 'Parent' field now has a dropdown for selecting a parent license plate.
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: Users can now delete multiple license plates or license plate details by selecting multiple rows and clicking the delete button.
UPDATED: Manufacturing: Editing an item will update the CT00102 table. (Extended Module: Manufacturing)
UPDATED: New Customer: There was a Minor UI tweak for the OK/Cancel buttons.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Mouse cursor will now change to the hand icon when hovering over the customer number label.
UPDATED: Sales Document Transfer: The 'Entered Batch' field will properly update when transferring from a quote to an order.
UPDATED: Sales Document Transfer: The 'Entered Batch' field will properly update when transferring from an order to an invoice.
UPDATED: Sales Document: 'Latitude' and 'Longitude' columns will now allow null values. (Introduced 4.6.4.30)
UPDATED: Sales Inventory Search: The screen can now be resized and the size will be saved to the registry and restored accordingly.
UPDATED: Sales Inventory Search: The search button is moved to the bar at the top of the screen. The original button can be re-added via customizing the layout if desired.
UPDATED: Sales Inventory Search: There is now an icon.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The custom search fields drop down will no longer show UDF fields that do not have Group View Permissions.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The custom search fields drop down will now show the UDF Labels instead of the field name.
UPDATED: Setting: Cache Scripts On Login: When this setting is enabled, workflow scripts are compiled and cached on login, in addition to the setting and security scripts.
UPDATED: Shipment Search: The 'Sales Doc Num' search field will now also search for consolidated shipments that contain lines from the sales document.
UPDATED: Shipment: Expanded the 'Carrier Pro Num' and 'Bill of Lading' columns to 41 characters.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: Manually switching the Vendor Class will now switch the layout accordingly.
UPDATED: Vendor: Address: Added validation to the email, email to, email cc, and email bcc fields.
UPDATED: Workflow: Expanded workflow plugin support so more plugins can be run from workflow.
UPDATED: Workflow: Scripting: The business objects passed to action or condition scripts are now more specifically typed (e.g. "Customer" or "PurchaseOrder" instead of "BusinessObjectWithWorkflow").
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The 'Customer Information' and 'Case Details' headers are no longer cut off. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The splitter between the properties and tabs can no longer be moved behind the toolbar. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Reorders: The "Allowed Reorder Doc Types" security is properly respected when creating/adding Reorders or Reorder Links within a Case. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Inventory Search and Sales Inventory Search: When not using a spcpGetInventorySearch and the Setting -> Inventory Search Use Proc Override is false, and searching for an Item Number and Description the results will now include the description search.
FIXED: Kits: The kit cost is now calculated using current cost of the components if the component is using % of List Price.
FIXED: Layouts: Resolved a potential null reference related to form layouts in the LoadLayout method.
FIXED: License Plate Maintenance: Newly created Licence Plates will now always appear in the search grid and will automatically be focused.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Serial/Lot Receiving: Serial and Lot quick report user fields can now reference the item number.
FIXED: Sales Document Setup: Saving changes will no longer throw an error on a missing "Days To Expire" parameter/field. (Introduced 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Sales Document: When a sales line item is deleted, any associated package lines are now also deleted.
FIXED: Script Editor: When tabbing the current line will no longer be selected. (Introduced: 4.6.4.28)
FIXED: Search Screens: The From Date, when available, will now save to the registry more consistently.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Removed issues that could happen when an already open workflow is opened again. This included resetting unsaved changes done to that workflow and caused an error saying "Column 'ReadOnlySecurityGroups' does not belong to table BusObjWorkflowBatch".
FIXED: Workflow: Script Editor: The namespace the script editor uses to compile scripts is now the same one used when workflow scripts are run.
FIXED: Workflow: Scripting: Resolved an issue caused by having multiple action or condition scripts, the first script to run would be run in place of other workflow scripts.
REMOVED: Automation Service: The Local System Account is no longer an option when configuring the service. This was removed because this account does not have access to printers and has some other limitations that cause issues with certain automation actions. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
Version 4.6.4.30
Release Date 6/1/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Scripts: The enums for 'AssemblySerialLot.Qty_Type', 'InventoryLotNum.Qty_Type', 'ItemMaster.Quantity_Type', and 'SalesLineItem.QuantityType' have been consolidated into 'Enums.QuantityType'. Any existing scripts that use that enum will need to be updated in order to work again after upgrading.
ADDED: Avalara Address Validation: Geo-coordinates are now saved when using the AvaAddressQueryHandler.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: Links to sales documents have been added to the screen.
ADDED: Customer Address Tab: Added Latitude and Longitude fields to Customer Address tab.
ADDED: Customer Letter Report: New report type for Customers has added.
ADDED: Mark Packages As Historical Plugin: This new plugin allows users to set packages on a sales document as historical through workflow.
ADDED: Packaging Unit Maintenance: Mark Historical License Plates plugin: This utility will go through all packages associated with historical sales documents and mark them as historical.
ADDED: Sales Document Address Tab: Added Latitude and Longitude fields to Sales Document Address tab.
ADDED: Security: Equipment Maintenance: Can Create Invoices - Allows the security group to create Invoices. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Equipment Maintenance: Can Create Orders - Allows the security group to create Orders. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Equipment Maintenance: Can Create Quotes - Allows the security group to create Quotes. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Equipment Maintenance: Can Create Return - Allows the security group to create Returns. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: EDI Label Printing: EDI Labelary Request Rate - The delay, in milliseconds, between label requests sent to Labelary. If you are getting 'Too Many Requests' errors, this number should be increased. (Default: 500) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Shipment Search: There is now a new screen to search for shipments in SalesPad.
UPDATED: Active Support: When an Out of Memory exception is thrown while accessing the ActiveSupport.xml there is now a better message and the real error will be visible.
UPDATED: Active Support: When there is an issue accessing the ActiveSupport.xml, the underlying error will also be returned.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Details can no longer be added if the case is linked to a void sales document. (Extended Module: CaseTracker)
UPDATED: Case Tracker Monitor: Historical cases are now displayed on this screen. They can be toggled on/off with the "Show Historical" checkbox. (Extended Module: CaseTracker)
UPDATED: License Plate Maintenance: The screen is no longer in beta.
UPDATED: Purchase Advisor: Two additional "OPTION (OPTIMIZE FOR UNKNOWN)" hints were added to help in some SQL performance issues.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Case Tracker Entries: Cases can no longer be created if the sales document is void. (Extended Module: CaseTracker)
UPDATED: Sales Document: When splitting or transferring an order to an invoice, any packages that were on the original document will be set as historical.
UPDATED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Pre Create Reorder Script - Added CaseTracker as parameter for script. (Extended Module: CaseTracker)
FIXED: Automation Agent: The Company Info's Address field will now display properly on printed reports if triggered by Smart Printing via Automation Agent running as a service. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The Sales Doc ID field was empty if the linked sales document is void or historical. (Extended Module: CaseTracker)
FIXED: Customer Card: Case Tracker Entries: Clicking the link for a historical Sales Document will no longer show a "document does not exist" message.
FIXED: Customer Workflow: Transitioning from one workflow to another with the forward button will now work.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Report: Custom procedure functionality will now work as intended.
FIXED: Packaging Template: The decimal values of the Weight, Height, Width, Length, and Shipping Cost fields will now save correctly.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Changing the location, then immediately printing, will now trigger the validating event which creates the prompt to roll down the change to the lines.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Changing a sales document's Ship To Address code will roll down the address's tax schedule to the sales document, regardless of the number of line items the sales document has.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Changing a sales document's tax schedule will not show a 'Change line items to Tax Schedule' prompt if all line items not matching the new tax schedule are deleted.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Keys: Deleting a key will no longer make it so the fields for another key can't be seen.
FIXED: Workflow: Re-saving certain business objects that are workflow compatible (e.g. Assembly, Purchase Receipt) will no longer re-show the old save message that was already shown.
Version 4.6.4.29
Release Date 5/19/20
ADDED: Case Tracker Details: Show Historical: Adds a "Show Historical" filter option for toggling visibility of historical details.
ADDED: Case Tracker Entries tab: Updated the grid on the Case Tracker Entries tab of the Customer Card to support additional header-level fields (spCaseTrackerCase) including the 'Created Date'. Also added support for UDFs (spxCaseTrackerCase) in the grid. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Details: Do Not Copy Sales Line Comments - Allows users to access note shortcuts in the new comment window. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Security: Equipment Maintenance: Can Create Quotes, Can Create Orders, Can Create Invoices, Can Create Return.
ADDED: Security: Sales Analysis: Can View Margin - Allow users to view margin in the Sales Analysis. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Tax Calculation Failure Hold Code - A hold code to apply to sales documents if tax calculation fails. (Default: ONESOURCE_HOLD) (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
ADDED: Settings: Show Workflow Prompt - For each business object, specify if a prompt appears after forwarding through workflow.
ADDED: Settings: Stop Forwarding When Document Combiner Fails - When enabled, failure to combine documents will stop the document from forwarding. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Blocked Items Report: The ‘Req. Ship Date’ column now loads from line items instead of the sales document header.
UPDATED: Blocked Items Report: The 'sppBlockedItems' stored procedure, which this report loads from, now has support for custom stored procedures named 'spcpBlockedItems'.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Details can no longer be added if the case is linked to a void sales document. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: The "PO Number" field has been renamed to "Customer PO".
UPDATED: Case Tracker Monitor: Historical Cases are now displayed on this screen. They can be toggled on/off with a "Show Historical" checkbox. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Case Tracker Entries: Cases can no longer be created if the sales document is void. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Sales Document Shipments: When creating an order through EDI and auto-generating multiple packages, packages for the same line item are created together. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Workflow Card: The "Conditions" and "Actions" grids on the 'Rules' tab are now disabled if a rule isn't selected.
UPDATED: Workflow Card: The 'Fields' grid on the 'Keys' tab is now disabled if a key isn't selected.
UPDATED: Workflow Card: The grids on the 'Keys' tab are now horizontally aligned.
UPDATED: Workflow: Action Editor: Email fields now validate email addresses.
FIXED: Bus Obj Workflow: Workflow rule conditions using boolean fields will now work properly, and no longer display "System.Data.DataRowView" when a choice is selected.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Calculated user defined fields will now refresh upon saving a case.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: If a user moves a document into a workflow queue that is read-only for their security group, a prompt is now shown: "The queue "x" is read-only for your security group. Would you like to move the document to that queue and save?".
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The Sales Doc ID field was empty if the linked sales document is void or historical. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipments: Data in all of the columns in the sales line search grid will now be displayed correctly.
FIXED: Customer Card: The On-Load script will be able to update values on the customer card again. (Introduced: 4.6.4.28)
FIXED: Document Combiner: When using Document Combiner manually, if there is an issue combining, the user will no longer receive multiple of the same error message.
FIXED: Import Manager: InventoryByLoc imports will no longer clear unspecified columns when attempting to update values for existing records.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The tabs will now be themed properly.
FIXED: OneSource Sales Tax Query Handler: If an exemption reason code is provided at the document level, it will not also be required on the lines. (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
FIXED: OneSource: Sales documents can now be saved when OneSource servers are unresponsive. (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: If a user moves a document into a workflow queue that is read-only for their security group, a prompt is now shown: "The queue "x" is read-only for your security group. Would you like to move the document to that queue and save?".
FIXED: Quick Report UDFs: Resolved a number of issues related to making selections in the dropdown results. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: RMA Search: The 'Open' and 'History' options will now work properly when searching.
FIXED: Sales Analysis: If the security setting 'Can View Cost' is set to "False", the 'Cost' field can no longer be manually added to the report.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Due Date is now calculated correctly when using a Due Type of EOM and Customer Grace Period option. This change only applies to GP 2015 and above. (Introduced 4.6.4.18)
FIXED: Sales Document Shipments: Viewing a shipment for the first time will no longer produce the "unsaved changes" prompt when nothing has changed (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Sales Document: Manually changing the queue will no longer create an audit log until after the document has been saved.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Having a credit memo with the same document number as a sales document will not cause the 'Total Paid' and 'Amount Due' at the top of related sales documents to display incorrectly.
FIXED: Workflow Card: If a user saves changes after deleting a rule or key, a save changes prompt will no longer appear upon closing the screen.
FIXED: Workflow: The Action Editor will no longer give "Email", "Print", or "Run Plugin" as action type options for business objects that lack support for those options.
Version 4.6.4.28
Release Date 5/1/20
ADDED: Case Tracker Monitor: Added the 'Customer Name' field/column to the case tracker monitor screen. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Case Tracker Monitor: Added the 'Customer PO', 'Sales Doc Num', and 'Sales Doc Type' fields/columns to the case tracker monitor screen. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Quick Report Columns: There is now an option for a 'PopupEditor' for a column, this gives the field an ellipsis button and a popup window will show the results of the field (mainly used for columns with a lot of text).
ADDED: Quick Report Editor: There is now syntax highlighting for XML and some SQL keywords.
ADDED: Quick Reports Search Field: The SQL option is now open to all field types, there is also an editor with example SQL.
ADDED: Sales Document Payments: There is now an "Accept Payment" button (below the payment totals) in the sales document totals section, clicking this button will load the sales document payments window.
ADDED: Script Editor: In the scripting settings page there is now an option to choose the comment style when using the key shortcuts; "Line" or "Block" styles.
ADDED: Script Editor: In the scripting settings page, there is now an option to pick the tabbing style and tabbing spacing; "Tab" or "Space". When "Space" is chosen, the TAB key will insert the number of spaces defined in the corresponding setting, and Shift+TAB will remove accordingly.
ADDED: Script Editor: Pressing Ctrl+KC will now comment out blocks of highlighted text.
ADDED: Script Editor: Pressing Ctrl+KU will now un-comment blocks of highlighted text.
ADDED: Script Editor: Pressing Shift+TAB will remove leading tab characters.
ADDED: Script Editor: Pressing the TAB key on highlighted text will now add tabs to each line.
ADDED: Vendor Card: There will now be a notification at the top of the card when the vendor is marked as "On Hold".
ADDED: Workflow Queue: 'Customer' and 'Vendor' business object queues now have a "Block Transaction" column to specify which security groups are not allowed to create new transactions while the object is in the queue.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: Details: The "Add Note" button has been renamed to "Add Comment".
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: The 'Closed On' field will not be populated until the case is closed.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Maintenance: Clicking the 'Cancel' or 'X' button on the case tracker maintenance form will show a prompt asking the user if they want to save their changes (if there are any unsaved changes).
UPDATED: Case Tracker Maintenance: Trying to open case tracker maintenance while it is already open will not open a separate case tracker maintenance form.
UPDATED: Customer CRM: The UI of this form was updated to better conform with similar screens. No functionality has changed.
UPDATED: EDI Data Cross Reference: The 'TradingPartnerID' column is now limited to 15 characters. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: The transaction grid's 'Copy' button now copies all selected rows.
UPDATED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: The transaction grid's 'Delete' button now deletes all selected rows.
UPDATED: EDI: Data Cross Reference: The partner grid's 'Copy' button now copies all selected rows.
UPDATED: EDI: Data Cross Reference: The partner grid's 'Delete' button now deletes all selected rows excluding the blank partner.
UPDATED: EDI: Getting shipment labels will now process single item and mixed item labels separately. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Quick Report Editor: The Organize XML button is now always visible.
UPDATED: Quick Reports Search Field: Better error handling around the SQL field if an exception is thrown.
UPDATED: Quick Reports Search Field: The SQL field now respects the 'Restricted Keyword List' security, which limits potentially dangerous SQL words.
UPDATED: Resources: The file selection prompt that appears when clicking the 'New' button now allows users to select multiple files (a resource will be created for each selected file).
UPDATED: Shipping Labels: The XML file sent to SPS will be saved to the transaction and shipping header if retrieving the labels fails. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Workflow Card: The default width of the "Seq" field has been reduced.
UPDATED: Workflow Card: The description for the 'Standard Reevaluation Rule' has been updated.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: Clicking the 'Delete' button while a Sales Document Workflow is selected will now prompt to delete the queues and rules.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: Tab names with multiple words now have spaces in between the words.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: The Import button is now disabled when the Sales Document tab is selected. Importing Sales Document Workflows must be done on the Sales Document Workflow Setup screen.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: The tab names are no longer bold in some cases.
UPDATED: Workflow: Description is now a required field on Workflows, Workflow Keys, Workflow Rules, Workflow Rule Conditions, and Workflow Rule Actions.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Changing the status to a non-historical status will now properly update the Case Tracker Status ID. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Saving case tracker details will no longer cause a SQL exception. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25) (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The 'Details' tab will no longer be editable if the case is in a read-only workflow queue. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The header will no longer be read-only after a user changes the status from historical to non-historical. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Maintenance: Having 'Can Edit Causes', 'Can Edit Issues', or 'Can Edit Resources' set to 'False' will not cause saving changes on the case tracker maintenance form to give an object reference error.
FIXED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Details: Case tracker details will now properly reflect the historical status of the case when the status is updated to/from a historical status. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Details: Historical case tracker details are now visible on a case. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker: Case Tracker Entry: If a user attaches resources to an email by selecting 'Print Manual' under 'Print Attachments', the email and its attachments will send successfully. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker: The setting 'Case Tracker Detail Columns To Include In Audit' is now respected. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Customer Card: The information message panel will no longer flash when moving the customer through workflow.
FIXED: Import Manager: The "USCATVLS_2", "USCATVLS_3", "USCATVLS_4", "USCATVLS_5", and "USCATVLS_6" fields will now populate correctly on item master imports.
FIXED: Outbound 810, 855, and 856: The total quantity summary field will now be calculated correctly when using a UofM cross reference. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: Emailing from a purchase receipt will no longer cause an object reference error.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Corrected a potential memory leak when running quick reports.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow Setup: If a user deletes a workflow rule condition and then saves, there will no longer be a save prompt when closing the screen.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow: The "B/O ITEM QTY > ON PO" workflow rule condition now works properly. It would previously evaluate 'true' if the item had a backordered quantity greater than zero, now it only evaluates 'true' if the backordered quantity is greater than the quantity on the PO.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow: The "SERVICE ITEM BACKORDERED" workflow rule condition now works properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow: The descriptions of multiple workflow rule conditions have been updated to mention "document" instead of "order".
FIXED: Sales Document Workflow: The descriptions of the "HAS SHIPPED ITEM" and "NOT SHIPPED" workflow rule conditions have been updated to reflect the actual functionality.
FIXED: Script Editor: When dragging text or word doc files into the scripting control, the text uses syntax highlighting.
FIXED: Security Script Manager: Changing the 'Dark Mode' toggle will now properly save.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Sales Document Workflows can now be exported.
Version 4.6.4.27
Release Date 4/14/20
ADDED: EDI Business Object Mapping: Added a new column to the mapping elements, "Skip Turnaround". When checked, that field or group will not be populated with turnaround data from the inbound 850 file. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI Business Object Mapping: The 810 business object mapping now contains the property "SerialLotNums", which contains fulfillment information for serial and lot numbers. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: EDI: There's now a sales document tab called 'EDI Processing Log' which shows attempted EDI transactions for the current sales document and related sales documents. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Entry: Pre Print Script: A C# script that executes before a purchase order is printed.
UPDATED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: Document subtypes will no longer display the "Select All" option on inbound EDI mappings. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: The transaction grid's 'Export' button is now called 'Export Selected' and will export all selected rows. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI: Data Cross Reference: The partner grid's 'Export' button is now called 'Export Selected' and will export all selected rows. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI: EDI Processing: Users can now select multiple rows in the Transactions grid, and the 'Re-Process' button will reprocess all selected rows (that are able to be reprocessed). (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Print Labels: The layout of the popup has been modified to better show how it works. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Document EDI Order Acknowledgement: Removed the 'Accept/Reject' and 'Send Details' toggle and replaced them with checkboxes.
FIXED: CRM Setup: New 'Prospect Sources', 'Prospect Classes', and 'Opportunity Statuses' are no longer duplicated when the row is edited and saved again, before reloading the screen.
FIXED: CRM: Fixed a few memory leaks throughout the module.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Cases with a historical status can have their status changed and be saved. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The tab now says "Case Tracker Entry" instead of "Case Track Entry" when creating a new entry. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker Setup: New 'Case Tracker Statuses' are no longer duplicated when the row is edited and saved again, before reloading the screen. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Case Tracker: Interactions: New Email: Clicking the 'To', 'Cc', or 'Bcc' hyperlinks will open a list of the associated customer's contacts, instead of giving an "Object reference not set to an instance of an object" error.
FIXED: Convert Opportunity To Quote: Closing the New Contact screen without saving, when a prospect with no contacts is chosen, will no longer result in a sales document being created with no address information.
FIXED: Convert Opportunity To Quote: Users will no longer be able to create a quote from an opportunity if they do not have appropriate security under the "Convert Prospect to Customer" plugin.
FIXED: EDI 810 Outbound: The "TotalLineItemNumber" field in the Summary group will now be sent correctly. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Email: Pressing 'Enter' while typing in the email template area will no longer send the email. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Equipment Search: The search field operators can now be changed to "Equals" or "Begins With".
FIXED: EDI: Get Labels: Getting labels will no longer crash when the 850 that created the order does not contain a ProductOrItemDescription group. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: New Customer: Borders and spacing were added to the 'OK' and 'Cancel' buttons to make them stand out..
FIXED: New Customer: Moved the Country and State fields to be beneath the other fields. This was done to prevent crowding.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Linking a prospect to a new opportunity that has not been saved will no longer give the user an object reference error.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Users will no longer receive a save prompt if they deleted a customer or prospect link.
FIXED: Opportunity Monitor: Opportunity statuses are now in sequence order, rather than alphabetical.
FIXED: PayFabric: All special characters are now encoded properly when sending data to PayFabric. This will prevent a wide variety of "Bad Request" errors some users were receiving.
FIXED: PayFabric: When using the "Export Transactions To Credit Card Advantage" setting, authorization transactions that are transferred from order to invoice will no longer have their sequence number updated to zero.
FIXED: Purchase Line Entry: Missing Vendor Item: Tabbing off of an entered item number will now format the vendor item string properly when selecting the 'Update Missing Vendor' Items button. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Sales Document: Saving orders and quotes with negative taxes on line items will no longer result in an eConnect error.
FIXED: Security Editor: Clicking the 'Apply' button after a user has already been deleted will no longer delete the newly selected user.
FIXED: User Fields: The popup textbox for read-only header UDF's can now be opened.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: The 'New' button is disabled while viewing the 'All' tab.
REMOVED: Application: Removed some unused dll files from the installation folder.
Version 4.6.4.26
Release Date 3/20/20
BREAKING CHANGE: CCH Sales Tax Office: This is no longer in the core product.
BREAKING CHANGE: CCH Sales Tax Online: This is no longer in the core product.
ADDED: Security: PayFabric Batch Capture: Always Capture Document On Account Amount - This supersedes the "Always Capture Full Authorization Amount" security. When enabled, the document's full On Account amount will be captured, regardless of the amount authorized. When disabled, the "Always Capture Full Authorization Amount" security is used. (NOTE: This security will not work for all gateways when capturing more than authorized.) (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: PayFabric Capture Plugin: Always Capture Document On Account Amount - This supersedes the "Always Capture Full Authorization Amount" security. When enabled, the document's full On Account amount will be captured, regardless of the amount authorized. When disabled, the "Always Capture Full Authorization Amount" security is used. (NOTE: This security will not work for all gateways when capturing more than authorized.) (Default: False)
UPDATED: EDI Business Object Mapping: The default business object mapping for the 945 has been updated to remove the core mapping from the TradingPartnerId field. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfers: Status is no longer a primary key of the spxServiceTransferLine table.
UPDATED: PayFabric Batch Capture: The "Always Capture Full Authorization Amount" security has had its description updated to better reflect how it functions. No functionality has changed.
UPDATED: PayFabric Capture Plugin: The "Always Capture Full Authorization Amount" security has had its description updated to better reflect how it functions. No functionality has changed.
FIXED: Application: When using SalesPad as a remote terminal application, there were dropdowns on popup windows that could only be activated once, and then became unusable. This has been fixed.
FIXED: EDI 945 Inbound: The TradingPartnerId field on the business object mapping can now be unmapped. This will prevent issues with eConnect when the sales document tries to save. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Funnel: Clicking the Shipment tab, while no document is loaded, will no longer give the user a 'null reference' error.
FIXED: Funnel: Leaving the ShipCenter Shipping Calculator tab, while no document is loaded, will no longer give the user a 'null reference' error. (Extended Module: ShipCenter)
FIXED: Funnel: Users will no longer receive an 'object reference' error when editing the ASN field without a sales document selected.
FIXED: Funnel: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when selecting the Time In Queue tab.
FIXED: Import Manager: Inventory adjustment allocations are now properly set when importing in a multi-bin environment. (Introduced 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Enabling the "Show Selling UofM Quantities In Inventory Lookup" with active search results in the grid will no longer result in a "Column 'Base_UOfM' " error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: When Intrastat Tracking is enabled in Dynamics GP, there will no longer be an 'Input string was not in a correct format' error when searching with Country Origin or Country Description columns. In previous releases, this can be avoided by enabling the setting "Inventory Search Use Proc Override". (Introduced: 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: PayFabric: Certain HTML Errors will no longer cause a 'null reference' error and will now display properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Right-clicking an empty grid will allow the paste menu to show up. (Introduced: 4.6.4.25)
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Deleting a sales line will now delete any Sales Line Resources related to the line.
FIXED: Sales Line Resources: Only Sales Line Resources related to the selected line will be shown (previously, it would show all line items and all sales document resources).
FIXED: Sales Line Resources: This plugin now works properly for historical documents.
Version 4.6.4.25
Release Date 3/6/20
BREAKING CHANGE: Automation Agent: Removed the seat requirement for running Automation Agent as a service. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
BREAKING CHANGE: Login: SQL server connections will be lost if they are stored on the local machine and switching from x86 to x64 bit SalesPad.
ADDED: Assembly Monitor: A screen for viewing Assembly workflows.
ADDED: Case Tracker Case Workflow Monitor: A screen for viewing Case Tracker Case workflows.
ADDED: Customer Monitor: A screen for viewing Customer workflows.
ADDED: EDI Service: Added ability to run the EDI Processor as a Window service. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
ADDED: Email On Load Script: There is a new flag that can be set "KeepOnLoadScriptSubject", which will allow any subject scripting change to not get reset by templates. This flag will get reset when the "Reset Subject" button is used.
ADDED: Emailing: When setting the Email Subject via scripting there will now be an Information button on the subject field that allows this user to reset the field to what was set via the script.
ADDED: Emailing: The Emailing and Bulk Emailing screen has a Reset Subject button that will restore the email subject field.
ADDED: Item Monitor: A screen for viewing Item workflows.
ADDED: Purchase Order Monitor: A screen for viewing Purchase Order workflows.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Monitor: A screen for viewing Purchase Receipt workflows.
ADDED: Sales Document Time In Queue: Sales Document formlet that will display the amount of time a document has been in a queue.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Enable Customer Suggestions - When enabled, customer names will be suggested in the Customer Lookup. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Receiving: Receive Selected Uses Linked Quantity - When enabled, the Receive Selected button will set the quantity received based on linked quantity if available. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Can Edit Manual Payments - Allows a user to edit Manual Payments. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: Blue Moon Operations Core: Update Fulfillment Option Info When Changing Shipping Address - When enabled, Fulfillment Option information will be updated when the shipping address is changed on a Sales Document. (Default: True) (Extended Module: Blue Moon Ops Core)
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric: Send Document and Line Level Data - When enabled, SalesPad will send document and line level data to PayFabric. (Default: True)
ADDED: System Information: A text field that displays the software's current platform version was added.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added the ability to set Quick Report UDFs as 'multi-select'.
ADDED: Vendor Monitor: A screen for viewing Vendor workflows.
ADDED: Workflow Monitors: Monitors have three new columns; Queue Days, Queue Hours, and Alert. Queue Days and Queue Hours show how long a business object has been in its current queue. Alert displays information depending on the time value set on a queue (i.e., "None", "Warning", or "Critical").
ADDED: Workflow Setup: Queues for Purchase Orders have a new field called Disable Printing that allows printing the purchase order to be disabled in that queue.
ADDED: Workflow Setup: Workflow queues now have two columns ("Warning Hours" and "Critical Hours") that determine what the alert column in workflow monitors will say. If the number of hours a business object has been in a queue is greater than the warning hours, the alert will say "Warning". If it is greater than the critical hours, the alert column will say "Critical".
ADDED: Workflow: Re-evaluation Rules: Added rules to allow business objects to change workflows after reaching the end of a workflow.
ADDED: Workflow: Sequence: Added a sequence number to workflows to allow prioritization of one workflow over another if a business object matches multiple workflows' keys.
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress has been upgraded to 19.2.4.
UPDATED: Application: There is now a x64 bit version of SalesPad. This will relieve some 'out of memory' issues throughout the application by allowing the software to utilize more memory then it could in the x86 bit version. Note: The PaperSave and ShipCenter extended modules are not x64 compatible at the time. There are also some custom modules that are also not supported. Please email support with any requests for additional information.
UPDATED: Assembly Search: Changed the caption for the Batch Number column to Queue.
UPDATED: Bus Obj Workflow: Added workflow functionality to Items, Customers, and Vendors.
UPDATED: Business Object Mapping: The business object mapping for the 850 no longer has the Address fields marked as Core Mappings. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: CRM Event Entry: CRM emailing is now done in a separate thread to leave the UI responsive.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Added a Queue editor and Forward button for Customer workflow.
UPDATED: Document Combiner: Line comments are now considered when combining like lines. If the comments on two or more lines do not match, the lines will not be combined.
UPDATED: EDI 856 Outbound: The PackingMaterial and PackingMedium fields are no longer Core Mappings. In addition, Packing_Material and Packing_Medium can be mapped to other fields under a PackLevel. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: EDI Cross Reference: The Partner Carrier Routing field in the Shipping Method tab can now save 100 characters, up from 31. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: Inbound 850: If the Ship To address was not sent on the file, it is pulled from the primary Ship To address on the customer instead. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Interaction Event Entry: Interaction emailing is now done in a separate thread to leave the UI responsive.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: The Safety Stock column will now be populated.
UPDATED: Item Maintenance: Added a Queue editor and Forward button for Item workflow.
UPDATED: Notes Tabs: The append line check box will now be stored in the registry.
UPDATED: Purchase Order: Printing/Emailing a purchase order from workflow will now release the purchase order.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Search: Changed the caption for the Batch column to Queue.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Search: Changed the caption for the Batch column to Queue.
UPDATED: Sales Document Workflow: Workflow Setup and Workflow Rule Setup were renamed to Sales Document Workflow Setup and Sales Document Workflow Rule Setup.
UPDATED: Sales: Sales Document Workflow is no longer on the Setup ribbon page. It can be accessed from the Workflow screen or the Sales ribbon page.
UPDATED: SalesPad Today: Security: The "Can View Other Users Tasks" and "Can View Other Users Interactions" now also applies to the calendar events. If both are disabled the ability to choose other users is also disabled.
UPDATED: SalesPad Today: Security: Renamed securities from "Can View Others Tasks" to "Can View Other Users Tasks" and "Can View Others Interactions" to "Can View Other Users Interactions.
UPDATED: SalesPad Today: The Showing User button now has a tool tip if securities are limiting visibility of Interactions or CRM Events.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The Clear button will now only drop down when the user clicks the down arrow.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: Added a Queue editor and Forward button for Vendor workflow.
UPDATED: Workflow Actions: The send email action now has the option to be sent to the currently logged in user.
UPDATED: Workflow Rule Conditions: The editor for value comparisons now is specialized for values of the field type being compared.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: Sales Document Workflows are now visible and accessible from this screen.
UPDATED: Workflow: Workflow queues for Purchase Orders, Purchase Receipts, Assemblies, and Case Tracker Cases can be made read only for specified security groups.
UPDATED: Workflow: Bus Obj Workflow plugins were renamed such that they are now just Workflow, e.g. Bus Obj Workflow Rules is now just Workflow Rules.
UPDATED: Workflow: Business objects apart from those that have GP batches will no longer have a default queue before they are first saved.
UPDATED: Workflow: Workflow Keys: Keys for matching business objects to workflows can now be customized. Previously they were preset, so for example purchase orders could only have workflows for drop-ship or standard purchase order types.
FIXED: Application: Removed some extra DLL files from the installation folder that were not used by any core modules.
FIXED: Application: Resolved an error that prevented users from using the application due to insufficient permissions for 'Microsoft.Office.Interop.Word'.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Fixed an issue where jobs would sometimes stop running if multiple jobs were executing at the same time.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Fixed an issue where schedules set to run every x seconds would ignore the hourly restrictions.
FIXED: Blue Moon Operations Core: Fulfillment Options Plugin: Fulfillment Options fields will now use the shipping address's extended information fields when looking for default information. These fields will have a higher priority than the customer's extended information which used to be the default. (Extended Module: Blue Moon Ops Core)
FIXED: Blue Moon Operations Core: Fulfillment Options Plugin: Users will no longer receive an error if the Ship Payment Type was set to COD in the customer's extended information screen. (Extended Module: Blue Moon Ops Core)
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Non-Multi currency environment users will no longer receive a 'Currencies must match in order to apply' error when attempting to apply a cash receipt to a posted invoice.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: The user can no longer mistakenly change the PayFabric transaction type when creating a cash receipt with PayFabric.
FIXED: Contact Search: The caption of the Name column has been changed from "ResourceStrings" to "Name". (Introduced 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Default Carrier Information: When creating a new row for a shipping method, the Carrier Routing field is now also copied to an EDI Cross Reference Shipping Method row correctly. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 856 Outbound: When kit components are packed, the kit item will now be sent out on the 856 instead of the components. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Email Template: The Sales Document Paylink Url tag will now work. (Introduced: 4.6.4.20)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: User Fields will properly load when not using an spcp. (Introduced: 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: There will no longer be an error "Invalid column name Safety", if the Safety Stock column is in the grid. (Introduced: 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: When the Setting "Show Selling UofM Quantities In Inventory Lookup" is enabled there will no longer be an error "Column Base Uofm does not belong to table". (Introduced: 4.6.4.23)
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Capture: Users will no longer receive an Object Reference Error when attempting to use this plugin. (Introduced: 4.6.4.21)
FIXED: PayFabric: The 'Enable Manual Card Selection in PayFabric plugin' security will now properly hide the Card Selection drop down when disabled.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer receive a Request Failed error when attempting to open the PayFabric screen. This error was caused by having non-standard characters in the item number field of sales lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Decreasing a line quantity below the Qty Unblocked will now also reduce the Qty Unblocked.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items: Saving a line item marked for dropshipping when using a Quantity Shortage Option other than Override Shortage will no longer cause an eConnect error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Resolved an issue where Item Promo BOGO would interfere with repricing a line during quantity adjustment on the original line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Quote Expiration Date can now be changed if the quote type is using Days To Expire. (Introduced 4.6.4.20)
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Clicking the autofilter row operator will no longer bring up the right-click menu.
FIXED: Sales Inventory Lookup: The blank column has been fixed to pull in the "Inactive" flag.
FIXED: Sales Line User Fields Dock: Pasted sales line will now work properly with this plugin.
FIXED: Sales Line User Fields Dock: When this plugin was visible, it could cause a slowdown when adding a new line item. This has been corrected. (Introduced: 4.6.4.16)
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Cut back on numerous database hits when the screen would refresh data.
FIXED: Shipments: Getting labels will now send OrderHeader and LineItem turnaround data from the 850 onto the 000 and 001 xml. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Shipping Review: Errors will no longer occur when the "Can Change Return Cost" security is set to "False".
FIXED: Workflow Actions: When actions for On Enter Queue rules are executed, the business object's queue value will be the queue it is entering instead of the one it is leaving.
FIXED: User Field Editor: UDF import functionality no longer fails if the user hasn't clicked on each business object before running the import.
REMOVED: Bus Obj Monitor: This screen has been replaced with individual monitor screens for each type of business object with workflow.
REMOVED: Inventory Lookup: The "Allocatable" and "In Transit" columns were not used and have been removed.
Version 4.6.4.24
Release Date 2/30/20
ADDED: Activity Locks: BOM locks are now visible and editable from this screen.
ADDED: Application: There is now an option to "Un-tab and Maximize" for main forms.
ADDED: Application: There is now an option to "Un-tab to Monitor" for main forms. This supports up to four monitors and will resize the form to the work area size of the monitor it is sent to (this option will not be displayed if there is only one monitor).
ADDED: BOM Entry: Locks have been added to BOM Entry.
UPDATED: Document Combiner: Now combining shipment details when 'ASN_Sent' is not marked as true.
UPDATED: Sales Entry: The Active Support error for 11454 will now show what line and quantity is incorrect.
FIXED: Application: Un-tabbing a main form will no longer cause that form to become larger than the monitor.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Line Items: Clicking OK on the Item Lookup, without an item selected, will no longer cause an error.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Line Items: Opening the item lookup on a component line, then canceling the lookup, will no longer set an error.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Line Items: Serial and lot tracked items can now be added without receiving an error.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item Entry: On Row Changed Script: Selecting an item from the inventory lookup no longer sends incorrect information to the on row changed script.
FIXED: Resources: GP Attachments should now load quicker.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Document Combiner: Using the plugin will no longer result in lost or changed sales fulfillment on the combined document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Replacing a serial/lot tracked/bin fulfillment and editing the line will no longer cause the line to be over-fulfilled on save. (Introduced 4.6.4.1)
FIXED: Sales Document/Purchase Order Line Item Plugins: Plugins (with an enabled autorun security) would cause a null reference error when used manually from the Action dropdown menu once an item number was specified. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Availability Plugin: Having a blank location in IV40700 will no longer cause multiple errors; "Column '' does not belong to table" and "Object reference not set to an instance of an object."
Version 4.6.4.23
Release Date 1/17/20
BREAKING CHANGE: spcpAvataxPostSave: The timing of when this procedure is called was changed slightly, which could have an impact depending on what is being done in the custom procedure.
ADDED: Assembly Allocation: Added the ability to view serial and lot user fields.
ADDED: Assembly Allocation: Added the ability to remove multiple allocations by holding down the SHIFT key.
ADDED: OneSource Sales Tax Lines: Created a new tab for Sales Document entry that shows the tax details returned by the OneSource Sales Tax Query Handler. (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
ADDED: Security: Sales Monitor: Group By Batch - Group together batches with the same batch name, regardless of document type and document ID. If set to true, this will override the grouping done by the 'Show Sales Document Type ID Groups' security. (Default: True)
ADDED: Setting: Inventory Search Use Proc Override: When enabled Inventory lookup will call the original sppGetInventorySearch stored procedure. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Document Exemption Reason Field: A sales document user field used to specify a reason for exempt documents. These reasons should match Exempt Reasons in OneSource configuration. (no default) (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Exempt Override Tax Schedule: A tax schedule beginning with IDT to be used on documents or line items that should be taxed, even if the customer is tax exempt. (Default: IDT_EXEMPT_O) (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Exempt Tax Schedule: A tax schedule beginning with IDT to be used on documents or line items that should be tax exempt, even for non tax exempt customers. This Tax Schedule should not be used when a customer has an exemption certificate configured in OneSource. (Default: IDT_EXEMPT) (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Line Exemption Reason Field: A sales line item user field used to specify a reason for exempt lines. These reasons should match Exempt Reasons in OneSource configuration. (no default) (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Sales Tax Enable SOAP Logging: When enabled, the SOAP Request and Response XML will be audited on the Sales Document. Useful for troubleshooting purposes. (Default: false) (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
UPDATED: Customer A/R: Added fields for viewing balances in the customer's assigned currency.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: By default the inventory lookup will now call views instead of a stored procedure. This allows for a fairly significant speed improvement by only loading visible columns in the grid. If there is an existing spcpGetInventorySearch, it will still be called as normal. Disabling the procedure and logging out of SalesPad will get the new speed improvements.
UPDATED: On Load Email Script: A "source" option was added to help differentiate between Smart Printing and Manual e-mailing. Source options are "EmailForm" and "SmartPrinting". NOTE: The Smart Printing source is only for Sales Documents.
UPDATED: On Load Email Script: A generic Business Object is now passed to the script to allow for scripting options when emailing from other areas. Ex: if (bo is CaseTrackerCase) or if (bo is SalesPad.Bus.Customer) or if (bo is SalesPad.Bus.Assembly) can now be used accordingly.
UPDATED: PayLink: The response message/audit has been improved when using PayLink in certain scenarios.
UPDATED: Settings: SalesTax Query Handlers: Added OneSourceSalesTaxQueryHandler, which uses a newer endpoint than the existing OneSourceTaxQueryHandler.
FIXED: Assembly Allocation: 'Selected Lot' and 'Expiration Date' columns are now read-only.
FIXED: Automation Agent: Fixed an intermittent deadlock issue caused by forwarding too many documents.
FIXED: Business Object Workflow: Email actions: The subject of emails will no longer be replaced by the body when the subject is blank, which was causing an invalid subject error.
FIXED: Cash Receipt: If multiple users attempt to create the same cash receipt at the same time using the PayFabric credit card option, they will no longer be able to charge the card more than once.
FIXED: Database Update: Fixed a database update error with the ThomsonReuters module that would happen if updating from a version before 4.6.3.0. (Extended Module: ThompsonReuters)
FIXED: EDI 856 Outbound: When using consolidated shipments, the LadingQuantity field will now count packages per order, instead of per shipment. (Extended Module: EDI)
FIXED: Equipment Warranty: Fixed an issue where new warranties would not appear. (Introduced: 4.6.4.14)
FIXED: Import Manager: Inventory Adjustments with the same Batch Number will now be imported to one document instead of a document for each line.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Documents are no longer grouped by document ID if the 'Show Sales Document Type ID Groups' setting is false. (Introduced 4.6.4.18)
FIXED: Security: MultiFormlet is no longer a selectable security option. (Introduced: 4.6.4.22)
FIXED: Settings: Purge Job Schedule: Removed the incorrect drop-down editor. (Introduced: 4.6.4.22)
FIXED: Third Party Taxes: Resolved an issue with distributions being off by the change in the tax amount when saving an edited document for which tax amount changed.
Version 4.6.4.22
Release Date 1/3/20
ADDED: About: Added a checkbox that toggles sending user tracking analytics.
ADDED: Analytics: SalesPad will now send anonymous user tracking information. This data will be used to help determine areas in SalesPad that need work, as well as how our users are using SalesPad day to day. The data sent back contains form information, and button event information, along with the bare minimum needed to determine which company the data is from. No customer, vendor, or individual identifying user information is sent.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: A sales document number column has been added to the packaging detail grid.
ADDED: Installer: Added a checkbox that toggles sending user tracking analytics.
ADDED: Security: Consolidated Shipments EDI Advance Ship Notice: Can Change Packing Structure - When enabled, a popup will appear when running the plugin to allow the user to change the packing structure. (Default: True) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Security: Consolidated Shipments EDI Advance Ship Notice: Default Packing Structure - Sets the default packing structure when running the plugin. (Default: SOTPI) (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
ADDED: Security: Inventory Lookup: Kit Components: Show Cost - Controls the visibility of the following cost fields: Standard Cost, Current Cost, Landed Cost, Avg. Landed Cost, and Total Avg. Landed Cost. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Automation Service: Purge Job Schedule - Specifies when the 'Purge Component History' job will run daily. (Default: 8:00 PM)
ADDED: Settings: Blue Moon Operations Core: Update Fulfillment Instructions Priority When Auto Releasing - When enabled, the 'Fulfillment Instructions' table's priority will be updated when the Auto Release plugin is activated. (Default: False) (Extended Module: Blue Moon)
ADDED: Settings: Load Packaging Fields: When enabled, packaging information can be accessed from the license plate tables on sales document printed reports. Warning: This could potentially slow printed reports when loading.
ADDED: Settings:Track User Analytics - When enabled, user analytical information is sent back to SalesPad for analysis. We track what forms are opened, how they are used and other general SalesPad usage information. This setting controls analytics company-wide. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Application: All Import with Excel functionality is now handled with DevExpress and no longer requires Excel to be installed on the user’s machine.
UPDATED: Consolidated Shipments: When the Shipping Method field is set, the associated Carrier Code will also be set.
FIXED: Application: Modules that interact with Excel now show meaningful error messages when Excel is not installed.
FIXED: Receiving Serial Entry: Fixed an issue that prevented manual serial number entry on lines with a quantity greater than 999.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Attempting to use the inventory lookup functionality, after the Sales Line Item Replacement plugin was run, will no longer cause a 'Deleted row information cannot be accessed' error. (Introduced: 4.6.3.3)
Version 4.6.4.21
Release Date 12/23/19
ADDED: PayFabric Authorize Plugin: Added a plugin that creates a PayFabric authorization transaction for the document.
ADDED: PayFabric Capture Plugin: Added a plugin that captures any PayFabric authorizations on the document, and creates a payment.
ADDED: Security: EDI 846: Default Block Size of Import Function for EDI 846 - Use this setting to specify a block size when using the Import and Send function for inventory on an EDI 846 with very large spreadsheets. Users may encounter out of memory errors when importing a large spreadsheet if this number is too large. (Default: 1000) (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
ADDED: Security: In-Transit Transfer Entry: On Load Script: A C# script that executes when you open the In-Transit Transfer.
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Pivot Grid Excel Export Mode - Changes the format of the exported Excel document for Pivot Grid reports. DataAware - Provides data shaping options, ideal for pivot data analysis. WYSIWYG - Provides static data columns and disables data shaping options. (Default: DataAware)
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Pivot Grid Export To Excel Data Type - Allow users to change the data type when exporting a Pivot Grid to Excel. (Default: Text)
ADDED: Security: Receiving: Show Receiving Tab - When enabled, the purchase order item receiving tab will be shown. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Monitor: Can Change Refresh Interval - If set to false, the user will not be allowed to adjust values in the refresh interval dropdown. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Monitor: Default Refresh Interval - If set, the default refresh interval that will be used whenever the sales monitor is opened.
ADDED: Settings: SMTP Timeout - Specifies the amount of time (in milliseconds) before a sent email will timeout. (Default: 100000)
UPDATED: sppUpdateInventoryTransactionLine: Now allows for a custom stored procedure 'spcpUpdateInventoryTransactionLine'.
FIXED: Assembly: Historical assemblies load the historical line information as expected.
FIXED: Business Object Mapping: The number of Trading Partner IDs an EDI mapping can have assigned is no longer limited. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 850 Inbound: Arrays of groups on the XML file will now match the business object mapping, when the order on the file is different than the order defined in the mapping. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Email Template Editor: The focused row will be remembered when saving.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Changes to historical purchase order UDFs are now audited.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: A number of distribution-related issues have been fixed.
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: Fulfillments of non-tracked items will now correctly update the bin fulfillment table (instead of the serial/lot fulfillment table).
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: Lot fulfillments will now properly update the in-use count of the lot attribute.
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: Taxable freight, or miscellaneous charges, will now follow the Dynamics GP purchasing setup.
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: The note index will now be set properly when creating or voiding a purchase receipt.
FIXED: Receiving: Pressing 'Alt'+'S' will receive the selected purchase order lines.
FIXED: Remote Library Settings: Remote library settings are now located in the 'Remote Library' category. (Extended Module: Remote Library)
FIXED: Remote Library: Calling the search endpoint will now properly search the customer lookup. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0) (Extended Module: Remote Library)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changes to historical sales documents, and sales lines, are now audited.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the shipping method type will now update the tax schedule, if the user did not tab off of the field before saving. Changing the warehouse will now update the tax schedule, with respect to the shipping method. This only applies if the "Use Shipping Method When Selecting Default Tax Schedule" setting is true.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fixed a possible null reference exception when viewing shipments.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The extended price, and the extended cost, are now updating correctly when switching between functional and originating currencies.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Using the 'Unallocate' button on a manual fulfillment document will no longer set a backordered quantity on the line items in some scenarios.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment Plugin: Payments can no longer be taken on quotes.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Blocked items will split properly if the lines were not fulfilled.
Version 4.6.4.20
Release Date 12/6/19
BREAKING CHANGE: EDI: Shipping Labels: Users can now receive multiple shipping labels per license plate. Old labels retrieved before upgrading to this build will need to be re-retrieved. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
BREAKING CHANGE: Email Templates: Referenced Rich Text Memo fields will now keep most formatting. Previously, line breaks were not respected.
BREAKING CHANGE: PayLink Settings: Renamed 'PayLink Setup Id' to 'PayLink Gateway Account'.
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: The Insert menu has been visually updated. No functionality has changed.
UPDATED: Counter Sales: Improved memory usage and reduced the chance of receiving an 'out of memory' error.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Adding or removing a sales document hold will now write an audit to the customer.
UPDATED: EDI 855 Outbound: When a LineItemAcknowledgement is sent with the IB status code, the backordered quantity will be sent as well. When the status is IR, the ordered quantity is sent. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: EDI Business Object Mapping: The default business object mapping for the inbound 850 has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: EDI Processing: When retrieving files, document creation errors will no longer stop the service. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: Email Template Editor: The "Bill To" options were renamed to "Customer Bill To".
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Purchase Line Selector: This form is no longer beta.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Serial/Lot Receiving: This form is no longer beta.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Addresses: An error will now be shown if the Shipping/Billing Email field values are above the maximum character limit.
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: In the Insert Menu, the 'Copy To Document' and 'Paste From Document' options have been renamed to 'Copy Line' and 'Paste Line', to better reflect their functionality.
ADDED: Email Template Editor: The Sales Document and Case Tracker Case business objects now have access to the Customer Primary, ShipTo and Statement Customer Addresses.
ADDED: Email Template Editor: Customer email templates are now available.
ADDED: Email Template Editor: Email templates now have access to the System User business object (this includes the System Users' avatar).
ADDED: PayFabric Migrator: The credit card ID will now be included in any error message popup that appears for failed migrations.
ADDED: PayFabric: A lookup editor was added that allows the user to select a stored card from the customer's PayFabric wallet.
ADDED: PayLinks: Added the ability to allow multiple paylinks on a single document.
ADDED: Receiving: Users can now manually set the date to be recorded as the receipt transaction date.
ADDED: Retrieve PayLink: Added a sales document plugin to retrieve completed paylinks.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: 'Insert Before' and 'Insert After' buttons have been added to the toolstrip. These buttons are hidden by default, but they can be added by right-clicking the toolstrip and choosing an option.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: Added 'Paste Line After' and 'Paste Line Before' options to the Insert menu.
ADDED: Sales Document Payments: Added a button to create or retrieve paylinks for this document.
ADDED: Security: Allow PayLinks - This security enables the ability to create or retrieve paylinks from the sales document payments screen (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Item: Enter Inserts New Line Below Selected Line - When enabled, pressing the Enter key will insert a line below the selected line on a sales document. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: PayLink Logging - Enables logging for the Paylink functionality. This setting should only be used for troubleshooting.
ADDED: Settings: Automation Agent: Allow Partial Invoicing - Enabling this setting will allow orders to be partially transferred to invoice. (Default: False)
FIXED: Resources: When sending resources to print, there was a potential memory leak for certain file formats. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Backordered Items Report: Batch forwarding will no longer fail when allocating and forwarding multiple documents in different batches.
FIXED: Customer/Vendor Address Card: The Email field now has a maximum character limit.
FIXED: EDI 850 Inbound: Mapping just the CarrierRouting field to a shipping method will now work correctly. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: EDI 856: An EDI object, with turnaround objects that only match by one static field, will no longer be overwritten. (Extended Module: EDI)
FIXED: Email Template Editor: The Case Tracker Case "Bill To" option now works properly.
FIXED: Email Templates: Rich Text Memo fields will now keep most formatting, including line breaks.
FIXED: Email Templates: The VendorAddress field for purchase orders will no longer error out.
FIXED: Funnel: Sales line user fields are now editable when processing a sales document.
FIXED: Import Manager: When importing price lists, if the Qty Base UofM field is 0 or undefined, the imported value now defaults to 1.
FIXED: Outbound EDI: When adding groups to the xml file through a script, empty groups will be removed correctly. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Receiving. The default quantity to receive will now be set to the full quantity of the purchase line when a line is linked to sales orders with less than the purchase line quantity.
FIXED: Receiving: The eConnect error "There is an active Purchase Order Approval workflow" will no longer occur for active Purchasing workflows other than the "Purchase Order Approval" workflow.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: Changing a shipping address with a pickup type shipping method to a different shipping address with a pickup type shipping method would cause the Tax Schedule to be updated. This has been corrected, but will require the 'Use Shipping Method When Selecting Default Tax Schedule' setting to be enabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fulfillment of serial/lot/bin tracked items will no longer be different than what was selected by the user when partially invoicing an order multiple times.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Quote Expiration Date is now recalculated when Quote Document Date changes.
FIXED: Sales Document: Load times have been reduced when using the Equipment Properties functionality. Equipment serials are now loaded when the drop down is opened.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Users will no longer receive an 'Inventory item does not exist' error when adding a package item to a document via the inventory lookup screen. (Introduced: 4.6.4.14)
FIXED: System User Card: Now doing case-insensitive comparison when determining if the current user has access to their own System User Card.
REMOVED: Email Template Editor: Removed the "CustomerAddr" sub-object from the Sales Document options (see ADDED above).
Version 4.6.4.19
Release Date 11/18/19
ADDED: Security: New Customer: Can Assign Tax Registration Number - Allows a user to assign a tax registration number. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: AvaTax Disable Document Recording: When enabled, documents submitted to AvaTax will not be recorded by Avatax. This is meant to be used in conjunction with other integrations to AvaTax. (Default: false)
ADDED: Settings: AvaTax Enable SOAP Logging: When enabled, the SOAP Request and Response XML will be audited on the sales document. Useful for troubleshooting purposes. (Default: false)
ADDED: Settings: OneSource Bypass Tax Calculation Within Specified Batches - If a document is in a batch specified by this setting, no call will be made to OneSource to calculate its taxes. (Default: "") (Extended Module: Thompson Reuters)
UPDATED: Grids: Removing the last column in a grid will now restore the default layout, otherwise, the saved layout would need to be deleted using the Layout Maintenance screen.
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: The default grid layout no longer shows the Cost fields.
FIXED: Application: Closing an untabbed window will now completely close the window (previously, the window would be re-tabbed to the application). Users who wish to re-tab the window will find an option to do so when right-clicking the window's toolbar. (Introduced: 4.6.3.1)
FIXED: Application: SalesPad would occasionally lock up, with a “Compiling Scripts…” busy message in the lower left corner of SalesPad, if the Cache Scripts on Login setting was enabled. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Automation Agent. Issue with some AA Settings not saving. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Dispatch: Schedule Route: An error will no longer occur when using this plugin if the Customer Number contains an apostrophe (Introduced 4.6.4.11). The issue has also been resolved when the Ship To Address Code contains an apostrophe. (Extended Module: Dispatch)
FIXED: EDI Module: EDI 846: We now check for blank lines on the Excel sheet during the import of an 846.
FIXED: PayFabric: Crediting or voiding an EMV payment, that was originally created on a different document, will no longer fail and give the error 'Original Sales Document Payment that matches this PayFabric transaction was not found'.
FIXED: PayFabric: When using the credit card mappings within the Store Setup module, auth transactions captured by a user on a different store than what the auth was originally created from would result in the wrong mapping being used on the payment. This problem also extended to credit transactions. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document: Users will no longer receive a 'Cannot construct data type date error when saving order' error when saving a Sales Document with an EOM type payment term.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Blocked line items that were set to be partially unblocked, then split or invoiced, will now have their unblocked quantity set properly on the resulting documents.
FIXED: Settings: AvaTax URL: The button used to test this connection will no longer always fail.
Version 4.6.4.18
Release Date 11/8/19
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: The Analysis tab now supports a custom spcpInventoryItemSummary stored procedure.
ADDED: PayFabric Migrator: Added a checkbox to hide expired credit cards. (Extended Module: PayFabric Migrator)
ADDED: PayFabric: SalesPad now supports non-legacy transaction types.
ADDED: Quick Reports: Search fields now have a "User Filter" option which will set a search field to the current user and allow the use of the filter accordingly. This check box will disregard any Default Values set. Example: Created_By = 'sa'.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Can Forward Documents - This security will enable or disable the forwarding button. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry: Can Forward Documents - This security will enable or disable the forwarding button. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: Default eCheck Gateway - Assign the name of an eCheck payment processor (set up in PayFabric in the 'Gateway Account Profiles' screen) as the default for eCheck payments.
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: PayLink Credit Card Restriction UDF - Customer UDF used when restricting customer payments to credit cards through PayLink.
UPDATED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: 856 sales document mappings now include ShipNoticeDate, ShipNoticeTime, ASNStructureCode, Bill To AddressTypeCode and Ship To AddressTypeCode. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: Added default sales document mapping for TradingPartnerId. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
UPDATED: PayLink: PayLink Payments now allow eCheck Payments.
UPDATED: Sales Monitor: Sales Monitor will now load and refresh more quickly.
UPDATED: Security: Counter Sales Document Properties: The "Can Forward Documents" security has been renamed to "Can Change Workflow Queue".
UPDATED: Security: Sales Document Properties: The "Can Forward Documents" security has been renamed to "Can Change Workflow Queue".
FIXED: Blanket Order Invoicing: When used as a workflow plugin, there will no longer be a message displayed for each of the documents that the plugin was run on.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The monthly average calculation is now calculated by dividing the quantity total by the approximate number of months (based on actual days, instead of whole months). For example: if 8/31/2018 is selected as the start date, only one day will be used to calculate the average, rather than the entire month of August.
FIXED: Item Barcode Maintenance: Deleting a row will no longer cause an error: "Deleted row information cannot be accessed through the row".
FIXED: Item Barcode Maintenance: Applying an Auto Filter Row will no longer cause issues with the grid's layout. Users experiencing this issue can temporarily fix this by deleting the grid layout in Layout Maintenance and then logging out and back in.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Charge: Documents are now properly unlocked if any exceptions are thrown during the process.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Charge: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when attempting to charge a zero dollar document.
FIXED: PayFabric: When using a P2P card swipe encryption device, the text field will no longer be pushed off of the page.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: After upgrading GP, some users would receive an "Item has not been assigned" error. This error was actually related to GP Purchase Order workflow. Both the error's description and the cause of the error have been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Due Date and Discount Date are now calculated correctly when the Payment Terms has a "Calculate Days From" value. This change only applies to GP 2015 and above.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Deposit transactions can now be viewed on historical documents. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Having a negative or zero value in the Sales Monitor Refresh Debounce Time setting will no longer result in an error " '0' is not a valid value for 'Interval'." If negative, or zero, the default '750' will be used.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Sales Monitor now sorts documents by Batch and Sales Doc ID.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: The auto-filter row will no longer show a message about duplicate queues.
Version 4.6.4.17
Release Date 10/25/19
ADDED: Security: Sales Entry Quick Pick Maintenance: Can Copy Configurations - This security allows the user to copy Quick Pick configurations between security groups. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Avatax: AvaTax Use GP Customer Usage Types - When enabled, the customer usage type field will use the Dynamics GP corresponding field. When disabled, the customer usage type will be pulled from the defined SalesPad UDF. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Cash Receipts: Cash Receipt amount fields will now be displayed in their originating currency, rather than in the functional currency. This change was made in preparation for a future change that will allow users to apply non-functional currency cash receipts.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Importing a Prospect with an existing Prospect Number will now create a new Prospect using the next valid number.
UPDATED: Prospect Card: New Prospects can no longer be saved with an existing Prospect Number.
UPDATED: Prospect Card: The Prospect Number field is no longer editable on existing prospects.
UPDATED: Request For Quote: When adding a non-inventory item, the Unit of Measure will now default to EACH.
UPDATED: Settings: WorkWave: Post Import Script - The script parameters now include another property to allow for more customization of the import process. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Import Manager: Reverted a change that prevented users from changing primary key fields while importing, which caused multiple different imports to fail. (Introduced: 4.6.4.14)
FIXED: Back Plugin: User fields and a few other fields in the header were not having their Read Only status properly reset upon using the Back plugin. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Users will now receive a prompt when attempting to apply a cash receipt to a document that is in a different currency.
FIXED: Customer Search: The New Customer hotkey (Alt+N) will now work properly.
FIXED: Dispatch: Route Entry: User defined fields will now load correctly. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Dispatch: Route Entry: Validation of overlapping Driver Schedules and Vehicle Schedules will now respect the 'Number Of Days To Check For Conflicting Schedules' setting. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Dispatch: Upgrading with routes created prior to 4.6.0.15 will now correctly default the Route Type to One Time. (Extended Module)
FIXED: RMA Reports: spcpRMAReport procedures will now properly pass in the parameters when designing or printing a report.
FIXED: Request For Quote: When adding a non-inventory item to an RFQ and then editing the Unit of Measure, there will no longer be an object reference error in the grid that locks you into the screen.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Send Email: The email's subject line can now be changed by the script in the 'On Load Email Script' setting. (Introduced 4.6.4.8)
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The 'Can Change Quote Expiration Date' security will now be properly respected.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The Store and Drawer fields will no longer be editable when the document is marked as Read Only.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Adding an alternate item that is set to an existing Item Number will now load the Item Master properly and the non-inventory flag will not be set on the line.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Adding an alternate item while the Sales Line UDF Dock is set to auto-run will no longer clear out the Item Number field.
FIXED: SalesPad EDI: EDI 855: Order Acknowledgement: A null reference error that could occur was fixed. (Extended Module) (Introduced in 4.6.412)
FIXED: Send Email: The Address merge field now works correctly for sales documents and purchase orders. (Introduced 4.6.4.6)
FIXED: Vendor Search: The New Vendor hotkey (Alt+N) will now work properly.
FIXED: WorkWave: Importing routes will now correctly allow for opening the linked sales documents from the Driver Schedule. (Extended Module) (Introduced: 4.6.0.15)
FIXED: WorkWave: Route dates will now correctly import instead of being set to 1/1/1900. (Extended Module) (Introduced: 4.6.0.21)
Version 4.6.4.16
Release Date 10/15/19
BREAKING CHANGE: Security: Import Manager - The 'Table Item Options Allowed' (Introduced: 4.6.4.12) was replaced with 'Can Clear Import Table'.
ADDED: Email Template: Case Tracker Email Template Types have been added. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Import Manager: Security: Can Clear Import Table - When disabled, the toggle to Leave/Clear import table data will display a security message and toggle back to Leave. (Default: True)
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: There is now a busy cursor showing the file path for images that are being loaded.
ADDED: Automation Agent can now forward business objects using business object workflow. (Extended Modules: Automation Agent)
ADDED: Case Tracker Layout: Added ability to save the Case Tracker Properties and UserField control layout based on the Status of the Case. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Security: Business Obj Workflow Monitor - Sets the text of the button that will appear on the ribbon.
ADDED: Security: User Field Securities: Custom Caption - Override the default user field tab display text.
ADDED: Settings: Doc IDs To Skip Tax Calculation - Semi-colon delimited list of Doc IDs to skip calculating taxes via saving a document.
ADDED: Settings: Load Case Tracker Entry Tabs By Field - A value used to determine which tabs are loaded based on setup in the Layout Tab Setup Screen. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
ADDED: Settings: Sales Document Entry: Line Num Increment Value When Inserting Sales Lines - This is the integer value the Line Num will be incremented by when inserting new sales lines. (Default: Default)
UPDATED: Import Manager: The last focused row will be remembered when saving or after completing an import.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: In the event that an error occurs when attempting to load an image UDF, a Log Messenger with the file path will now be displayed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Profitability: The GM% summary will now recalculate immediately when changing individual line percentages.
FIXED: Import Manager: Previously, the 'Table Item Options Allowed' could be bypassed. It was replaced by the 'Can Clear Import Table' security.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Users will no longer receive an Out Of Memory exception when switching between items that have large images on UDFs.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Shipment: Users will no longer receive an "Object reference not set to an instance of an object" exception when selecting an item to pack by using a mouse wheel or by typing the item number.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Item Configurator: Using this plugin will no longer revert the Description and Unit Price of existing Item Option lines to their default values.
FIXED: Sales Document Manual Split: Splitting a non-Base Unit of Measure line item that is bin- or lot-tracked will no longer result in incorrect fulfillments on the resulting split documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Profitability: If the 'Show Recent Receipts' sub-security is set to True, Unit Cost and Extended Cost will now properly retain their values when the Calculate button is selected.
FIXED: Sales Document Profitability: The GM% summary will now properly recalculate when the 'Show Recent Receipts' sub-security is set to True.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Manufacturing links are now properly retained on line items after splitting a sales document. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Person: The Commission Percent field is no longer rounded to whole numbers.
FIXED: Shipping Review: Batches that contain a dash will now be shown on this screen.
FIXED: Sop To Pop: When creating a purchase order from a dropship sales line, the MEM PO Type would be set to the Standard PO type rather than the Dropship PO Type. This has been corrected. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Workflow Queues will now save correctly when the Next Queue(s) field is blank.
REMOVED: Sales Document Reports: The SalesLineComponent dataset has been removed. If components are needed for a report, they can be found in the SalesLineItem dataset.
Version 4.6.4.15
Release Date 10/1/19
ADDED: Security Editor: When the database version is reset, a system log is recorded.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Pre Delete Script - This is a C# script to execute before deleting a sales document in Counter Sales.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry: Pre Delete Script - This is a C# script that executes when trying to delete a sales document from sales document entry or the Customer card.
ADDED: Security: Sales Monitor: Disable Auto-Refresh - This security restricts users to only being able to manually refresh Sales Monitor. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Security Editor: Can Reset Database Version - This security allows users to reset the database version, which forces a database update. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: Show All Related Document Resources - This setting shows resources from all related documents. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Security Editor: When using the Reset Database Version, button there is now a prompt for verification.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Gift Certificate tab on the Check Out screen will no longer be visible if the 'Gift Certificate Item Number' setting is empty.
FIXED: Customer Overview: Deleting a sales document will no longer keep the document locked if the document cannot be deleted for any reason.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Saving a line item when using an Item Restriction that has the "Comment" Field Name and "=" Search Operator will no longer cause an "The data types text and varchar are incompatible in the equal to operator" error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Previously, running Dynamics GP's Paid Transaction Removal routine on invoices that had cash receipts applied to them in SalesPad Desktop would sometimes cause the Amount Paid on the invoice to appear double the actual amount. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When special pricing is applied to the sales line and then un-applied, the markdown percent will now be reset to 0.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: The Gift Certificate tab will no longer be visible if the 'Gift Certificate Item Number' setting is empty.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: There was a potential memory leak around the timer used for the AutoRefresh that will no longer be a concern.
Version 4.6.4.14
Release Date 9/16/19
ADDED: Settings: Sales Monitor Refresh Debounce Time - This setting determines the length of time in milliseconds to wait between selecting a batch checkbox and reloading the Sales Monitor. Choose a value that is long enough to allow selecting multiple checkboxes before the Sales Monitor refreshes. (Default: 750)
UPDATED: Import Manager: Imports no longer change primary key fields.
UPDATED: Sales Monitor: There is now a short delay after clicking a batch checkbox and before reloading, in order to cut down on successive loads when multiple checkboxes are checked.
UPDATED: View Changes: The View Changes form now hides UDF values when the user does not have view permissions for the UDFs. (Introduced: 4.6.4.10)
FIXED: Avatax Commit Plugin: Forwarding a sales document will no longer be cancelled when this plugin returns a warning.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Selecting items with image UDFs will no longer cause an "out of memory" exception.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Capture: Using this plugin will now update the Processing Log properly. This will allow users to see when the processing happened and whether it was successful or not.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Charge: Using this plugin will now update the Processing Log properly. This will allow users to see when the processing happened and whether it was successful or not.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When a new line's Item Number was changed from a non-inventory item to an inventory item, the line's Item Master would load improperly, which sometimes resulted in an over-allocation of inventory. This has been corrected.
Version 4.6.4.13
Release Date 9/2/19
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Clicking the Run Now button will now show the component name in the results pop-up box. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: 810 Outbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: 846 Outbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: 855 Outbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: 856 Outbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: 940 Outbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Manual Split: The UI for this plugin has been updated to better conform with similar plugins.
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: Highlighted rows that fall into an Item Restrictions category will now be outlined in the Item Restrictions color.
FIXED: 850 Inbound: When the 'Add Unfulfilled Lines to Package' setting is enabled and the Packaging Generation option is set to Multiple, the packages will now be created correctly. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Clicking the Run Now button and then closing the tab before it finishes will no longer throw an exception. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Interaction Entry: When the 'Email User Task Info' security is enabled, updating an interaction task will now send contact, notes, and start/end date information in the body of the email.
FIXED: Item Lookup: Previously, attempting to delete a small portion of text for most item fields throughout SalesPad Desktop would sometimes force the cursor to move to the end of the item number and delete from there instead. This was caused by the 'Enable Item Suggestion' setting and has been corrected.
FIXED: Manual Split: A number of issues related to backorder quantity not being moved correctly when splitting has been fixed.
FIXED: Manual Split: Attempting to split a non-inventory item by its backorder quantity on a multi-bin enabled environment will no longer cause a fulfillment-related error.
FIXED: Receiving: The Qty To Recv. column value will no longer be changed to zero when a row is selected and the value is empty. (Introduced: 4.6.3.14)
FIXED: Report Designer: Attempting to design a Purchase Receipt Return report will no longer result in an object reference error when the designer opens and closes.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Sales Invoice Return Item Selection: Non-inventory items that do not include the Non-Inventory Item Prefix will now be shown properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: An error that occurs upon making a payment when the Sales Document UDF "sf_CreditCardProcessorName" is blank has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: When using the 'Change Color of Out of Stock Items' security, the focused row would not show what individual cell was focused. Now the cells will be outlined in the color for the focused rows.
FIXED: Sales Document: Shipments and Packages are now properly carried over when transferring to an invoice.
FIXED: Search Screens: Search screens that have a Show Inactive checkbox will now save the check state to the registry. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
Version 4.6.4.12
Release Date 8/20/19
ADDED: 850 Inbound: The CrossDockSalesLine property can now be set outside of the QuantitiesSchedulesLocations group to set the Marked For Location for packages. (Extended Module: SalePadEDI)
ADDED: Security: Import Manager: Table Item Options Allowed - This security lists the options available for the toggle button when importing to the CustomPrice, AlternateItem, and ItemPromo tables. If no options are selected, the Leave option will be used. (Default: "Leave; Clear") (This setting will be removed in 4.6.4.16 and replaced with 'Can Clear Import Table' security.)
ADDED: Security: Sales Entry: Post Copy Script - This is a C# script that executes after a document has been copied.
UPDATED: 000 and 001 Label Requests: Marked For Locations on packages will no longer be required to match a customer address in order to appear on labels. (Extended Module: SalePadEDI)
UPDATED: 000 and 001 Label Requests: The default business object mappings have been updated. (Extended Module: SalePadEDI)
UPDATED: 810 Outbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalePadEDI)
UPDATED: 850 Inbound: The default business object mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalePadEDI)
UPDATED: Business Object Mapping: The default mapping for the 945 outbound has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI Cross Reference: The Customer/Vendor Num field is no longer required for warehouse trading partners for EDI 945. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Line Items: Pasting sales lines will now focus the new line item.
FIXED: Bulk Email: The subject of the email will no longer be the same for each email sent out. (Introduced: 4.6.4.8)
FIXED: Copy Sales Documents: When copying a document from one customer to another, all line item Price Levels will now be updated to the new customer's, if the 'Reprice On Copy' setting is enabled.
FIXED: EDI Processing: EConnect errors that occur during EDI Processing will now be displayed on the screen. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: EDI Processing: It is no longer possible to re-process a successful transaction. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment: An object reference error that occurred when a user without user field edit permissions opens this screen was resolved.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Inventory Adjustment Allocation: An object reference error that occurred when a user without user field edit permissions opens this screen was resolved.
FIXED: Posting Receipts: In very rare situations when batch posting receipts in Dynamics GP, it was possible for the posting window to hang indefinitely. This was caused by a discrepancy between the spxInventoryLotNum table and spxFutureInventoryLotNum table that would cause a procedure to never complete properly. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Quick Report UDFs: Using the where clause "/*Field_Name*/" syntax in a Quick Report UDF will no longer result in an "Incorrect syntax near '='" error on the following screens: Interactions Entry, System User Properties, Prospect Properties, Sales Person Properties, and Sales Territory Properties.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Addresses: New customer addresses created from this screen now default with the values from the Ship To Address, instead of the customer's Primary Address.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fulfilled dropship lines will no longer cause an 'Allocations and fulfillment are not allowed with the document id being used' error if the sales doc ID is set to allocate by none.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fulfillment: An object reference error that occurred when a user without user field edit permissions opens this screen was resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document: Printed Reports: The Amount Due on historical invoices will no longer be incorrect if credit memos or returns have been applied to the document.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The Create Purchase Order and Dynamics GP buttons were not triggering validation events properly when selected. This could cause some fields to be cleared or not updated properly after being edited, and has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Validation events were not being triggered properly when pasting lines to a document. This has been corrected.
FIXED: User Fields: Text UDFs that are edited in the pop-up window will no longer have new lines added. (Introduced: 4.6.4.1)
FIXED: Workflow Rules: The Copy To functionality will no longer duplicate the rule on another Sales Document ID and delete the original rule in certain scenarios.
Version 4.6.4.11
Release Date 8/2/19
UPDATED: View Changes: View Changes now respects ShowCost securities in SalesDocumentLineItems and PurchaseLineItems, and hides values if user does not have permission to view. (Introduced: 4.6.4.10)
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Checkout tab will now respect the 'Can Apply Gift Certificates to Returns' setting.
FIXED: Customer A/R Detail: Original Order Value is now displayed in the functional currency instead of the originating currency, to match up with the rest of the Customer A/R tab.
FIXED: Customer Search: Adding certain columns to the search grid when it is already populated will no longer cause an error.
FIXED: Dispatch: Schedule Route: This plugin no longer shows Routes that have a different Customer Number than the customer on the sales document. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Email: Selecting Enter while typing in the Email Template area will no longer send the email. (Introduced: 4.6.4.8)
FIXED: Google Zip Code Query Handler: Zip codes classified by Google as a "sublocality" or a "neighborhood" will now populate the City field correctly.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfers: The Destination Bin field is now required to process a transfer.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Vendor Item and Alternate Item tabs will now search using the Item field when the 'Enable Item Suggestions' setting is enabled. (Introduced: 4.6.4.8)
FIXED: Inventory Transfers: The Destination Bin field is now required to process a transfer in a multi-bin database.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: The correct GL Account will now be used for non-inventory purchase lines if the Vendors Purchases Account is blank.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: The Comment ID is now updated when a comment is added or removed.
FIXED: Purchase Order: The Comment ID is now updated when a comment is added or removed.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Sales Invoice Return Item Selection: Non-inventory items are now shown on this screen.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Sales Invoice Return Item Selection: The Quantity column, which displayed the Allocated Quantity of the item, has been changed to Invoice Quantity.
FIXED: Receiving: The multi-line right-click pop-up is now functioning as intended. (Introduced: 4.6.3.14)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Avatax Commit Tax: If there are discounts on the sales document, using this plugin will no longer return an error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Document Combiner: Using this plugin on a document that has a Freight or Misc Charge amount will no longer result in the amount being doubled on the combined document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Purchase Order Generation: When using this plugin, Sales Line UDF values are now transferred to matching Purchase Line UDFs.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Document Profitability: Sales Line UDFs are no longer editable on this plugin if the user doesn't have group edit permissions. The object reference error that occurred upon opening the plugin in this scenario has also been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Items: When adding multiple items from the Sales Inventory lookup, the OnRowChanged script will now trigger for all of the items instead of just the first one.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: The On Account amount for historical documents is now displayed in originating currency instead of functional currency, to match up with the rest of the amount columns in the grid.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: When selecting the Snooze button on a Task/Interaction reminder, the time selected for when the user wishes to be reminded again is now respected. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: Settings: Non-recalculating Tax Schedules: Taxes will no longer be calculated if no Sales Tax Query Handler has been selected. (Introduced: 4.6.4.10)
FIXED: Vendor Address Card: The Email field no longer overlaps the Tax Code field.
FIXED: Workflow Rule: The "ITEM FIELD=" workflow condition will now evaluate correctly on sales lines with a non-inventory item. (Introduced: 4.6.4.6)
Version 4.6.4.10
Release Date 7/19/19
ADDED: AutomationAgent Schedule: The ability to schedule a job every x hour(s) between a specified start and end time was added. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Prospects: Contacts: Existing contacts can be linked to a prospect with the Add Existing button, and unlinked from a prospect with the Delete Link button. Linked contacts can be chosen for prospect and opportunity interactions, and when converting a prospect to a customer, the linked contacts will be copied to customer addresses.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt: Users can now set the Type to Inventory Return w/Credit if the purchase receipt is being created from a sales return.
ADDED: Settings: Non-recalculating Tax Schedules: The ability to not calculate taxes on documents, in lieu of using custom tax calculation elsewhere, was added through the use of this new setting. Multiple tax schedules can be specified in a semi-colon delimited list to prevent tax recalculation on documents that have that tax schedule.
ADDED: Save Changes: A new save changes prompt, with a View Changes link and a more specific save changes message, was added. Clicking the hyperlink opens new modal form displaying all changes to the Business Object being saved. This is currently implemented on Customer, SalesDocument, Vendor, and PurchaseOrder Business Objects.
ADDED: Settings: Note Revisions - This stores a history of note revisions for selected Business Objects. (Default: Empty)
ADDED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: There is now a Residential Delivery checkbox that should be checked whenever shipping to a residential address, in order to get the most accurate rates. (Requires ShipCenter 1.2.0.20)
ADDED: Vendor Card: A Vendor Item Setup tab for configuring Vendor Items was added.
UPDATED: Bulk Pick Ticket Report: Lines are now also grouped by Unit of Measure on the default report.
UPDATED: EDI 945: The default Business Object Mapping has been updated. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Historical Sales Line Items: Small speed improvements were made to the Historical Sales Line Items view.
UPDATED: Inbound EDI: The Shipping Method cross reference will now work with the Partner Carrier Routing field. (Extended Module; SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Inventory Item Sales, Customer Item History, Customer Sales Documents, Sales Person Documents, System User Contacts, System User Purchase Orders, System User Sales Documents: Each form now uses the LoadColumns method to help improve performance. They also have been updated to include some missing columns. Unused columns may have been removed.
FIXED: Application: Previously, forms that used a LoadAsync method could silently fail. Now, the error is shown in the Log Messenger.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Assemblies will no longer use existing assembly numbers. (Introduced: 4.6.4.1)
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: The Comments column will now display line breaks when the 'Only Load Visible Columns' security is set to True. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Customer Sales Documents: The 'Can Export Grid' security is now respected.
FIXED: EDI 945: The Shipping Method on the Shipping Header can now be set from the 945. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: EDI 945: The sales document can now be updated from the 945. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Item Sales: The Can Export Grid security is now respected.
FIXED: Pick Ticket Printing: Quantities are now returned in the correct Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: A number of distribution-related issues have been fixed.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Previously, creating a purchase receipt using a sales return with multiple lines that have the same item number would result in an incorrect number of lines being added. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Searching by item number is no longer case-sensitive.
FIXED: Resources: Previously, loading purchase order and sales line item resources would sometimes be a slow process or cause a timeout. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring or voiding a document will now update the RequestForQuote link. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: This screen will no longer take a long time to load if the customer associated with the sales document has a large number of addresses.
FIXED: Sales Document: Previously, the 'Available Shipping Methods' security would cause an Index out of Bounds error if too many Shipping Methods were chosen in the list. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Summary Packing Slip: Previously, incorrect sales lines could be displayed if two documents with the same number existed. This has been corrected.
FIXED: User Fields: An issue where Rich Text UDFs would cause a save prompt even if nothing was changed has been fixed. (Introduced 4.6.4.0)
Version 4.6.4.9
Release Date 7/8/19
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Line Item: The Focused Line Item Inventory grid will no longer attempt to load a local file version if there is no layout saved in the database.
ADDED: Cash Receipt Audit: A Cash Receipt Audit tab has been added to the Cash Receipts screen. Audits are displayed by Customer Number and can be filtered to Open or Historical documents.
ADDED: Cash Receipt: Auditing has been added to cash receipts.
ADDED: Create Return Plugin: This plugin adds an On Row Changed script hook.
ADDED: EDI: 852 EDI documents are now supported. (Extended Module)
ADDED: EDI: 855 EDI documents are now supported. (Extended Module)
ADDED: EDI: An EDI Outbound Scheduler was added. It currently only supports sending EDI 852 documents on a schedule. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: The Inventory tab now includes columns for In Transit To and In Transit Via for each Location.
ADDED: Item Promotions: Include and Exclude fields were added, along with a value list for each. Sales document fields will be evaluated against the Include and Exclude values to determine if the promo should be considered.
ADDED: Security: RFQ Line Items: Can Change Vendor Item Number - This setting allows Vendor Item Numbers to be modified and saved directly from RFQ entry.(Default: True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Back Button: Close Document After Move - When enabled, the document will be closed after it has been moved to the destination queue. (Default: True)
UPDATED: RFQ Line Items: Vendor Item Number and Vendor Item Description are now editable. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Sales Line Item: If the Focused Line Item Inventory information layout fails to load properly, any errors will be logged to the System Log table.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Decimal precision on line price will now be set properly in Dynamics GP 2010.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Max character limit on Return Item Desc is now in line with the Dynamics GP 2010 version.
FIXED: Sales Document: Previously, when GP's Intrastat option is enabled, the EU flag on sales documents was not being set properly. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: The Focused Line Item Inventory information grid will no longer be reset under certain circumstances. A similar issue could happen on the In-transit Transfer lines.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Item Number and Required Ship Date search fields now work properly. (Introduced: 4.6.4.1)
Version 4.6.4.8
Release Date 6/24/19
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: Enable Item Suggestions - This setting now applies to Inventory Lookup and Sales Document Inventory Lookup. Previously, it was always enabled for these two screens, but now the setting is required to be enabled.
ADDED: Configurator: A new Pricing Type called Root Plus Configurator was added. This Pricing Type uses the root item's base price summed with any additional pricing the configured item might have. (Extended Module: Configurator)
ADDED: Email Templates: Email Subject Template: The ability to define subject templates for an email was added. Email Subject Templates will take precedence over any existing Email Subject settings.
ADDED: Equipment Card: A Read Only Item Description field has been added.
ADDED: Sales Document: An Equipment Description field has been added to the Equipment Properties.
ADDED: Security: Blanket Order Release Plugin: On Row Changed Script - This is an On Row Changed script to run after a cell value has changed.
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Split Dropship On Ship To Address Code - Set this to True to split drop-ship sales lines onto separate purchase orders, based on their Ship To Address. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: UPS Address Validation: Automatically Apply Recommendations In Workflow - This setting allows you to specify whether or not to automatically apply changes in workflow when UPS validation responds with a valid recommendation. (Default: False)
ADDED: Workflow Rules: An Example Parameters column was added to the grid.
ADDED: Workflow Rules: Grid layout changes are now saved upon closing the screen.
ADDED: Workflow Rules: Users can now resize this form.
UPDATED: Purchase Advisor: Many small improvements were made in order to improve performance for some users.
UPDATED: Security: Equipment Properties: The 'Allow Item Description Changes' security has been renamed to 'Allow Equipment Description Changes'. The description on the security has been updated as well.
UPDATED: Settings: Show Immediate Drop Down For Suggested Items - The description of this setting has been updated to mention that it requires the 'Enable Item Suggestions' setting to be enabled.
UPDATED: User Fields: Decimal type user fields will now always be aligned to the right.
FIXED: Configurator: The Standard Plus Config pricing now sets the List Price on the Item Master of any newly created configured item to be the same as the root item's List Price. (Extended Module: Configurator)
FIXED: Customer Card: Updating a customer with values from a Customer Class will now update all of the fields seen on the Customer Maintenance Options window in Dynamics GP.
FIXED: Equipment: Saving or transferring equipment will no longer cause the following error: "Procedure or function 'sppUpdateInventorySerialNum' expects parameter '@Serial_Number_Sold', which was not supplied." (Introduced: 4.6.4.4)
FIXED: Equipment Card: Changing the Item Number will now update the Item Description field.
FIXED: Equipment Card: The Equipment Description field was mislabeled as "Item Description". This has been corrected.
FIXED: Equipment Card: The Equipment Description field will no longer show the value of the Item Description if the Equipment Description value is NULL.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfers: Lot transfers can now be performed without receiving the "@Receipt_Seq is not a parameter for procedure sppTransferLotBin" error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.4)
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfers: Serial transfers can now be performed without receiving the "@Serial_Number_Sold is not a parameter of procedure sppTransferSerialBin" error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.4)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: When the account information from an Item Class is applied to an Item Master, the Item Account Costing fields will now be updated.
FIXED: Report Manager: Selecting an opportunity from the Sample Doc dropdown will now properly load the Opportunity and no longer always display a message reading "Invalid opportunity."
FIXED: Report Manager: The Report Manager will now load faster when first opening and when switching between reports.
FIXED: Report Manager: The Sample Doc dropdown will now work and refresh properly. (Introduced: 4.6.4.5)
FIXED: Sales Document: The Equipment Item Description field was mislabeled as "Equipment Description". This has been corrected, and this field is now Read Only.
FIXED: Sales Document: The Equipment Properties fields will now be Read Only on historical/voided documents.
FIXED: Sales Document: The Item Description now properly updates when a Non-Inventory Serial Number is selected.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: An issue where the Package Item Prefix would remove the Item Number after adding a Package from the lookup was corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Kits that contained serial, lot, or multi-bin tracked items were not being properly un-allocated if the line was fully back-ordered. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Convert To BOM: Saving the created BOM no longer results in a message saying "An active BOM already exists for this item. You can have only one active BOM per item."
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Convert To BOM: Saving the created BOM no longer results in a message saying "Enter at least one active component before saving the BOM."
FIXED: Vendor Card: The first Contact Address created is now properly marked as MAIN. This resolves an object reference error that would occur when trying to create a purchase order.
FIXED: Workflow Rule Conditions: Multiple typos in the descriptions for various workflow rule conditions were fixed.
REMOVED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Preserve Line Item Order - This security has been removed because preserving line item order is now the default behavior.
Version 4.6.4.7
Release Date 6/10/19
ADDED: Vendor Special Costing: Support for UDFs on Vendor Special Costing (Custom Costing) was added.
ADDED: Workflow: The Country Code Not Like workflow rule condition was added.
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress was upgraded to version 18.2.8.
UPDATED: Workflow: The description of the Country Not Like workflow rule condition was changed to reflect the functionality of the condition.
FIXED: Application: On Validating Scripts: An On Validating script running will no longer result in reset changes made to fields not handled by the script.
FIXED: EDI 850: Location information for cross-dock orders will now be saved correctly when packages are set to not automatically generate. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: Export To Excel: Certain grids will no longer have an error message stating, "Please check your Excel permissions." when trying to export to Excel in Workflow Setup or anywhere else that error message occurred previously. (Introduced: 4.6.3.6)
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: In some situations when used as a workflow plugin, users could receive a "Cannot insert the value NULL into column 'CONFIRM1'" message when attempting to create a purchase order. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Previously, when creating an Inventory Return type receipt, some fields in the header were editable when they should not have been. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Receiving: There will no longer be an "object null reference" error when using Group By on columns.
FIXED: Report Designer: Adjusting the page height and width will now save properly.
FIXED: Report Designer: An out-of-memory error will no longer occur when opening and closing the Expression Editor multiple times.
FIXED: Sales Document: EOM Payment Terms will now take into account any Add Days specified when calculating the due date.
FIXED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: Rates are no longer retrieved for packages that have been removed, and attempting to save the document after deleting a package no longer causes an error.
FIXED: Shipment: When adding an item to a cross-dock package, the system no longer errors out if that item is the first to be packed. (Extended Module: SalesPad EDI)
FIXED: UPS Address Validation: The zip code will now be correctly formatted to nine digits. (Extended Module: UPS Validation)
FIXED: Vendor Card: Purchasing Graph: Columns to the right the Pivot Grid no longer contain "ERROR." (Introduced 4.6.4.0).
Version 4.6.4.6
Release Date 5/24/19
ADDED: Customer Card: Case Tracker Entries: A Show Historical checkbox has been added. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Customer Special Pricing: Support for UDFs on the Customer Special Pricing tab was added.
ADDED: PayLink: PayLinks can now be created on historical invoices. When these PayLinks are paid by the customer, they will create cash receipts that are then applied to the sales document.
ADDED: Pick Ticket Printing: There is now a Busy Cursor/Busy Object when searching.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Case Tracker Entries: A Show Historical checkbox has been added. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Customer Address Card: Can Change Tax Code - This setting allows a user to change the Tax Code for a customer address. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Allow Free Typing In Sales Rep Search Field - When enabled, the Sales Rep search field will be a free-type text field instead of a dropdown.
ADDED: Security: Smart Printing: Auto Send To Resources - When enabled, a PDF version of any report printed or emailed will automatically be attached to the sales document as a resource.
ADDED: Settings: PayLink Default Cash Receipt Batch ID - This is the default Batch ID used when creating a cash receipt through PayLink.
UPDATED: Customer CRM: The Task Entry pop-up screen is now re-sizable and will save its size. Icons were also added to the Recurring Event/Schedule Again buttons.
UPDATED: Sales Promotion Coupon: When attempting to remove a coupon from a document, the sales document pre-save script will now run.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: A potential memory leak caused by mass forwarding a large amount of documents was fixed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Document imports will no longer duplicate when the original's source is changed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Forwarding a Sales Document ID will now correctly recalculate the batch total and number of transactions for all associated batches. (Extended Module)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Forwarding a batch will now correctly recalculate the batch total and number of transactions. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Customer Search: The search operators on the Statement Name search field now work. Previously, it would always do a Like search, regardless of which operator was selected.
FIXED: Dispatch: Route Entry: An error will no longer occur if this screen is opened when a Dispatch Route Stop UDF is disabled. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Email Template Editor: An error that occurred when using merge fields other than sales document or purchase order merge fields has been resolved. (Introduced 4.6.4.3)
FIXED: Inventory: A kit item's inventory allocated quantity will no longer be reduced when deleting a kit item sales line or deleting a sales document with a kit item on it.
FIXED: Printing: Errors that occurred when attempting to attach reports as resources to documents were not being displayed properly. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when changing rows in certain rare circumstances.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Lookup and Multi-Lookup searches with an empty SQL attribute or without a SQL attribute will no longer throw an exception, but instead provide a helpful message.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: The Trade Discount field will no longer change to zero upon saving the document.
FIXED: Returns: Fulfillment quantities on returned lot-tracked items will no longer have incorrect decimal values.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When the 'Enable MultiCurrency Formatting' setting is True and the Discount Percent field is updated, the Discount Amount field will no longer revert to 0.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Manufacturing links were not splitting properly when splitting on quantity backorder. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Promotion Coupon: If the sales document pre-save script unsuccessfully executes when the plugin is closed, any recently applied coupon will now be removed.
FIXED: Search Screens: The 'Max Results Limit' security will now be respected if there is no corresponding registry value. The Max Results registry value will only be saved/loaded if the user has the 'Can Change Max Results' security enabled. The workaround is to delete the corresponding search screen's MaxResults registry value. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Thomson Reuters OneSource: The 'OneSource Company Role' setting was removed. This value will now always be set to Seller for all sales orders. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Workflow: Workflow procedures have been reconfigured to increase performance.
Version 4.6.4.5
Release Date 5/10/19
ADDED: Customer Address: Using Google Zip Query validation will now return an error when using an invalid Google API Key.
ADDED: PO Selection: Functionality that allows users to link purchase orders to a purchase receipt was added.
ADDED: Receipt Search: Security: Can Create New Receipts - This security allows users to create new purchase receipts. (Default: False)
ADDED: Receipt Search: The New Receipt dropdown button allows users to create Shipment and Shipment/Invoice purchase receipts.
ADDED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Purchase Orders: The Receipt Transaction Entry card now has a Purchase Orders tab that displays linked purchase orders and allows adding/removing purchase order links from a purchase receipt.
ADDED: Sales Shipment: Sales line user fields are now available on the grid as read-only columns that can be selected from the column chooser.
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Prompt For Reorder PO Number - If True, a prompt to enter the customer's purchase order number will appear when adding a new reorder. (Default: True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Receipt Transaction Entry: Can Forward Receipts - This security allows users to forward purchase receipts using workflow. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Receipt Transaction Line Items: Unreceived Line Color - This is the color of a receipt line that has not been fully received. (Default: Red)
ADDED: Security: Receipt Transaction Properties: Allow Edit - This security allows users to edit fields on the purchase receipt header. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Receipt Transaction Properties: Default Receipt Batch - This is the default receipt batch for new receipt transactions. (Default: SALESPAD RC)
ADDED: Security: Receipt Transaction Properties: Default Shipment Invoice Receipt Workflow Queue - This is the default workflow queue where new Shipment/Invoice receipts will be placed. If no value is provided, the 'Default Receipt Batch' security value will be used to populate the new Shipment/Invoice receipt workflow queue. (No Default)
ADDED: Security: Receipt Transaction Properties: Default Shipment Receipt Workflow Queue - This is the default workflow queue where new Shipment receipts will be placed. If no value is provided, the 'Default Receipt Batch' security value will be used to populate the new Shipment Receipt workflow queue. (No Default)
ADDED: Settings: Generate Pack Slip Number on Print or Email - This setting, when set to 'true', will generate the next packing slip number for the sales document if it doesn't already exist. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Generate Pick Ticket Number on Print or Email - When enabled, generate the next pick ticket number for the sales document when printing a pick ticket. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Close Receipt On Forward - This setting closes the purchase receipt automatically after it is forwarded to another queue. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Application: Columns that use a lookup editor, such as Item Number or Warehouse, will now have the filter mode for their auto-filter row defaulted to Display Text. This can be changed to the previous filter mode of Value by right-clicking the column and changing the filter mode. This is saved as part of the layout for the grid and does not apply to grids that use a tree layout, such as Assembly grids.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: The Backspace key will now delete highlighted text, instead of selecting more text.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: When using the Item Suggestion settings, the Backspace key will now delete highlighted text, instead of selecting more text.
UPDATED: Sales Entry: When using the Item Suggestion settings, the Backspace key will now delete highlighted text, instead of selecting more text.
FIXED: Report Designer: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when deleting objects within the designer and then attempting to save. (Introduced: 4.6.4.3)
FIXED: Consolidated Shipment: When sending an EDI 810 file from a consolidated shipment, the invoice numbers will now be populated correctly on the file. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Customer Search: Searching using multiple search criteria will be more consistent. (This change affects all search screens.) (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: EDI 856: Sending kit components on the 856 will no longer cause a crash. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Group Pricing: User Field Quick Reports will no longer throw a Null Reference Exception on the Group Pricing Item Details grid.
FIXED: Item Configurator: Making a change to a configured item while the Export Sequence smart field is set to sf_CfgKey will no longer cause other Item Configured lines to have their sf_CfgKey user field improperly set.
FIXED: Item Pricing: A small optimization was made to the way item pricing is retrieved, in order to reduce the number of hits made to the database and increase speed. This change mainly affects scripts and some custom modules.
FIXED: Landed Cost: If the currency of a landed cost does not match the currency of the receipt, the landed cost will no longer have an exchange rate applied to it.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Adding a line item from the Item lookup will now trigger the On Row Changed script.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When a purchase order is copied, the Required Date, Promised Date, and Promised Ship Date on the copied line items will now be set to the current date.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Purchase orders will now be properly marked as received if the remaining quantity of a partially received line is cancelled and the Unit of Measure of that line is not in the base Unit of Measure.
FIXED: RMA Search: Not having the Sales Doc Type column in the grid will no longer result in a "Sales_Doc_Type does not belong to the table" error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: RMA Search: The Sales Document link will now properly open the document.
FIXED: Report Manager: The RMA report no longer errors out when entering or exiting the Report Designer.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Convert To BOM: The components of the BOM will now be displayed in the BOM Entry window.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: Searching will be faster now, especially in conjunction with the securities that restrict warehouse, document type, or batches.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: Updating fields or adding lines to a large number of documents will no longer crash SalesPad Desktop or result in an Out Of Memory exception.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: When updating documents, the Status menu now says "Updating" instead of "Allocating."
FIXED: Setup Wizard: If the Show Release Notes box is checked when the app has finished installing, the correct web page will open.
FIXED: UPS Address Validation: The Sales Document Workflow Address Validation plugin will now stop forwarding through workflow if there are changes recommended by UPS that should be made. (Extended Module: UPSValidation)
FIXED: Vendor Search: The Address Code field is no longer a false link.
Version 4.6.4.4
Release Date 4/26/19
ADDED: Cancel PayLink: This allows the user to cancel all unpaid PayLinks associated with the document.
ADDED: Purchase Receipts: Distributions and variances for purchase receipts will now function properly.
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric Post Transaction Script - This setting executes after a PayFabric Transaction object is created on payments or batch processing.
UPDATED: User Fields: Users can now rename labels on all User Field tabs if the user field's label is empty in User Field Editor. This change will be saved to the tab's layout.
FIXED: Customer Notes: The Comment and Notes fields will now longer clear out upon a save if the the last remembered tab was a different tab than the current tab.
FIXED: Dashboard Maintenance: An issue where custom dashboards could freeze the app upon loading this screen has been resolved.
FIXED: Dispatch: Driver Board: An issue where changes to Routes would sometimes not save has been resolved. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Dispatch: Route Entry: Deleting a Route will now also delete its sales document links. (Extended Module)
FIXED: EDI Processing: Special XML-related characters will be read correctly when an XML file is viewed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: New Customer Special Pricing: The Unit of Measure's dropdown options will no longer always display with upper-case letters.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Fulfillment: The Available grid will no longer display inventory that has been sold or transferred to another warehouse. Fulfilling these items could cause issues with inventory. These issues can be corrected with an Inventory Reconcile in Dynamics GP.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: In some situations, the Orig Qty Remaining field would not take into account quantity that has been sold or transferred to a different warehouse. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Comments: Clearing out a Dynamics GP comment on a document and then transferring the document will no longer result in the comment reappearing on the new document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Schedule Route: The Dispatch sales document link will no longer be silently created when there are more than one potential Routes to be linked. The user will have the option to select which Routes to link. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Person Card: An issue where custom Sales Person dashboards could freeze the app upon loading the Sales Person card has been resolved.
Version 4.6.4.3
Release Date 4/12/19
ADDED: Printed Forms: The ability to make unique document numbers across pick tickets and packing slips was added.
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric: EMV Timeout - This setting prompts the user to close the EMV connection screen after a certain period of time (in milliseconds). Set to 0 to disable. (Default: 180000)
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric Post Transaction Script - This setting executes after a PayFabric Transaction object is created on Payments and Batch Processing.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Copying a sales document that has a blank Tax Schedule will now pull the current address's Tax Schedule. Econnect will set this during the save. This also fixes a bug where third party tax engines (Avatax, Thomson Reuters, etc) would not be calculated on the first save but the Tax Schedule would be set during the save.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The Date Range validation now occurs when searching, instead of when entering date ranges. This was changed so that it would be easier to enter a Historical date range.
FIXED: Dispatch Route Search: The Location search field will no longer throw an "Invalid column" error when used. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Email Template Editor: The Rich Text Memo UDF merge fields no longer cause unexpected line breaks or font issues.
FIXED: PayFabric: Splitting a document will now update any authorizations on that document to the new document in Credit Card Advantage.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: When clicking the Search button multiple times, there will no longer be an "Object reference" type exception targeting the CustomColumnDisplayText.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: The Vendor search field will no longer throw an "Invalid column" error when used. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Report Designer: A memory leak that occurred when opening and closing the Report Designer multiple times has been resolved.
FIXED: Returns: COG distribution entries will no longer be incorrect if all items do not use the same COGs account. This was a SQL stored procedure update. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: RMA Search: The New button now works properly. (Extended Module) (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: RMA Search: There will no longer be a "Return_Type_Record does not belong to table error" when searching. The workaround is to add the Return Type Record and Source columns to the grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Create RFQ From Sales Doc: Non-inventory items are now included in the Create RFQ screen, regardless of Sales Document Type. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Search: The Customer field now properly searches on both Customer Name and Customer Number. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Search Screens: The Vendor search, Purchase Order search, Resource search, and System Log search fields now have the Clear/Reset Search buttons. (Introduced 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Vendor Search: The Phone and Contact search fields will no longer throw an "Invalid column" error when used. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
REMOVED: Item Inventory: The In Transit column was unused and has been removed.
Version 4.6.4.2
Release Date 3/29/19
UPDATED: BOM Search: The Distributions BOM search screen now uses the new search screen functionalities. (See 4.6.4.0 release notes)
UPDATED: Group Pricing: When using the Copy To functionality for groups other than items, there is now a log message showing any errors that may have occurred.
UPDATED: Recurring Sales Generator: The Cutoff Date, Build List, Generate, and Generate Endless to Cutoff Date controls have been moved to a tool strip on the Documents tab. This was done for conformity and usability reasons. No functionality changes were made.
UPDATED: Recurring Sales Generator: The Generate Endless to Cutoff Date is now automatically checked when the form is opened.
FIXED: Assembly Search: Searching with UDFs in the grid will no longer result in an "Invalid cast" error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: An issue where stopping the AutomationAgent service would sometimes cause the Remote Library service to stop has been fixed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Backordered Items Report: When using the split plugin in workflow with a document that has been split for the first time, clicking the Release & Allocate button will no longer result in a message about the document already existing in History.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: Case Tracker resources can now be printed.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When using the 'Auto Increment Quantity' security, deleting an item from a sales document will no longer prevent that same item from being re-added to the document.
FIXED: Dashboard Maintenance: Free-typing in the Dataset column has been disabled. This will prevent invalid datasets from being entered into the column, which could cause "The given key was not present in the dictionary" errors.
FIXED: Dispatch Route: After creating a Dispatch Route UDF, opening a Route will no longer result in an "Invalid cast" error. (NOTE: This is a SQL view fix which does not require an upgrade.) (Extended Module)
FIXED: Group Pricing: Item Quantity start/end can now be properly changed. This fix includes a better error message when unable to save the changes. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: PayFabric Payments: Phone numbers with letters in the number will no no longer result in the EMV payment to succeeding but the payment not processing in SalesPad Desktop.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Generator: The correct number of documents to be created will now be displayed to the user when generating documents from a definition that is set to Endless.
FIXED: Remote Library: An issue where stopping the Remote Library service would sometimes cause the AutomationAgent service to stop has been fixed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Entry: When purchasing from a sales document with the Close when PO is Created checkbox not checked in the Choose Purchase Plan window, directly forwarding after purchasing will no longer lose the PO links in scenarios where workflow manipulates the document.
FIXED: Sales Inventory Lookup: The Alternate Items sub tabs will now display the same way as the Inventory lookup.
FIXED: Search Screens: The "An item with the same key has already been added." error will no longer be thrown when using DateTime UDFs. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
REMOVED: Email Template Editor: The Customer Address merge field dropdown has been removed on sales document email templates.
Version 4.6.4.1
Release Date 3/15/19
BREAKING CHANGE: AutomationAgent: A security was added to the AutomationAgent Service form. (Extended Module)
ADDED: EDI 945: A checkbox was added to the Business Object Mapping screen to allow for completing the fulfillment on a sales document. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: There is now a busy cursor and busy message when multi-selecting and fulfilling.
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment: The Fulfillment Details grid's layout will now be saved for serial, lot, and multi-bin tracked items.
ADDED: Settings: AvaTax Sales Document Fields To Check - When saving a sales document, SalesPad will check the sales document fields specified here to determine whether tax needs to be re-calculated for the document.
ADDED: Settings: AvaTax Sales Line Item Fields To Check - When saving a sales document, SalesPad will check the sales line fields specified here to determine whether tax needs to be re-calculated for the document.
ADDED: Settings: Default Months For Historical Sales Items - This setting defines the previous number of months that SalesPad will search to suggest historical items on sales lines, purchase lines, and inventory lookup forms. (Default: 24)
ADDED: Settings: Enable Item Suggestions - When enabled for a user/group, item numbers on sales line and purchase line will be suggested. (Default: (NONE))
ADDED: Settings: Suggest Historical Non Inventory Sales Items - When enabled, the item suggestion list will include historical non-inventory items on sales lines, purchase lines, and inventory lookup forms. (Default: False)
UPDATED: EDI Outbound Processing: A more descriptive error will now be logged when there is bad data found in the business object mapping. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI Processing: While the process is running, connection issues will now be handled better and error messages will be logged on the screen. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: Multi-selecting and fulfilling now happens faster, and is mostly noticeable when there are large quantity of serials being fulfilled.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: Auditing is better in multiple scenarios.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: Code was combined to create more consistent actions and logging when saving for each action.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: Searching is much faster and only loads the visible columns.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Allocating button no longer requires the 'Unblock and Allocate' security to be enabled if the items being allocated are not blocked items.
UPDATED: Settings: 'Show Immediate Drop Down For Suggested Items' is no longer Beta and works for sales line and purchase line item entry. (Default: (NONE))
UPDATED: Settings: The 'Prompt For Credit Card Payments' setting's description has been updated to more accurately describe its functionality.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: An issue where a new assembly would sometimes be saved with an existing Assembly ID has been resolved.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Unit Price on line items added from the Inventory Lookup will now be rounded to the correct currency decimal places.
FIXED: EDI Business Object Mapping: Importing mappings will now correctly create the mapping fields. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
b: EDI Processing: When using an EDI Schedule with an end date that has passed, the process will now stop instead of looping forever. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
FIXED: Equipment Auto Assign: If the last document associated with the equipment is a return, the assigned customer will be cleared out.
FIXED: Equipment Card: The customer assigned to the equipment will now match what is shown on the Equipment Lookup screen.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Hitting the Enter key will now add a new line item.
FIXED: Intrastat: An issue where the Country text box wouldn't populate correctly was fixed.
FIXED: KwikTag: An issue with the database update failing has been fixed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Kwiktag: An error that occurred when trying to log into the KwikTag server has been fixed. (Extended Module) (Introduced: 4.6.3.15)
FIXED: PayFabric: If the 'Allow Overcharge' setting is disabled for their security group, users will no longer be able to capture values greater than the sales document's On Account value.
FIXED: Purchasing: Choose Purchase Plan: When a purchase order is created from a sales document and the first sales line item has a vendor, the rest of the purchase order lines will have their vendor updated to match that vendor before the purchase order is saved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Previously, the 'Prompt For Credit Card Payments' setting could cause an infinite loop in certain scenarios. This has been fixed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Related Documents: Having this tab focused and switching to a new tab will no longer result in a null reference error. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: In some scenarios, the Available To Pick grid's layout could be overwritten by another Item Type's layout. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: The Inventory Account index will now be set properly for dropship sales lines when Dynamics GP's 'Posting Accounts From' setting is set to Customer. This is a procedure change.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Previously, entering a partial item number and tabbing or navigating to the Inventory Lookup would auto-complete to the first item and search on that item. This issue could be circumvented by turning off the 'Enable Inventory Auto Complete Setting'. This functionality will now work as intended and search on the partial item number. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: Manipulating large documents or a large number of line items will no longer end with an Out of Memory exception.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Event Log viewer will now properly display results.
FIXED: Sales Person Search: The New Sales Person button now works. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Search Screens: The 'Can Create' Securities on the Customer, Vendor, Assembly, Prospect and Opportunity search screens now work properly. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
FIXED: Smart Printing: The Fax_UDF field will now properly save.
FIXED: UDFs: Value Option UDFs that are marked as Read Only will no longer contain the Delete button. The workaround is to deny edit permissions.
FIXED: Vendor Search: Vendor Name is now searched by default again. (Introduced: 4.6.4.0)
DELETED: KwikTag: An unneeded reference was deleted. (Extended Module)
Version 4.6.4.0
Release Date 3/1/19
BREAKING CHANGE: Search Screens: Registry values will be reset and are now saved in screen-specific folders in the registry.
BREAKING CHANGE: Search Screens: Sub-securities may have been reset for some search screens.
BREAKING CHANGE: Search Screens: The Export To Excel and Print with Preview options on grids' orange triangle menu is now driven by security and disabled by default.
BREAKING CHANGE: Search Screens: There is no longer a Prior Months field. This is driven by a security which limits the month date range limit for the new date range fields (when applicable).
BREAKING CHANGE: Application: .NET 4.7.2 is now required. This will be installed during the application installation if it is not already installed. Please refer to Microsoft .NET framework system requirements for OS limitations.
UPDATED: Sales Document Mass Update: The restriction of only being able to add items to orders was removed. Items can now be added to orders, quotes, returns, or invoices.
UPDATED: Search Screens: All of the search screens now share a base security which give the same options across all search screens. A few sub-securities are not available on every screen based on usability and functionality parameters.
UPDATED: Search Screens: Most search screens have been made more uniform and use a base search screen.
UPDATED: Search Screens: Search screens now properly use themes.
UPDATED: Search Screens: Search screens will now perform a search when a new column is added to the grid. Users no longer will need to manually re-search to populate these columns.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The prompt to continue on large searches will only show up if you are going to exceed the max results limit.
UPDATED: Thomson Reuters: The integration now works with more recent versions of the tax service. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: User Fields: Load speed for forms that have Customer Lookup user fields on them was improved.
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress has been upgraded to 18.2.6.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The Dynamics GP button now supports BACKORDER document types.
ADDED: Search Screens: Each field has a search operator associated with the field. (Is Like, Begins With, Equals, etc)
ADDED: Search Screens: Screens that have a date range also have the option to change what field the date range will search on. This field is saved to the registry.
ADDED: Search Screens: The date range area has an option to pick a date range such as Today, Yesterday, or Last Week. This range is limited based on security for prior months allowed. For example, if you can search only nine months then you will not see Last Year.
ADDED: Search Screens: There is now a Clear button on all search screens that will clear the fields.
ADDED: Search Screens: There is now a Custom Search field option available which allows users to search on any specified search field.
ADDED: Search Screens: There is now a Reset Search sub-option on the Clear button. This button will reset all search operators and the date fields.
ADDED: Search Screens: There is now a date range on screens where date range is appropriate.
ADDED: Settings: Enable Inventory Auto Complete - When enabled for a user group, the item number will auto-complete from the dropdown list of suggested items on the inventory lookup form.
ADDED: Settings: Show Immediate Drop Down For Suggested Items - When enabled for a user group, suggested items will become a dropdown on the inventory lookup form that will auto-complete.
FIXED: Bulk Fax: The 'Remove GP Trailing Zeros' setting is now respected. This change also dictates that fax numbers be numeric. Fax numbers will be un-formatted if necessary. NOTE: This functionality previously existed as a Smart Printing work-around solution.
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: The screen will properly pull Case Tracker detail UDFs.
FIXED: Customer Search: When used as a lookup mode, two searches will not be performed when loading.
FIXED: Equipment Card: Rental Order: Using this action when only one Sales Document ID exists for the Order Sales Document Type will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Grid UDF's: The Multi-select Value Option UDF will no longer clear out when using the dropdown.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: An issue where some fields would revert to default values when an existing item is edited was resolved. (Introduced: 4.6.3.13)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Changing the Item Class on an existing item will no longer roll down the UofM Schedule, Valuation Method, Item Type, or Tracking Type.
FIXED: Returns: Fee and Misc Charge type items' Extended Cost will no longer be added to any inventory or cost-of-goods distribution entries.
FIXED: Returns: Inventory distribution entries for multi-currency documents will no longer be incorrect if all items do not have the same inventory account.
FIXED: Send Email: The Enter key can now be used to send an email.
FIXED: UDF's: When copying Value Option type UDFs (including multiselect), the values will now copy regardless of the target UDF's value options list.
REMOVED: Search Screens: Light Search and the 'Only Load Visible Columns' security were removed. By default, only columns that are visible are loaded.
REMOVED: Search Screens: There is no longer a Starts With field. This has been replaced with field-specific search operators.
Version 4.6.3.16
Release Date 2/15/19
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Entry: When security to allow saving Historical/Voided documents is enabled, the 'Queue Access' security and the WorkFlow Readonly flag are no longer respected. UDFs will be editable regardless of what queue they are in.
ADDED: Customer Search Screen: Checkboxes for selecting specific Address Types were added.
ADDED: PayFabric Logging: Logging to discern when a user clicks credit or debit on the EMV transaction screen was added.
ADDED: PayFabric: A method to retrieve the signature for the last PayFabric transaction on a document was added. This method is designed for sales document reports, and documentation can be found on our website.
ADDED: Security: Allow Alternate Customer Number Row Colors - This security enables alternating row colors on the Customer Search results grid. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Items: On Row Paste Script - This is a C# script that executes when a line item is pasted to a document. If multiple lines are pasted, this script will run for each line.
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Quick Report: Default Filter - When set to Sales Doc Num, the quick report will filter based on the current sales document number. When set to Item Number, the quick report will filter based on the currently selected line item number.
ADDED: Settings: Use FedEx For 12 Digit Numeric Tracking Numbers - When set to True, 12-digit numeric tracking numbers will be considered FedEx.
UPDATED: Application: Even rows in grids are now themed properly.
UPDATED: Item Maintenance: The Price Level Maintenance tab will now have the Price Level dropdown sorted alphabetically.
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: 'Can Edit Historical Userfields' was renamed to 'Can Edit Historical/Voided Userfields', to match the functionality. The description also has been updated.
UPDATED: Security Editor: Speed was improved for when changing security groups.
UPDATED: Security Editor: The number of hits to the database when loading the form, adding a user, or deleting a user was reduced.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Assembly S/L Allocation: Users will no longer receive an error if, when allocating a serial number, different items have that same serial number in the same location.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Pre-save scripts will now respect code to cancel the save.
FIXED: Configurator: Users are now able to tab through options fields and use keyboard input correctly when on the Configurated Item entry screen. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Customer Card: Contract Pricing: Customer Contract data will now load more quickly.
FIXED: Manufacturing Detail Report: This report will no longer throw an error when opening up the Scripts Code editor in the Report Designer. If a custom report is having this issue, it will need to be remade from a copy of the stock version. (Extended Module)
FIXED: PayFabric: Debit Card EMV transactions will now properly lock down the control box.
FIXED: PayLink: PayLinks will now take into account existing payments on documents.
FIXED: Remote Library: Users can now have multiple instances of Remote Library running in different databases.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the Ship To Address field on the header will now more consistently prompt for other changes as needed, such as Sales Rep, Warehouse, and Shipping Method.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: 12-digit FedEx tracking number hyperlinks will now take users to the FedEx website instead of the Tracking Number Catch All URL, as long as the 'Use FedEx For 12 Digit Numeric Tracking Numbers' setting is set to True. (Introduced: 4.6.3.6)
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: When the Save Editable securities are enabled, UDFs are only editable for Historical and Void documents. Previously, they would be editable on Historical/Voided documents, but the document could not be saved.
FIXED: Sales Line Promotions: Changing the quantity of a line item with a promotion will now remove the promotion's markdown amount or percent from all related lines if the promotion's criteria is no longer met.
FIXED: Third Party Billing: Users with the 'Use Shipment Suffix' setting disabled will no longer receive a "CUSTNMBR does not exist" error when attempting to partially invoice using the Third Party Billing plugin.
REMOVED: Sales Document User Fields: Security - 'Allow Historical Edit' was removed. These Sales Document Entry securities are now respected: 'Can Save Historical Documents' and 'Can Save Void Documents'.
Version 4.6.3.15
Release Date 2/4/19
ADDED: Security: AutomationAgent Audit: An Automation Audit tab was added to Automation Instance cards. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Entry: Save Before Deletion - When enabled, a save prompt will appear before deleting a sales document with unsaved changes. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Purchase Advisor: The Vendor field in the Purchase Plan section is now a dropdown.
FIXED: Database Update: The post-SQL script to populate the spNextNumbers table with the initial SSCC serial numbers will no longer run indefinitely in certain situations.
FIXED: KwikTag: An NLog reference was added to fix KwikTag Authentication (current users will just need to put the NLog dll in their installation folder).
FIXED: Manufacturing: MO Search: The text in the bottom left of this screen now says "Searching for MOs...". (Extended Module)
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Using the Create All Purchase Plans button will no longer lead to purchase orders being created with the incorrect Vendor Name if the vendor on the plan was changed.
FIXED: Sales Doc Payment: All grid layouts will now be saved and loaded properly.
FIXED: Sales Doc Payment: The Date field will now display the Doc Date value of the selected existing payment instead of always showing today's date. This change only affects non-CardControl builds.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Add Item: This plugin now works when triggered from workflow.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Third Party Billing: Invoices generated from the Third Party Billing plugin will now use the Third Party Billing customer's Bill To Email Address.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Interaction Entry: Sales Document Number is now shown when editing an Interaction that is linked to a Void/Historical sales document.
FIXED: TeleSales: The Customer Num column is a link again. (Introduced: 4.6.2.6) (Extended Module)
Version 4.6.3.14
Release Date 1/18/19
ADDED: Assembly Allocation: Added the ability to view serial and lot user fields.>
ADDED: Assembly Allocation: Added the ability to remove multiple allocations by holding down the SHIFT key.
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Action Center: A column called "Other Details" was added to the grid. This column contains a link to the Other_Details field when clicked. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Sales Document Plugin: Generate Missing SSCC Numbers: When run, the plugin will generate all missing SSCC numbers for packages associated with that sales document. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: EDI Get Labels: The SSCC number will now be populated on packages that are missing it when labels are retrieved. (Extended Module: SalesPadEDI)
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: If using "Forward After Print", the screen will refresh after printing and forwarding occurs.
FIXED: Customer Address: Dynamics GP2013 or newer will no longer truncate the "Alt Company Name" parameter in the sppUpdateCustomerAddr stored procedure. (Introduced: 4.6.3.12)
FIXED: Application: Changes were made in order to help with some potential deadlock scenarios on table SY00500 when saving sales documents.
FIXED: Assembly Allocation: 'Selected Lot' and 'Expiration Date' columns are now read-only.
FIXED: AvaTaxQueryHandler: The "" '' is not a column of 'SalesLineItem'" error will no longer happen if the the 'Calculate Tax Field' setting is not set.
FIXED: Bulk Printing: There will no longer be a "Controls created on one thread cannot be parented to a control on a different thread" error when the Forward After Printing checkbox is checked. This error can be avoided by turning off the 'Allow Background Printing' setting. (Introduced: 4.6.3.9)
FIXED: Customer Card: Clearing the customer note will now correctly delete the note.
FIXED: Customer Card: Item History: Historical Sales Lines using a non-functional currency will now display the originating currency's Price and Cost values.
FIXED: Customer Card: Updating any value of a customer will no longer create a blank note.
FIXED: Dispatch: Changes to Route Stop appointment times now save correctly.
FIXED: Equipment Maintenance: Properties: The values in the Equipment Type dropdown will no longer contain extra white space.
FIXED: Equipment Search: Generate Equipment Contracts: The "Equipent" typo has been fixed.
FIXED: Equipment Search: Generate Equipment Contracts: The window the pops up when generating contracts now reads "Would you like to Generate Equipment Contracts for the serials?" instead of "Would you like to Renew Equipment Contracts for the serials?".
FIXED: Equipment Search: Generate/Renew Equipment Contracts: Not setting a value in the Expiration/End date fields will no longer cause an "SqlDateTime overflow" error when the user clicks OK.
FIXED: Equipment Search: When generating or renewing equipment contracts, the values in the 'Equipment Type' setting are now matched with the types in the 'Valid Equipment Types For Contracts' security, regardless of letter casing.
FIXED: Import Manager: It's no longer possible to import Vendor Items with a blank Vendor ID.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The data in the User Fields tab is now cleared if a non-inventory item is searched for.
FIXED: Manufacturing Order Card: Scripting will now correctly assign values to Manufacturing Order Properties fields that have been modified through scripts.
FIXED: PayFabric: Failing to connect to an EMV terminal will no longer result in the PayFabric window being unable to be closed.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users who have no EMV devices set up in their PayFabric Portal will no longer receive a "doCredit is undefined" error. (Introduced: 4.6.3.13)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase Line Distribution Entry: GP Account Format setting 'Separate with' is now respected. Database update is required for changes to take effect.
FIXED: Quick Reports: The column header height has been increased for captions that are split into two rows.
FIXED: Receiving: Dynamics GP 2010 users will no longer receive "Invalid object name PA43001" errors when receiving non-inventory items. This was an eConnect SQL change and does not require upgrading. (spptaPopRcptLineInsert_SalesPad)
FIXED: Resources: An out of memory exception that could occur after attaching many resources has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document GP Attachments: Edited resources in SalesPad will no longer be updated incorrectly if flow is turned off in Dynamics GP. Previously, this could cause an "Illegal address for field Origin" error when posting the document.
FIXED: Sales Order Entry: Sales Line Distribution Entry: The Dynamics GP Account Format 'Separate with' setting is now respected. A database update is required for changes to take effect.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: An issue with the Auto Filter Row in the Coupon grid has been resolved.
FIXED: Security: Equipment Management Auto Assign Serial: Multiple typos in the description have been fixed.
FIXED: User Defined Fields: When UDFs that use Value Options and share the same name are copied to a new business object, they will now properly copy if their options had new line characters, for example, Copy Customer.xUdf -> SalesDocument.xUdf (Introduced: 4.6.3.10)
REMOVED: AutomationAgent: The Other Details box was removed from the Action Center formlet. This box showed contents of the Other_Details field for every error. (Extended Module)
Version 4.6.3.13
Release Date 12/21/18
ADDED: Credit Card Device: Pax's PX7 has been added to the list of supported devices.
ADDED: PayFabric: Additional logging was added for when the 'PayFabric Logging' setting is enabled.
ADDED: PayFabric: Created By/On and Updated By/On fields have been added to PayFabric transactions.
ADDED: Request For Quote: RFQ Entry: A Related RFQs tab has been added. This tab shows all RFQs with the same Master Number. RFQs can be removed from or added to the chain from this tab. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Convert Opportunity To Quote: Convert Status - When set, the opportunity's status will be flipped to this status upon conversion. If the status is a Historical status, then the opportunity will also be marked as Historical.
ADDED: Security: Interaction Entry: An 'Allow Layout Customization' security has been added.
UPDATED: Kit Exploder: This plugin can now be triggered from the AutomationAgent service.
UPDATED: Request For Quote: All RFQs generated at the same time will now have the same Master Number. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Request For Quote: Generating a PO from an RFQ will now prompt to cancel all other related RFQs. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Security: Sales Document Manufacturing Orders: "Requires Manufacturing extended module" has been added to the 'Can Remove Link' security description.
FIXED: Customer Special Pricing: Unit of Measure is now accounted for in the cost calculation.
FIXED: In Transit Transfers: Changing the UofM or Qty Fulfilled value after a serial, lot, or bin-tracked item has been fulfilled will now properly reset the field to its previous value.
FIXED: In Transit Transfers: If the destination site has a location segment specified but the from site does not, GL account specification will now still use the appropriate location override for the destination site.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Item Properties: Unsaved changes will no longer be pulled back from Item Maintenance if the user cancels the changes.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Capture: Batch Capture will now work with the 'Export To Credit Card Advantage' setting.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Charge: Batch Charge will now work with the 'Export to Credit Card Advantage' setting.
FIXED: PayFabric Cash Receipt: The PayFabric hosted page can no longer be closed once an EMV transaction has been started. Users will need to cancel the transaction on the EMV Terminal or let the transaction time out.
FIXED: PayFabric Cash Receipt: The transaction amount fields (EMV and Manual) are no longer editable.
FIXED: PayFabric: Pressing Enter multiple times on the Manual Credit Card Entry screen will no longer result in multiple attempts to submit the transaction.
FIXED: PayFabric: The Credit and Create GP Payment buttons will now be disabled on historical and voided documents.
FIXED: PayFabric: The PayFabric hosted page can no longer be closed once an EMV transaction has been started. Users will need to cancel the transaction on the EMV Terminal or let the transaction time out. The previous fix for this issue was discovered to not work in some users' environments.
FIXED: Receiving: Lines to receive can now be saved if the Unit Cost field wasn't changed and the purchase order is locked. This applies when the 'Write Back Cost' security is True.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: An error will no longer occur if the Line Items tab is not the default tab and requested ship changes roll to the line items before loading the tab.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: An issue where tiered sales document promotions were not applied when Freight or Misc Amount was added to the total has been resolved.
FIXED: Smart Printing Maintenance: Saving while the grid is grouped by a column will no longer cause an object reference error.
Version 4.6.3.12
Release Date 12/7/18
ADDED: Receiving Form: If the screen is closed when there are still lines set up to be received, a prompt will appear reminding the user and giving the option to cancel the close.
ADDED: Sales Document Promotions: The Promo plugin will now preserve window size and splitter location.
ADDED: Security: PayFabric Batch Charge - If enabled, when charging a document, the system will attempt to charge a card that was used to previously authorize the document. The charge amount will be for the remaining total of the document, and not for the authorization total. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Excel Import: Non Inventory Override - When enabled, items that do not exist will be marked as Non-inventory. This overrides any flags in the Excel file or the Non-inventory Item prefix check. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: Pack Kit Instead of Components - When enabled, kit items will be packed, rather than kit components. Warning: Enabling this setting may cause conflicts with packing in DataCollection and ShipCenter. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Default Purchasing Email Subject Line Format - The CustomerName and CustomerNumber options have been added.
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric: Prompt User When Closing Unprocessed Transaction - When set to True, attempting to close the PayFabric window without processing a transaction will prompt the user to confirm. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Show Zero Dollar Auth On Payment Link - If enabled, it updates the payment link on sales documents that have a zero dollar PayFabric authorization. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: A Historical banner will now be shown on historical cases. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: EDI Processing: When files are grabbed from the FTP folder, they will now be ordered by Last Write Time, so that older documents will process first.
UPDATED: Sales Document Manual Split: The Ship Qty column has been renamed to Split Qty.
UPDATED: Sales Entry Quick Pick Maintenance: Support for various UDF types was added to the Item Categories grid.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Several components around scheduling jobs were optimized.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: The Batch Forward job will no longer audit sales documents if it fails to forward them.
FIXED: Customer Address: The sppUpdateCustomerAddr stored procedure now limits the "Alt Company Name" parameter to match the field's 31 characters.
FIXED: Dispatch Vehicle Entry: License Plate # now saves. (Extended Module)
FIXED: EDI Cross Reference: The quantity conversion functionality of the UofM cross reference is now applied to outbound files. (Extended Module)
FIXED: EDI Cross Reference: When trying to do a conversion, the UofM cross reference will now take into account the item's UofM Schedule. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Non-Multicurrency users will no longer receive a 9207 econnect error when attempting to save a partially received purchase order after making any changes.
FIXED: Quick Transfer To Invoice: Better error handling is now in place. Error messages will be logged to the original document. In the event of an error occurring, the normal transfer process is used.
FIXED: Sales Entry Quick Pick Maintenance: UDFs no longer need to be double-clicked in order to edit them.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When updating Microsoft GP user fields we no longer make, the parameters NVarChar and now use VarChar. This may help with some speed issues and potentially some deadlocking issues.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: Saving the Dashboard with a grid will no longer cause an error.
Version 4.6.3.11
Release Date 11/26/18
ADDED: Security: Customer Special Pricing: Hide Cost Source - When enabled, the cost type (standard or current) is hidden on the Special Pricing form on the Customer Screen. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Special Pricing: Show Current Cost - When enabled, the current cost is visible on the Special Pricing form on the Customer Screen, as well as the margin and profit percentage calculated using the current cost. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Customer Special Pricing: Show Standard Cost - When enabled, the standard cost is visible on the Special Pricing form on the Customer Screen, as well as the margin and profit percentage calculated using the standard cost. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Special Pricing: Use Standard Cost For Margin - When enabled, the New Customer Special Pricing Form will calculate the margin using standard cost instead of current cost. (Default: False)
ADDED: Thomson Reuters OneSource: Settings: 'OneSource Default Country Code' will default a Country Code if one is not set up on the warehouse or address. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Security Editor: Removed some extra spacers between buttons on the toolbar of the Security section of the form.
FIXED: 850 Inbound: Shipping Methods are now correctly applied to the created sales document when the Default Carrier Information screen contains rows with the same Carrier Alpha Code. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Activity Locks: User names that are 16 or more characters will now properly show up as the user locking the document. This can be fixed with the latest spvActivityLock view.
FIXED: Application: A general memory leak that, over time, would cause an Out of Memory (or similar error) to occur was resolved.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: AutomationAgent errors will now have a Component History ID.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Jobs that may use PayFabric will no longer cause errors. (Introduced: 4.6.3.5)
FIXED: Case Tracker Monitor: A blank status will no longer result in an error. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Monitor: Multiple statuses being checked will now work properly. There was a character limit in the stored procedure, so this does not require an upgrade. (Extended Module)
FIXED: PayFabric Migrator: Previously, credit cards from CardControl would give a Authorization Failed error when attempting to migrate. This has been corrected. (Introduced: 4.6.3.2)
FIXED: PayFabric: The 'Allow Overcharge' setting will now prevent users from increasing the transaction amount in the PayFabric Payment window.
FIXED: Paylink Plugin: This plugin can now run from a service.
FIXED: Thomson Reuters OneSource: There will no longer be an Unmarshalling Error when a Country Code is not set. If the setting and Country/Country Code are all blank, then "US" will be sent. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Workflow Rules: Another queue's rules will no longer be evaluated if the current queue's name is contained within the other queue's name. Example: ORDER and NEW ORDER.
REMOVED: Thomson Reuters OneSource: Settings: 'OneSource Use Country Code' was replaced. (Extended Module)
REMOVED: Thomson Reuters OneSource: Settings: 'OneSource Void Deleted Documents' and 'OnceSource Include Non Taxable GP Items' were not implemented. (Extended Module)
Version 4.6.3.10
Release Date 11/12/18
ADDED: Inventory By Location: The Qty Drop Shipped column has been added to the grid and views.
UPDATED: AutomationAgent: Error logging was improved.
UPDATED: Counter Sales: The Customer Number field dropdown will now be populated with two columns: Customer Name and Customer Number. Typing will match on either column, and if a Customer Name is found, it will auto-complete. If the Customer Number is required, then the user must select the customer from the dropdown.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Country Code will now save properly instead of being cleared out. (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Event logs are now categorized under AutomationAgent.SalesPad.GP.log.
FIXED: Bulk Printing: When bulk printing, there will no longer be a "Controls created on one thread cannot be parented to a control on a different thread." error. This error can be avoided by turning off the 'Allow Background Printing' setting. (Introduced: 4.6.3.9)
FIXED: CardControl Payments: Having an autofilter row will no longer lock up SalesPad Desktop or result in a "Value cannot be null" error. Deleting the layout from the database is the work-around fix.
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: Previously, if the return or reorder document was posted or voided, the link would give a message saying the document did not exist. Now, however, the document will open.
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: When opening a reorder or return document that is linked to a case, users will no longer receive an "Invalid object name spv3SalesDocument_Light" error. The view could be created as a work-around.
FIXED: Configurator: Item Description on the sales line will now match the Item Master's Description if the Configurator's Pricing Type is set to Configurator or Standard Plus Config, or if the users sets a flat fee. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Customer Overview: Changing the Territory or Sales Rep will no longer clear out pending changes.
FIXED: Customer Overview: When changing the Territory but picking the same Territory, there will no longer be a prompt to save your changes.
FIXED: Dispatch: Google Geocode Service: The Google Geocode Service was updated to use their new API.
FIXED: Document Combiner: When combining through workflow, the final document will now be forwarded properly to the next queue.
FIXED: Emailing: When emailing, there will no longer be a "data would be truncated" error on sppEmailAudit. This error can be resolved by changing either the sppEmailAudit procedure or the spEmailAudit table.
FIXED: Inventory: On Order and Qty Drop Shipped for an item will now be updated properly if the warehouse on a purchase order is changed after being released.
FIXED: New Customer: Users can now set the Primary Bill To, Primary Ship To, and Statement Address code with a pre-save script.
FIXED: Non-Extended Pricing: Unit Price will no longer be incorrect if, in GP, the Price Level is using a round option of "Ends In" with a Round Amount whose value happens to match the price set in the Price Level Maintenance screen.
FIXED: PayFabric: L3 ItemDiscount amount data was not working properly if the user added a markdown percent rather than a markdown amount. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Item Warehouse Primary Vendor will now be used properly if the sales line is missing a vendor in the Sales Line Vendor smart field.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Unit Cost will no longer populate as the Last Invoice Cost if the Sales Line Vendor smart field was not set on the sales line and the item only had one vendor associated with it.
FIXED: Purchase Order: The PrevVersion property on purchase order lines will no longer be a copy of the current version.
FIXED: Receiving: When a bin is not defined, the default bin (Item/Warehouse combo or Warehouse) will now be properly set for the Inventory Lot UDFs that are created.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting a line item with a transferable resource will no longer cause an error when the line item is added before saving the document.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: Fields will now be properly cleared out after an update has been applied.
FIXED: Settings: ZipCode Query Handlers: The ZipInfoFromBing query handler was updated to work with the new Bing API.
FIXED: Vendor: Special Costing: The Special Costing grid can now be exported to Excel.
REMOVED: Shipments: The Shipping Cost column has been removed from the Packages grid.
Version 4.6.3.9
Release Date 10/26/18
BREAKING CHANGE: Shipments: Package Weights now include the Package Template Weight by default.
ADDED: Cash Receipts: An Amount To Apply column was added to the Cash Receipt side that, with security enabled, allows users to apply a partial amount of the cash receipt to a document.
ADDED: Security: Cash Receipts: Allow Partial Cash Receipt Application - This security allows a user to apply less than the original cash receipt transaction amount to a posted document. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: Include Template Weight In Package Weight Calculation: When enabled, the Package Weight calculation will sum up the Package Template Weight with the Item Shipping Weights. When disabled, only the Item Shipping Weights will be summed. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Login: The number of hits to the database upon first login has been greatly reduced. This may result in a speed increase for some users.
UPDATED: Smart Printing: Error handling messages that appear when Smart Printing fails to print or throw exceptions have been improved. The dockable log messenger is now used when errors are displayed, rather than multiple message boxes. Messages are also logged to the System Log table.
FIXED: AutomationAgent Schedules: Creating a custom schedule will no longer throw a "too many arguments specified" error. (Introduced 4.6.3.8) (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entries Tab: The Status column is now visible. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Configurator: Dynamic Configured Items: Users can now set Fixed Text rows to be empty spaces if needed. These empty spaces will be displayed as a placeholder value (/S/), but replaced with an empty space when the item is searched for. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Document Combiner: Opening combined documents created through workflow will no longer cause the application to freeze. These documents were not actually being combined once SalesPad Desktop loaded again. (Introduced: 4.6.3.1)
FIXED: EDI Business Object Mapping: The parameters for the EDI 846 mapping script will no longer be null. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Emailing: The Emailing window will no longer shrink every time it is opened. (Introduced: 4.6.3.1)
FIXED: Grid User Fields: The View permissions will now properly work for each user selected. Previously, only Groups were respected. (Introduced: 4.5.1.20)
FIXED: Group User Selector: When switching between a "select all" and selecting specific users/groups, the editor will now return a value. (Introduced: 4.5.1.20)
FIXED: Import Manager: The Updated By and Updated On fields will now populate correctly for Custom Price imports.
FIXED: New Item: The List Price from the Currency tab and the List Price text box will now stay in sync for the functional currency.
FIXED: New Item: When creating a new item and using "copy from item", the List Price will properly copy and save. Previously, this affected when the Item Class was copied from the previous item. (Introduced: 4.6.2.8)
FIXED: PayLink: Line items with a Unit Price of $0.00 will no longer be added to PayLink documents.
FIXED: PayLink: PayLinks will now correctly show the document header information.
FIXED: Printing: The memory leak around Background printing was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: A message is now displayed in the Results window for documents that fail address validation when forwarding.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The Shipping Methods are now sorted alphabetically. (Introduced: 4.6.2.3)
FIXED: Sales Entry: When updating Historical document notes/comments/UDFs, taSopHdrRecalc will no longer be called, which could cause inappropriate eConnect errors.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Over-fulfilled bins on orders that were transferred to invoice or split will no longer be reevaluated, resulting in different bins being fulfilled.
FIXED: Smart Printing: The memory leak around Background Smart Printing was fixed.
FIXED: Transfer To Invoice: When running SalesPad Desktop in Spanish and 'Quick Transfer to Invoice' is enabled, it will no longer error out.
FIXED: Transfer To Invoice: When running SalesPad Desktop in Spanish, there will no longer be an "Input string was not in a correct format" error.
FIXED: Workflow Rules: There will no longer be a "Cannot insert the value null" error for Reevaluate When Line Changes and Reevaluate When Header Changes. (Introduced: 4.6.3.2)
FIXED: Workflow: Handling of the WorkFlow Controller, which may have caused memory leaks in some scenarios, was improved.
REMOVED: Remote Help: The Remote Help button has been removed from the Help menu.
Version 4.6.3.8
Release Date 10/12/18
ADDED: Automation Instance Schedule: A Once A Day option was added. The user will be able to select which days to run the job, as well as at what time of day.
UPDATED: Item Restrictions: The Customer Address Value field will no longer be truncated to 16 characters.
UPDATED: Item Restrictions: The Group Details Value field will no longer be truncated to 16 characters.
UPDATED: Customer Contact Card: When an Address Query Handler is set but the dll is either missing or not licensed, a log message will show, rather than a message box.
UPDATED: Sales Line Items: The Custom Groups tabs will now have a (BLANK) tab for groups that do not have a group.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: When adding line items, the Custom Groups tabs will now be populated accordingly.
FIXED: Binary Streams MEM: If the 'MEM Customer' security in Microsoft Dynamics GP is disabled, customers that were not assigned to facilities will now be available to open in SalesPad Desktop. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Configurator: Adding a non-root configured item number to a sales line will now populate the Config ID and Configuration String Code columns. This will allow users to run the Sales Line Configuration plugin to make changes to options, if needed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Counter Sales: If it was the tab used on the previously used document, the Cash/Check Amount field will now be properly populated.
FIXED: Document Combiner: Users will no longer be able to use the document combiner on a single document with no related documents.
FIXED: Opportunity Monitor: Clicking in the auto-filter row of the tree grid will no longer throw an exception.
FIXED: Opportunity Monitor: If changes have been made, the tree grid will properly save layouts.
FIXED: PayFabric: The Transaction Time column will now properly display both date and time. (Introduced: 4.6.3.2)
FIXED: Quick Reports: An OnRunScript that uses a DataView Filter will no longer throw an exception when resetting the layout.
FIXED: Quick Reports: When tied to a printed report and with an OnRunScript that uses a DataView Filter, the report will no longer error out, and the data on the printed form will be filtered.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Clicking in the auto-filter row will no longer throw an exception.
FIXED: Sale Entry: When an Address Query Handler is set but the dll is either missing or not licensed, a log message will show, rather than a throw exception.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The sales document number validation now looks at historical documents as well as open documents.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Small designer changes were made to update this visual appearance of the plugin.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: The layout for serial-tracked items will now be saved properly when closing the plugin.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Speed improvements were made for updating custom groups.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: The Custom Group field is now limited to 15 characters, in order to match the ITEMCODE field in Microsoft Dynamics GP.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: When loading sales line items, the Source field (Open/History) is now case-insensitive.
FIXED: Sales line Item: The number of Item Master loads that occurs when typing in an item number that does not exist in inventory was reduced.
Version 4.6.3.7
Release Date 10/2/18
BREAKING CHANGE: Application: New Versions of SalesPad Desktop will no longer work with older versions of Address Validation dlls, and vice versa.
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Added 'Order By Field' Setting to Batch Forward Job - This setting determines which field the document list will be sorted by. (Defaults: "") (Extended Module)
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Added 'Order By Field' Setting to Sales Doc ID Forward Job - This setting determines which field the document list will be sorted by. (Defaults: "") (Extended Module)
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Added 'Order By Sort' Setting to Batch Forward Job - This setting determines which direction the document list will be sorted in. (Defaults: Ascending) (Extended Module)
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Added 'Order By Sort' Setting to Sales Doc ID Forward Job - This setting determines which direction the document list will be sorted in. (Defaults: Ascending) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Item Maintenance: Security: Allow Screen Layout Customization - When enabled, users can customize the screen layout. (Default: False)
ADDED: PayLink: PayLinks can now be created on both orders and invoices.
ADDED: PayLink: Transferring is not restricted to a document to an invoice, splitting a document, and combining a document while there is an active PayLink waiting for payment on a document.
ADDED: Settings: Document Combiner: Additional Sales Line Fields Required To Combine - This is a list of additional fields required to be equivalent before lines will be combined. (No Default)
ADDED: Settings: Pre Address Validation Script - This is a C# script that will execute prior to address validation.
UPDATED: Application: Nolocks were added to the Company Info load SQL to help prevent potential login lockups when loading company information.
UPDATED: Document Combiner: Items with different Descriptions or Unit Prices will no longer be combined.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: The Match Field Name can no longer be changed once an Item Search Value is set. The line will need to be deleted in this scenario.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Shipment: A shipment is no longer automatically created when viewing the Shipment tab.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Shipments: Kit components are now packed into packages instead of kit items.
UPDATED: Security: When searching for a security or navigating to Security from a tab using a right-click, the autofilter row in the Security grid will now default to "contains" instead of "equals". (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
UPDATED: The default value for the 'Tracking Catch All Link' setting has been changed to "http://www.parcelcode.com/Tracking/Track?TrackingNumber=".
UPDATED: The process for determining which carrier website to open from a given tracking number has been improved.
FIXED: Cash Receipt: Clicking the Save or Clear button when a Cash Receipt UDF is disabled will no longer cause an object reference error.
FIXED: Export To Excel: Using the Text to Columns feature after exporting a grid from SalesPad Desktop will no longer crash Excel.
FIXED: Future Lot Numbers: The Receive to Bin value will now be set to the Bin field when a record is created.
FIXED: Group Pricing: When trying to set the Match Field Name to use Item Class, the Item Search Value will now properly show the list of item classes. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: Printed Reports: Package and Kit component items for each sales document printed report will now be in a bulleted list, as they were in previous builds. Regular line items will no longer unintentionally be bulleted. These changes will not update any custom printed reports.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: This business object's view was changed so that the PO_Type field will now better represent the purchase order related to the receipt.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction: This business object's view was changed so that the PO_Type field will now better represent the purchase order related to the receipt.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Deposit-type payments (cash or credit card) were not being audited properly. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document: Shipment: The Carton # on retrieved labels now matches up with the order that the packages were created. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Documents: Line Items: Default Item Reps on the document's customer that specify an Item Class instead of an Item Number will be respected when choosing an Item Number for a line item.
FIXED: Sales Line Item User Fields: Users will no longer receive a "String or binary data would be truncated" error when attempting to change a rich text memo type UDF on a sales line item.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Selecting the autofilter row in the Sales Batches grid will no longer cause an object reference error.
FIXED: Suppress Country Code: Some country codes were being unintentionally suppressed if their letters happened to be contained within an intended suppressed country code. This has been corrected.
Version 4.6.3.6
Release Date 10/1/18
Internal Release Only.
Version 4.6.3.5
Release Date 9/14/18
ADDED: PayFabric: Store/Drawers can now hold a default gateway and credit card mappings that take priority over the PayFabric settings.
ADDED: Settings: EDI: EDI Restrict Sending 810 Files To EDI Orders - When enabled, only orders created from an 850 will be allowed to send 810 files from the Workflow plugin. (Default: False) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: EDI: EDI Restrict Sending 856 Files To EDI Orders - When enabled, only orders created from an 850 will be allowed to send 856 files from the Workflow plugin. (Default: True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Smart Printing: The Include Resources column will determine whether to attach the resources to the print/email job.
ADDED: Store/Drawer: A Copy PayFabric Setup To Store button was added to copy any store's current PayFabric setup to any other store/drawer with the same store name.
UPDATED: 856 Outbound: SSCC numbers will automatically be generated for packages that were created without one. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: PayFabric Settings: Default Gateway - This is now a dropdown that populates with all gateways found created in PayFabric. It will also act as an easy way to determine if the provided device/password credentials are working properly.
UPDATED: PayFabric: ItemDiscount amount will now be sent in L3 Data.
FIXED: Application: SalesPad Desktop can now be closed if the database connection is lost.
FIXED: Application: Store/Drawer Ribbon Config: Terminal Name and Device Name are no longer editable in PayFabric versions of SalesPad Desktop.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: UDFs on assemblies are no longer reverted to their previous value after changing the warehouse.
FIXED: BOM Entry: If a component's status is set to Obsolete or Pending, all sub components will be updated to the same value.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The User Fields tab is now less likely to flicker when switching between items.
FIXED: Inventory Transfer: Serial Lot Selector: User fields in this screen will no longer be editable.
FIXED: Opportunity: If a line item was deleted and the Opportunity was saved, a save prompt will no longer appear when closing the Opportunity.
FIXED: PayFabric: When using the 'Export Auths to CCA' setting, users will no longer receive a "String or binary data would be truncated" error when any of the shipping address lines are greater than 31 characters long. This change only affects users who are using older versions of CCA.
FIXED: Purchase Order Email Audit: If the purchase order and sales document share the same number, audits will no longer show Sales Document audits.
FIXED: Returns Management: Users will now be required to select a Non-SVC RMA type before an RMA can be created from a posted invoice.
FIXED: Sales Document: When switching currency view of a non-functional currency document to functional currency, the Extended Cost will now update properly.
FIXED: Sales Document: When switching currency views for a non-functional currency document multiple times, sales line item Unit Prices would sometimes go up or down by a penny. This was caused by a rounding issue that has been resolved.
FIXED: UPS Address Validation: If an exception is thrown during validation, the document will now properly be sent to the Fail batch set in security. (Extended Module)
Version 4.6.3.4
Release Date 9/4/18
ADDED: Automation Agent Process Recurring Sales Job: A setting was added which specifies how many months of documents to generate based on the Recurring Sales Definition. (Default: 5)
ADDED: Case Tracker Detail Search: There is now functionality to search for Historical details. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Quick Report Editor: Columns: Buttons for rearranging the order of Quick Report columns were added.
ADDED: Security: Funnel: Auto Send To Resources - When enabled, a PDF version of the report printed will be automatically uploaded to the Resources tab on the active sales document. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Mass Update: Allow Search With No Parameters - This security setting turns on the ability to do a search with no parameters. (Default: True
ADDED: Workflow Rule Conditions: PAYFABRIC AUTH PRESENT: This rule evaluates as True when a PayFabric authorization is present on the sales document.
ADDED: Workflow Rule Conditions: PAYFABRIC PMNT EXISTS: This rule evaluates as True if there are any PayFabric charges or captured PayFabric authorizations that have been made into sales document payments.
UPDATED: Case Tracker Entry: The Details tab will now be Read-Only when the case is historical. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Deleting a group will now delete its customer details and item details from the database.
UPDATED: Opportunities: The view spvOpportunityLineItem now has a Historical column which indicates if the line item belongs to a historical opportunity.
UPDATED: Report Manager: An Item Description column has been added to the Item Component grid on the default MO Detail Report.
UPDATED: Security Editor: "(Can Run From Service)" and "(Can Run From Web)" language was added to the descriptions of all securities that can be run from service or web.
FIXED: Application: Tabs that are beta will no longer have (Beta) added to the tab text each time the form is loaded. (Introduced 4.6.3.2)
FIXED: Automation Agent Process Recurring Sales Job: The 'Recurring Sales Definitions' setting was fixed and now uses a dropdown menu of all available definitions.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: When the case moves to a Historical status, the case and details will be updated as well. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Funnel: Sales Document Audits will now properly record which reports have been printed.
FIXED: Group Pricing Maintenance: Picking multiple items in the Inventory lookup will now properly add those lines to the group.
FIXED: Import Manager: Imported dates from Excel spreadsheets will no longer be two days later than the source date.
FIXED: Inbound 850: When creating an order from an 850, the unit of measure conversion set in the EDI Cross Reference is now applied correctly. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Alternate Item Search: The Alternate Properties tab will again appear in the correct place. (Introduced 4.6.3.2)
FIXED: Item Promotions Maintenance: Clicking the New Item or New Offer buttons without setting up a new promo first will no longer cause an object reference error.
FIXED: Lot Number Entry: A save prompt will now appear if the screen is closed with unsaved changes.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: Cancelling a new line item will no longer create an audit.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Export to Template: Formulas in Excel templates will no longer be removed when exporting.
FIXED: Related Documents: Adding an auto filter row will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Related Documents: Adding columns to the grid will no longer result in an object reference error.
FIXED: Remote Library Service: The service will no longer fail to start if there are no available SalesPad seats left, but one of the taken seats is for Remote Library from a previous session that wasn't logged out properly.
FIXED: Returns: Returns in a non-functional currency with just non-inventory, service, fee, or misc items will no longer throw a "Cannot insert the value NULL error for column OREXTCOST" error.
FIXED: Returns: The originating extended cost will no longer be calculated incorrectly for returns containing non-inventory items and using a non-functional currency.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: A more informative error message is now displayed when a document is forwarded and the next queue is not set in workflow.
FIXED: Sales Document Manual Split: Measures were put in place to prevent the original document from going historical if there were any failures in saving the split documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Splitting a Sales Document by Req Ship Date will now set the Req Ship Date in the header of a split sales document to that of its lines' Req Ship Date.
FIXED: Sales Line Item User Field Plugin: Rich Text Memo user fields will now be updated and saved properly when edited from the plugin.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: If the 'Item Restriction' setting is enabled and the 'Sales Line Item Restriction Override' plugin security is disabled, sample items added through the Inventory lookup will no longer revert to the original item upon saving.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Users can now properly select multiple line items and choose the 'Add as Sample' checkbox to add multiple sample items to the sale document.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Loading cached data was improved.
FIXED: Sales Transfers: Partially fulfilled line items are now included when creating a transfer if multi-bin is disabled and the item is non-tracked or service.
FIXED: Settings: Universal Script: Compiling the Universal Script or scripts that use it will no longer give compilation errors when not running SalesPad as admin.
FIXED: Shipment: Shipping headers will now load correctly on historical documents. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Shipments: Adding lines to packages will now check for overpacking correctly. (Introduced: 4.6.2.0) (Extended Module)
FIXED: Shipments: It is no longer possible for duplicate ASN numbers and SSCC numbers to be generated. (Extended Module)
FIXED: TeleSales: The Sales Rep filter is now an exact name filter rather than a contains/like filter. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Vendor Item Numbers: Updating the Vendor Item Number on a purchase order line will no longer occasionally cause a "Cannot insert duplicate key row in object 'dbo.IV00103'" error.
FIXED: Workflow: Triggering a Sales Entry plugin through workflow will no longer prompt to save the sales order.
Version 4.6.3.3
Release Date 8/31/18
Internal Release Only
Version 4.6.3.2
Release Date 8/17/18
ADDED: Create Manufacturing Order: Users can now run the Create Manufacturing Order plugin from AutomationAgent.
ADDED: PayFabric Migrator: PreCardControl card migration was added. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: PayFabric Migrator: Credit Card Origin - This security controls where credit cards are migrated from. (Default: CardControl) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Items: Can Edit Package Component Lines - This setting allows users to edit the component lines of a package. Defaults to True.
ADDED: Setting: Can Apply Gift Certificates To Returns - When enabled, users can apply gift certificates to returns in order to credit the gift card with a value. When disabled, the Gift Certificate tab will no longer appear in the Sales Doc Payments window on returns. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric Logging - When enabled, some actions performed in the PayFabric window will be logged to the Sales Document audit. This will only be used when troubleshooting. (Default: False)
UPDATED: 850 Inbound: Packages that are automatically generated with a single item will pull in dimensions from the item's properties.
UPDATED: About SalesPad: Case numbers are now formatted correctly so that when users send system information to SalesPad, that information will be properly attached to the support ticket.
UPDATED: Application: Features only available with a Beta license are now marked as "(Beta)."
UPDATED: Distribution BOM: Assembly Entry: Assembly Allocation: The window size and location of the Assembly Allocation plugin will now be saved and restored upon closing and opening the plugin.
UPDATED: Inventory Analysis: This tab labels no longer display the word "Item".
UPDATED: Item Sales Options: This layout can no longer be customized.
UPDATED: PayFabric: Users will no longer be able to close the PayFabric window once an EMV transaction has been started. The user must now complete, abort, or let the transaction time out from the EMV terminal.
UPDATED: System Information: Case numbers are now formatted correctly so that when users send system information to SalesPad, that information will be properly attached to the support ticket.
UPDATED: User Field Editor: The Field is Required (Returns Only) field will no longer be able to be selected for Sales Line Item user fields. These user fields were never considered when creating returns, so no functionality has changed.
FIXED: Application: Some background threading issues that could cause undesired errors were resolved. This was accomplished by using a lock object to make sure that business objects were not accessed multiple times by different threads.
FIXED: Application: Button bars no longer have the option to customize them.
FIXED: Assembly: Lot Number Sold was not being set properly when allocating the remaining quantity of a lot. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry Details: All case details are now added correctly when selecting multiple sales lines to add to the case. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: Case Tracker Entry: The Opened By and Closed By values will now be set and displayed correctly.
FIXED: Customer and Sales Document Case Tracker Entries Tab: The Reorder Document Number, Reorder Document Type, and Return Document Number columns will now be populated with correct information. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: Dashboard Designer: SQL credentials for data sources are now saved.
FIXED: Document Combiner: If the Sales Line Item Package Smart Field is empty, users will no longer receive a object reference error when combining documents.
FIXED: Gift Certificates: When a gift certificate is applied to a return, the applied amount will no longer deduct from the gift certificate's Open Amount.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: If the Sales Line Item Package Smart Field is empty, the Sell Price label now displays the Price Sheet ID.
FIXED: Note Shortcut Maintenance: Editing and saving a new Note Shortcut before reloading the screen will no longer cause the Note Shortcut to duplicate.
FIXED: Note Shortcut Maintenance: Typing in the Note Type cells is no longer allowed.
FIXED: Outbound EDI: An "Index Out Of Range" exception will no longer occur in certain situations when sending outbound EDI files. (Extended Module)
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: The Default Card column will now update correctly after the user has updated as the default wallet.
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: Users will no longer receive errors after setting a wallet as the default, saving, unselecting the wallet as the default card, and then saving again.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer receive an "Unable to create new transaction. The country in the shipping address is required" error if the sales document's Country field is empty and the 'Send Shipping Address Info' setting is enabled.
FIXED: Prospect Opportunities: UDFs are now available.
FIXED: Quick Quote: Opening this screen no longer causes an object reference error.
FIXED: Quick Report: The error icon is now removed when there are no errors in the Quick Report query.
FIXED: SMTP Setup: Setup for SystemUser and User_Name is no longer case sensitive.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Sales Entry Quick Pick function can no longer be used on read-only documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: PayFabric Tab: This tab has been redesigned to fix screen resizing issues and better conform with similar SalesPad windows.
FIXED: Sales Document: Previously, when transferring split sales orders to invoice with the 'Sequence Document Number When Partial Invoicing' setting enabled, depending on which documents were invoiced first, the resulting invoice could have an out of sequence document number. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Person Opportunities: UDFs are now available.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Adding a Coupon Code to a new sales document and then immediately deleting that coupon will no longer invalidate the coupon.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Causing the subtotal on a document to change and then immediately saving will no longer sometimes cause the promotion to lose its discount amount.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Freight will not longer be factored into whether or not a coupon is valid for a document on SpendXGetYFreightOff or SpendXGetFreeShipping coupons.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Items with the Exclude From Sales Promotions box checked will now be properly calculated in Freight Promotions.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Making a sales document invalid will now properly remove the discount when using a Freight promo.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Making a sales document valid will now properly apply the discount when using a Freight promo.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Refreshing the Sales Promotion card will now properly update the used codes, if a coupon code has been applied to a sales document.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: The Coupon Code grid will now properly update when the Show Disabled checkbox is toggled.
REMOVED: Workflow Rules: The Reevaluate When Line Changes and Reevaluate When Header Changes columns have been removed. These fields were not used.
Version 4.6.3.1
Release Date 8/3/18
BREAKING CHANGE: Send Email Layouts: Any layout customization may be reset.
ADDED: AutomationAgent: A setting was added to each job to specify whether or not its components can run concurrently.
ADDED: Consolidated Shipments: Users are now able to get shipment rate quotes from ShipCenter.
ADDED: Counter Sales: Security: Default Address Type - This security can be used to default an address type when choosing a customer. If Primary Bill To or Primary Ship To are used and the customer does not have those values set, the Primary Address will be used. When None is used, the address from the highlighted row will be used. Options: None, Primary, Primary Shipping, Primary Billing (Default: None)
ADDED: Sales Document Shipments: Users are now able to get shipment rate quotes from ShipCenter.
ADDED: Security: Automation Lookup: AutomationAgent Auto Search - When set to True, all automations will be loaded when the Lookup screen is opened. (Default: False) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: ShipCenter: Legacy Service: Use Legacy Service - Set to True when using a version of ShipCenter older than 1.2.0.5. ShipCenter must be running locally. (Defaults to True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: ShipCenter: Legacy Service: Use MSMQ - Set to True to use Microsoft Message Queueing. MSMQ must also be enabled in ShipCenter. (Defaults to False) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: ShipCenter: ShipCenter Service Host - This is the host or IP address where the ShipCenter service is running. When using the legacy service, this setting is not used. (Defaults to localhost) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: ShipCenter: ShipCenter Service Port - This is the port the ShipCenter service is configured to listen on. When using the legacy service, this setting is not used. (Defaults to 5501) (Extended Module)
UPDATED: All Screens: Closing an un-tabbed form now re-tabs it.
UPDATED: AutomationAgent Setting: AutomationAgent Service settings are now categorized under "AutomationAgent Service". (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Binary Streams MEM: When creating a new customer, the user's currently selected facility will no longer be automatically added to the new customer's available facilities. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Busy Message: The busy message at the base of the screen now has better visibility when certain themes are applied.
UPDATED: Email Audit: Users will no longer receive a "Procedure or function 'sppEmailAudit' expects parameter '@Date', which was not supplied" error prompt. Instead, the error will automatically be logged to the sales document.
UPDATED: Login: The "Not connected" message now looks better when themed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Returns: Return documents created from posted invoices now respect the Return AutoFulfill option in the Sales Document Setup.
UPDATED: Send Bulk Email: Layouts are now more consistent, a splitter was added, and form size now saves.
UPDATED: Send Email: Layouts are now more consistent, a splitter was added, and form size now saves.
UPDATED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: The new ShipCenter Windows service is now supported. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Automation Agent: Exceptions thrown by automation scripts are no longer suppressed and will now generate a log in the Action Center. (Extended Module)
FIXED: AutomationAgent Card: The schedule description now reflects the correct start and stop time. (Extended Module)
FIXED: AutomationAgent Service: Deleting the Automation Agent Active User seat will now stop the service from running. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Binary Streams MEM: Vendors that were not assigned to facilities will now be available to open in SalesPad if the 'MEM Vendor' security in Dynamics GP is disabled. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Binary Streams MEM: When creating a new customer, the resulting Customer card that opens will now have its sales document dropdowns refreshed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Tabs: The Status column now correctly populates the value for each case. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Counter Sales: Inactive customers will no longer be shown in the Customer search.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Inactive items can no longer be added in to a sales entry.
FIXED: Customer Search: The Priority Code column now populates.
FIXED: Database Update: SalesPad will no longer create the tempdb..Dex_Lock table.
FIXED: Document Combiner: An issue where a document in the Combiner failing to save could result in the other documents still saving has been fixed. Now, all of the combined documents are rolled back if the save fails on any of them.
FIXED: Equipment Maintenance: Images can now be deleted from the Additional Properties tab.
FIXED: Gift Certificates: Documents that had a gift certificate applied to them but were subsequently deleted will no longer count towards the gift certificate's applied amount.
FIXED: Kits: Backordering kits will now properly update the backorder quantity in the Inventory by Locations table (IV00102).
FIXED: Printing: Exporting to Excel will now look only at the addresses on the sales document. It will not pull from the customer.
FIXED: Quick Report Editor: Untabbing the Quick Report Editor will no longer throw exceptions.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Using the query builder no longer throws an object reference error.
FIXED: RMAs: RMA line items created from invoices will have return costs which account for their sales line item's unit of measure. This results in the RMA's distributions also having amounts which account for the unit of measure.
FIXED: Receiving: Serial tracked items in a non-base UofM can now be received if the serial numbers were manually entered.
FIXED: Receiving: When entering serial numbers for an item in non-base UofM, the serials now must be entered in multiples of the UofM factor. This applies when manually entering or auto-generating serial numbers.
FIXED: Remote Library: ShipTo will now be able to connect to Remote Library running as an installed service (Introduced 4.6.0.15).
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Return button dropdown seen in the tool strip on a historical invoice will no longer show RMA, unless the user has security access to RMA Entry.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Line Items: If the 'Default Line Item Rep By Item Number' setting is enabled, the document's customer's Default Item Reps will be respected when choosing an item number for a line item, regardless of whether or not the item number has an Item Class.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Applying a promotion that is using a conditional field value will no longer crash SalesPad. (Introduced: 4.6.3.0)
FIXED: Security Editor: A typo in the 'New Vendor - Can Assign Shipping Method' security has been corrected.
FIXED: Send Email: The "No Attachments" message will no longer show multiple times.
FIXED: Smart Printing: A memory leak around forwarding a document through a queue with the Smart Printing plugin was fixed.
FIXED: Splitting: Users can now partially invoice and then split the original order document as needed without receiving a "Duplicate Document Number" error.
Version 4.6.3.0
Release Date 7/20/18
ADDED: AutomationAgent Service: Users can now install the AutomationAgent Service for each database.
ADDED: AutomationAgent: A button to clear out the schedule on a task was added.
ADDED: Security: PayFabric Batch Capture: Always Capture Full Authorization Amount - When enabled, the full authorization amount will always be captured. This can result in over-charged documents. When disabled, the captured amount will be determined by the sales document's On Account value. (Default: False)
UPDATED: AutomationAgent Service: The "SalesPad Integration Service" was renamed to "SalesPad AutomationAgent Service".
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Changes to the Items tab are saved immediately.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Speed improvements were made for when the system is loading large numbers of items per group.
UPDATED: Opportunity Card: Non-inventory line items can now be added.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Address validation is now triggered any time the document is saved.
UPDATED: Sales Promotions: Having multiple promotion details will now work properly. This only works for the SpendXGetYAmount and SpendXGetYPercent promotions.
UPDATED: Sales Promotions: Users can no longer have multiple details for the Freight promotions.
FIXED: Assemblies: Un-allocating a lot tracked item that has been marked as Sold will now properly update the lot to Not Sold.
FIXED: Assemblies: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when attempting to adjust the Assemble Qty after the assembly has been released.
FIXED: AutomationAgent Scripting: An error where scripts would fail on account of RestSharp failing to load has been fixed.
FIXED: AutomationAgent Service: The active seat will now be properly named "AutomationAgent' when both Remote Library and AutomationAgent are included in SalesPad.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Canceling the Schedule Editor after changing the Frequency Type will now cancel the change.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: Disabling a custom schedule will now properly update the custom schedule description.
FIXED: AutomationAgent: The Predefined Options selection will no longer be enabled when the frequency type is set to Empty.
FIXED: BOM Component Entry: Selecting an item from the Inventory lookup will now correctly update the Component Item Number, if it was partially typed.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Saving a new pending or active BOM when a BOM already exists with that Bill Number and Status no longer causes an error.
FIXED: BOM Search: An issue where duplicate BOM entries are shown has been resolved.
FIXED: EDI: Business Object Mapping: The 945 Warehouse Shipping Advice script will now be passed the correct parameters.
FIXED: Email Template: Sales document fields are now displayed with the correct currency format.
FIXED: Google Zip Validation: The "OVER_QUERY_LIMIT" error message that appears when attempting to validate zip codes through Google has been fixed.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Changing the Item Number on a line item now correctly updates the line.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Line items with no Item Numbers are now deleted on save.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: The Save prompt will now appear on close if it has already been cancelled once.
FIXED: Print Reports: Many of the default printed reports were using an incorrect format for Date type fields. These fields have now all been updated to use the US standard "mm/dd/yyyy" format. (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: Quick Reports: Checkbox search fields now correctly filter the report.
FIXED: RMA Entry: Changing the Repair Price/Cost on a line item will now correctly update the Originating Repair Price/Cost.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The search now only returns batches that exactly match the selected batch names in the search bar.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Allocations will no longer go negative for items that have partial quantity available for a case but the item is set to zero quantity decimal places. It will back-order the case instead of over-allocating the full case. This scenario only applies when using BackOrderBalance for your Sales Order setup.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: Opening this card will no longer take a long period of time or potentially freeze SalesPad.
FIXED: Sales Promotions Coupons: The plugin will no longer show multiple coupons being applied when the Sales Promotion had multiple details.
FIXED: Sales Transfers: Partially fulfilled line items are no longer included when creating a transfer.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: The correct reminder time is now displayed when hovering over an appointment in the calendar. Previously, it would always display "15 Minutes".
FIXED: Smart Printing: When sending emails through the Smart Printing plugin, attached resources will now include file type extensions.
REMOVED: CardKnox: This is no longer supported.
Version 4.6.2.9
Release Date 7/6/18
ADDED: AutomationAgent: Error handling was added to Transfer to Invoice Job for when the 'Batches' setting fails to parse correctly.
ADDED: Settings: Cash Receipt Enable Account Substitution - This is a Cash Receipt Binary Stream setting which dictates whether or not Account Substitution is enabled or disabled. (Default: False) (Extended Module)
FIXED: AutomationAgent: An issue around parsing the 'Batches' setting under Transfer To Invoice Job was fixed.
FIXED: Binary Streams MEM: Cash Receipts: When the 'Use AR' setting is enabled in MEM, users will no longer receive an "Entity ID is not valid" error when attempting to create a cash receipt. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Configurator: Flat fees will no longer be added to the List Price of newly configured items.
FIXED: Configurator: Flat fees will now be correctly calculated on the sales line if the item is a newly configured item.
FIXED: Configurator: If the root item does not have any pricing set up, any new BOMs created from the item will have one created for it using 100% list price, with the list price set to the configurator's custom price. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Configurator: The unit price on the sales line will now be correct if the configurator's Pricing Type is set to Default and the item was just generated by the Sales Line Configurator. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Counter Sales: Sales document user fields will now appear if all of the Show on Sales Document Types boxes are checked in the User Field Editor.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: The Add Comment button text is now fully displayed.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The "Class defaults will not be applied." message is now fully displayed.
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: Users can now copy and paste when creating new wallets or editing existing wallets.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer be able to attempt to credit returns with amounts greater than the document's total.
FIXED: Receiving: Receiving a lot-tracked item no longer causes an object reference error if the 'Copy PO Line UDFs To Lot UDFs' security is set to True.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fewer database hits will occur when using kits and packages sales line items. (Item Master, Sales Line Item, Sop To Mop)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line UDFs may no longer be edited on historical documents without security permissions.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Applying a promotion that is not valid will no longer apply the discount. It will be applied when applicable. (Introduced: 4.6.1.14)
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Fewer database hits are made when using conditional field promotions.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: If 'Coupons Per Assign Type' is set to zero, it is now considered an invalid promotion and will now longer cause loading/speed issues.
FIXED: Sales Promotions: Splitting will no longer cause a Discount Amount to appear on each split document when using a Spend X get Y Amount Off sales promotion. (Introduced: 4.6.1.14)
FIXED: Sales Promotions: The Freight Promotions button on the sales document header will now be more accurately visible.
FIXED: Settings: Default Purchasing Email Subject Line Format - The CustomerName option has been replaced with VendorName.
FIXED: Settings: The None option on the 'Default Email Address' setting now works correctly.
FIXED: Split Sales Document: The Qty Process on line items will no longer be changed when the sales document is split. This resolves an issue where manufacturing orders couldn't be created from line items on a split document.
FIXED: Themes: The Disable Theme On Forms option will now work correctly.
FIXED: Themes: Themes are now better applied visually throughout the application.
Version 4.6.2.8
Release Date 6/22/18
ADDED: Send Error Report: A Don't Send button has been added.
ADDED: System Information: A Database Version tab was added.
ADDED: Vendor Card: An Import button was added that will pull in data from a file, look for a matching GP Item Number using only a Vendor Item Number, and either create an Alternate Item (if no matching GP Item Number is found) or create a custom cost (if a matching GP Item Number and Vendor Item Number already exist).
UPDATED: Bus Obj Workflow: All "Batch" references have been renamed as "Queue."
UPDATED: Inventory: The functions used to calculated the On Order and Drop Ship quantities have been updated to improve performance for large purchase orders.
UPDATED: Item Maintenance: The item account indices can now be updated when the Class ID is changed.
UPDATED: New Item: Setting the Item Class field will now update the Currency tab with the class's default currencies when creating a new item.
UPDATED: Sales Transfers: When attempting to transfer a document with a partially fulfilled item, a more informative error message will be shown in the log viewer.
UPDATED: Send Error Report: The message has been updated to accurately reflect the functionality of the Send Report button.
FIXED: All Outbound EDI: The CarrierTransMethodCode is now sent correctly based on the Shipping Method in the sales document. (Introduced: 4.6.1.13) (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker: The 'Auto Assign User' security setting now sets the User Name instead of the Display Name. (Extended Module)
FIXED: In Transit Transfer: When copying, the new document will no longer be allowed to save if there is not enough inventory to allocate.
FIXED: Interactions / CRM Events: The Snooze feature on reminders now works correctly.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Sales tab now includes voided sales.
FIXED: Inventory: For items that have had a vendor return with the related purchase order line's status set to Released or Change Order, the On Order and Vendor On Order quantity will no longer be incorrect.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Saving a currency without a Currency ID will no longer cause an object reference error.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: The Qty Shipped and Qty Remaining values will now be reduced if a vendor return has been created/posted for the line.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Dropship purchase orders generated from a sales document now retain the Country Code from the Ship To Address of the sales document.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: The Quantity field can now be adjusted on line items that aren't set to allow backorders.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Saving a vendor return will now properly set the Qty Reserved in IV10200 for the original shipping receipt.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: When creating a vendor return and selecting the Replace Returned Goods, SalesPad will now create a new purchase order for the line items if the original purchase order is closed, cancelled, or moved to History.
FIXED: Receiving: Qty Shipped will now be reduced by any quantity returned to the vendor.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When multiple documents are selected and Forward After Email is checked, the documents will be forwarded correctly when Email as Single Job is also checked.
FIXED: Sales Document Reports: The Amount Due, Amount Paid, and Amount Paid Cash Receipt fields will no longer be incorrect for historical invoice documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Shipments: The Ship Complete flag on the Shipping header now takes kits into account correctly.
FIXED: Sales Line Configurator: Previously, if the configurator string code's length was greater than 30, it was possible that the resulting item number that was created could already exist in the system. This would cause new BOM components to be added to the existing item, rather than a new item being created with the components. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: The Summary bar will no properly update when new line items are added.
FIXED: Security Script Editor: The CardControl Pre Payment Script now compiles.
FIXED: Vendor: The On Order Quantity and Quantity Dropshipped values will no longer be updated incorrectly if there are different Vendor Item Numbers for the same vendor on open purchase line items.
Version 4.6.2.7
Release Date 6/13/18
ADDED: Assembly Reject To Queue Plugin: This plugin allows the user to reject an assembly, sending it to a different batch with notes which will be written to the Assembly Notes.
ADDED: Assembly: Audit Log: An Audit Log tab was added.
ADDED: Bus Obj Monitor: Assemblies was added to the Bus Obj Monitor.
ADDED: Bus Obj Workflow Setup: Assemblies were added to Bus Obj Workflow.
ADDED: Configurator: Flat Fee: The Flat Fee is added to the price of the item regardless of the quantity of items on the sales line. This is done by dividing the Flat Fee by the quantity of items on the sales line and then adding it to the Unit Price on the sales line. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Customer Card: The Customer Short Name field is now available.
ADDED: Lot Number Entry: There is now a Refresh button that will reload the lot number data from the database.
ADDED: Security: Assembly Reject To Queue Plugin: Require Rejection Notes - If True, this security will require notes or instructions when rejecting an assembly into another queue. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Assembly Reject To Queue Plugin: Show Only Previous Queue Names - If True, this security will only show previous queue names in the Queue Selection dropdown. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Resource Card: Scripts: Pre Save Script - This is a C# script that executes before the Resource is saved.
ADDED: Security: Resource Properties: Can Create New Tags - This security specifies whether or not the user can add new Resource tags. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Resource Properties: Can Permanently Remove Tags - When enabled and attempting tag removal from a Resource, if no other Resources contain the tag, the user will be prompted for Tag Deletion from the database. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: Attach Reports As PDF/A Compatible - When enabled, reports attached to emails will be sent as PDF/A compatible PDFs. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Configurator: Show Flat Fee When Flat Fee is Zero - If True, this setting will display the Flat Fee field in Configurator when it is set to 0. (Default: True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: Distribution BOM: Assembly Audit Fields - This setting specifies Assembly Detail columns that will be audited. If left blank, no auditing will be done. (Default: Batch_Number, BOM_Transaction_Status, Assembly_Doc_Num)
ADDED: Settings: Distribution BOM: Write Assembly Audits to Linked Sales Documents - This setting causes any audit written to an assembly to also be written to any sales document linked to that assembly. (Default: False)
UPDATED: 945 Inbound: The Audit Log for the sales document is now updated after the 945 is processed. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Add Resource Form, Resource Card: The Tags field has been changed from free type text to TokenEdit control. Tags are stored in a database table (spResourceTags) per Business Object, and will be displayed in the Tags dropdown on Resource Cards of corresponding Business Objects when the user enters the control.
UPDATED: Interaction Entry: The window location, window size, and splitter position is now saved.
UPDATED: Note Entry: The New Note window is now re-sizable, and the size is saved per Business Object.
UPDATED: Quick Report UDF: When marked as Read Only or missing group edit permissions, Quick Report UDFs will now be able to be viewed, but they will not set a value.
UPDATED: Quick Report UDF: Grid View Quick Report UDFs now can use the ControlEditable tag. This allows for a free-type option on the field.
FIXED: 945 Inbound: The batch on the sales document is now updated if one specified on the Business Object mapping. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Database Update: The database update will no longer fail if DataCollection was installed before SalesPad Desktop.
FIXED: EDI Processing: The Show Failed Only checkbox now shows all failed transactions correctly.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Entry: The ITT’s Line Items field will no longer clear out when saving.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: Users will no longer be able to save the document if any of the line item sites are not valid for the item.
FIXED: Interactions: There is no longer an "Invalid object name spvCaseTrackerInteractionLink" error when deleting Interactions. (Introduced: 4.6.2.3)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Users will no longer be able to edit the Current Cost field if the item's Valuation Method is set to Average Perpetual.
FIXED: PayFabric: Tax Exemptions are now pulled from the sales document instead of the customer.
FIXED: PayFabric: The ItemAmt field was renamed as ItemAmount. (Introduced 4.6.2.5)
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer receive the "Request does not adhere to the DTD" error when attempting to process a credit transaction.
FIXED: Payment Plugin: This plugin will now be titled as "Payment" rather than "Payment:" in the Action dropdown menu.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Clicking the Update Missing Vendor Items button will now update the vendor item number properly, if its previous value has been changed.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Users will no longer receive a "Cannot insert duplicate key row in object IV00103" error when attempting to use the Update Missing Vendor Items button on a purchase order. (Introduced: 4.6.2.5)
FIXED: Quick Report: Grouping columns will now work properly if the Sort column is empty or set to None.
FIXED: Sales Document Assembly Links: Users are no longer able to create multiple assemblies for a single BOM. (Introduced: 4.6.2.2)
FIXED: Sales Document: The Exchange Date field will no longer be cleared out when transferring an order to an invoice. This may cause some invoices to have issues when posting if Microsoft Dynamic GP's SOP Setup setting 'Search for New Rates During Transfer Process' is disabled. If this is the case, we recommend extending the Expiration Date of the document's Exchange Rate out past the invoice's Document Date.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Users will no longer be double prompted with the Payment plugin if the plugin is manually run from the Action dropdown menu and the 'Prompt For Credit Card Payments' setting is enabled.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Users will no longer receive a script error when attempting to save a document with the 'Prompt For Credit Card Payments' setting enabled.
FIXED: Sales Line Assembly Links: Users can now delete Assembly Links when the assembly is either posted or deleted.
FIXED: Shipment: If a sales line on an EDI document is packed into multiple packages, when invoicing or splitting the document, the line will be repacked correctly in the new document. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Smart Printing: The Reply To field will now correctly populate on the email.
FIXED: Telesales Monitor: Clicking on a hyperlink of a voided sales document will no longer result in an error. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Telesales Monitor: Users will no longer receive errors when attempting to create an order from an Interaction when the Last Order column is empty. (Extended Module)
Verion 4.6.2.6
Release Date 6/8/18
Internal Release Only
Version 4.6.2.5
Release Date 5/25/18
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: The ABC Item Code column from the Item Master table was added to the main grid on the Inventory lookup.
ADDED: Settings: Contact Addresses: Customer Card Address Lookup Fields - Fields selected with this setting will appear as columns in the Address Lookup dropdown on the Addresses tab of the Sales Document screen. (Defaults: Address Code, Contact Person, Address Line 1, and City)
ADDED: Settings: Sales Document Resources: Preserve Sales Document Resources - When enabled, sales document resources will be preserved after the document has been voided or moved to History.
UPDATED: EDI 945: The .xml file has been updated to use the Shipments schema instead of the StockTransferShipments schema. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: EDI: The EDI 846 Inventory Inquiry plugin was updated so that the trading partners are selected from a grid showing the customer or vendor's name, rather than from a dropdown without names.
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: The Clear button now clears the Status field. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: The Status column has been renamed from Case Tracker Status ID to Status. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: The Status field now filters the search by Status. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Search: The search now loads if a Cause, Resolution, or Issue is selected. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Customer A/R: The Note Description field is no longer empty when an existing note is edited.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: Setting checkbox fields through a pre-save script will no longer only set one field on the form. (Introduced: 4.5.1.29)
FIXED: EDI Business Object Mapping: Scripts for mappings of the Shipping Header type now have the correct parameters specified. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Funnel: There will no longer be an "Object reference" error when the Address tab is focused and processing a document.
FIXED: Interactions: The Customer, Sales Document, Vendor, and Prospect fields now contain a hyperlink to the respective card. (Introduced: 4.6.2.1)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Vendor item information created here is now compatible with GP.
FIXED: Item Restrictions: Item Restrictions will no longer incorrectly create a restriction query resulting in an incorrect SQL syntax.
FIXED: PayFabric Payment Window: Credit card numbers are no longer cut off by the Input field.
FIXED: PayFabric: The ItemAmount field to was renamed as ItemAmt to adhere to Level 3 data naming conventions.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer receive an "Unable to save payment: ERROR: Invalid Payment Type (4=Cash Payment, 5=Check Payment, 6=Credit Card)" error when attempting to credit a payment on a return that originated from a deposit payment.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer receive the "Request does not adhere to the DTD" error when attempting to process a sales transaction.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Sales document UDFs will now be copied to the newly created purchase order when the UDF names match.
FIXED: Purchase Order: When a dropship purchase order is moved from Released to Change Order, the On Order quantity of any changed item will no longer be updated.
FIXED: Quick Transfer To Invoice: The invoice details are now correctly saved if the 'SalesTax Query Handler' setting is being used.
Version 4.6.2.4
Release Date 5/11/18
BREAKING CHANGE: License Plate Forms: These forms have been renamed using the word "packaging" instead of "license plating". The affected securities have been reset.
ADDED: Automation Agent Jobs: The following jobs were added to Automation Agent: Forward Sales Doc ID, Process Recurring Sales, Update Batch Entered, Remove Sales Batch Holds, and Email. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Automation Search: A button which imports old Automation Agent data to Automation Agent 2.0 was added. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Document Combiner: This is a sales document plugin that will take related documents and combine them back together into a single document.
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: The Quantity Available column has been added to the Inventory Bin Quantity grid.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: Packaging properties, such as length and width, have been added to the screen.
ADDED: PayFabric Customer Transaction: A new column called Last Modified was added. It is populated with the last date the transaction was modified on. This replaces the old Date column.
ADDED: Security: Automation Lookup: Allow Migration from Automation Agent - This security determines whether or the Migrate from Automation Agent button is visible on the Automation Lookup screen. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Item Purchases: Show Vendor Info - When False, this security hides the Vendor Name, Vendor ID, Vendor Item Description, and Vendor Item Number columns on the Item Purchases grid. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Notes: Comment Max Characters - This security sets the maximum number of characters allowed on a sales document note. (Default: 0)
UPDATED: Dispatch Configuration: An Appointment status may no longer be saved with the same name as another Appointment status. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Inventory Transfer: The Vendor ID, Vendor Name, PO Number, Receipt Number, Date Received, and Purchased To columns have been removed.
UPDATED: Packaging Conversion Tool: Users now have the option to import package templates from ShipCenter.
FIXED: Summary Packing Slip: Data is now properly loaded for split documents. (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: Application: Sending crash reports to SalesPad will no longer result in the application freezing if the server can't be reached.
FIXED: Assemblies: Deleting lot allocations will now only update the Qty Allocated for the exact lot removed, and not all lot numbers for that item/warehouse combination.
FIXED: Assemblies: There will no longer be a primary key violation when trying to allocate lot-tracked items which have multiple lots with the same lot number.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Un-tabbing or re-tabbing the window will no longer cause sub-BOM components to duplicate.
FIXED: Binary Streams: Purchase Orders: When creating a purchase order from a sales line item, the facility from the sales order will properly transfer over to the purchase order, if the item has no primary vendor. If a vendor is chosen that is not set up for this facility, then it will still need to be chosen from the MEM Purchase Order plugin before the purchase order is saved. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Details: The Created By column may no longer be edited. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Case Tracker Maintenance: The Description column and the extra columns in the column chooser can be right clicked and resized in the Issue Maintenance and Resolution Maintenance tabs. (Extended Module: Case Tracker)
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Speed improvements were made, and old credit card log loading processes that were not being used were removed.
FIXED: Customer Search: Exporting to Microsoft Excel while the grid is grouped no longer causes an object reference error.
FIXED: Dispatch: Creating a Route Stop while the 'Default Dwell Time' setting is greater than 59 will no longer cause an error. (Extended Module)
FIXED: EDI Get Labels: The CarrierAlphaCode is now correctly sent for label requests. (Extended Module)
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Transaction: The Date column will now be populated with the transaction's creation date and time.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: The Comment field is now limited to 500 characters.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Queries executing a stored procedure using the execute keyword will now have search parameters passed to the procedure as intended.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Having Item Restrictions enabled but not set up will no longer cause sales and purchase line item entry to not focus new lines properly. (Introduced: 4.6.2.3)
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Quick Report user fields were not displaying content when they were viewed from a security group not included in the Group Edit permissions on the user field. This issue has been resolved. (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: Sales Line Items: The Comment field is now limited to 500 characters.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Clicking the buttons on the Reminder Alert window will no longer cause an error if SalesPad Today was refreshed while the window was open.
FIXED: User Fields: Image user fields marked as Read Only and as being a file attachment will no longer throw an exception when being loaded.
REMOVED: Security: BOM Properties: The 'Effective Date Default' security has been removed.
Version 4.6.2.3
Release Date 4/27/18
ADDED: Case Tracker AR Transactions: Allows addition and linking of multiple AR Transactions to a Case Tracker case from the Case Tracker Entry form.
ADDED: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Allows addition and linking of multiple reorders and returns to a Case Tracker case from the Case Tracker Entry form.
ADDED: Settings: Default Gateway For Sales Doc ID - Create mappings of Gateway Names and Sales Doc IDs. If a mapping is found for the current document's Sales Doc ID, the mapped Gateway will be used. Otherwise the Gateway from the Setting: 'Default Gateway' will be used. (Default: Empty)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker AR Transactions: Can Add AR Transactions - Determines whether a user can add AR Transaction entries to the selected case. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker AR Transactions: Can Remove AR Transactions - Determines whether a user can delete AR Transaction entries from the selected case. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Can Create Reorders/Returns - Determines whether a user can create new Reorder or Return entries to the selected case. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Can Link Existing Reorders/Returns - Determines whether a user can link existing Reorder or Return documents to the selected case (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Can Remove Reorders/Returns - Determines whether a user can remove Reorder or Return documents from the selected case. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Case Tracker Reorders/Returns: Default Reorder Doc Type - Specifies the Sales Document Type that will be assigned when generating a new reorder document from a Case Tracker case. If empty, users will be prompted to select a document type upon creating a new reorder document from a Case Tracker case. (Default: Empty)
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Can Change Contact Address Max Results - Allows users to edit the Contact Address Max Results field in order to limit the number of records returned after performing a blank customer search. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Contact Address Max Result Limit - Limits the number of Contact Address records returned after performing a blank customer search. (Default: 10000)
UPDATED: Google Zip Code Query Handler: The Country Code field will now be populated. This requires the GP Country Code setup to match what Google returns.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Optimizations were made for the sppUpdateSalesDocumentSY90000 SQL stored procedure.
FIXED: Assembly Sales Document Link: Deleting a sales line item with a linked assembly will now clear out the associated sales document link.
FIXED: Configurator: Dynamic Configured Items: Conditions would occasionally evaluate as True if the Value column was set to a text value that also existed as an attribute option. This has been corrected. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Dispatch Route Entry: An object reference error that could occur when clicking the Down arrow button has been resolved.
FIXED: EDI: TermsDiscountDate and TermsNetDueDate will no longer be swapped on 810 invoices. (Extended Module)
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Entry: If the line items have been edited, a save prompt will now appear when closing the document.
FIXED: Inventory Allocation: If the 'Filter By Location' security is enabled, the In Transit Transfer tab will no longer give the user an "Invalid column name ReceivedShippedQty" error.
FIXED: PayFabric CCA Integration: CCA was creating multiple transaction records in SalesPad when capturing an authorization or voiding a transaction. This issue was caused by a procedure created in SalesPad and will require an upgrade to both CCA and SalesPad in order to fix it. Please contact Nodus to coordinate updating CCA.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users can now copy and paste in appropriate fields on the PayFabric window.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Running the Purchase Order Generation plugin from Automation Agent will now work as expected. (Extended Module: Automation Agent)
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: Previously, when working with large purchase orders, changes to a field on a line item could be slow to appear after tabbing off of the field. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Quick Report: User fields can no longer be modified when the user or group has view permissions enabled but edit permissions are not enabled.
FIXED: Returns: When creating a return from a historical invoice, bin tracked items will now be properly fulfilled.
FIXED: Run Script: After executing a run script for the Sales Document Entry screen, the screen will now refresh properly. (Introduced: 4.6.1.14)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Document-level comments no longer have a 500 character limit.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: GP default comments will now be applied properly upon saving the document.
FIXED: Sales Order Entry: Create MO: The plugin now creates an manufacturing order for each back-ordered BOM, rather than linking them all to the same manufacturing order. (Introduced: 4.6.1.13)
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Interactions can now be marked as complete using the checkbox on the grid.
FIXED: Settings: Number of Serial/Lots to Print Per Row: This setting will now function properly for users in non-multibin environments.
Version 4.6.2.2
Release Date 4/16/18
UPDATED: Assembly Entry: Transaction Source is now a Read Only field.
UPDATED: EDI 940 Outbound: Customers no longer need to be cross referenced in order to send a 940 to the warehouse. (Extended Module: EDI)
UPDATED: EDI 940 Outbound: The warehouse's trading partner ID, rather than the customer's, is now sent out at the header level. (Extended Module: EDI)
UPDATED: Emailing: Error handling was improved for when there is no To address during emailing but there is a Pre Email script or On Load Email script.
UPDATED: Packaging Conversion Tool: The plugin has been moved to the Packaging Template Setup screen. (Extended Module: EDI)
UPDATED: Setting: Enable Custom Menus - If this setting is enabled and there is an issue loading the custom ribbon, the user will now have a log message with instructions on how to fix the ribbon.
FIXED: Assembly Links: Sales line assembly links will no longer be broken upon saving the assembly.
FIXED: Binary Streams MEM: SalesPad will now properly pass in the correct fields for Binary Stream's econnect procedure to run when saving a sales document payment. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Binary Streams: Previously, distribution accounts were not being properly substituted because of an extra call to taSopHdrRecalc. SalesPad will now do an additional call after the recalculation to BSSI_taSopHdrIvcInsertPostCommon in order to get the distribution values properly substituted. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Import Manager: Quantity Decimals will now always be set to 0 on serial-tracked Item Master imports.
FIXED: Log Message: When closing SalesPad with an active log message, there will no longer be an object reference error.
FIXED: Packaging Conversion Tool: The tool has been optimized to avoid a "System Out of Memory" error. (Extended Module: EDI)
FIXED: Quick Report Editor: Quick Report Scripting: The Add New Row script will now work for tables that have no rows.
FIXED: Quick Report Editor: Scripts returning a string will now be able to run on quick reports.
FIXED: Sales Document Assemblies: Breaking an assembly link will now properly remove the sales document link from the linked assembly.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: If the sales document's Currency field is empty and the Multi-Currency option is checked, the sales document payment’s Doc Date field will no longer be incorrectly set to the sales document’s Doc Date field.
FIXED: Sales Document: Allocating a multi-bin non-tracked item a second time will no longer over-allocate the line. This only affects documents that use auto-fulfillment. (Introduced: 4.6.0.17)
FIXED: Sales Entry: If the Days To Expire field is set to 0, saving a quote in SalesPad will no longer set the Quote Exp Date to the Doc Date.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Sales Promotion Coupons: Tabbing out of the Enter Coupon Code field will no longer throw double validation prompts when the code isn't valid.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Users will no longer receive a "Sequence contains no matching element" error when potentially changing document values and using Sales Promotions. (Introduced: 4.6.1.14)
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Clicking the New Line button will now correctly focus the newly created line. (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: SalesPad Today: The default Assigned To user will now be set correctly when creating a task from the calendar.
FIXED: Smart Printing: There will no longer be an "Index out of range" error when a To email is not defined when emailing.
FIXED: Smart Printing: Users will no longer receive SMTP exceptions when sending too many emails through the Smart Printing plugin.
FIXED: User Fields: User fields with the same name as a disabled field will no longer be prevented from being added to a view.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Selecting the Autofilter row on the Eval When in Queue column will no longer cause an object reference error.
Version 4.6.2.1
Release Date 3/30/18
ADDED: Sales Document Print Reports: Better serial/lot tracked item information and user field access under the Sales Fulfillment table was added. This has the potential to slow the loading of print reports, so these fields are protected by settings.
ADDED: Settings: Sales Document Print Reports: Load Sales Fulfillment Lot Tracked Item Fields - When enabled, lot tracked item information can be accessed from the Sales Fulfillment table on sales document printed reports. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Sales Document Print Reports: Load Sales Fulfillment Serial Tracked Item Fields - When enabled, serial tracked item information can be accessed from the Sales Fulfillment table on sales document printed reports. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Sending Emails: Default Customer Email Address - This setting specifies which customer email address will be defaulted into the Send Email screen when emailing from the Customer card. (Default: None)
ADDED: User Fields: Security Group and User Name permission levels have been added to user fields.
ADDED: Warehouse Maintenance: Security: Can Edit Bin - This security enables the ability to change bins. (Default: False)
UPDATED: EDI: EDI plugins can now be run via AutomationAgent. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Email: When sending bulk emails, selecting to send the emails to either the billing address or shipping address is now required.
UPDATED: Item Audit: Changes made to Price Level Maintenance will now be logged.
UPDATED: PayFabric: HTML Element errors will now be displayed to the user and logged to the sales document.
UPDATED: Warehouse Maintenance: The 'Can Create Bins' security now only controls if a user can create bins, and not also the ability to change bins.
FIXED: Binary Streams: Sales Monitor: Selecting the Auto Hide Queues checkbox will no longer result in a "@Hide_Auto_Queues is not a parameter for procedure sppSalesMonitorSummary" error. (Extended Module)
FIXED: CRM Note Entry: Created On and Created By labels have been removed.
FIXED: CRM Note Entry: Created and By column names have been changed to Created On and Created By.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Item History tab now includes voided items.
FIXED: Customer Card: The grid layout on the Extended Pricing tab now saves properly.
FIXED: Database Update: The EDI module's database update is now compatible with SQL Server 2008. (Extended Module: EDI) (Introduced: 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: Interaction Entry: When creating an interaction from an opportunity that has multiple customer or prospect links, the dropdown to choose these links will no longer be Read Only.
FIXED: Interaction Entry: When creating an interaction from an opportunity, the contact dropdown will now be properly filtered depending on the selection made in the Customer/Prospect dropdown.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Previously, if barcodes were not set up, an error would occur when opening the Barcodes tab. This has been resolved.
FIXED: Item Audit: Items with long item numbers will now be properly audited.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Users will no longer be prompted to change the tracking option for serial tracked items if the quantity of decimals is greater than 0. (Introduced 4.6.2.0)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Printing a fully released purchase order will no longer result in an attempt to update the purchase order line status. This was a speed improvement for re-printing purchase orders.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Payment Terms will no longer be cleared if the Payment Terms have a non-whole number discount percentage.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Autolinks now work for interactions.
FIXED: Quick Reports: The Expression Conditional formatting option now works correctly.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Lines will no longer pull in the current cost if the item's valuation method is Average Perpetual.
FIXED: Sales Entry Quick Pick Maintenance: An error no longer occurs if the user clicks the Move Down button when there are no items.
FIXED: Sales Entry Quick Pick Maintenance: Selecting the Autofilter row no longer causes an error.
FIXED: Sales Entry Quick Pick Maintenance: The correct text is now displayed when hovering over the arrow buttons.
FIXED: User Fields: If a Date/Time UDF is set to Read Only, it's no longer possible to clear the value on the field.
FIXED: Warehouse Maintenance: When new bins are entered, they are now labeled in upper case.
Version 4.6.2.0
Release Date 3/16/18
BREAKING CHANGE: Application: SalesPad no longer supports SQL server versions older than 2008.
BREAKING CHANGE: Licensing: The Avatax and PayFabric modules now require licenses.
BREAKING CHANGE: Packages: The SQL tables that stored package data have moved from spPackage to spLicensePlate. This was done to allow compatibility between different applications. To port over any existing packages, run the conversion tool located on the License Plate Maintenance screen.
BREAKING CHANGE: Packages: The sub-securities for this form have been renamed and will need to be set up again.
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: The following settings have moved from the EDI module to core: 'SSCC GS Company Prefix', 'SSCC Starting Serial Value', 'Default Packing Medium', 'Default Packing Material', and 'Add Unfulfilled Lines to Package'.
BREAKING CHANGE: Application: Once upgraded to 4.6.2.0, users will not be able to downgrade SalesPad back to an older version. This is related to the DevExpress upgrade.
ADDED: Automation Agent: Automation Agent now adheres to the 'Allow Partial Sales Batch Transfers' setting. (Requires: Remote Library)
ADDED: EDI: 856 SOTPI: ASNs can be generated using the SOTPI format. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Licensing: The Avatax, PayFabric, ThomsonReuters, and AutomationAgent modules now require licenses.
ADDED: PayLink Integration: A sales document plugin was added to retrieve a PayLink Url from PayFabric for the current document.
ADDED: PayLinkPaymentComplete Endpoint: An Endpoint in which a PayLink document is received as a Json object and the transaction information is saved to the database was added. (Requires Remote Library)
ADDED: Sales Document: The Shipment tab has moved from the EDI module to the core Desktop application.
ADDED: Sales: Consolidated Shipments: A new screen was added to create shipments containing multiple sales documents.
ADDED: Settings PayLink: PayLink Device Password - This is the Device Password from PayLink you must use when creating PayLink documents. Navigate to your PayLink account -> Settings -> Secure Token -> Device Password. (Default:"")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink Contact Information Preference - This is the email address/phone number to be used when sending PayLink notifications automatically. Phone numbers must contain the correct country calling code. Note that this will only be used if the 'Manually Send PayLink Url' setting is False. (Default:"Billing")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink Notification Type - This setting specifies the type of notification the created PayLink document will use. Note that this will only be used if the 'Manually Send PayLink Url' setting is False. (Default:"None")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: Manually Send PayLink Url - This setting determines whether or not to retrieve the PayLink Url to manually send to customers, or to have PayLink automatically send the notifications. (Default:"true")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: PayLink Device ID - This is the Device ID from PayLink you must use when creating PayLink documents. Navigate to your PayLink account -> Settings -> Secure Token -> Device ID. (Default:"")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: PayLink Email Template - This is the email template to use when sending PayLinks automatically. This is set up through your PayLink account. Note that this will only be used if the 'Manually Send PayLink Url' setting is False. (Default:"")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: PayLink SMS Template - This is the phone SMS template to use when sending PayLinks automatically. This is set up through your PayLink account. Note that this will only be used if the 'Manually Send PayLink Url' setting is False. (Default:"")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: PayLink Setup ID - This is the Gateway Profile Setup ID from your PayLink Account. Navigate to your PayLink Account -> Settings -> Gateway Profile. (Default:"")
ADDED: Settings: PayLink: PayLink Url - This is the URL for the PayLink API. (Default: "https://sandbox.payfabric.com/v2/PayLink/api/")
ADDED: Settings: Search Item Number and Description Using Item Field - If set to False, Inventory Lookup will only search Item Number and Item Description when the corresponding field is populated. If set to True, both fields are searched when either field is populated. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Application: DevExpress has been upgraded to 17.2.6.
UPDATED: Cross Reference: Carrier Alpha Codes for the Shipping Method cross reference can now have more than four characters. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Customer Card: Changing the splitter position on the Notes tab now applies to all customers.
UPDATED: EDI 940: The 940 business object mappings have been updated with new fields. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Manufacturing Order Entry: If the MO doesn't have a status of Open or Quote, the header fields and Delete button will now be Read Only. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Manufacturing Order Entry: The status can now only be changed to Open or Quote in SalesPad. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The spvPurchaseLineItem_base no longer uses a function to get the Purchase Order Type. This will help with some potential speed issues.
UPDATED: Application: Auto filter rows have been updated to allow more flexibility when filtering. The default for most text fields will be Contains, which allows the user to type in text to find all fields in that column that contain that text. Because of these changes, the wildcard character (*) is no longer necessary when searching in this manner. To change a filter option, simply click the filter icon in the auto filter row to get a dropdown list of available options.
FIXED: Customer AR Detail: Exchange invoices will no longer give a "Customer '[]' does not have a valid Bill To Address" error when the document's hyperlink is clicked.
FIXED: Dashboards: An issue where data sources were not loading correctly has been resolved.
FIXED: Equipment Search: The In Stock and Sales Document Num columns were not always accurate. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Users will no longer be able to set the quantity decimal places when the Tracking option is set to Serial Number.
FIXED: Manufacturing Order Entry: Cancelling an MO is no longer possible unless the status is Open or Quote.
FIXED: PayFabric Migrator: An issue where some credit cards created through SalesPad were not showing up in the PayFabric Migrator screen has been fixed.
FIXED: PayFabric: The Create GP Payment button will now work properly on return documents for credit transactions.
FIXED: Printed Reports: The Vendor Address field now correctly formats the phone number according to the Vendor Country Code.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: If the 'Allow Editing of Purchase Orders On Hold' setting is disabled in GP, it's now possible to remove the hold from a purchase order.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Setting a line quantity to 0 now correctly sets the purchase order's status.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: Attempting to update quantity when the PO is received will no longer result in the quantity being updated but the sales document not being saved. This would cause issues with the sales document total and the sales line items' extended price being incorrect.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Optimizations were added to the Purchasing Advisor procedures in order to prevent timeout issues when the Include Reorder Pt checkbox is checked.
FIXED: Receiving: Distribution, Unit Cost, and Subtotal values will now be correct when receiving a non-functional currency dropship purchase order.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Generator: Shift-click and Ctrl-click functionality now works in the Documents grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Discount Amount field is now working properly. (Introduced: 4.6.1.14)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The 'Validate Customer PO' security now only checks for documents with the same customer number.
FIXED: Sales Document: Users will no longer receive a "parameterized query" error in rare situations when saving a sales document.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: Loading the plugin is now faster for large quantities of fulfilled serial tracked items.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: New lines will now be properly focused when created. This problem was environment specific and may not have affected everyone.
Version 4.6.1.16
Release Date 3/2/18
ADDED: Security: Funnel: On Load Script - This is a C# script that executes before the next sales document is loaded.
UPDATED: Application: Support for GP 2018.
UPDATED: EDI Processing: A Summary footer is now available. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Configurator: Any manufacturing BOM created from a configurator will now have the Default From and Default To sites rolled down from the base item's manufacturing BOM if it exists. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Customer Search Popup: When searching with no criteria, the warning will no longer be displayed twice.
FIXED: Exchange Document: Creating an Exchange will no longer put a negative discount on the invoice document. (Introduced: 4.6.1.14)
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Changes to the Opportunity Status are now applied correctly.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Opportunity now must be saved before converting to a Quote.
FIXED: Packages: The Get Labels process will no longer error out and give a "Too Many Requests" message. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Report Designer: An error that occurred when previewing the AR Transaction Report has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Analysis: The Item Qty calculation for exchange invoices has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Excel Import: Imported Sales Lines will no longer take the Ship To Address value for Excel fields that are left blank.
FIXED: Shipping Review: Sales Line UDFs are now editable.
Version 4.6.1.15
Release Date 2/23/18
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Can Change Contact Address Max Results - This security allows user to edit the Contact Address Max Results field in order to limit the number of records returned after performing a blank customer search. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Contact Address Max Result Limit - This security limits the number of Contact Address records returned after performing a blank customer search. (Default: 10000)
FIXED: Smart Printing: All errors derived during smart printing will now be audited properly on the sales document.
FIXED: Vendor: Address Card: All address fields can now be saved with the sizes allowed by the Dynamics table.
Version 4.6.1.14
Release Date 2/16/18
ADDED: Binary Stream MEM Settings: Send Department ID - This setting determines whether or not the Department ID is sent when saving a sales or purchase order document. (Default: True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Customer: CRM tab: A Schedule ID column was added to the Tasks table.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: There is an option to mark items as Exclude From Sales Promotions. Those items will not be used in calculating the subtotal for the Sales Promotion applicability.
ADDED: Item Promotions: Markdown Amount and Markdown Percent are now available.
ADDED: Purchase Order Line Items: Added a copy function which temporarily stores line items from a purchase order.
ADDED: Purchase Order Line Items: Added a paste function which adds all currently copied line items to any purchase order.
ADDED: Sales Promotions: Promotion Type: A Promotion Type called Spend X Get Up To Y Freight Off was added.
ADDED: Sales Promotions: There is now a Field and Field Values option that can be used to determine if a promotion is available. This can be used to limit promotions based on specific values of a field. For example, it can be limited to specific warehouse codes.
ADDED: Security: Customer PayFabric Transactions: Show Only SalesPad Transactions - When false, transactions made outside of SalesPad will be visible. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Promotions: Can Only Use Coupon Generation Script - When enabled, users can only generate coupons via scripting. Requires a script that is not disabled. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: ShipCenter: Update Document Shipping Method - This setting controls whether or not the document level Shipping Method should be updated when selecting a rate. Note: The Update Shipping Method functionality requires that the selected shipping service be mapped to a GP Shipping Method in ShipCenter's setup. (Default: True) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: ShipCenter: Update Line Item Shipping Method - This setting controls whether or not the line item Shipping Methods should be updated when selecting a rate. Note: The Update Shipping Method functionality requires that the selected shipping service be mapped to a GP Shipping Method in ShipCenter's setup. (Default: Prompt) (Extended Module)
UPDATED: PayLink: This integration is now compatible with PayLink version 3.
UPDATED: Sales Promotions: Promotions can be set to a $0 sales document total, which allows for "up to" amounts off. For example, if you have a promotion for $5 off and the customer only spends $2, they will only get a $2 discount, unless they spend more.
UPDATED: Sales Promotions: Promotions that would apply a percentage will now use an equivalent discount amount. This is done because of the potential for Exclude From Sales Promotions items.
FIXED: Auto Glass Inventory Search: Security - 'Get Pricing On Row Focus' will consistently pull the price for the highlighted row. (Extended Module)
FIXED: CRM Task Entry: The Schedule Again button, which duplicates a task and allows the date/time to be rescheduled, was added to the Task Entry window.
FIXED: CRM Task Entry: The ability to make a recurring schedule for a new task, rather than only being able to create a recurring schedule for existing tasks, was added.
FIXED: CRM Task Entry: The ability to reschedule a new task, rather than only being able to reschedule existing tasks, was added.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Users will no longer receive an "Apply From Document (APFRDCNM) is missing" error when attempting to apply a Return type document.
FIXED: DataCollection Allocation: Allocation was optimized, and redundant database entries were cleaned up.
FIXED: EDI Mapping: Script parameters for EDI 850 transactions will now include the OrderType object. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Inventory Allocations: In-Transit Transfers: Users will no longer receive an "Invalid object name 'spvServiceTransferLineSearch'" error when attempting to view this tab. This was a SQL view change.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Users will no longer sometimes see a reorder point line for items in warehouses that do not have reorder points created.
FIXED: Sales Document: When switching between originating and functional currency, the Payment field will now be properly disabled based on the value of the 'Can Edit Functional Currency' security.
FIXED: Sales Document: When switching between originating and functional currency, the Payment field will now be properly updated to match the view the user is using.
FIXED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: Closing a sales document after saving will no longer prompt the user to save packages. (Extended Module)
FIXED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: Entering the Payment window from the ShipCenter tab without saving a new sales document will no longer result in an error. (Extended Module)
Version 4.6.1.13
Release Date 2/9/18
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Generation: Allowed Document IDs - Allows users specify which sales document IDs are allowed to have purchase orders generated. (Default: *)
UPDATED: Purchasing Advisor: The Purchase button will now delay slightly if the unit cost calculation process for each row has not completed. This will prevent incorrect zero cost rows in the Choose Purchase Plan window.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Address validation is now audited.
FIXED: Create Assembly: The sales document will now be properly saved when attempting to use this plugin.
FIXED: Create MO: If the 'Autosave' security is set to False, the Create MO plugin will now process each line item on the sales document, instead of only the first line.
FIXED: Create Return: If required UDFs aren't set before creating a return, an error message will now appear.
FIXED: Equipment Search: Non-inventory equipment will now show as not in stock. The same goes for non-serial tracked equipment and serial-tracked equipment that have serial numbers that do not exist in the system.
FIXED: Equipment Search: The last document associated with the equipment will now always appear in the Sales Doc Num column.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: The Purchases tab on the sales document will now be properly refreshed if it was open when a purchase order was generated.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: The sales document will now be properly saved when attempting to use this plugin.
FIXED: Quick Report Browser: Creating a new quick report and editing it with the Quick Report Editor will no longer create duplicates of the quick report.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Certain buttons will now be properly disabled when a receipt is historical or voided.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Fulfillment: Certain buttons and grids will now be properly disabled when a receipt is historical or voided.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Fulfillment: Inventory will no longer be incorrect when unfulfilling or re-fulfilling lot tracked items when the same lot is listed more than once in the Available Lots window.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Users will no longer receive a "No inventory available" message when attempting to add returned items to a sales inventory return transaction.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Users will no longer receive a sub-query error when attempting to fulfill a lot tracked item that has more than one lot with the same name.
FIXED: Recurring Sales: Sales Rep and Price Level fields will now be populated properly when creating new sales documents from a recurring sales definition that was not created from an existing sales document.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The Sales Batch dropdown now only contains batches specified in the 'Sales Batches Allowed' security.
FIXED: Sales Document GP Attachments: Resources will no longer be created incorrectly in SalesPad if the flow is turned off in GP. Previously, this could cause an "Illegal address for field Origin" error when posting the document.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: The On Row Change script will now properly run if the 'Removed Default Items to Non-Inventory' setting is enable or the 'Non-Inventory On Quote' setting is disabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: The Sales Batch dropdown now only contains batches specified in the 'Sales Batches Allowed' security.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment Plugin: The sales document will now be properly saved when attempting to use this plugin.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: If the 'Split Manual Payments' setting is enabled, PayFabric and CardControl capture transactions will no longer be distributed across split or partially invoiced documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Quick Reports: A new sales document's quick report will now be updated when it is first saved.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The Address Validated checkbox now has the correct value if the sales document is saved with an invalid address.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The 'Sales Batches Allowed' security is now respected.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Sales Batch dropdown now only contains batches specified in the 'Sales Batches Allowed' security.
Version 4.6.1.12
Release Date 2/2/18
BREAKING CHANGE: EDI Business Object Mappings: Mappings have been updated to require fewer core mappings, allowing more fields to be modified. To get the updated mappings, enable the 'Can Update Mappings' security under EDI Business Object Mapping Transactions. Then go into the Business Object Mapping screen and select the Update All Mappings button. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Settings: EDI Processing Maximum Retry Attempts - This setting determines the number of times processing will restart after failing without a successful attempt. (Default: 5) (Extended Module)
UPDATED: CRM: NOLOCKS were added to many CRM procedures and views.
UPDATED: EDI Processing: When inbound processing runs into an error, it will restart up to a set number of times. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: EDI: Packages: Labels can now be updated based on the marked For Address for the package. (Extended Module)
UPDATED: EDI: Packages: The Shipping header now automatically marks when a shipment's status is Ship Complete. (Extended Module)
FIXED: EDI: Packages: Creating new packages will automatically increment the package number past 10. (Extended Module)
FIXED: EDI: Sales Document: Packages containing kit items will no longer prevent the order from moving to invoice. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Equipment Maintenance: A spelling error on the banner has been corrected.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Payment Terms will no longer clear out when switching between two terms with different discount percent amounts and saving the document.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: In some situations, users in a non-multi currency environment were not able to change Unit Cost on Service or Misc Charge items. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: SalesPad will no longer freeze when opening the Sales Document Payments window from an invoice or return, if the 'Allowed Payment Options' security is set to Deposit. (Introduced: 4.6.1.9)
FIXED: Sales Person Card: The Dashboard data is now filtered down to the specific Sales Person.
FIXED: Sales Shipment: Users will no longer receive more than one prompt to save when opening this screen. These extra saves could cause fulfillment to be lost for Lot Tracked items, when transferring to invoice.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: The selected Interaction(s) are now properly deleted upon clicking Delete. Previously, only the top Interaction would be deleted.
Version 4.6.1.11
Release Date 1/26/18
ADDED: Settings: Inventory Transfer Batch Posts To GL - When enabled, inventory transfers that are created in SalesPad will be put in a batch that is automatically set to post to the general ledger. (Default: False)
UPDATED: EDI Transactions: Long document numbers are now saved correctly.
FIXED: AutoGlass: The complimentary items search is now faster. This was a SQL stored procedure update.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Sales Territory field can no longer be deleted when the 'Can Change Sales Territory' security is set to False.
Version 4.6.1.10
Release Date 1/19/18
UPDATED: Backordered Items Report: The Allocate and Release button has been renamed to Release and Allocate in order to more accurately describe its functionality.
FIXED: Application: The System Administrator password is now encrypted after initial installation.
FIXED: Configurator: When attempting to save, users will no longer receive an "Out of Memory" error after creating restrictions on configured items that have a large amount of options and attributes. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Counter Sales: If a sales document is split when being forwarded through workflow, the split sales documents will now correctly move to the next batch.
FIXED: Customer Card: The "Customer is on Hold" banner now appears at the correct times, if the customer card is refreshed before saving a change to the On Hold status.
FIXED: Customer: When updating the Shipping Method or Tax Schedule ID fields on the primary address of a customer, the corresponding fields in the RM00101 table will now properly reflect those changes upon saving.
FIXED: Interactions: If the 'Can Edit' security is set to False, it is no longer possible to edit an interaction by double-clicking it.
FIXED: Item Analysis: When navigating to the Inventory Lookup, there will no longer be an "A column named 'ITEMDESC2' already belongs to this DataTable" error if the last tab the user selected was Item Analysis.
FIXED: Item Restrictions: Deleting a parent node no longer causes an object reference error.
FIXED: Manufacturing: The Route Search pop-up window can now be opened when the Route Search window is already tabbed.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Opening the designer while filtering a numeric grid column will no longer cause a "Cannot perform 'Like' operation on System.Decimal and System.String" error.
FIXED: Receiving: Clicking the ellipses on the Serial/Lot field no longer disables the controls on the main form.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Definition: An object reference error that occurred when users did not select a document to add has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Cash/Check: The Checkbook dropdown will now be enabled when the user switches to Deposit on an order.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Cash/Check: The Checkbook dropdown will now populate properly if the 'Default Checkbook' security is set to a checkbook that is not in the 'Payment Check Book' setting.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Freight is now properly distributed when sales documents are split.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The margin calculation has been corrected on line items with a non-base UofM.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: The Task List dropdown on the Task Entry window now populates with all incomplete Task Lists.
FIXED: Settings: The 'Universal Script' setting can now be disabled without resulting in compilation errors.
Version 4.6.1.9
Release Date 1/12/18
ADDED: Group Pricing: Customer Name has been added to the list of exported columns.
ADDED: Security: PayFabric Batch Charge: Create Credit Card Deposits - When enabled, credit card deposits will be created for orders. When disabled, credit card payments will be created for orders. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Customer Card: Contact Addresses: Address Line 2 and Address Line 3 columns were added.
UPDATED: Customer Contact Address Card: The Location dropdown now displays Description and Inactive columns.
FIXED: Configurator: The 'Configuration Summary Sales Line Item Field' setting was not being properly respected in some scenarios. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Group Pricing: Warehouse Code will now be exported and imported properly.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Find panel visibility now persists. (Introduced 4.6.0.11)
FIXED: Item Restrictions: Deleting a parent node no longer causes an object reference error.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: It's now possible to perform a "like" search when batches are specified in the 'Sales Batches Allowed' security.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Equipment: The Serial Number dropdown will now populate properly if the equipment item is a non-inventory or non-serial tracked item.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Pasted sales line items no longer retain fulfillment date.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: The Task List dropdown on the Task Entry window now populates with all incomplete Task Lists.
FIXED: Security: The asterisk has been removed from the 'Blanket Order Invoicing' security.
FIXED: User Fields: Quick Report popups will be resized to fit their contents properly.
Version 4.6.1.5
Release Date 11/10/17
FIXED: Assembly: When creating a new assembly, the system will now check the historical records to check if that assembly number was already used.
FIXED: Avatax: Sales line-level tax amounts for returns will no longer be negative values.
FIXED: Inventory: Barcode Maintenance: This screen will no longer have issues in which it pauses to load data when the user is scrolling through barcodes.
FIXED: Returns: Fulfillment will no longer be miscalculated when changing various fields on the sales line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When changing to an address that has already been validated once, the address will no longer be re-validated. (Requires an Address Validation query handler.)
FIXED: EDI: Sales Document Packages: Having many packages with labels will no longer cause Out of Memory exceptions. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Sales Entry: When the 'Shortage Option For Item No Backorders' setting is set to NotSet, users will no longer see an "Index (zero based)" exception when saving a sales document with an item that does not allow back orders. This exception would also cause SalesPad to crash. The workaround is to either update the ActiveSupport.xml file in the installation folder or change the setting. (Introduced: 4.6.1.1)
Version 4.6.1.4
Release Date 11/3/17
ADDED: Group Pricing Import / Export: UDF's at both Group pricing and Group Pricing Item Details now can be exported/imported to Microsoft Excel.
ADDED: Setting: Enable System Logging - When enabled, additional logging to the spSystemLog table for some specific scenarios will occur. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: SQL Invalid Object Ignore - This setting allows newer users of mobile/web to work with older versions of SalesPad Desktop by ignoring newer features that may not exist in Desktop. (Default: Mobile; Web)
ADDED: User Field Editor: Group Pricing Item Details now supports user field columns
FIXED: Import Manager: Importing item barcodes without an Enabled column will now result in an error stating 'Column '' does not belong to table.'
FIXED: Interactions: Creating certain UDFs will no longer cause a conversion error when navigating to the Interactions tabs. This can be fixed by running sppRefreshViews in SQL and does not require an upgrade.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Tabs will now properly load if the Alternate Items tab was the last tab used.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: When an item number, rather than a barcode, is searched for and the 'Enable Inv Lookup Item Barcode Conversion' setting is enabled, the item number field will no longer be set as blank.
FIXED: Nodus: When using the 'Write to CCA' setting on the processor, the expiration date written to CCA will now be written in the proper format. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: When an item number, rather than a barcode, is inserted on a purchase order line and the 'Enable PurchasingLookup Item Barcode Conversion' setting is enabled, the item number field will no longer be set as blank.
FIXED: Quick Report: Export To Template: Speed improvements were made to the export process.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: After accepting or changing the GP Promo Pricing (GP Extended Pricing), the document total will be properly recalculated.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When an item number, rather than a barcode, is inserted on a sales line and the 'Enable Item Barcode Conversion' setting is enabled, the item number field will no longer be set as blank.
FIXED: Settings: Sales: 'Enable Item Barcode Conversion' and 'Default Items To Non Inventory' will now work together.
Version 4.6.1.3
Release Date 10/27/17
ADDED: Customer Default Items Plugin: The plugin now has window position save and restore functionality, which will save the plugin's size and location upon closing and will restore the plugin to the saved size and location upon opening.
ADDED: Security: Customer Default Items Plugin: Can Export Grid - This setting will determine whether the gridExtender will allow the user to export the gridview. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Default Items Plugin: Can Print Grid - This setting will determine whether the gridExtender will allow the user to print the gridview. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Default Items Plugin: Can Update Grid - This setting will determine whether the gridView is editable. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Active Support: Error messages related to sales line items now give information about which item caused the error.
UPDATED: Password Editor: A toolstrip icon was added.
FIXED: Customer Contract Pricing: When using a grouped contract, if the sales line's quantity goes over the contract limit, a sales line will now prompt to split properly.
FIXED: Customer Default Items Plugin: Grid Layout changes will now be saved.
FIXED: Google ZipCode Query Handler: Users will no longer receive a "Zip Code validation failed. Exceeded Google API query limit." error if they change the zip code multiple times in quick succession.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Valuation Method will no longer be editable when creating new items that are not Sales inventory type items.
FIXED: Kit Components: If there are entries for the item in IV00105 for the functional currency with the currency ID set to blank, users will no longer see duplicate kit components.
FIXED: Returns: Qty Fulfilled will now more accurately represent the total quantity in SOP10203. This value is a calculated field and is just for display purposes.
FIXED: Returns: When changing the UofM on a sales line and reducing the quantity, an extra record will no longer be created in SOP10103 for multibin environment users.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When changing the warehouse and quantity fulfilled at the same time in a multibin environment, the fulfillment will be properly switched to the new warehouse.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: The 'Can Change Kit Quantities' security no longer requires the 'Sales Line Item Package Smart Field' setting to be populated with a UDF.
FIXED: Sales Search: The Total column will now populate if the grid also has the SubTotal column. Previously, this was only an issue if the 'Only Load Visible Columns' security was enabled. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
Version 4.6.1.2
Release Date 10/20/17
ADDED: Item Price: Extended pricing users can now access the Price Sheet ID field in the Item Price business object.
UPDATED: Ship Center: The Ship From Address on Shipments generated from Sales Documents now defaults to the document's warehouse address unless the carrier requires a specific origin.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Previously, clicking on an item number hyperlink would not properly load the item in the Inventory lookup. This issue has been resolved. (Introduced: 4.6.1.1)
FIXED: Inventory: The QTY_Drop_Shipped value in IV00102 and IV00103 will now be updated properly as dropship purchase orders are released or invoiced.
FIXED: New Customer: The Note index will now be properly set when creating new customers, rather than being set to 0. This fixes a scenario where there may be a bad note index in SY03900, of 0, and new customers would always pull that note.
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: Users will no longer receive an "Endpoint Not Found" error when attempting to use the tab for a customer whose number contains special characters.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Searching by serial or lot tracked values will now return the correct results.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Users will no longer receive a "SQL statement is nested too deeply" error when doing a search that would potentially return a large number of purchase receipts.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: The Inventory Information grid will no longer hide the name of the right-most column if the user has added any sales line item plugin buttons.
FIXED: User Field Editor: The Map To field will now be properly set if the user updates the value for one user field, clicks on another user field, and then navigates back to the original user field.
Version 4.6.1.1
Release Date 10/13/17
BREAKING CHANGE: spcpGetEquipmentSearch: Any custom Equipment Search procedures will need to be updated because of some recent changes to the parameters. Please contact Support if you have any issues.
UPDATED: Backordered Items Report: Users can now select multiple warehouses on the Backorered Items report.
UPDATED: Settings: 'Search Other/3rd Party Items' has been renamed to 'Search Alternate Items'.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Performance when loading BOM items that contain components which are also BOM items was improved. SalesPad will now only show components of BOMs nested up to 10 deep.
FIXED: CRM Entry: CRM Notes and CRM Entry values will no longer save if there have not been any changes made on the form. This will help prevent overwriting changes when two users have the same event open and only one user is making changes.
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: The Create Letter will now properly replace the CustomerAddr merge fields. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: The grid will now properly show the Contact Type when set up. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Equipment Search: Show In Stock will now work properly with equipment items that have been returned.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: The debit distribution account for each line item will now be properly set to the Via Site's account, or, if that does not exist, then set to the To Site's account.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Some minor speed improvements around layouts and some extra database hits while loading the screen were added.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Alternate Items tab will be properly visible if Search Alternate Items is checked or unchecked when loading the screen.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Vendor Items tab will be properly visible if Search Vendor Items is checked or unchecked when loading the screen.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The grids will now properly have the correct item selected when no results are shown in for different grids.
FIXED: Prospects: The Convert Prospect To Customer and the Create Opportunity plugins are no longer allowed to load if the open prospect has no contacts.
FIXED: Sales Inventory Lookup: The 'Can Access Alternate Item Catalog' security will now properly disable the Search Alternate Items check box.
FIXED: Sales Inventory Lookup: There will no longer be an extra scroll bar for the Search Fields section.
Version 4.6.1.0
Release Date 10/6/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Quick Reports: Editing a quick report now requires the 'Quick Report Editor' security to be enabled.
BREAKING CHANGE: Quick Reports: The Create Call List button will now be visible when the 'Enable Create Call List' security for quick reports is enabled, and the quick report contains any columns with the following names: "custnmbr", "Customer", "Customer_Num", "Customer_Number".
BREAKING CHANGE: Quick Reports: The ability to export to Excel on database quick reports now depends on the 'Can Export Grid' security for quick reports.
ADDED: Dispatch Appointment: Users are now able to combine appointments by dragging and dropping one onto another.
ADDED: Dispatch Appointment: Users are now able to view the sales documents associated with the appointment.
ADDED: Dispatch Map: Double-clicking on the map will display the address at that given location, and the user can choose to add that stop to a route.
ADDED: Dispatch Route Card: A Schedule tab was added.
ADDED: Dispatch Route: Users are now able to link a sales document to a route from the Route card.
ADDED: Dispatch Schedule Route: A sales document plugin that attempts to link the document to a route based on the required ship date and customer was added.
ADDED: Dispatch Search: A new tab which displays routes on a map was added.
ADDED: FedEx Validation: This is a new extended module that supports FedEx address validation. Users must have proper FedEx credentials to use this service.
ADDED: Inventory Analysis: A Primary Vendor column and search field has been added.
ADDED: Inventory Analysis: Tooltips have been added to many columns and other fields to help usability.
ADDED: Item Barcodes: A new Barcode Maintenance screen was added.
ADDED: Item Barcodes: SalesPad barcodes were added.
ADDED: Quick Report Columns: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows users to specify how individual columns appear and are summarized, grouped, and sorted.
ADDED: Quick Report Comparisons: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows users to compare a column's value to another column and change the color based on the difference.
ADDED: Quick Report Editor: A new form was added that allows users to easily edit, create, and view quick reports.
ADDED: Quick Report Properties: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows users to choose the overall properties of how the quick report is displayed.
ADDED: Quick Report Query: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows users to write the SQL query, which is the core of a quick report, manually, or develop the query using a tool.
ADDED: Quick Report Scripting: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows users to write scripts to run when the quick report loads, or write Context Menu Item scripts, which can be run at will.
ADDED: Quick Report Searches: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows users to further filter the data returned by the quick report's query.
ADDED: Quick Report Updates: A tab was added to the Quick Report Editor which allows columns in the quick report to be updated, writing back to the underlying database table.
ADDED: Remote Library: A new endpoint was created in Remote Library to better process recurring sales with Automation Agent. (Requires Automation Agent 1.0.0.14)
ADDED: Request For Quote: A module that allows users to create RFQs for multiple vendors at once, email them to the vendors, and convert them to purchase orders was added. Documentation can be obtained through support or from our website. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Inventory Analysis: Calculate Suggested Values Script - This security will process all currently shown lines attempting to calculate preview values for Reorder Point Qty, Order Up To Level, Min Order Qty, and Max Order Qty.
ADDED: Security: Inventory Analysis: Can Save Items Changes - This security allows the user to calculate and save new values for Generic Description, Reorder Point Qty, Order Up To Level, Min Order Qty, and Max Order Qty. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Quick Report Properties: Can Disable Database Quick Reports - If set to True, users will be able to enable or disable quick reports that are stored in the database. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Quick Report Properties: Enable Connection String Field - If set to True, users will be able to set the quick report's connection string, which can be used to run its query on a different connection. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Quick Report Query: Enable DevExpress Query Builder - If set to True, users can use a DevExpress query building tool to generate the SQL query. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Quick Report Query: Restricted Keywords List - This is a semicolon-delimited list of keywords to exclude from SQL queries. (Default: "UPDATE; DELETE; DROP; ALTER")
ADDED: Security: Quick Report Scripting: Enable Quick Report Scripting - WARNING: Updating the database directly with scripting should be done with extreme caution. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Quick Report Updates: Enable Quick Report Updates - WARNING: Updating the database directly with quick reports should be done with extreme caution. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Can Copy - This security enables copying. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Can Rename - This security enables renaming. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Quick Reports: Can View Disabled Reports - This security allows the user to check a box to display reports that have been disabled. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Batch Processing: Show Capture CC Auths Button - Setting this value to False will hide the Capture CC Auths button. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payment: Auto Reduce Cash Payment - When saving a cash payment for a value greater than that on the document total, the amount saved will be automatically reduced to match the sales document on the account. Cash back is also displayed. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: TeleSales Monitor: Can Reset Completed Rows - This security allows the user to reset completed rows so that they are not completed. (Default: False) (Extended Module)
ADDED: Session Endpoint: An Endpoint to mimic the WebApi Authorization implementation was added.
ADDED: Settings: Dispatch: Default Dwell Time - This setting displays the time in minutes for how long it takes to get from one stop to the next. (Default: 10)
UPDATED: Inventory Analysis: The layout has been updated and standardized to conform to other SalesPad screens.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: Discontinued items no longer show up in a vendor search, to be consistent with the Inventory Items grid.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: Inactive items no longer show up in a vendor search if Show Inactive is left unchecked.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: ContextMenuItem element scripts for database quick reports now support the ShortCutKey attribute.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Database quick reports can now utilize the ShowAutoFilterRow attribute to show the auto filter row by default.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: Filing quick reports using the Pivot Grid viewer will now support the OnRunScript element.
UPDATED: TeleSales Monitor: The Clear Completed button has been renamed to Reset Completed. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Application: Crash logs will now give proper information if a user is in a Windows environment that does not use an American date/time format.
FIXED: Email: When emailing and using the 'Print PDFs Attached to Sales Document and Items' setting, attachments will no longer be deleted once the email is sent. (Introduced in 4.5.1.9)
FIXED: Inventory Analysis: Grid grouping is now properly applied before searching.
FIXED: Inventory Analysis: The On Order Mths Avail column will no longer always be empty.
FIXED: Inventory Analysis: The On Order column will no longer be different than the group summary's Currently Ordered value.
FIXED: Matrix Sales Entry: Clicking a cell now always highlights all of the text within the cell.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: When creating a purchase order from a reorder point that has no warehouse data, users will now be able to edit the Location column on the purchase order line.
FIXED: SOP to POP: The RQSTFFDATE field will now be populated with the sales line item's Requested Ship Date.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Doc ID default holds will now be properly applied to new sales documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Split Sales Document: Splitting a document on multiple criteria, where one of the criteria is Backorder Quantities, will be more consistent. Backordered lines will now all be grouped on one sales document.
FIXED: Sales Document Notes: When a document is read only (but not historical or voided), users will be able to update the sales document notes/comments if they have the 'Override Queue Access for Notes and Comments' security enabled. (Introduced: 4.6 0.20)
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: Loading speed was improved in some scenarios regarding this tab. This was a view change in spvSalesDocumentResources, changing a UNION to a UNION ALL.
FIXED: ShipTo Funnel: Integration will no longer fail when there is an extra backslash in the import file path.
FIXED: TeleSales Monitor: Sales documents created through TeleSales Monitor will now properly run any pre-save script in place. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Telesales Monitor: Telesales will no longer load the sales document columns related to the last order. These fields can be turned back on by going into sppSelectTelesalesInteractions and un-commenting the required fields. This was done to increase performance for users with a large number of customers. (Extended Module)
REMOVED: Quick Report Manager: The Quick Report Manager form was combined into the Quick Report Browser form.
Version 4.6.0.24
Release Date 9/22/17
ADDED: SalesPad Today: Copy / Paste Events - The user can now right click to copy and paste events from the context menu.
ADDED: SalesPad Today: Recurring Events - The user can now set up recurring events that will repeat on a specified schedule.
FIXED: Create Return: Service, Misc Charge, and Fee items will no longer have their cost zeroed out when created from an invoice.
FIXED: Manufacturing Order Sales Links: The Pre Cancel MO Link Delete script will now run properly, if the 'Handle Breaking Final Link' security is set to Always Cancel MO.
FIXED: Manufacturing Order Sales Links: When the 'Handle Breaking Final Link' security is set to Always Cancel MO and the MO's status is Closed or Completed, the MO's status will no longer be set to Cancelled.
FIXED: Non Multi Currency: Some non-multi-currency user’s environments were being treated as multi-currency environments in certain scenarios. This has been fixed.
FIXED: PayFabric Sales Batch Processing: Any Preauth Hold code applied to a document will now be removed upon successful capture of a PayFabric authorization transaction.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Loading a sales document which contains a large number of sales promotions is now much quicker. Loading is also quicker when the document total changes.
FIXED: Sales Document: Changing UofM on existing sales line items on a non-functional currency document will now properly update the EXTDCOST/OREXTCST fields in SOP10200.
FIXED: Sales Document: Changing cost on existing non-inventory line items on a non-functional currency document will now properly update the EXTDCOST/OREXTCST fields in SOP10200.
Version 4.6.0.23
Release Date 9/15/17
ADDED: Application: The ARTransactionEntry, ReturnsManagement, SalesEntryQuickPick, and SignaturePad modules are now included in the core installation.
ADDED: Bulk Pick Ticket Printing: The sppGetBulkPicketTicketInfo stored procedure now has spcpGetBulkPickTicketInfo functionality.
ADDED: Opportunities: A sequence column was added to the Opportunity Status business object to allow for ordering of Opportunity Statuses.
ADDED: Warehouse Maintenance: This form is no longer Beta.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Document Total will now be recalculated upon Price Level changing.
FIXED: Sales Line Selector: Warehouse Code will now be displayed.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: There will no longer be an "Item has already been added. Key in dictionary:" error when a document in the system has no batch set. (Re-Introduced: 4.6.0.21)
FIXED: Security Script Manager: When an autofilter row is applied, there will no longer be a "The given key was not present in the dictionary." error. (Introduced: 4.6.0.15)
Version 4.6.0.22
Release Date 9/8/17
ADDED: FedEx Validation: This is a new extended module that supports FedEx address validation. Users must have proper FedEx credentials to use this service.
ADDED: Settings: Enable Customer Locks - This setting enables the SalesPad customer activity locks. (Default - False)
ADDED: Activity Locks: Customer locks are now displayed in the Activity Locks screen.
ADDED: Customer Card: Banners display when a customer is locked.
FIXED: Binary Stream MEM: The database update will no longer fail on the spvMEMSetup due to missing columns when using GP2010.
FIXED: Customer Overview: Customers with no Customer Class set will now properly save/load layouts. (Introduced: 4.5.1.23)
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Users will no longer receive a "Customer Number is required for Drop Ships" econnect error when attempting to generate a dropship purchase order from a dropship sales line item.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Users will no longer receive the error " '' is not a column of SalesLineItem error" when attempting to create a purchase order when the 'PO Cost Selection' setting is set to PO_Cost_Selection_User_Field and the 'PO Cost Selection User Field' setting is empty. The 'PO Cost Selection Fallback' setting will now be used in this situation.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Users will no longer receive an object reference error if the vendor does not have a purchase address.
FIXED: Returns: Users will no longer receive an "Cannot insert the value NULL into column EXTDCOST" error when attempting to create a return with only service items on it.
FIXED: Sales Document Comments: Deleting GP comments will now properly keep the comment as deleted when transferring to an invoice.
Version 4.6.0.21
Release Date 9/1/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Customer Audit: Audit logs are displayed in one entry for each save.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: The tabs selection for a form's tabs will now include tabs added by extended modules.
ADDED: Opportunity Audit: Audit Log was added to Opportunities.
ADDED: Opportunity Contact Links: These provide a method to link an existing contact to an opportunity. Previously, a new contact had to be created for each opportunity.
ADDED: Opportunity Line Items: User field functionality has been added.
ADDED: Sales Document: Avalara Tax Commit Plugin: This plugin sends the Post request with the current sales document tax, along with the Commit flag (controlled by security), to Avalara. If Commit is True, tax will not be recalculated upon posting the document in GP. This applies to invoices and returns only.
ADDED: Sales Monitor: Custom stored procedure support was added to sppSalesMonitor.
ADDED: Sales Monitor: Users can now hide auto forwarding queues on the Sales Monitor.
ADDED: Settings: Customer Columns To Include In Audit - This setting specifies the Customer columns that will be audited. If left blank, no auditing will be done when a Customer column is updated.
ADDED: Settings: Opportunity Columns to Include In Audit - The setting specifies the opportunity columns that will be audited. If left blank, no extra auditing will be done.
ADDED: Settings: Opportunity Line Columns to Include In Audit - This setting specifies the opportunity line columns that will be audited. If left blank, no extra auditing will be done.
FIXED: Customer Card: Interactions: When an interaction is created through an email to a customer, the From field is now filled out with the email address of the user who originally created the email.
FIXED: Kwik Tag: The database update will no longer fail with a "TWO" database error.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Copying a UDF from one business object to another will no longer cause an error upon updating the database tables.
Version 4.6.0.20
Release Date 8/28/17
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: Having the Only Load Visible Columns disabled will now properly load the grid. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: When deleting addresses, users will no longer receive an Object Reference error. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: When using the Mark As, users will no longer receive an Object Reference error. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Customer Contact Card: Users will no longer receive an infinite prompt to save when they are using the 'Load Only Visible Columns' security on the Customer Contact Addresses card. (Introduced: 4.6.0.19)
FIXED: Customer Discount: If the customer has a Customer Discount selected that does not exist anymore, users will no longer receive an Object Reference error when opening a sales document.
FIXED: Dispatch Route Entry: Spelling on the form tool tip was corrected.
FIXED: Equipment Search: Show In-Stock Only checkbox will now work properly.
FIXED: Localization: Sales Entry: Creating new sales documents will now work as intended when using SalesPad in Spanish.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Users would occasionally receive a prompt when closing a Read Only sales document, allowing them to save a document when they should not have been able to. This has been corrected.
FIXED: User Fields: User Fields with quick reports will now be usable on Read Only grids.
FIXED: User Fields: User fields with quick reports that insert values containing apostrophes into the "where" clause of the query will no longer cause Invalid Syntax errors.
Version 4.6.0.19
Release Date 8/18/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Advanced Search: The Advanced Customer and Advanced Sales Document search screens were removed. They were marked as BETA. The normal searches have been improved using the Only Load Visible Columns functionality.
BREAKING CHANGE: Quick Load Grids: The Quick Load Grids on the Customer Address tab, Customer overview, and Fulfillment plugin were removed or replaced with Only Load Visible columns functionality. This was done to help improve performance.
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric Theme: This setting specifies the name of the PayFabric theme to use. If the theme does not exist in PayFabric's settings, then PayFabric's default theme will be used. If left blank, SalesPad will use its own theme.
ADDED: UPS Address Validation: A screen was added for choosing between two addresses when a validation returns successfully but changes the original address.
UPDATED: Customer Card: UI loading was slightly improved.
UPDATED: Customer Contact Addresses: The Enable Customer Address Quick Load Grid was renamed and repurposed to Only Load Visible Columns. Adding columns requires a screen refresh. The Address and Phone columns are not populated with this functionality, due to the composite nature in which they were populated. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Customer Overview: The Enable Customer Address Quick Load Grid was renamed and re-purposed to Only Load Visible Columns. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Settings: Calculate AR Transaction Taxes - This setting now defaults to False.
FIXED: CardControl: More checks for "Hexadecimal value is an invalid value" errors were added.
FIXED: Customer Card: A blank value for the 'Visible Return IDs', 'Visible Quote IDs', 'Visible Order IDs', or 'Visible Invoice IDs' securities will no longer prevent sales document copying.
FIXED: Customer Card: Changing the hold status of a customer that has a credit limit type of Unlimited or No Credit will no longer result in eConnect errors.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment Plugin: The plugin will now load faster for serial tracked items with a large number of serials.
FIXED: Inventory: Blocked Item Report: Blocked lines on orders that aren't manually fulfilled can now be partially allocated.
FIXED: Inventory: Blocked Item Report: Setting the unblocked quantity of a line and then selecting the line and clicking the Unblock Line & Allocate button will no longer fail to recognize the line as selected.
FIXED: PayFabric: A customer's billing information will now be populated if there is no default wallet set for them.
FIXED: Sales Document Fulfillment Plugin: The plugin will now load faster for serial tracked items with a large number of serials.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Several unused columns that were causing errors when the 'Only Load Visible Columns' security was enabled were removed.
REMOVED: Sales Document Fulfillment Plugin: Security - This security enables Serial Tracked Quick Load Grid.
Version 4.6.0.18
Release Date 8/11/17
ADDED: Security: Customer Search - When set to True, whatever search values that have been entered in the customer search form will be pulled into the New Customer form. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Allow Multiple Customer Search Forms - This security turns on the ability to have multiple customer search forms open. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: AvaTax Pre Submit Tax Request Script - This is a C# Script that executes before a tax request is made to AvaTax for the document. It allows the user to make final changes to the GetTaxRequest object before it is submitted to AvaTax.
FIXED: Funnel: A dictionary key error will no longer happen when Shipping Methods are not mapped.
FIXED: Funnel: The UPS import mapping file will now only be created if it doesn't already exist.
FIXED: PayFabric: Having multiple Shipping emails selected no longer causes an error when trying to make a payment.
FIXED: Purchase Order Audit: Auditing a newly copied purchase order no longer causes an error.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Document: The Enabled checkbox is now visible in PayFabric Build. Introduced 4.6.0.15
FIXED: Returns: Previously, return documents with line items which have unit costs with more than two decimal places could have rounding issues, if the currency of the document had fewer currency decimal places. This would result in the extended cost being incorrect for the document. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Update: User fields will again be visible in sales document properties.
FIXED: Sales Documents: In certain scenarios, sales lines on historical documents in non-multi-currency environments would be rounded down to one decimal place, rather than two. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Documents: When using a non-functional currency, users will no longer receive a prompt to save the document when closing. This was caused by the sales lines' extended costs being recalculated when the document was opened.
FIXED: Sales Promotion Coupons: Users will no longer receive a SQL error if all Sales Promotion date ranges are before the document's Doc Date.
FIXED: Sales Promotion: When attempting to generate coupons using a Value Based Prefix field for a promo that uses a Customer Assign type of CustomerAddress, users will no longer receive an "Invalid column name Address Code" error.
FIXED: SalesPad Distributions: If the Dropship field is edited after the dropship sales line has been saved, the distribution account will now be set properly.
Version 4.6.0.17
Release Date 8/4/17
ADDED: Sales Inventory Lookup: Security: Allow Screen Layout Customization - This security allows screen layout customization. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Extended Pricing: Auto Refresh - This security automatically refreshes the Extended Pricing tab when opened. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric: Send Shipping Address Info - When enabled, SalesPad will send the Shipping Address information to PayFabric. This should be enabled if the 'Shipping Address Required' setting in PayFabric is enabled. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Cash Receipt: Messaging for when a cash receipt fails to save after using CardControl has been improved.
UPDATED: Customer Extended Pricing: The tool strip was replaced with a bar manager to conform to similar screens in SalesPad.
UPDATED: Sales Inventory Lookup: Layout customization is now properly saved.
FIXED: Application: Unused files were removed from the Install directory.
FIXED: Customer Extended Pricing: The Item Description field will now function properly when searching.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Saving or transferring to invoice will not fulfill and backorder the document if the quantity available has gone below zero. This was most likely to happen in a multi-bin environment, or with lot-tracked items.
FIXED: Sales Document Manual Split: Documents can no longer be split if they are read-only.
FIXED: Sales Line Distribution Entry: A typo was fixed. "Markdown" is now "Markdown:”.
Version 4.6.0.16
Release Date 7/31/17
ADDED: Customer Overview: An X button was added to the Sales Territory field, which is used to clear out the selected territory.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: PayFabric tabs are now visible in the Layout Maintenance screen for the Customer card.
ADDED: Workflow Rules: Added spcp functionality to the sppCheckCustomerCredit proc. This proc is used when forwarding a document through a batch when the Credit Limit workflow rule is evaluated.
UPDATED: Split Sales Document: The Ok button is now disabled when there is nothing to split.
FIXED: Customer Overview: Attempting to assign a blank Sales Territory to a customer will no longer throw an error.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfer: Transferring into a bin that has a negative quantity is now allowed.
FIXED: Opportunity: Opportunity Status is no longer cleared when adding a line item on a new opportunity.
FIXED: PayFabric Batch Charge: The summary screen that appears after capturing is finished will no longer close immediately after it appears.
FIXED: PayFabric: An error message regarding failed payments made in SalesPad was clarified.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: Changing a non-inventory line item to an inventory item will now update the line's Is Non Inventory value.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: Typing the beginning of an item number and clicking the button to search for the item with the 'Default Items to Non Inventory' setting enabled will no longer set the line to non-inventory when the item exists in inventory.
FIXED: Sales Document User Fields: Previously, mapped user fields could be overwritten or cleared out in certain situations when saving a sales document. This has been corrected.
Version 4.6.0.15
Release Date 7/21/17
ADDED: Base Email Audit: Any Email Audit tab now has a begin and end date control that allows the user to filter the audits.
ADDED: Cash Receipts: The ability to see both National Account and Children transactions and cash receipts with one search was added. A Child Customer dropdown for selection was added, plus an X button to reset to the National Account within the dropdown. A document dropdown to select the main customer has also be added.
ADDED: Cash Applications: National Account cash receipts can now be applied to child receivables, and children can apply to themselves without being searched for directly.
ADDED: Dispatch Driver: A banner which tells the user whether or not the current driver's license has expired was added.
ADDED: Dispatch Route: A check which prevents assigning a driver with an expired license to a route was added.
ADDED: Security Script Manager: Script highlighting to show which scripts have text within them was added.
ADDED: Security: Dispatch Driver: License Expiration Date Warning - This security determines the number of days in advance to receive warning about the driver's license expiring. (Default: 30)
ADDED: Security: Opportunity: Allow Screen Layout Customization - This setting turns on the ability to customize the document header. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Purchase Order Receipts: Optimizations were made to purchase order receipt loading.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When triggering a save by using a Sales Entry Plugin (e.g. Fulfillment) and then moving directly to the Checkout tab, SalesPad will no longer throw an "Input variable contains an empty value" error.
FIXED: Custom SQL Procedures: Clearing the Data Warehouse no longer prompts a database update.
FIXED: Import Manager: The Import Manager now interprets text representations dates.
FIXED: Interactions: The Duration now updates correctly when changing the End Time.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfer: Transferring a decimal quantity that when rounded up would be greater than the quantity available will now work as expected.
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: An object reference error that resulted when double-clicking on a Customer card was resolved.
FIXED: PayFabric: Batch Capture: This now works properly with EMV transactions.
FIXED: PayFabric: Cash Receipts: Better messaging has been added if a PayFabric transaction fails.
FIXED: PayFabric: EMV Authorize transactions can now be captured.
FIXED: PayFabric: EMV transactions can now be voided and credited.
FIXED: Purchase Order Receipts: Crashes caused by trying to load too many purchase order receipts at once no longer occurs.
FIXED: Purchasing Receipt Document: Reference errors that occurred when accessing receipt documents which contain updated user defined field(s) were fixed.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Document: The Payment Method dropdown menu is no longer visible when running non- CardControl builds.
FIXED: Registry Maintenance: Inconsistent layouts have been fixed.
FIXED: Remote Library: The Remote Library will no longer create a second active user if one already exists.
FIXED: Sales Document: Some required fields were being skipped on new documents if, before clicking the Save button, the user opened a Sales Document Plugin that triggered a save. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Excel Import: Setting a line as non-inventory in the Excel document will now create the line as non-inventory.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Excel Import: The 'Default Items to Non Inventory' setting will now be respected when importing non-inventory items.
FIXED: Store Setup: Inconsistent layouts on different grids have been fixed.
FIXED: Tasks: The Duration and End Time now update when either is changed.
REMOVED: SalesPad Today: The Interaction Lists grid has been removed.
Version 4.6.0.14
Release Date 7/14/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Search: By default, the 'Only Visible Columns' security is enabled, and adding new columns to the grid will not populate data until the screen is refreshed. This change was made to help improve the speed of this screen and to allow for a larger search base.
ADDED: Customer Opportunities: The Opportunity Status column will now be available in the column chooser.
ADDED: Prospect Opportunities: The Opportunity Status column will now be available in the column chooser.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Search: Disable Search Prompt - This disables the search warning prompt. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Search: Only Load Visible Columns - When enabled, the sales document search will be faster and only load the visible columns' data. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Attach Sales Line To PO: Tab layout was removed, the Break Link button icon was changed, other small changes were made.
UPDATED: Attach PO To Sales Line: Tab layout was removed, the Break Link button icon was changed, other small changes were made.
FIXED: Assemblies: Assemblies will no longer save multiple times if there are multiple line UDFs.
FIXED: Assemblies: Assemblies will now allocate from bins properly based on the item's valuation method.
FIXED: Attach Sales Line To PO: A bug regarding the view failing to load unless the user resized the pop-up was fixed.
FIXED: Avatax Address Validation: Address validation will no longer throw an eConnect error when using Avatax Address Validation.
FIXED: Binary Streams: MEM Sales Document Plugin: The facilities dropdown will no longer allow the user to select improper facilities. It will now filter out facilities based on user, customer, and Sales Doc ID, rather than just user.
FIXED: Binary Streams: Purchase Order: Previously, when a purchase order was being created, SalesPad would assume the document is a Standard type purchase order. This would cause the Binary Streams PO Type to be populated incorrectly, if the purchase order was a Dropship type purchase order. This has been corrected.
FIXED: CardControl: Better checks for "Hexadecimal value is an invalid value" errors were added.
FIXED: Case Tracker Detail Entry: Case Tracker Details will now properly load item numbers on historical documents.
FIXED: Case Tracker Printed Report: Printed form will now correctly pull data from spcpCaseTrackerReport
FIXED: Contact Search: The grid no longer combines rows with the same name.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Changing the customer will no longer result in the sales document's first line item having the previous customer's data.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Hitting Enter within a Counter Sales item entry no longer results in overly dark highlighting.
FIXED: Customer PayFabric Transactions: Columns are no longer editable.
FIXED: Equipment Maintenance: When using the Binary Streams MEM module, the Field Service Sales Document ID dropdown will now be filtered properly based on the currently selected facility.
FIXED: Item Matrix: Item quantity is no longer carried over to the next focused field.
FIXED: PayFabric: PayFabric error messages regarding the customer wallet were improved for clarity.
FIXED: Purchase Order: When creating a purchase order from the Vendor card, the vendor address will now be set to the vendor's purchasing address.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Duplicating rows repeatedly now works without users having to re-select the focused row.
FIXED: Sales Document: Audits longer than 1024 characters will no longer be truncated.
FIXED: Sales Document: Extra attempts have been added if a SQL error occurs while forwarding a document through Workflow. Each attempt is logged as part of the sales document's audit log, and a message is given to the user about the error, then again if the forward was ultimately successful.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: The On Close Script will now run when canceling the Sales Fulfillment pop-up.
FIXED: Sales Territory Card: The Sales Territory field will now allow for single character entries.
FIXED: Sales Territory: Sales Territory Name can no longer be edited after the Territory is saved.
FIXED: Sales Territory: Users can no longer save over existing Sales Territories.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Tasks now consistently show up on calendars.
FIXED: Security Script Editor: Script compilation errors will now give the correct line numbers.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Field names containing but not beginning with an underscore will no longer have an underscore added to the beginning.
FIXED: Vendor Item: User defined fields may now be added to the Vendor Item tab on the Inventory Lookup screen.
Version 4.6.0.13
Release Date 7/7/17
FIXED: Configurator Search: Opening an active configuration will now always open the most recent version of that configuration.
FIXED: Configurator: Configurations with default or GP pricing will now respect contract pricing.
FIXED: Dispatch: Route Entry: Deleting stops from the route will no longer cause the sequence of stops to become incorrect.
FIXED: Email: Previously, when using the 'Save Resources as GP Attachments' setting and attaching one of these resources to an email, in certain scenarios the wrong resource would be attached to the email. This has been corrected.
FIXED: MO Entry: When clicking the Print button and choosing to save a new manufacturing order, the MO Number field was not being properly filled in. This could result in extra manufacturing orders being unknowingly created on subsequent saves. This has been corrected.
FIXED: PayFabric: When sending L2/L3 data, the ShipFromZip is now properly set to the Warehouse Zip Code field of the sales document.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Restrictions: Item restrictions based on the State field will now be properly evaluated. If using a case-sensitive version of SQL, it may be necessary to drop table: spSalesLineItemRestrictionValidation, and proc: sppUpdateSalesLineItemRestrictionValidation and let the SalesPad database update recreate them.
FIXED: User Field Editor: User fields can no longer be given names that match C# keywords.
Version 4.6.0.12
Release Date 6/30/17
ADDED: Dispatch: A pop-up was added that tells users if the assigned vehicle on a route is over its maximum capacity.
ADDED: Inventory: Inventory By Location will now have columns for Purchase Receipt Default Bin, Purchase Returns Default Bin, Assembly Receipts Default Bin, Material Issues Default Bin, Manufacturing Receipts Default Bin, and Repair Issues Default Bin.
ADDED: Security: Inventory Transfers: Populate Destination Bin List - When disabled, the Destination Bin field will only allow free typing and not populate existing bins.
UPDATED: PayFabric Transactions: PayFabric's transaction ID will now also be stored in spSalesDocumentCreditCardPayment's Auth_Code2. This will make linking the table with the spPayFabricTransction table much easier.
UPDATED: Sales Document Properties: Equipment Description will now update to the Equipment Item Number field's item description. This field is still editable if the description needs to be changed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Properties: The Equipment Serial Number field is now a dropdown with selectable serial numbers populated based on the Equipment Item Number field.
FIXED: Convert Opportunity to Quote: Opportunity resources will now transfer to the quote properly if the 'Save Resources as GP Attachments' setting is enabled.
FIXED: Convert Prospect to Customer: Prospect resources will now transfer to the new customer properly if the 'Save Resources as GP Attachments' setting is enabled.
FIXED: Quick Reports: The duplicating of rows now works repeatedly without users having to re-select the focused row.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The Equipment Serial Number hyperlink will now function as intended.
FIXED: Scripting: Scripts that use //#REFERENCE will properly compile now. (Introduced: 4.6.0.11)
FIXED: Setup/Utilities: Import Manager: When using the InventoryByLoc table, mappings to the Sales_Fulfillment_Default_Bin and Sales_Returns_Default_Bin fields will now be imported correctly.
FIXED: Workflow: There is now better disposing put in place to help prevent potential Out Of Memory errors during some Workflow processes.
Version 4.6.0.11
Release Date 6/23/17
ADDED: Purchase Receipt: An icon was added to the Update Vendor Items button.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Auto-Increment Quantity - An existing line item's quantity will increment when the same item is scanned or entered on the sales document. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Resources: Copy New Resource To Customer - Automatically add any resource attached to a sales document to its respective customer as long as no resource by its name already exists on that customer. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: Configurator: Force Append A Random Number - If set to True, when creating new items, the Configurator will always append a random number to the end of the item number.
UPDATED: Inventory Transfer: Better warning messages were created if the quantity entered is greater than the quantity available.
UPDATED: Inventory Transfer: The Destination Site field can now be cleared out.
UPDATED: Security: The Layout Path is no longer visible unless you have the 'Can Change Layout Path' setting enabled. This functionality is outdated, since we now store layouts in the database.
FIXED: Application: Prompts and messages with large amounts of text will no longer have the text cut off.
FIXED: Application: The "ctrl + f" find panel for grids is no longer restored as part of the grid's layout.
FIXED: CRM: Prospect Entry: Prospect numbers auto-assigned to prospects will now increment by 1 instead of 2.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When a package/kit's quantity is increased, the quantity will properly roll down to the package/kit components.
FIXED: Interaction Event Entry: Adding an interaction with a reminder of "2 Hours Before" or more will no longer create an error.
FIXED: Interactions Entry: Pre-Save e.Cancel now prevents an interaction from saving.
FIXED: Inventory Transfer: Row values will no longer blank out in certain scenarios, and they will update properly.
FIXED: Inventory Transfer: The Create New Transfer button will now properly copy values to the row.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Item User Field quick reports will now be synchronized with any changes made to the item.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: New items will no longer have their Price Method overwritten by their Item Class's Price Method upon creation.
FIXED: Login: The window requiring a password reset upon login can no longer be closed to bypass the password reset.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Entry: String Config Code is now revisioned.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: When an opportunity line item is deleted, the Opportunity Card form will no longer create unnecessary save prompts upon printing or closing the opportunity.
FIXED: Opportunity Customers: Opportunity customer and prospect links will no longer throw null reference exceptions when attempting to add a new customer/prospect link to the formlet after saving the opportunity.
FIXED: Opportunity Customers: When more than one customer link exists on an opportunity, the link(s) can now successfully be deleted.
FIXED: Opportunity: Opportunity Properties fields will no longer revert to previous values when adding new line items.
FIXED: PayFabric: A number of issues with L2 and L3 data when using a First Data gateway were fixed.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Entry: Users will no longer receive the "Insert statement conflicted with CHECK constraint" error when attempting to save an Inventory Return type transaction.
FIXED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Base UofM will now be used, instead of the item's Purchasing UofM, when inventory adjustment receipt lines are transferred to the Return Lines section.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Transferring an order from Sales Batch Processing with the AvaTax Customer Usage Type field set up, without first going to a Customer card or a sales document, will no longer result in the Customer Address UDFs failing to load.
FIXED: Sales Document Audit: The Audit tab will now show the correct quantities for new line items whose quantities are greater than 1, regardless of what the 'Can Change Kit Quantities' security is set to.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying a sales document will now add an audit to the new document, specifying the original document.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Cost will now be properly calculated for sales documents that have been partially invoiced in GP.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Interaction Key fields are now populated.
FIXED: Security Script Manager: The Inventory Transfers plugin will now show fields for Inventory Transfer in the Help window.
FIXED: Settings: Sales: The setting 'Include Item Details In Sales Document Audit' will now work for copied sales documents.
FIXED: Smart Printing: Email audits from smart printing now include the body of the email.
REMOVED: Settings: Show Auto Calc Freight Option - These two settings, with the same name, were never used. They have been removed.
Version 4.6.0.10
Release Date 6/16/17
BREAKING CHANGE: In order for Item Restrictions to work, users will need to go into Item Restrictions and re-save the restrictions.
BREAKING CHANGE: Layouts: Layouts that used to be saved locally will no longer load. Before upgrading, users should re-save layouts and/or verify that they are saved into the spLayout table. Most likely this will only be a problem if upgrading from a 4.0 or newer build, or layouts have not been re-saved after other upgrades.
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Properties: Some saved layouts may need minor adjustments if they relied on the grey area between the splitter and the fields.
BREAKING CHANGE: The Sales Line Item lookup will now show restricted items, but the items will not be allowed to be added to the sales document.
ADDED: Customer Cash Receipts: An integration with Credit Card Advantage, when making cash receipts with PayFabric, was added.
ADDED: Dispatch: A pop-up that tells users if the assigned vehicle on a route is over its maximum capacity was added.
ADDED: Item Restrictions: Users are able to restrict based on Purchase Line fields.
ADDED: Item Restrictions: Users are able to restrict based on Sales Line fields.
ADDED: PO Line Item Restrictions Override: A Purchase Line plugin which allows a user to select an override reason to allow a restricted item onto a document was added.
ADDED: PayFabric: Transactions will now generate processor log entries.
ADDED: Sales Entry Quick Pick: Quick Pick Maintenance: Quick Pick categories can now be reordered using drag and drop.
ADDED: Sales Line Item Restrictions Override: A Sales Line plugin which allows a user to select an override reason to allow a restricted item onto a document was added.
ADDED: Security: Equipment Search: Show Cost - This setting enables the Unit Cost column, which shows cost of the item. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Monitor: Default Sales Rep From System User - This setting filters results via the user's assigned sales rep by default. It will default to (blank) if user has no assigned sales rep. (Default: (blank))
ADDED: Settings: Drop Ship PO Evaluate Item Restrictions - Item restrictions will be evaluated before a line is added to the purchase order and/or before the purchase order is saved.
ADDED: Settings: PayFabric Allow Create GP Payment - This setting allows a user to create a GP payment on a sales document for an existing PayFabric transaction that was not written to GP. (Default: (NONE))
ADDED: Settings: Restricted Item Line Color - This setting changes the background color of line items that are restricted.
ADDED: Settings: Sales Document Evaluate Item Restrictions - Item restrictions will be evaluated before a line is added to the sales document and/or before the sales document is saved.
UPDATED: Layouts: Layouts will be cached, and any changes will require other users to log out and back in to see the changes. This was done to help eliminate excess database hits and improve screen loading times.
UPDATED: Sales Document Properties: The unusable gray area when moving the splitter down was removed, the default layout was updated to look better. When moving the splitter, the properties section will now adjust accordingly.
UPDATED: UDF Tabs: When customizing layouts, users now have access to the properties of the controls.
FIXED: CRM: Prospect Entry: Prospect Numbers auto-assigned to Prospects will now increment by 1 instead of 2.
FIXED: Customer Cash Receipts: Clicking the "..." button when there is already text in the Customer field will no longer show the Customer lookup twice.
FIXED: Customer PayFabric Transactions: Transactions will now load the first time without having to click the Refresh button.
FIXED: Customer: Contact Addresses: Create Letter will now replace all instances of a merge field, instead of just the first instance.
FIXED: Customer: Contact Addresses: Create Letter will now work with all versions of Microsoft Word.
FIXED: Equipment Card: Rental Item number and Rental Order number will now be populated when a Rental Order is created.
FIXED: Import Manager: Item Master notes can now be imported properly.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: Users will no longer receive a "Specified case is not valid" error when clearing out the Quantity column and tabbing off.
FIXED: Remote Library: Exceptions will now be audited and logged properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing a sales line item with a blocked item to dropship will no longer result in backordered items becoming fulfilled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying a Sales Document will now add an audit to the new document specifying the original document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Customer discounts will now populate properly when a sales document is created.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Dropship sales line items with blocked items will no longer change in quantity when saved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Payments field value now properly updates after voiding PayFabric authorizations.
FIXED: Sales Document Holds: Creating a sales document hold with a preauth hold code that is more than 15 characters in length will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Sales Document: When using the 'Quick Transfer' setting, invoices will no longer skip a number.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: Entering a Begin Date or an End Date will no longer prompt for search criteria.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Handling was improved for emailing CRM events when email settings are not properly set up.
FIXED: Security Script Manager: The Inventory Transfers Plugin will now show fields for Inventory Transfer in the Help window.
FIXED: Settings: Sales: The setting 'Include Item Details In Sales Document Audit' will now work for copied Sales Documents.
FIXED: SignaturePad: When an order with a signature is transferred, the signature will now be viewable on the invoice.
FIXED: System Info: Extended Modules will no longer appear in the list of Custom Modules.
FIXED: Sales Document: Sending an email to a customer without a billing or shipping address and the 'Default Email Address' setting set to billing or shipping, will no longer produce an error.
Version 4.6.0.9
Release Date 6/9/17
ADDED: Setting: Send Email/Bulk Email: Setting Display Name: Can Customize Send Email Layout - This setting determines which user groups can customize the Send Email or Bulk Email screen layouts. (Default: (NONE))
UPDATED: Recurring Sales: Recurring Sales will now use a light version of the Sales Line Item Search view, improving performance.
UPDATED: PayFabric/CCA: Support for integration with newer versions of Credit Card Advantage have been improved.
FIXED: Assembly: After setting the status to Released, users will no longer receive the "Cannot insert the value NULL into column BIN" error when attempting to save and over-allocate an assembly. (Introduced in 4.6.0.8)
FIXED: Customer Contact Address: Directly clicking the Address Code link while Fast Ship is enabled will now properly set the Fast Ship To Address.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Custom sppGetInventorySearch (spcpGetInventorySearch) will now be properly called with all the current parameters. This will fix the issue with the Show Inactive check box not working properly when using an spcp. This is a SQL stored procedure change and does not require an upgrade.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Changing the item number on a new line while using the Inventory lookup will now update all of the item fields without having to tab out of the field or click off of the line.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Field changes will no longer be reverted if the user opens the Inventory lookup and then cancels.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: When users did not have security for the Matrix Purchase Order Entry plugin, it was possible for item numbers to clear out after opening the Inventory Lookup screen. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Returns: Returning non-inventory items with a cost will no longer cause a "Cost of Goods Sold distribution amount is incorrect" error in GP. This can be fixed with a proc update and does not require a full upgrade. (Introduced in 4.5.1.26)
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Grouping by a column will no longer cause issues with Selected Documents Only being enabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Sales Document UDF columns will now appear in the results grid as intended. (Introduced: 4.6.0.4)
FIXED: Sales Line Item Mass Update: Line Item UDF columns will now appear in the results grid.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When users did not have security for the Matrix Sales Entry plugin, it was possible for item numbers to clear out after opening the Inventory Lookup screen. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Users will no longer receive an "Item has already been added" error when there is a sales document with a blank batch.
FIXED: Settings: Settings that assign accessibility to Users/Groups will now properly evaluate the full name instead of what the name starts with. For example, giving permission to "CSR" will no longer also give permission to the "CSRAdmin" group.
Version 4.6.0.8
Release Date 6/2/17
ADDED: Settings: Send Email/Bulk Email: Can Customize Send Email Layout - Determines which user groups can customize the Send Email or Bulk Email screen layouts. (Default: (NONE))
UPDATED: Application: The Recurring Sales feature will now use a light version of the Sales Line Item Search view, improving performance.
UPDATED: Sales Entry: The Sales Promotions checks, which make the tool tip and buttons visible, will now only happen when the data in the SubTotal field on the document changes, cutting back on database hits during document entry. This only effects users with Sales Promotions set up.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Changing the assembly warehouse will now roll down to the line items, if the user clicks into the line items rather than tabbing off.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Negative assemble quantity values are no longer allowed. This functionality may be added at a later time.
FIXED: Assembly: When there is not enough inventory to fulfill a non-tracked item, SalesPad will no longer freeze when attempting to save a released assembly.
FIXED: Dashboards: When adding a new data source, users will no longer receive an error about missing DevExpress dlls. These dlls can be obtained via the Support department and do not require an upgrade.
FIXED: Report Manager: Users will no longer receive an object reference error if the sales document being used as a dataset does not exist.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Dropship service items could not be purchased without being backordered, but this issue has been resolved. This was a SQL stored procedure change to sppRecalcFulfilled and does not require a build upgrade.
FIXED: Sales Line Distributions: It is no longer required for scripting to save the document first before setting the Sales Line GL Distribution Account fields.
FIXED: Sales Line Distributions: Scripting that was setting the Sales Line GL Account fields would not save properly. This will no longer require setting the IsChanged flag as a workaround. (Introduced: 4.5.1.5)
FIXED: Sales Line Distributions: Splitting documents that have the Sales Line GL Account fields set differently will now properly keep the respective values.
Version 4.6.0.7
Release Date 5/26/17
ADDED: Avatax: The Customer PO Number is now passed to Avatax.
ADDED: Support for TLS 1.1 and 1.2 added.
UPDATED: In Transit Transfer Audit: The Save Audit Log message has been updated to better reflect if the document is newly created or being updated.
UPDATED: Funnel: Error handling when registry permissions are limited was updated. (Introduced: 4.6.0.1)
UPDATED: Security: Sales Document Properties/Customer Overview/Counter Sales Document Properties: The "Can Change Payment Terms" description has been updated for clarity.
FIXED: Activity Locks: Users will no longer receive an error when attempting to clear a manufacturing order or RMA document lock.
FIXED: Create MO Plugin: SOP to MOP links will no longer clear out, if the user triggers the Item Number validation event.
FIXED: Create MO Plugin: There will now be an audit log of the MO's creation on the sales document, if the 'Autosave' security is set to False.
FIXED: Equipment Troubleshooting: Users will no longer receive an Object Reference error when opening this tab, if the manufacturing module is installed.
FIXED: Funnel: Users will no longer receive a KeyNotFound exception when the shipping mappings are not set up. (Introduced: 4.6.0.1)
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Audit: The ellipses button on the Audit Description column will no longer be disabled.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Entry: In certain scenarios, it was possible to create two In Transit Transfer documents with the same order document ID. This has been fixed.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Item Attribute tab will no longer appear, unless at least one Item Attribute Class has been set up and the spcvAttributeItem view has been created in SQL.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The item tabs along the bottom of the Inventory lookup will now be properly refreshed when searching from the Vendor Items tab and selecting a row.
FIXED: PayFabric: Sales document payments generated by PayFabric Batch Charge are now removed when voiding the transaction.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor Detail: The sppPurchaseAdviceDetail call to the spcpPurchaseAdviceDetail was missing a few paramaters. Making an spcp out of the _Modified version would throw a casting error. This issue has been resolved. This is a SQL stored procedure change and does not require upgrading. (Introduced: 4.6.0.2)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When the 'Use Shipping Suffix' setting is disabled and the number of sales lines are greater than the 'Sales Line Grouping Save' setting, transferring to invoice will no longer error out with a nondescript error message.
FIXED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: Closing the Funnel no longer causes a crash when there is no document loaded.
Version 4.6.0.6
Release Date 5/19/17
ADDED: PayFabric: The sales document's Shipping Address is now automatically passed in when creating transactions.
ADDED: Setting: Reprice When Warehouse Changes - Set this to True if you use Group Pricing and would like the price to update when changing a line item's warehouse. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Inventory Transfer: Users can now type in the Destination Bin field.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The number of hits to the database when loading a purchase order was reduced.
UPDATED: Security: Sales Document Entry: The Pre-Transfer script description was modified for clarity.
FIXED: Application: Certain shortcuts were not working properly, Alt+S for saving on various forms being the main one. This issue has been resolved. (Introduced: 4.5.1.29 DevExpress Upgrade)
FIXED: Attach PO To Sales Line: When looking for viable sales line items for dropship purchase orders, we now compare the purchase line item's Company field and the sales line item's Ship To Name field.
FIXED: Attach Sales Line to PO: When looking for viable purchase line items for a dropship sales line item, we now compare the sales line item's Ship To Name field and the purchase line item's Company field.
FIXED: Customer: The Customer Language setting is now saved and loaded properly.
FIXED: Item Inventory: When using the 'Can Reorder Bins' security users will no longer receive a "@Qty_Available is not a parameter" error. This is a SQL stored procedure change.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: The Location column is no longer editable when creating a purchase order from a purchase plan.
FIXED: Purchase Order Addr: Changing the Ship To address will now update all line item address information for dropship purchase orders.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: On dropship purchase orders, the Ship To Name will now be set the Alt Company Name of the customer's Ship To address, rather than the customer's name.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When creating a dropship purchase order from the Vendor card, the Shipping Method will now be set to the customer's Ship To address's Shipping Method, rather than the vendor's.
FIXED: Purchase Order Taxes: Taxes were not being calculated if the GP Company Default Purchase Tax option was not populated and the Use Shipping Method When Selected Default Tax Schedule setting was not enabled. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The PayFabric Batch Charge was not completing properly in some scenarios. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Promotion Coupon Plugin: The Available Promotions grid will now only be populated with promotions that are valid to the sales document's customer.
Version 4.6.0.5
Release Date 5/12/17
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Allocation: Serial/Lot user fields were added.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: Price Level Maintenance: A Delete All button to remove all Price Levels from the selected item was added.
ADDED: Sales Line Configurator: Notifications for invalid configurations of dynamic item numbers and UofM were added.
ADDED: Security: Allow Screen Layout Customization: Purchase Order Addresses, Customer Card A/R Overview, Sales Line Mass Update, Sales Document Mass Update, Sales Batch Processing, Purchase Order Search, Vendor Search, Customer Search, Inventory Lookup, Inventory Transfers, Sales Transfers, Receipt Transfers, Sales Analysis and Sales Document Addrs fields were added. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Item Maintenance: Price Level Maintenance: Can Delete All Price Levels - This setting enables a button in Price Level Maintenance to remove all the Price Levels. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Documents: Allow Screen Layout Customization - When enabled, the layout of the screen can be customized. (Default: False)
ADDED: Vendor Address Card: Users can now change and save layouts on this screen.
UPDATED: Attach PO to Sales Line: It is no longer required for Unit of Measure fields to match in order to link a sales line and a purchase order.
UPDATED: Attach Sales Line To PO: It is no longer required for Unit of Measure fields to match in order to link a sales line and a purchase order.
UPDATED: Backordered Items Report: Log messages are now shown if when attempting to allocate the document cannot be locked or an exception is thrown.
UPDATED: Contact Search: The Contact Type search field has been converted into a dropdown list.
UPDATED: PayFabric: Handling for missing/invalid settings was improved.
UPDATED: Workflow Setup: Recently added queues can now be selected when editing a Workflow rule.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Assemblies will now be properly saved when users choose to save the document after clicking the Print button.
FIXED: Audits: Changes to dates will now be recorded in audits, regardless of the length of the date.
FIXED: Backordered Items Report: If an exception is thrown while allocating a document, the document will be properly unlocked.
FIXED: Backordered Items Report: Non Inventory items will no longer throw an "Object cannot be cast from dbnull" error when expanding the grid.
FIXED: Backordered Items Report: The Qty Available column is no longer editable and will not throw an "Invalid cast" exception.
FIXED: Backordered Items Report: When manually changing the quantity allocated, there is now better error handling and checks to see if the document is locked.
FIXED: Binary Stream MEM: Customer Search: This will now respect MEM Customer Security.
FIXED: Binary Stream MEM: Vendor Search: This will now respect MEM Vendor Security.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Changing the transaction amount on a PayFabric transaction will now properly update the cash receipt.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Users will no longer be asked to save a cash receipt when using the Clear button. This change only affects non-CardControl builds of SalesPad.
FIXED: Customer Card Notes, Sales Document FedEx Quote, Customer AR Notes, Attribute Search: Users can no longer customize the layout.
FIXED: Customer Notes/FedEx Quote: Layout customization has been disabled.
FIXED: Customer Search: Filter scripts will now work with the 'Only Load Visible Columns Security' enabled. (Introduced: 4.5.1.29)
FIXED: Customer Search: UDFs were not displaying values with the 'Only Load Visible Columns' security enabled. This issue has been resolved. (Introduced: 4.5.1.29)
FIXED: Distribution BOM: Assembly Entry: Saving an assembly will now refresh any calculated UDFs.
FIXED: Group Pricing: Qty Start and Qty End can now be equal to each other. Previously, the Qty End had to always be greater than the Qty Start.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Lines: The Transfer to Location column is now spelled correctly.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: Users will no longer need to have the 'Can Delete' sub-setting enabled in order to be able to make Opportunities historical.
FIXED: Opportunity Search: The Sales Person and Sales Territory columns are now properly linked to their respective cards.
FIXED: PayFabric: The 'Credit Card Type Mappings' default value now matches PayFabric return values.
FIXED: Price Level Maintenance: From Qty and To Qty values can now be equal to each other. Previously, the To Qty had to always be greater than the From Qty.
FIXED: Prospect Card: Auto-assigned prospect numbers will now work correctly in Spanish and French.
FIXED: Prospect Interactions: When creating a new Prospect, there will no longer be existing Interactions displayed on the Interactions tab on the Prospect card.
FIXED: Purchase Adviser Notes: The item selected in the Demand Detail window will now automatically be populated in the Item Number column when creating a new note, as intended.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Purchase Qty will now always match Qty Needed, unless the line is part of a purchase plan. This value is still editable.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: UofM will no longer be incorrect if the item's purchasing Unit of Measure is not the base Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Users will no longer receive a "Divide By Zero" error when an item's Unit of Measure schedule contained an equivalent that was not in the base Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Purchase Line Editor: Non-Inventory items will no longer have their back-order quantity adjusted if the line has no back-order quantity. If the line has any back-ordered quantity, this value will be adjusted to the new quantity value.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Unsaved changes are no longer lost after editing the address.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: Users will no longer receive a "Subtotal does not match the line items total" error when attempting to adjust the quantity. (Introduced in 4.5.1.21)
FIXED: Remote Library: Remote Library no longer opens multiple instances of the same customer.
FIXED: Reporting: SalesPad Dashboard Viewer: Dashboard parameters will no longer reset when the dashboard refreshes.
FIXED: Resource/Interactions/Opportunities: The tool bars are no longer customizable.
FIXED: Resources: Non-GP resources set to transfer will now move from order to invoices as expected.
FIXED: Resources: The Upload New Version plugin will no longer throw an "sppUpdateHistoricalResource expects parameter @Attachment_ID" exception. This is a SQL stored procedure update and does not require an upgrade.
FIXED: Resources: When transferring quotes to orders, the resulting historical quote will now have any resources that were on the original quote.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying a Sales Document is now limited to the Document IDs specified in the relevant Customer Card securities (Visible Quote IDs, Visible Order IDs, Visible Invoice IDs, and Visible Return IDs).
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Smart Printing: A prompt was added to save before printing, if there are changes to be saved.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Extra group tabs will no longer be added when the Sales Document Entry form is untabbed or re-tabbed.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: When using the Custom Group feature, if a custom group is removed from a line and no other line item is associated with that same custom group, the sales line tab associated with that group will now be removed automatically.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The 'Validate Customer PO' security now validates against open documents, as well as historical documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The Misc Charge field was being improperly calculated when the sales document was a non-functional currency document. This issue has been resolved.
Version 4.6.0.4
Release Date 5/5/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Card Knox: The 'Card Knox Credit Card Type Mappings' setting may need to be set up again, if changed from the default values.
ADDED: Setting: Sales: Save Sales Line Layout Using Sales Doc Type - This setting determines whether or not the sales line item grid loads and saves layouts based on the Sales Document Type. Warning: Any existing layouts will be reset to their default layout until they are changed. (Default: False)
ADDED: User Field Editor: The Show On Document Type options have been enabled for the sales line item business object.
UPDATED: Interactions: Reminders can now be set for scheduled Interactions.
UPDATED: Customer Opportunities: Added a Total column to the grid.
UPDATED: Install: The RemoteHelp.exe file is no longer installed along with SalesPad.
UPDATED: Opportunity Search: Added a Total column to the grid.
UPDATED: Prospect Opportunities: Added a Total column to the grid.
UPDATED: Quick Reports: The Refresh button is now disabled and changes to "Loading" after being clicked. There is a half-second delay before it can be clicked again; this is to help prevent accidental double-clicks and click mashing.
FIXED: Customer Search: The search grid will no longer display a "Loading . . ." message when a search returns no results and the 'Only Load Visible Columns' security is enabled.
FIXED: PayFabric: The 'Credit Card Type Mappings' setting was not properly saving when changed from the default values. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Audit: Clicking the ellipsis button in the Description column will now open a window showing the full description.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Selecting multiple lots will now work properly.
FIXED: Sales Line Excel Import: Non-inventory items will now be imported properly.
Version 4.6.0.3
Release Date 4/28/17
ADDED: Configurator - Dynamic Root Item: Users can now use a formula from the options selected to generate the new item number, rather than using the string code.
ADDED: Configurator: For the Assembly BOM configuration type, scrap percentages can be set at the option level and through a formula, when using dynamic configured items.
ADDED: Configurator: The Configuration Type dropdown can now be set to Assembly BOM to create distribution bills of material.
ADDED: Setting: PayFabric: API URL - This is the URL that is used to connect to the PayFabric API.
ADDED: Setting: PayFabric: Hosted Page URL - This is the URL that is used to connect to PayFabric hosted pages.
UPDATED: Resource Printing: Memory recovery was improved for circumstances when an OutOfMemory exception is thrown while printing large resources.
FIXED: Configurator: Text attributes with a value increment will now increment from the value minimum, instead of always from zero.
FIXED: Customer PayFabric Wallet: The scrollbar will now work when wallet editing is disabled by security.
FIXED: Database Update: Users will no longer receive the Log messenger when running the database update when the spvSalesLineItem_Light view has not been created yet. (Introduced: 4.6.0.2)
FIXED: Email: Users will no longer receive an "Access to the path is denied" error in certain situations when sending emails with read-only file attachments.
FIXED: New Customer: The Address Audit log no longer loads unrelated logs.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Unit cost based on the item's current cost or standard cost will now be properly calculated based on exchange rates for the currency of the document when a line is added.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders with non-functional currency will now have the exchange rate and rate calculation method populated before the document is saved for the first time.
FIXED: Receiving: Users will no longer receive an "Arithmetic overflow" error when receiving non-functional currency purchase order lines that have a rate calculation method of 1.
FIXED: Sales Line Distribution Entry: When attempting to save a document before the plugin opens, users will no longer receive a "Parameter count mismatch" error, if they have a Sales Document Pre-Save script enabled.
FIXED: Sales Order Entry: When copying a document, the Sales Rep field for the new document will no longer be cleared out when the associated customer address does not have a Sales Rep specified.
FIXED: Vendor Notes: The Notes and Comments fields will no longer be blanked out when using certain themes.
Version 4.6.0.2
Release Date 4/21/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Purchasing Advisor: The results will, by default, now only show the warehouse for the system user's default warehouse.
BREAKING CHANGE: Purchasing Advisor: The setup for Buyer ID's or Last Vendor Used fields now require spcp's. This functionality was causing slow-downs during searching and is not enabled by default.
ADDED: Purchasing Advisor: There is now a Custom Search field, hidden by default, which can be used in an spcp to search by a specified field.
ADDED: Purchasing Advisor: There is now an information icon that will display whether or not the system is using an spcp.
ADDED: Purchasing Advisor: There is now an sppPurchaseAdvice_Modified, and the sppPurchaseAdvice supports an spcp. This is needed in order to re-enable the Buyer ID functionality (this may slow the system down significantly).
ADDED: Purchasing Advisor: Users can now search by Warehouse(s), Item Number, and Item Class. Item Number and Item Class search fields have a "Starts with" or "Equals" operator for further search refinements. NOTE: Existing spcp's will need to be updated to support the new searching functionality, however, nothing will be broken when using outdated spcp's.
ADDED: Security: Purchasing Advisor: Allow Screen Layout Customization - When enabled, users can customize the layout. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Purchasing Advisor: Search On Load - When disabled, the screen will not do a search when initially loading. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Purchasing Advisor: Use Default Warehouse From User - While enabled, the Warehouse search field will be populated with the user's default warehouse. (Default: True)
UPDATED: PayFabric: Crediting a transaction made on another document from a return will now only create a separate payment on the return.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Changes to user fields on purchase orders that include prepayments can now be saved.
UPDATED: Purchasing Advisor: The Buyer ID field will no longer be visible if no purchasing buyer IDs are set up.
UPDATED: Purchasing Advisor: The sppPurchaseAdviceDetail_Modified can be used to re-enable the Buyer ID functionality, if required (this may slow the system down significantly).
UPDATED: Receiving: Prepayments on purchase orders will no longer prevent users from making Shipment type receipts. Invoice and Shipment/Invoice types are still not allowed.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: After saving an assembly, changing the assemble quantity will now allocate serial/lot tracked items properly.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: The Material Issues bin will now be the first bin used for allocation in a multibin environment.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Lines: The Qty Available column now displays up to five decimal places.
FIXED: Inventory Analysis: Users will no longer receive an Object Reference error when opening the Inventory Analysis module.
FIXED: Opportunities: Emailing opportunities will no longer result in an "Incorrect syntax near 'in'" error.
FIXED: PayFabric: Partial credit transactions will now properly adjust sales document payments.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment: Certain columns would reappear after being removed from the Available To Pick grid when reloading the plugin. These columns will now be properly saved to the user's layout.
Version 4.6.0.1
Release Date 4/14/17
ADDED: Funnel: Support for FedEx Ship Manager has been added to the Funnel.
ADDED: Funnel: Support for UPS's Saturday Delivery Service has been added to the Funnel.
ADDED: Sales Document Promotion: Sales Document Promotion information has been added to Report Designer.
ADDED: Sales Line Item Promotion: Sales Line Item Promotion information has been added to Report Designer.
ADDED: Sales Promotion Coupon: Sales Promotion Coupon information has been added to Report Designer.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Inventory Tab: Back-ordered quantity will now be properly updated for kit items on orders. Users will need to run an inventory reconcile to fix this issue for sales document made prior to this change.
FIXED: Sales Document Promotion: The Sales Promotion availability indicator will now work properly if a coupon is applied to a sales document that has a zero-dollar subtotal.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Gross Margin data will no longer be incorrect if the document was partially invoiced using GP.
FIXED: Sales: Localized versions of SalesPad can open void and historical documents.
Version 4.6.0.0
Release Date 4/7/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Resources: Resources from all related documents will no longer be visible on a sales document. Going forward, we will be creating new links to any transferable resource as sales documents are split or transferred.
ADDED: In-Transit Transfer Link: When an ITT link is deleted, the action is recorded on both the Sales Document audit and the In-Transit Transfer audit.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Entry: An Audit tab for auditing changes to the inventory transactions was added.
ADDED: PayFabric: Support for EMV processing was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Addrs: Customize Layout: New DevExpress layout properties were added.
ADDED: Settings: Copy Document Header To Line Items - This setting copies the warehouse from the document header onto the line items. Otherwise, the warehouse associated with the customer address will be used.
ADDED: Settings: Inventory Transactions: Item Transaction Columns to Include In Audit - Indicates columns that will be audited for inventory transactions. If left blank, no extra auditing will be done. (Default: Doc_Date; Batch_Num)
ADDED: Settings: Inventory Transactions: Item Transaction Line Columns to Include In Audit - Indicates columns that will be audited for inventory transaction lines. If left blank, no extra auditing will be done. (Default: Quantity; UOfM; Reason_Code)
FIXED: Avatax Address Validation: Sales line Ship To address information will be updated if the validation's recommended address information is chosen.
FIXED: Choose Purchase Plan: Previously, the 'Adjust for Purchasing UofM' security would only function if there were vendor items set up for the item. Now, it will first look at the Purchasing UofM on the item and then look at the vendor items.
FIXED: Choose Purchase Plan: When using the 'Adjust for Purchasing UofM' security, the calculated adjusted quantity will no longer be incorrect if the sales line quantity is the same as the quantity base UofM for the purchasing UofM.
FIXED: DevExpress Layout: If a user right-clicks then selects Reset Layout, layouts will now reset immediately. Duplicate layout loading is also fixed.
FIXED: GP Resources: In some situations, SalesPad would create a new attachment rather than link to an existing attachment. This has been corrected.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Kit items are no longer allowed as line items.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: When saving, users will no longer receive an over-allocation pop-up for lines that have no item number.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: Distribution records will now be created properly.
FIXED: Manufacturing BOM Entry: Users will no longer receive an "Object reference not set to an instance of an object" error when adding components.
FIXED: Opportunity/Prospect Contacts: Users will no longer receive an "index out of range" exception. (Introduced: 4.5.1.29)
FIXED: PayFabric Migrator: PayFabric requires billing address information for credit cards in certain situations, but these fields were not required for credit cards in CardControl. We now use the customer's primary billing address information if the information is missing from the credit card.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Users can now adjust the quantity of a purchase order line created from a reorder point.
FIXED: Sales Document GP Resource: If a document was created in GP and an attachment was transferred from a customer, duplicate resources will no longer be created when saving.
FIXED: Sales Document GP Resource: Previously, deleting some GP resources would result in the attachment file and all links to that file being deleted. Now, only the link will be deleted, unless it is the last link deleted.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When using the 'Sales Document Quick Save' setting, users will now be able to clear out the line comments after they have been populated.
Version 4.5.1.29
Release Date 3/31/17
BREAKING CHANGE: Customer Search: By default, the Only Visible Columns security is enabled, and adding new columns to the grid will not populate data until the screen is refreshed. This change was made to help improve the speed of this screen, and to allow for a larger search base.
ADDED: Licensing: The TeleSales, CaseTracker, WorkWave, and Dispatch modules now require licenses.
ADDED: Sales Line Promotion: A module that allows users to create sales line level promotions was added under Sales Document Promotion.
ADDED: Sales Promotions: A module that allows users to create sales document header level promotions and generate coupons for those promotions was added under Sales Document Promotion.
ADDED: Security: Customer Search: Only Load Visible Columns - When enabled, the customer search will be faster and only load the visible columns data. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Dashboard Maintenance: Chart Series control was updated due to a DevExpress upgrade.
UPDATED: DevExpress: DevExpress was upgraded to 16.2.4.
UPDATED: Opportunity Contact Entry: Bing Maps service was updated due to a DevExpress upgrade.
UPDATED: Prospect Contact Entry: Bing Maps service was updated due to a DevExpress upgrade.
FIXED: Customer Overview: The Customer Class, Payment Terms, and Price Level fields can now be cleared out.
FIXED: Customer PayFabric Wallet: Wallets are properly retrieved for customers with spaces in the Cust # field.
FIXED: Email: When using the Report Controlled print attachment option, the system file that is being attached will no longer be deleted after the email has been sent.
FIXED: PayFabric: Voiding transactions will now properly remove sales document payments.
FIXED: Payments: When using the non-CardControl Authorize.Net payment processor and conducting a charge deposit, users will no longer have multiple GP financial batch entries.
FIXED: Printing: Printer name validation for network printers was improved. Users are now less likely to receive the "Printer Not Valid" error message.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Freight and misc charges will now be taxed properly.
FIXED: Purchase Order: The FRTTXAMT and MSCTXAMT fields in POP10100 will no longer add to themselves each time a purchase order is saved with freight or a misc charge.
FIXED: RedTail EDI: There will no longer be extra blank comment lines when the EDI document does not include line comments.
Version 4.5.1.28
Release Date 3/24/17
ADDED: New Customer: A Price Level field has been added to the New Customer form.
ADDED: ShipCenter Shipping Calculator: Users can now specify package details from the plugin.
UPDATED: Activity Locks: When clearing locks, there will be a system log entry.
FIXED: Application: When the Payfabric or Cardknox tabs are disabled, there will no longer be a database query against those tables.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The securities to enable/disable the Payfabric and Cardknox tabs are now respected.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When using a CardControl build, there will no longer be a double-save when navigating to the Check Out tab along with further saves when switching tabs again.
FIXED: Funnel: Better exception handling when processing documents was added.
FIXED: Funnel: Various null references were fixed.
FIXED: PayFabric: Batch Capture: Authorizations can now be captured on invoices without receiving a payment type error.
FIXED: PayFabric: "MSO IsBatched" is properly set when writing to CCA.
FIXED: Report Manager: There will no longer be an "Out Of Memory" exception due to loading too many transactions at one time.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Users in a non-multi currency environment will no longer receive an "Object Reference" error when attempting to save a document. (Introduced: 4.5.1.26)
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Payments generated from CardControl transactions will now set the Doc Date field to local time.
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: Users will no longer receive a "Conversion failed when converting the varchar value '\' to data type int" error when transferring an order to invoice in certain scenarios.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Adding multiple packages/kits through the Inventory Lookup pop-up will now correctly set the unit price/price level on the lines.
Version 4.5.1.27
Release Date 3/17/17
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Addr: Can Create Customer Address - Allows a user to create a new customer address. This only works on dropship purchase orders. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Addr: Can Update Customer Address - Allows a user to update the customer's address. This only works on dropship purchase orders. (Default: True)
UPDATED: In-Transit Transfers: Kits are no longer allowed on in-transit transfers when using the ITT Generation sales document plugin. This follows the established GP rules.
UPDATED: Security: Purchase Order Addr: Update Button Enabled is now called Can Update Vendor Address; its description has been updated to reflect this change.
FIXED: Configurator: Sub configured items will no longer use Great Plains pricing, if the root configured item is using a pricing type of Configurator.
FIXED: Database Update: Certain calculated user fields containing single quotes will no longer fail.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Inventory: Next Expected Receipt column will no longer use purchase order lines that have a status of New.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Users will no longer receive an Object Reference error when selecting the Sales tab.
FIXED: Inventory Lot User Fields: When setting lot user fields on a receipt line, the resulting lot's user fields will now be properly updated when the receipt is posted, if the receipt line's Receive To Site was changed from its original value.
FIXED: RemoteLibrary: Communication with RemoteLibrary no longer fails due to a contract mismatch. (Introduced in 4.5.1.22)
FIXED: Sales Document Resource: Users will now be able to delete sales document resources as intended.
Version 4.5.1.26
Release Date 3/10/17
ADDED: Settings: Include Authorizations When Calculating Default Amount - SalesPad will include existing authorizations when calculating the default amount for new PayFabric transactions. (Default: True)
UPDATED: PayFabric: Existing authorizations are included when calculating the default amount for new PayFabric transactions.
UPDATED: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: This module is no longer in Beta.
FIXED: Customer PayFabric Wallet: New wallets are properly created for customers with special characters in the Cust # field.
FIXED: Matrix: The Update Line Comment function will now work in all scenarios.
FIXED: Matrix: When not using the Replacement Text setting, users will no longer receive duplicated text in the item number. (Introduced: 4.5.1.23)
FIXED: New Customer: The ShipToName field in RM00102 will default to the Customer Name if an Alt Company Name is not provided.
FIXED: Returns: When posting a return using non-functional currency and created in SalesPad, users will no longer receive COG distribution errors.
Version 4.5.1.25
Release Date 3/3/17
ADDED: New Extended Module: Case Tracker: A new extended module used to track specific customer issues and their resolutions was added.
ADDED: Settings: Include Authorizations When Calculating Default Amount - SalesPad will include existing authorizations when calculating the default amount for new PayFabric transactions. (Default: True)
UPDATED: PayFabric Migrator: Log message will now include errors received from PayFabric.
UPDATED: PayFabric Transaction: Existing authorizations are included when calculating the default amount for new PayFabric transactions.
UPDATED: Sales Document Audit: Audit entries from related documents can now be viewed.
FIXED: Binary Stream: Sales Monitor will now properly show zero quantity batches. This was a SQL change to sppSalesMonitorSummary.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Item Audit table now allows long item descriptions.
FIXED: PayFabric Migrator: An issue where AMEX cards were being decrypted with extra characters, causing issues when migrating, was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The Total Paid and Amount Due banner that appears for historical invoices will now show correct values if a cash receipt was applied to the document and the document had a Payment Terms discount available.
FIXED: Sales: Users will no longer receive the "Sales document no longer exists" message when opening voided documents. (Introduced: 4.5.1.22)
Version 4.5.1.24
Release Date 2/24/17
FIXED: Equipment Lookup: The Sales Document column hyperlink will now work properly for serial items that have been invoiced or returned.
FIXED: Inventory Allocations: In-Transit Transfers Tab: When using the Filter By Location security, this grid will now look at the From site and the Via site when loading rows.
FIXED: Manufacturing Links: There was potential for deadlocks issues around spIS010001 due to missing table keys and missing nolocks in sppMOCommitments_Disconnect. These can both be fixed via SQL updates.
FIXED: Purchase Order Addresses: The Ship To Address tab will be the sub-tab selected. (Introduced: 4.5.1.17)
FIXED: Remote Library: The Remote Library User is now logged out of SalesPad when Remote Library is running as a service and Windows is shut down.
FIXED: Returns: Users will no longer receive the "The Cost of Goods distribution amount is incorrect" error when attempting to post a return with a kit line item.
FIXED: Sales Document: User Defined Field settings for showing user fields only on specific document types will now be respected.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Users will no longer receive the "Cannot insert the value NULL into column GLPOSTDT" error when saving or generating payments. This was a change to a SQL procedure: spptaSopHdrRecalc_SalesPad. (Introduced: 4.5.1.21)
FIXED: Sales Transaction Entry: Manufacturing links created when splitting or invoicing a sales document were improved.
Version 4.5.1.23
Release Date 2/17/17
ADDED: Purchase Order Line Item Configurator : Identical functionality as the Sales Line Item Configurator but for Purchase Orders. Both Configurators will pull from the same Item Configurator Maintenance Screen
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Items: Can Edit Quantities on MO linked Lines - If set to true, users will be able to edit Quantity and Quantity Backordered while a manufacturing order is linked. (Default: False)
UPDATED: DevExpress Layout: Right-click, select Customize Layout form, then Layout Tree View to access added properties which enable more customization options with layouts.
FIXED: Application: The tabs selected as Auto Start tabs will no longer be reset when updating or reinstalling SalesPad.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: When a PayFabric transaction is denied, users will no longer be able to save the cash receipt by clicking the Clear button.
FIXED: Child Accounts: When adding a child account to a customer, a record for the parent account will now be created in RM00105, allowing users to update Nation Account options in GP.
FIXED: Matrix: When using the Replacement Text Indicator, users will no longer get duplicated text in the item number or description.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Sales lines that are linked to an MO now only lock quantity backordered when the MO status is Released.
FIXED: Sales Line: The Equipment Serial Number field will no longer be cleared out after saving when it was populated using the Equipment Lookup to find a serial number.
Version 4.5.1.22
Release Date 2/10/17
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: An Item Audit tab for auditing changes to the item was added.
ADDED: PayFabric Migrator: Better audit messages when a migration fails were added.
ADDED: Remote Library: REST Endpoint was added to Remote Library.
ADDED: Workflow: Run Scripts will now stop Workflow from forwarding a document when the script sets the CancelEventArgs.Cancel property to True.
ADDED: Setting: Inventory Lookup: Item Columns to Include In Audit - Indicates item columns that will be audited. If left blank, no extra auditing will be done. (Default: Item_Description; Item_Short_Name; Item_Generic_Description; Replaced_By; Item_Class_Code; Item_Type; Standard_Cost; List_Price; Current_Cost; Price_Level; Item_Shipping_Weight; Selling_U_of_M; Sales_Tax_Option; Item_Tax_Schedule_ID; Purchase_Item_Tax_Schedu; Purchase_Tax_Options; Price_Method)
ADDED: Settings: Enable REST Endpoint: Remote Library can now be accessed with a REST endpoint.
ADDED: Settings: REST Endpoint Name: An extension to the web address resource name for a REST endpoint was added.
FIXED: Application: A "Collection was modified" error when trying to set the system user icon has been resolved.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment Plugin: Various issues with partially shipped lines and fulfillment were fixed.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer: Partially fulfilling line items will no longer cause the status to remain as Open on the line and the document.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer: Users will no longer be able to delete or edit most columns on partially received, received, partially shipped, or shipped lines.
FIXED: Inventory: In-Transit Transfer: Audit: Descriptions can no longer be edited by the user.
FIXED: Inventory: Inventory Lookup: Allocated quantity for kit items will now show how many kits are allocated.
FIXED: PayFabric: Enabling the Auto Start First Payment setting no longer causes transactions on new sales documents to have a default amount of $0.
FIXED: Purchasing: Purchase Order: Audit: Descriptions can no longer be edited by the user.
FIXED: Sales Analysis Report: When a user loads a saved layout, duplicate fields will no longer be added to that layout.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Copying a document with a package item and having the Reprice on Copy setting enabled will no longer combine the cost of the components with the top-level package item.
FIXED: Sales Entry: In a non-multibin environment, users can now properly fulfill non-inventory items that are linked to a PO and use separate fulfillment.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: After entering in a correct item number, creating a new line will no longer require the user to press Enter twice.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Clicking the Delete button will now focus the next line.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When using the Named Notes for Quote setting, pressing Enter will no longer create a new sales line.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Entry: When attempting to save a sales document missing required fields, the missing fields will be shown in one message.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document: Audit: Descriptions can no longer be edited by the user.
FIXED: Security Editor: When setting up a new user, the New User dialog box is now correctly labeled "User ID" instead of "User Name".
FIXED: TeleSales Monitor: There will no longer be an invalid column name "Auto_Calc_Freight" error. This was a SQL stored procedure change.
Version 4.5.1.21
Release Date 2/3/17
ADDED: Customer Equipment: The Assigned to Customer column was added.
ADDED: Import Manager: A KitComponent table that supports importing kits and their components was added.
ADDED: Import Manager: The ItemMaster table now supports importing the Kit COGS Account Source field.
ADDED: Print: Added a System Default Printer selectable option in the printer dropdown.
ADDED: Security: CRM Contact Card - Can Edit (Default: False)
ADDED: Vendor Address Card: Users can now change and save layouts on this screen.
UPDATED: Opportunity Contacts: Users can now edit a Contact on an Opportunity card by clicking either the Contact ID or First Name cell values for a particular row.
UPDATED: PayFabric Settings: Transaction URL can now be selected from a dropdown.
UPDATED: Sales Document Payments: Payments tabs are read only if the document is read only.
UPDATED: Security: Sales document securities that only require queues no longer show the document type and document IDs in the dropdowns.
UPDATED: Setting: Backorder Document ID - This setting now has a description.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Assembly line items' GL Account Index will now properly substitute warehouse account segments.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Renaming the "Inventory - Retail/Parts" GL account will no longer prevent users from creating assemblies.
FIXED: CRM Contact Card: Users will now be prompted to save when attempting to close out of a newly edited Contact.
FIXED: Copy Sale Document: The Choose Sales Doc ID and Customer popup now has the updated SalesPad logo for its icon.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The user no longer needs to hit Enter twice to activate the customer search.
FIXED: Customer AR Statement: There is now better messaging if this report is blank.
FIXED: Customer Card: Interaction: Anonymous login will be attempted if the Email Server Username and Password have not been set.
FIXED: Customer Sales Graph: When using the plot selection Margin, data will now be displayed properly.
FIXED: Export To Excel: There is now better exception handling when trying to export to Excel and access permissions are denied.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment: Fulfilling will now work properly if the In-Transit Transfer line item's quantity was changed after a fulfillment was previously added to the line. This change only affects non-multibin environments.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: The Item Class field no longer has two dropdowns.
FIXED: Item Class Report: When printing, the Item Class label in the report header will now be set properly.
FIXED: Item Properties: The List Price dropdown will correctly clear out when there are no Price Levels to load.
FIXED: Login: The information message panel will now display a message if the SQL credentials are incorrect.
FIXED: New Customer: When a user creates a new customer in SalesPad, there will no longer be a blank note on the Customer Card in GP.
FIXED: New Email Template: The Cancel and OK buttons are now re-positioned to remain in the lower right-hand corner when the window is resized.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Closed and Received lines will no longer have their extended cost recalculated when closing a document. This will prevent some instances of a save prompt appearing when no changes have been made to a purchase order.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Extended Cost will now only be recalculated if the Unit Code, Quantity, or Cancelled Quantity columns are changed on the line.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The comment field in the Demand Detail grid can now be copied via the right-click menu.
FIXED: Report Manager: The Design button icon has been replaced with an icon that is more fitting.
FIXED: Sales Document Item Restrictions: The Enabled flag is respected for a customer when adding items to a sales document.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: The Credit Card Name field now populates when PayFabric is enabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Transaction Time columns do not display the date.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Copying a sales document and setting a different customer will now copy the warehouse codes of the line items correctly.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The SetupBasicSalesLineItemCollection method will no longer generate an Object Reference error when processing a CardControl transaction.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When transferring to invoice, the GL Posting will now properly respect the Posting setting in GP for transaction date. This was a change to a SQL procedure: spptaSopHdrRecalc_SalesPad.
FIXED: Sales Line Distribution: The sales document is now saved when this plugin is opened to prevent changes from being lost on new documents.
FIXED: Vendor Overview: When using the 'Show Vendor Hint' security, the hover hint will now display data properly.
Version 4.5.1.20
Release Date 1/27/17
ADDED: CRM Contact Search: Contact user fields were added to the search grid.
ADDED: Opportunity Line Items: On Row Changed Script: A C# script that executes when an opportunity line has been changed.
ADDED: Opportunity Line Items: User field functionality has been added.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Group Edit Permissions: Allows the user to make user fields for a specific user group Read Only.
FIXED: CRM Contact Card: The Delete button is now visible on this form as intended.
FIXED: Customer AR Statement: Users are now able to open returns from the AR Statement selection window.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Entry: Printing transfers now requires changes to be saved.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment: When fulfilling an In-Transit Transfer with a Via Site, the fulfillment screen will now let the user select bins from the Via Site, rather than the To Site. This only affects multi-bin environment users.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer: The bin transfer site will now properly use the Via Site and its bin, rather than the To Site. This only affects multi-bin environment users.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: The GL Posting Date will be properly set when posting in GP is set to use the Transaction Date.
FIXED: PayFabric Sales Batch Processing: Errors with creating payments will now be properly displayed.
FIXED: PayFabric: The auth code will now be written to generated payments instead of the key value.
FIXED: Purchase Order Lines: Historical comments are now properly populated. This was a SQL change to spvPurchaseLineItem_base.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: CardKnox is now properly disabled for Read Only documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: PayFabric is now properly disabled for Read Only documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Historical documents will no longer show functional currency values in the Subtotal, Freight, Tax, Misc Charge and Discount columns when the document is using a non-functional currency.
Version 4.5.1.19
Release Date 1/20/17
ADDED: Attach Sales Line to MO: Added auditing to sales document when MO links are broken.
ADDED: Sales Document MOs: Added auditing to sales documents when MO links are broken.
FIXED: Opportunity: Convert to Quote: Opportunities without line items will no longer prompt to choose lines when converting to a quote.
FIXED: Sales Analysis: When choosing to hide/show Sales or Profit columns users will no longer receive a "The given key was not in the dictionary" error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Fulfillment: Returns can now be fulfilled in localized versions of SalesPad.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: MO-linked sales lines are now editable without the Manufacturing extended module.
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: When transferring a split order, the sales document resources on the resulting invoice will no longer be 0 kb files.
Version 4.5.1.18
Release Date 1/13/17
BREAKING CHANGE: REMOVED: Security: Interactions: Can Delete Interactions. This security is now split into two different securities.
ADDED: PayFabric: The 'Authorization Up Charge Percent' setting now works with PayFabric.
ADDED: Returns: The Qty Fulfilled field will now display the total quantity that has been picked for the return. This is a display feature only, the value is not saved on the Sales Line field.
ADDED: Security: Interactions: Can Delete Others Interactions - Allows a user to delete another user's interactions (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Interactions: Can Delete Own Interactions - Allows a user to delete their own interactions (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Available Processors - Allow for customization of which processors security groups can select for transactions. (Default: "*")
ADDED: System User Card: Modified the User Card selector to display a pop-up containing a list of available users to select. Old security values are still supported, so this will not cause any issues for legacy users.
UPDATED: Application: Instead of getting a "ScreenSync binding is invalid" exception message, users will now get a Log message that informs them that they should log out and back into SalesPad.
UPDATED: Copy Sales Document: When copying a contract priced line where the contract has expired or been deleted, SalesPad will now find a viable contract or find the next usable price for the new line item.
UPDATED: Item Maintenance: The Customer Items tab no longer requires Beta access.
UPDATED: PayFabric Migrator: There is now a pop-up telling the user that the CardControl.API.dll is required to run PayFabric Migrator. This file can be retrieved from a previous CardControl version of SalesPad, or the user can contact support.
FIXED: Application: There were some "Object reference not set to an instance of an object" errors when logging out while prompts to save were being handled simultaneously. This would happen if clicking Yes on the prompt would trigger some other form to launch. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Blanket Order Release Plugin: Users will no longer receive a "Cannot access a disposed object" error when a Rich Text Memo UDF is in the header layout.
FIXED: Contract Pricing: Contract pricing with Kit items now updates purchase quantity properly when changing the kit's quantity. Users must have the 'Can Change Kit Quantities' security set to True.
FIXED: Copy Sales Document: Contract lines could double fulfillment on the new document line items in certain situations. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Login: Users will no longer receive a "Sequence contains no matching element" error if the Store/Drawer they are assigned to does not have a credit card device set up, while other Store/Drawers do.
FIXED: PayFabric Migrator: A partially entered customer number will no longer throw an error.
FIXED: Quick Reports: When using multiple quick reports and un-tabbing/re-tabbing the formlet, the caption will remain consistent.
FIXED: Resources: Resources attached to Purchase Requisitions in GP will no longer cause a "Conversion failed when converting the varchar value \" error when opening a Resource tab in SalesPad.
FIXED: Returns: Increasing or decreasing the quantity for multi-bin items will properly increase or decrease the picked quantities when using the auto-fulfillment option.
FIXED: Returns: Serial tracked items will no longer have the quantity reduced if the picked quantity is less than the original quantity upon saving. NOTE: Serial tracked items must still be fully picked before posting.
FIXED: SOP to POP: When purchasing Non-Inventory items through Sales Entry, the quantity will not be zeroed when the Choose Purchase Plan security 'Adjust For Purchasing UofM' is enabled.
Version 4.5.1.17
Release Date 1/6/17
UPDATED: Tax Schedules: Tax schedules are now loaded when a user logs into SalesPad. This allows for form loading improvements in numerous areas when there are a lot of tax schedules. It's still possible that the first time loading a form with a tax schedule may be slower, but subsequent form loading will be faster.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Changes made to any field in the assembly header will now successfully trigger a save prompt when closing out of a newly edited assembly.
FIXED: CardKnox Integration: Creating a credit on a return from an existing payment will now properly create the payment record on the return document.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: When adding new vendor Information, the Vendor Item Number and Vendor Item Description will now be properly pulled from the Item Number and Item Description fields.
FIXED: Printed Reports: There will no longer be an "Attempted to divide by zero" error if the UofM schedule Equiv Qty is zero in the IV40202 table. This was a SQL view change: spvUOfMScheduleDetail.
FIXED: Profitability: When using the Show Recent Receipts security, changes made to the unit price will now be carried over to the sales line.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Opening a PO from the Activity Lock screen for the active user will no longer be read-only.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The read-only status is now more accurate for multiple scenarios.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Creating a new credit card payment and typing in the credit card number will no longer result in an index and length error.
FIXED: Sales Entry: The user no longer needs to tab off of the newly edited field before clicking Transfer in order for the save prompt to display.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When updating a UDF that is mapped to USRDAT01 or USRDAT02 and the Windows region date format is DD/MM/YYYY, users will no longer receive a "String was not recognized as a valid DateTime" error.
REMOVED: Database Update: The Refresh Procs option had the potential to revert stored procedures to older versions on certain systems. This issue has been resolved.
Version 4.5.1.16
Release Date 12/30/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Line Item: Pre-Delete scripts now use a List<SalesLineItem> type for the dataRowsToDelete parameter. Any pre-existing scripts will need to be updated to reflect this change.
ADDED: Opportunity Line Items: On Row Changed Script - C# Script that executes when an Opportunity line has been changed.
ADDED: Opportunity Line Items: User field functionality has been added.
ADDED: Pricing Type: Standard Plus Configurator was added as a Pricing Type.
ADDED: Setting: Use Historic Configurations To Reprice Sales Line - When manually entering a configured item on a sales line, or re-pricing a configured item on a sales line, the price will return from the historic version of the configuration, if the active version doesn't match the configuration that initially created the item. Requires Configurator Module.
ADDED: Settings: Use Configurator Pricing When Manually Entering Configured Item - When adding an item that was created by Configurator to a sales line, the system will attempt to price the sales line via the Configurator Pricing Type. Requires Configurator Module. (Default: False)
FIXED: PayFabric Payments: Credit amounts will now properly be exported to Nodus CCA.
Version 4.5.1.15
Release Date 12/22/16
ADDED: New Customer: The ability to set the Trade Discount value when creating a new customer was added.
ADDED: Security: A System Security report was added.
ADDED: Security: A User Group Difference report was added.
ADDED: Security: New Customer: Can Assign Trade Discount - Allows a user to assign a trade discount. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Customer Overview: When changing a customer's class, the Trade Discount will now be updated to the
customer class's default Trade Discount.
FIXED: Group Pricing Maintenance: When deleting then exporting group pricing, users will no longer receive a "Deleted row information cannot be accessed through the row" error.
FIXED: PayFabric Transaction: Voided PayFabric transactions will now properly set the void status when exported to Nodus CCA tables.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: Line items will no longer have their prices updated if a user clicks on the Price Level dropdown and does not modify its value.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Instead of receiving a "Cannot insert the value NULL into column Print_Phone_NumberGB" error, on GP2013 or newer, users will now receive the active support message about a missing Ship To address.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When using a separate Fulfillment Doc ID type, non-inventory items can now be backordered.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Sales line user fields on historical documents will no longer be read-only when security is enabled.
FIXED: User Fields: Clearing out Rich Text Memo fields will no longer crash SalesPad. (Introduced: 4.5.1.3)
Version 4.5.1.14
Release Date 12/15/16
ADDED: Opportunity Monitor: Opportunity User Fields columns have been added to the Opportunity Monitor.
UPDATED: Database Update: Speed improvements were made around spx user field tables and user field views.
UPDATED: Refresh Procs: The sppRefreshProcs is now case sensitive and will only refresh stored procedures that start with "spp."
UPDATED: Sales Line Excel Import: The Excel Type and Show Results options are now saved in the registry.
FIXED: Attach Sales Line to MO: The Break Link button is disabled when SalesPad Manufacturing is not loaded.
FIXED: Create Manufacturing Order: The Create Manufacturing Order plugin now respects Made Items and does not create an MO when the "BOM should be treated as" field in Item Engineering Data is set to Buy.
FIXED: Database Update: There will no longer be an indexing error on the spxFutureInventoryLotNum table if you also have DataCollection installed.
FIXED: Group Pricing: When using an All Customers group pricing option in tandem with another group pricing option for a particular customer, the sequence number will now properly be used to determine pricing priority. Previously, it would ignore the All Customer group pricing and use the next lowest sequence number group pricing for that customer.
FIXED: MO Entry Properties: MO Entry Properties now properly sets fields as read-only for certain MO statuses.
FIXED: Manufacturing Scheduling Preferences Startup Script: This script no longer throws a null exception when there are no scheduling preferences.
FIXED: PayFabric: The 'Preauth Hold Code' setting now works properly with PayFabric.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Reorder Points will no longer consider quantity on a purchase order which is linked to a sales order as quantity on order. This quantity will be allocated to the sales order when received, and therefore shouldn't be used when determining how much stock should be ordered.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: There will no longer be "Error converting data type datetime to smalldatetime" error when creating purchase plans for documents that have an invalid required ship date. There is now a log messenger that is displayed.
FIXED: SOP to MOP: When an MO is partially received and the sales order is split or partially invoiced, the Qty_Match field will now be properly set to 0 on the back-ordered portion of the split.
FIXED: SOP to POP Links: When removing a purchase order link from a sales order, the purchase order will no longer remain locked once the link has been removed. This has also been fixed for the sales order when the link is removed on the purchase order side. (Introduced: 4.5.1.13)
FIXED: Sales Document MOs: The Break Link button is disabled when SalesPad Manufacturing is not loaded.
FIXED: Sales Line Excel Import: Importing kits that are packages will no longer cause "Cross Threading" errors.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: The EnteredBatch column will now be properly updated when a document is forwarded through Workflow.
FIXED: Settings: There will no longer be a "0.00 is not a valid value for Decimal" error when running SalesPad in French.
Version 4.5.1.13
Release Date 12/9/16
ADDED: Configurator: A Costing Type dropdown allows for selecting a costing type to use on the configuration level.
ADDED: Customer Card: When deleting an interaction on the customer card, there will now be a prompt to verify that the user would like to delete the selected interaction.
ADDED: Settings: Use Sales Line List Price When Converting - When converting a non-inventory Item into an inventory item, use the line's unit price as the item master's list price. (Default: True)
ADDED: User Field Editor: Added a new user field option, Is Multi Select, which allows dropdown list user fields to be multi-selected. This option is only available when the Value option has been filled in.
UPDATED: Purchase Line Items: The Release By Date will no longer be set when a document has been released. This field must now be manually populated.
UPDATED: Sales Document Addresses: The Ship To and Bill To addresses now validate after choosing a new address from the dropdown, rather than when tabbing/clicking out away from the field.
FIXED: CRM Event Entry: When opening a CRM Event and making no changes, clicking OK will no longer send an email to the assigned user if the Email User Task Info security is enabled.
FIXED: Database Update: Database updates will no longer fail for users of Nodus CCA.
FIXED: Dispatch Route Report: The Sales Doc Num field will no longer be the same across all stops.
FIXED: Excel Data Import: The import no longer crashes when importing numeric values into text fields.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Line Items: User fields will no longer be cleared whenever the line's status is changed.
FIXED: Interaction Email: Users will no longer receive the error "The method or operation is not implemented" when clicking Send.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Users will no longer receive the "This Inventory Transaction Number is already in use." error on the document number field if they have a blank document number in the database.
FIXED: Lot Number Search: Expiration and manufactured dates now filter the search correctly.
FIXED: Manufacturing Order: The override standard costs setup in standard cost maintenance will no longer affect the cost calculations when printing a manufacturing order.
FIXED: PayFabric Payments: Exported transaction information to Nodus CCA tables will now use the credit card name used in the Dynamics GP setup.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: If the PO Cost Selection setting is set to PO Cost Selection User Field, Reorder Points will properly use the PO Cost Selection Fallback setting option to determine unit cost.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: The Released Date will now be set to today's date when a PO is released.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Purchase Order Status will no longer update to Change Order if the only value changed on any line was Promise Date or Promise Ship Date.
FIXED: SOP to POP links: Removing links from one document will now require the user to close or unlock the linked document. This fixes an issue where links could be recreated if a sales order was saved after the link was removed on the linked PO, and vice versa.
FIXED: Sales Document Resource: When deleting a split document, any related document's resources will no longer be deleted.
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: The "Some part of your SQL statement is nested too deeply." error will no longer occur when documents have been split numerous times.
Version 4.5.1.12
Release Date 12/2/16
ADDED: Application: Added support for creating and viewing tasks and interactions assigned to a mobile user.
ADDED: Customer Extended Pricing: There is now an sppGetExtendedPricing_Modified stored procedure available, which can be modified to be used as an spcp. This is an older version that may be faster for some people and/or resolve
some SQL errors, however, it may not show list price properly when using the percentage of list price option. This screen is for visual purposes. Using this procedure does not affect pricing on sales documents.
ADDED: Inventory Allocation: In-Transit Transfers: The ETA Date column was added.
ADDED: PayFabric Transaction: Sales Document Number and Sales Document Type columns have been added. Sales Document Type will only be populated for cash receipts.
ADDED: Security: Sales Batch Processing: Show Total Column: Setting this value to False will hide the \"Total\" column. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document CardControl Payments: Allow Remove Cash/Check Payments - Allows a user to remove Cash/Check Payments. (Default:True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document CardControl Payments: Allow Remove Manual Payments - Allows a user to remove Manual Payments. (Default:True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Allow Remove Cash/Check Payments - Allows a user to remove Cash/Check Payments. (Default:True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Payments: Allow Remove Manual Payments - Allows a user to remove Manual Payments. (Default:True)
UPDATED: Customer Search: The Contact Sales Rep column now contains a clickable link that will bring the user to the Sales Person card.
UPDATED: Database Update: There is now better exception messaging during the database update if updating any user fields fail, which can happen for some calculated user fields.
UPDATED: Returns: Non-tracked components of kits will no longer be automatically fulfilled if the document ID has "Return AutoFulfill" disabled.
FIXED: Application: Certain "sp" extension methods will no longer receive null reference errors.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Customer Discount dropdown will no longer be populated multiple times with the same value if a customer discount has more than one discount detail.
FIXED: Customer Search: Sales Person ID and Contact Sales Rep columns will no longer contain the same information.
FIXED: Customer Search: Sales Person ID and Sales Person Name columns will only populate a single value for each customer rather than once for each Address Code.
FIXED: Database Update: The database update will no longer fail for GP10 users who do not have a QTYREPLACED field in POP10500. (Introduced in 4.5.1.11)
FIXED: E-mailing: CC and BCC email addresses now have better error checking to avoid throwing an exception.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Line Items: User fields will now save properly.
FIXED: In Transit Transfer Properties: Customized layouts will now save properly.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Users will now be able to type date information into the Doc Date field. Previously, users would have to select a date from the calendar.
FIXED: Item Restrictions: Items will now be checked to determine if they are restricted when the item is selected from the Item Number Lookup screen accessed from a sales line.
FIXED: Localization: There will no longer be a "Requested value was not found" error when using the auto filter row on certain grids or forms.
FIXED: PayFabric Payment: Creating a deposit authorization on an order and then capturing after being transferred to invoice will no longer result in an "Invalid Payment Type" error.
FIXED: PayFabric Payment: Payments on documents containing items using special characters in the item description will no longer result in a "Bad Request" error message.
FIXED: Print: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when attempting to close the print screen while the reports are loading.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Users will now be able to edit the Site Tax Schedule column if the item's Purchase Tax Option is set to "Base on vendor".
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: When using the 'Show Gross Margin' security, discounts on the document will now be taken into account when the gross margin and the gross profit are calculated.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Users will no longer be able to add and save inactive items to existing sales documents.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Speed improvements were made to the sales monitor. This was accomplished through a change to the sppSalesMonitor stored procedure, changing the spvSalesRep to use the table RM00301. Any spcp's should be looked at and adjusted accordingly.
FIXED: Sales Search: There are no longer duplicate dropdown buttons. (Introduced: 4.5.1.10)
FIXED: User Defined Fields: Error will no longer occur when using a User Defined Field editor and then loading the card on which those User Defined Fields are used.
FIXED: User Field Editor: The spvCustomerSearch view will no longer be deleted if a user creates a Customer Addr user field and then runs Update All Tables.
FIXED: User Field Editor: The spvVendorSearch view will no longer be deleted if a user creates a Vendor Addr user field and then runs Update All Tables.
Version 4.5.1.11
Release Date 11/18/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Opportunity Card: The Opportunity Amount field was replace with the Misc Charge field. This will break scripts using the Opportunity amount and also remove it from the layout. (Introduced: 4.5.1.9)
FIXED: Cash Receipts: Cash receipts will no longer be created if PayFabric fails to charge the credit card.
FIXED: Configurator Pricing: An issue where the configurator would not price based on a Custom BOM.
FIXED: Opportunity Pre Save scripting using userfields will now save changes.
FIXED: PayFabric: Credit card expiration dates will now be saved properly to the Sales Document Payments table.
FIXED: Purchase Order: If a return receipt has been posted for that purchase order with Replace Returned Goods selected, purchase orders will no longer be assigned a "Received" status when re-saved in SalesPad.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When using the Batch Email functionality, resource attachments will no longer be missing the file extension in the file name.
Version 4.5.1.10
Release Date 11/11/16
ADDED: Recurring Documents: There is now an audit trail of what document and/or recurring definition events originated from.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Sales Doc ID, Source (open, void, history), and Sales Person ID search fields were added.
ADDED: Settings: Use Quantity Fulfilled for Extended Pricing on Invoices – If set to true, the extended price for Invoices will be calculated using the quantity fulfilled instead of the total quantity. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Properties: The Location field is now called Default Location. A tooltip has also been added, to clarify its purpose.
FIXED: Application: Plugins will now properly dispose when closed, rather than when the form they were used on is closed.
FIXED: CRM Event Entry: Layouts will now save properly.
FIXED: Default Doc Items: Changing a line item number will no longer result in a new line being added to the grid.
FIXED: Interaction Entry: Layouts will now save properly.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Properties: If the Default Location security is blank, it will now be set to the last item's Site value when reopening the document.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments Allocation: If a user opens the Allocation plugin then tries to delete the inventory adjustment, there will no longer be an "Object reference" error.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments Allocation: Users can no longer free type bin names.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The pre-save script will no longer trigger before the user has been prompted to save changes.
FIXED: Log Messages: This is no longer available on the main ribbon. (Introduced: 4.5.1.9)
FIXED: Manufacturing Links: When rolling down the sales document's requested ship date, any MO link attached to a sales line will have its due date also updated.
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: Clicking No on the delete wallet confirmation prompt will no longer still delete the wallet.
FIXED: PayFabric Customer Wallet: Double clicking on a wallet will no longer result in an "Object Reference" error.
FIXED: Printing A/R Statements: Return documents can now be selected in the Preview window.
FIXED: Recurring Documents: When generating a document based on a historical document, sales rep, emails, and UDFs are now transferred to the generated document.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: The E-mail and Fax icons are visible again. (Introduced: 4.5.1.8)
FIXED: Sales Entry: The "Value cannot be null" exception on the val_Address field of a sales document will no longer occur.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When a user trys to close a sales document, there will no longer be an "Object reference" error on the CanClose method.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Notes from an existing sales document will no longer be copied to new sales lines' comment fields.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: There will no longer be a "Object reference" error when right-clicking the auto-filter row and trying to send documents to batch or forward documents in Workflow.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: Users will no longer receive an error if they attempt to make a new note on a new sales person.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Customer and CRMEvent user fields will now be properly populated in the Tasks grid.
Version 4.5.1.9
Release Date 11/4/16
ADDED: Bulk Printing: The Send To Resources option will now send the report to resources for sales and purchase orders. (Requires security access.)
ADDED: CRM Setup: A Historical column is now available. Opportunities will now be set to Historical when converted to a quote, with a status set flagged for Historical.
ADDED: E-mailing: The Send To Resources option will now send the report to resources for sales and purchase orders. (Requires security access.)
ADDED: Import Manager: A Kit Component table that supports importing kits and their components was added.
ADDED: Log Messenger: This messenger will launch and dock whenever messages are sent to it. Currently, there are some printing, emailing, and resource errors that use this messenger. Messages can also be sent through scripting. Messages are not saved. However, they can be exported to Excel.
ADDED: Opportunity Card: Opportunity line items have been added.
ADDED: Opportunity Card: Printing has been added to Opportunities.
ADDED: Print Preview: When printing from the print preview screen, for sales and purchasing, reports will be sent to the document resources, if properly checked.
ADDED: Return Fulfillment: The fulfillment plugin for returns now allows for entering quantities for specific bins or lots.
ADDED: Security: Convert To Quote: Reprice On Conversion - If true, this option will reprice each line brought over to the new quote, instead of using the pricing set up on the Opportunity.
ADDED: Settings: Large Ribbon Icons - This is a semicolon-delimited list of forms that will use a larger icon on the ribbon, instead of the default small icon. This setting does not affect the Application tab.
UPDATED: Recent Customers: There is now an icon for the docked plugin.
UPDATED: Recent Sales Documents: There is now an icon for the docked plugin.
FIXED: Application: Temp files that are created for printing and e-mailing will now be deleted.
FIXED: Bulk E-mailing: The Combine Reports checkbox no longer says Print As A Single Job.
FIXED: Configurator Pricing: An issue where the configurator would not price based on a Standard BOM was fixed.
FIXED: Inventory Lookup: Inventory Tab: Changing the UOfM dropdown now updates both the Location and the Bin grids.
FIXED: Print Preview: The Times Printed field will only be updated if you print from the Preview form.
FIXED: Printing: The reports that are sent to the document resources no longer have an extra '.pdf' in the file name.
FIXED: Purchase Order: BCKTXAMT and OBTAXAMT will now be calculated properly when using a purchase tax detail that calculates tax based on line item cost.
FIXED: Purchase Order: BackoutTradeDiscTax and OrigBackoutTradeDiscTax will no longer be improperly populated when saving a purchase order.
FIXED: Receiving: The Items tab will no longer be visible when there is only one tab.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Previously, checking a sales document ID that had an extremely large number of batches would crash SalesPad. There is now a prompt when there are potentially too many batches selected, and we will not be able to show all the documents in those batches.
Version 4.5.1.8
Release Date 10/28/16
ADDED: Customer Interaction: Copy functionality has been added.
ADDED: Purchasing Advisor: A Customer column was added to Demand Summary.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Sales Doc ID, Source (open, void, history), and Sales Person ID Search fields were added.
ADDED: Settings: Use Primary Address For Purchase Order Vendor Address - When disabled, a purchase order's vendor address will be the one highlighted on the vendor card when a new PO is created, regardless of what address is the primary address. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: The audit trail now includes the "Fulfillment Plugin" source.
UPDATED: User Fields: The calculated UDF form now has a warning about performance impact and a recommendation to use tables with NOLOCKS.
FIXED: Application: There will no longer be prompts to save because of calculated User Fields.
FIXED: Manufacturing/Receiving: PO line items will no longer appear multiple times after searching.
FIXED: Purchase Order Vendor Address: The vendor address on a purchase order can once again be changed.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: The Sales Document Actual Ship Date is now properly set when fulfilling the document. An audit trail is also written.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: The Update Price button is now enabled properly, based on the 'Can Update Prices' security.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: The contact log notes are now properly loaded.
FIXED: Settings: Prompt To Change Price When Converting: This setting's description was corrected to say that the prompt appears when converting a non-inventory sales line item to an inventory item, rather than when converting a quote to an order.
Version 4.5.1.7
Release Date 10/21/16
ADDED: Group Pricing: A Resequence button was added.
ADDED: Remote Library (Windows Service): Event logs for documents that fail to forward now include the document number.
ADDED: Security: Customer Holds - Deleting a Customer hold will require the GP password for the respective hold type. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Holds - Deleting a hold on a Sales Document will require the GP password for the respective hold type. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Remote Library: When forwarding a collection of documents, if one fails, the remaining documents will now be processed.
FIXED: Database Update: The database update should no longer fail on spvOpportunityCustomer_base.
FIXED: Manufacturing Links: Editing a line item's Requested Ship Date will now update any MO links attached to that line.
FIXED: PayFabric: An issue that preventing creating credits on return documents was resolved.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: When deleting a kit line item from a sales document, kit components that are lot tracked will now properly be added back to the inventory's availability.
Version 4.5.1.6
Release Date 10/14/16
ADDED: CardKnox Integration: An integration with CardKnox to support chip and pin credit card transactions was added.
ADDED: RemoteLibrary: Users can now specify windows logon credentials when installing RemoteLibrary as a Windows service.
ADDED: Settings: Lot Userfield Roll Down Override - Selected Lot User Fields will not be saved when rolling down changes. This setting requires the 'Apply User Field Changes To All Lots With Same Name' setting to be enabled.
UPDATED: New Customer: Closing or cancelling this screen will no longer prompt the user to save; it will now inform them that cancelling will cause all changes to be lost.
FIXED: Customer Equipment: Equipment will no longer appear twice in the Equipment tab if it has been saved and assigned to that customer.
FIXED: EDI Packages: Users will no longer receive an error when attempting to add a new sales document package.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Item valuation method will now properly roll down when setting the item class on a new item.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: When in a non-multi currency environment, a new item's currency decimal places will now be updated correctly when an item class is selected.
FIXED: Manufacturing: Kit Component SOP to MOP links will no longer be deleted if the sales document is saved after being closed and reopened.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: Updating the customer address will now refresh the document to use the updated changes.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: Historical sales documents will now properly display equipment information in the Document Properties header.
Version 4.5.1.5
Release Date 10/7/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Outlook Add-in: New required procedure added in Desktop 4.5.1.5 affects GPOA version 1.2.0.5 will need sppEmailAudit from support.
ADDED: Sales Document Email Audit: An Attachments column was added.
ADDED: Customer Card Email Audit: An Attachments column was added.
ADDED: Settings: Lot Userfield Roll Down Override - Selected Lot User Fields will not be saved when rolling down changes. This setting requires the 'Apply User Field Changes To All Lots With Same Name' setting to be enabled.
ADDED: Manufacturing: Pre-Cancel MO Links Delete Script: This script runs when cancelling an MO after deleting the last SoptoMop link.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Mass Update - Pre Update Script: This script runs before 'Update Documents' runs.
ADDED: Setting: AvaTax Use Order Date For Invoice Tax Date - When this setting is disabled, the tax date will be the invoice's document date. When this setting is enabled, the tax date will always be the original order's document date. (Default: True)
FIXED: Avatax: Re-saving an invoice that was transferred to invoice had the potential to have the taxes recalculated using the invoice document date instead of the original order document date. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Avatax: When transferring an order to invoice, the Avalara document date will now use the invoice's document date. Taxes will still be calculated using the order date, unless the 'AvaTax Use Order Date For Invoice Tax Date' setting is disabled.
FIXED: Funnel: The SalesPad Funnel will now correctly add Saturday pickup charges and other additional shipping charges to the freight.
FIXED: Funnel: When attempting to import to UPS from the funnel, freight costs and batch forwarding will now be saved properly.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Line Items: This grid will no longer allow sorting on its columns, other than the default ascending sorting applied to the line item sequence column which cannot be changed to descending order. This matches the other line item entry grids' sorting behavior.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer: When an "open" and fully fulfilled document is saved, the status will now be set to "picked." Alternately, if the user un-fulfills some line items and the status is "picked," the status will be set to "open."
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales document discounts of one percent or less now save correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: When an MO is linked, users can now open the Inventory Lookup from the Item Number column.
FIXED: Sales Line Distributions: Making changes to sales line distributions in GP and then transferring the document in SalesPad will no longer lose the changes on the new document. Users must have the setting 'Enable SalesPad Desktop Distributions' set to True to use this functionality.
Version 4.5.1.4
Release Date 9/30/16
FIXED: Cash Receipts: New receipt numbers will no longer be generated until the cash receipt has been saved. Before, in certain scenarios it was possible for GP to grab the same receipt number that was currently being worked on in SalesPad, causing a conflict when saving.
FIXED: Email Template Editor: Merge fields will now be properly filled in with the corresponding sales document field in ADDDlocalized versions of SalesPad.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Table IV00105 will now be updated properly when an item's currency is changed.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Filters on the Demand Detail grid will no longer be removed when applying a purchase plan to a row using the Purchase Advisor Details tab.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Purchase Plans will now be refreshed on the row when they are applied or removed using the Purchase Advisor Detail tab.
FIXED: Quick Report: Users will no longer receive the error message "Cannot perform 'Like' operation" when attempting to print a report while filtering the grid on a column using a numeric type.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: When changing the Address Code, the Shipping Notification Email will now be updated to the Address Email.
FIXED: Sales Entry: If they do not have group permissions to a sales line item user field, users will no longer receive an Object Reference error when opening a historical document.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Users will no longer be able to create user fields without entering in the field name first.
Version 4.5.1.3
Release Date 9/23/16
ADDED: Backordered Items Form: Added a dropdown that allows the user to filter backordered items based on the user who created the document.
ADDED: Sales Line Item: An item's generic description can now be accessed through the sales line in scripting without accessing the item master.
UPDATED: Application: If Master Number Tracking is turned off in GP, there will now be a prompt when logging into SalesPad that this is required.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: If the master number is 0, the document will be marked as read-only. This implies that Master Number Tracking is turned off and/or existing documents have not been updated properly.
UPDATED: Security Editor: Sales Document Entry: The description for the 'Ship Queue Access List' security has been modified to mention the Security Setting 'Allowed To Ship' and the effects it may have on this security setting's functionality.
UPDATED: Smart Printing: When the error "'column' argument cannot be null. Parameter name: column" is found, Smart Printing will reattempt to process the document up to three times. If this fails all three times, an audit log giving a better description of where the failure occurred will be written to the document’s audit.
FIXED: Cash Receipt Entry: Pressing the Clear button will no longer leave the Receipt Number field read-only.
FIXED: Customer Overview: "Successfully" is now spelled correctly in the Deleting Sales Document log table message box.
FIXED: Price Level Maintenance: Column captions will now be displayed correctly, and users will no longer see duplicates.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Users attempting to cancel a PO that was partially received will no longer receive an error stating 'T must be an Enum'.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When a kit is added to a PO, the component lines will no longer be missing values that would otherwise be populated if the item was added alone.
FIXED: Sales Document Mass Updates: Focusing on a field and not making any changes will no longer cause a blank value to be written to the documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: A speed improvement was made when using Sales Document Payment UDFs; there was potentially extra data being loaded.
FIXED: Sales Document: The User Fields tab will now say User Fields instead of SalesDocument User Fields.
FIXED: Sales Line Components: Kits with a quantity of zero will now display their components correctly.
FIXED: Vendor Return: Users will no longer receive a "Subquery returned more than 1 value" error when attempting to generate a return from a receipt which contained an item number more than once.
Version 4.5.1.2
Release Date 9/16/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Line Items: Changes to an item's Unit Cost on non-functional currency documents are now reflected in the originating currency. Previously, changing the cost was reflected in functional currency and the originating value was calculated upon saving.
UPDATED: Application: Added Security Script Manager as an option in the application context menu.
UPDATED: Application: The interval for active user checking was increased from 60 seconds to 270 seconds.
UPDATED: Script Manager: The caption "Script Manager" was changed to "Filter Script Manager."
UPDATED: Security: Receiving: Default Batch ID has been updated to inform the user that Batch IDs over 15 characters will be truncated.
FIXED: AR Transaction Search: The columns CheckBook ID and Check Number will now be populated correctly.
FIXED: AR Transaction Search: This window is now re-sizable.
FIXED: AR Transaction Search: Transactions can now only be found for the currently selected customer.
FIXED: Application: There was potential for deadlocks when the application checked the Active User table. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Avatax: Certain scenarios of Shipping or Pickup Types for Canadian customers would throw an "is not a valid province or state" error. We are now passing the proper country code.
FIXED: Customer Card: Customer Properties: The appearance of text boxes and dropdown editors is now uniform.
FIXED: Customer Contact Address: Marking a new Primary address will now update the Tax Schedule and Shipping Method fields in RM00101.
FIXED: Customer: Customer Contact Addresses: Address Types can now be marked as an Address Type in localized versions.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Lines: The Reason Code dropdown edit control will now allow clearing of its edit value through the use of the newly added Delete button.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Vendor Information: Adding a new record with the same vendor ID as an existing one will no longer force the user to close the Item Maintenance screen.
FIXED: Item User Field: When using a pre-save script, a complete refresh of the user field data will no longer occur. This should speed up this screen significantly when using a pre-save script.
FIXED: Receiving: Using the Received Selected button without manually selecting a line would update the first line's To Receive column value, but upon saving would revert the column to blank and a receipt would not be created. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: The Undo button is no longer floating. (Introduced: 4.5.0.17)
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: There is now a Clear button for Tax Schedules. However, there are some scenarios where Econnect will not allow for a blank Tax Schedule. (Introduced: 4.5.0.12)
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: When changing the Tax Schedule, there will be a prompt to roll the Tax Schedule to the sales lines if the "Prompt User When Changing Tax Schedule" setting is enabled, else it will roll to the sales line items properly. (Introduced: 4.5.0.12)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When choosing a comment, the Sales Line Comment ID will properly set and no longer reset to blank.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: The Delete button is disabled on read-only documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Date UDFs will always show the date instead of the time.
Version 4.5.1.1
Release Date 9/9/16
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Can Delete - Allows users to delete counter sales transactions after they have been saved. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Inventory Lookup: Vendor Item Results Limit - This is the maximum number of results allowed when searching for vendor items. This limit is to help with some memory issues when doing a blank or vague search. (Default: 10,000)
UPDATED: Counter Sales: Documents with open CardControl or PayFabric credit card payments can no longer be deleted until the transaction has been voided.
FIXED: Application: When closing SalesPad, users will no longer receive an error if they have insufficient access rights to the Toolbar layout file.
FIXED: Customer Card: Closing and opening customer cards will now properly remember the last selected tab.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: When creating new items in a non multi-currency environment, the CURNCYID and CURRNIDX fields in IV00105 were being set to the functional currency. They will now be set to be empty and 0, respectively.
FIXED: Layouts: Some screens may have been saving layouts whenever the screen was closed. They now only save the layout when the layout is customized.
FIXED: Receiving: Users will no longer receive an Object Reference error when closing the screen after having clicked on the PO Number or Barcode Scan fields.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: If the user has security to delete documents, but the document they are viewing is not in a queue that they have security access to, the Delete button will no longer be enabled.
FIXED: Sales Person: When creating a new sales person, an error will appear if the Sales Person ID entered matches an existing sales person.
Version 4.5.1.0
Release Date 9/2/16
ADDED: Dispatch: Appointment created added to Driver Board, Vehicle Board, Sales Document Dispatch Driver, Sales Document Dispatch Vehicle, Driver Schedule, and Vehicle Schedule.
ADDED: Dispatch: Appointment deletion added to Driver Board, Vehicle Board, Sales Document Dispatch Driver, Sales Document Dispatch Vehicle, Driver Schedule, and Vehicle Schedule.
ADDED: Dispatch: Read only appointment types created added to Driver Board, Vehicle Board, Sales Document Dispatch Driver, Sales Document Dispatch Vehicle, Driver Schedule, and Vehicle Schedule.
ADDED: Group Pricing: Group Pricing User Defined Fields.
ADDED: Item Restrictions: Allows a restriction on specified items being added to sales documents based off of set criteria.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Items: Prompt on Sales Line Deletion.
ADDED: Settings: Avalara: AvaTax Capitalize Suggested Addresses - "Capitalize suggested address returned by Avalara address validation." (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: Configurator Pricing Option: Configurator Pricing Option to use when Pricing Configurations. (Default: ConfigPricingLookup)
ADDED: Settings: Universal Script: Added a Setting Script that can hold one or more C# classes. These classes and their properties and methods can be accessed from any other SalesPad script.
ADDED: Settings: WorkWave Post Import Script - C# Script that executes after importing each WorkWave Route Step. This script can be used to write back values from WorkWave.
ADDED: WorkWave Import Approved Routes: Default Appointment Status: Default Appointment Status to apply to Route Stops that are imported from WorkWave.
ADDED: WorkWave Import Approved Routes: Default Appointment Type: Default Appointment Type to apply to Route Stops that are imported from WorkWave.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Quantity fulfilled can now be increased for dropship line items that are not linked to a PO.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: There will no longer be a " '' is not a column of 'SalesLineItem' " error if the setting Address Pricing By is blank.
FIXED: Sales Document: Line Items: When deleting a line from a return, the line will now be removed from SOP10203.
FIXED: Sales Document: Users will no longer be asked to save a historical or void document unless changes have been made to a UDF, Comment, or Note.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Econnect errors will no longer be silently handled when transferring or when splitting Sales Documents.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When transferring an order to an invoice when the invoice doc ID is set to use Allocate By Batch, line allocation quantities will be transferred to the invoice rather than being reduced to zero.
FIXED: Sales Entry: When using an Allocate By Batch sales doc ID, the allocation quantity will no longer be reduced to zero when manually fulfilling.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Changing the quantity of a package item that uses contract pricing to greater than the quantity remaining on the contract will now allow the user to put the overage quantity on a newly generated line.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Changing the quantity of a package item that uses contract pricing to greater than the quantity remaining on the contract will now allow the user to roll back the component quantities if they choose not to move the overage quantity to a new line.
FIXED: Vendor: New vendors will no longer have a 0.01% trade discount when first created in SalesPad.
FIXED: WorkWave: Load capacity has been fixed when dealing with non-base unit of measures.
Version 4.5.0.18
Release Date 8/26/16
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Making changes and saving should now be quicker.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: There is now a busy cursor and busy object message when saving, deleting, or changing group rows.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: When deleting groups, the delete will be saved immediately. This is to help with performance while attempting to delete a large number of groups.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: When importing, each group will be saved during the import process. This allows for larger imports to happen without 'Out of Memory' exceptions occurring.
FIXED: Application: Attempting to login with an expired SalesPad Desktop license will now provide a message stating 'License has expired.'
FIXED: Customer Overview: The customer summary hint when hovering over the customer number will now show the proper margin percentage.
FIXED: Group Pricing: There should no longer be 'Out of Memory' exceptions when importing or exporting large amounts of data.
FIXED: Group Pricing: There should no longer be 'Out of Memory' exceptions when moving group pricing sequences up or down.
FIXED: Group Pricing: Users will no longer get a 'Deleted row information cannot be accessed through the row' error if they delete a few groups and then try to export without saving first.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Adding a currency on an item will now properly save the currency ID.
FIXED: Purchase Line Distribution Plugin: The format was not always correct when using less than 3 GL account segments. This would not allow the distributions to update properly. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: When changing the Address Code, the Shipping Notification Email will be updated to the address email.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: The Country Code dropdown edit control will now allow clearing of its edit value through the use of a newly added Delete button.
FIXED: Sales Document Notes: The comment ID will now be set when choosing a GP comment. It will always use the last chosen comment ID.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Updating the tables and views for Purchase Line Item user fields will now update the view for Line To Receive.
Version 4.5.0.17
Release Date 8/19/16
ADDED: Backordered Items Form: Added a dropdown that allows the user to filter backordered items based on the user who created the document.
ADDED: CRM Event: Added user fields to CRM Events.
ADDED: Customer Holds: New tab created under the Customer Card that displays and sorts all holds on open sales documents for that Customer. Used to apply holds to all of the open sales documents.
ADDED: Customer Overview: A user can now apply holds to open sales documents by right clicking the document in the open sales document grid and selecting Apply Holds. The holds that are applied are based on the holds selected in the Customer Holds tab.
ADDED: In-Transit Transfers: Taken out of Beta.
ADDED: Sales Document Addresses: Undo button will revert any changes to the address code defaults.
ADDED: Security: CRM Event Entry - Allow Layout Customization. Enables or disables access to layout customization on the CRM Event Entry form. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Customer Holds: Can Add Customer Holds - Allows a user to add customer holds. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Holds: Can Remove Customer Holds - Allows a user to remove assigned customer holds. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer Holds: Sales Holds to Exclude - Holds that will be excluded when applying holds to all Sales Documents.
ADDED: Settings: Configurator: New Manufacturing BOM Script - A C# Script which runs on new manufacturing BOMs created through configurator, before the new item is first saved.
ADDED: Settings: Configurator: New Distribution BOM Script - A C# Script which runs on new distribution BOMs created through configurator, before the new item is first saved.
ADDED: Import Manager: Security: Can Run Imports - When true, users can run imports in Import Manager. (Default: True)
ADDED: Import Manager: Security: Can Edit Import Definitions - When true, users can edit import definitions in Import Manager. (Default: True)
ADDED: Import Manager: Security: Can Delete Import Definitions - When true, users can delete import definitions in Import Manager. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Improved localizations on Customer Card, Sales Document Entry, and Sales Document Search.
UPDATED: Improved localizations on Vendor Card, Vendor Search, Purchase Order Entry, and Purchase Order Search.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustments: The layout is more consistent with other screens and the Add button is now called New.
UPDATED: PayFabric Payments: Capturing an authorization or crediting an existing transaction will now prompt the user to input the desired amount.
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: The layout for the Quick Load Grid was not properly restoring saved layouts. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Grid Filters: There will no longer be a "Length cannot be less than zero" error when clicking on a grid's orange triangle, due to saved grid filters.
FIXED: Grid Filters: There will no longer be a "Sequence contains no elements" error when saving a filter with no filter name.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: The GP setting 'Allow Transfer Overrides' is now respected when trying to over-allocate.
FIXED: Price Level Maintenance: The Unit of Measure price will no longer use incorrect decimal places if there is a blank item number entry in IV00105.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Users will no longer receive Econnect Error Code 370 after cancelling a line item and attempting to save. (Introduced in 4.5.0.11)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When the Setting 'Use Service Item Cost on a Linked PO' is set to True, the cost for each Purchase Line Item will no longer reset to the item's default current cost when changing the vendor in the PO properties.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Customer, Vendor, Sales Document and Purchase Order single quick reports will now show the report name properly without clicking on the tab. (Introduced: 4.5.0.1)
FIXED: Sales Document Address: A historical document's Ship To address can no longer be modified when clicked.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: Any new addresses created through this tab will now appear in the Bill To Address dropdown list.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Closing a plugin will no longer prevent the sales document from closing.
FIXED: Sales Shipment: Resources will no longer be deleted when invoicing Split Orders.
FIXED: Smart Printing: Deleted rules will no longer be exported or imported.
FIXED: Upon loading the Print form, the Available Reports grid will now pull in all reports enabled in Securities without throwing object reference errors.
REMOVED: Security: Smart Printing: Admin Mode: Admin mode has been removed. It is no longer necessary since Smart Printing Maintenance was added.
Version 4.5.0.16
Release Date 8/12/16
ADDED: Backordered Items Form: Dropdown that allows the user to filter backordered items based on the user who created the document.
FIXED: Receiving: Previously, if the batch name used in the security Default Batch ID was less than 15 characters you would get an ArgumentOutOfRangeException error. This issue has been resolved. (Introduced: 4.5.0.14)
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: User defined fields on sales document payments can now be properly edited.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: The distribution account for non-inventory items that are set to drop ship will now be set to the Drop Ship Items account rather than the Non-Inventoried Items account. This change was made to reflect GP functionality.
Version 4.5.0.15
Release Date 8/5/16
ADDED: Application: There is now a SQL stored procedure, sppCreateIndexes, that can be manually run to create indexes that will help speed improvements. If indexes have already been added to some tables, then these new indexes should be reviewed so that duplicates are not created. This procedure will check for indexes with the same name and not create duplicates. It is also very important to have all users out of the system before adding these indexes.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Changing the document date when creating a manual credit card payment will no longer revert back to the current date.
FIXED: Sales Line Distribution Entry: Addressed an issue with the masking for account segments being incorrect.
FIXED: Purchase Line Distribution Entry: Addressed an issue with the masking for account segments being incorrect.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: The Update Missing Vendor Items button will no longer update lines with a purchase status of Closed.
FIXED: Sales Document Address: Changing the ShipTo address will now properly update matching Sales Line's ShipTo address when using the Purchase button.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Editing the Required Date, Promised Date, Promised Ship, or Shipping Method fields will no longer roll down to Closed lines causing an error when attempting to save.
Version 4.5.0.14
Release Date 8/1/16
UPDATED: Driver Dispatch Board: Icon updated to no longer be the same as the Vehicle Dispatch Board.
UPDATED: Receiving: Batch names now have a 15-character limit.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Improved speed and performance when saving sales documents.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: The Check/Card Number field now has a maximum character length of 19 (the maximum number of characters possible for a credit card number).
FIXED: Cash Receipts: The Date field entry's default date format upon load will now be consistent with its date format after editing this value (MM/DD/YYYY).
FIXED: Configurator: Now supports Components as Phantom BOMs and sets category to Manufacturing when component is a BOM.
FIXED: Customer Card: There will no longer be an infinite prompt to save when the Customer Contact Address card has the 'Enable Customer Address Quick Load Grid' security enabled and the user is updating different customer addresses.
FIXED: Customer Overview: The Sales Territory field will no longer act as a dropdown/window popup, only as a window popup by clicking on the ellipses. The field color has also changed from white to light gray to show that its value can only be changed by selecting the ellipses, not the text field.
FIXED: Dispatch: Modules will no longer duplicate in the Dispatch ribbon page.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfer: "@Vendor_ID is not a parameter" error will no longer occur. (Stored Procedure Change: sppTransferLotBin)
FIXED: Price Maintenance: Save New Price List: Using the Save New List Prices correctly applies a new Price List and no longer causes an error.
FIXED: Price Maintenance: Will not receive "undefined function StartsWith()" error when applying multipliers.
FIXED: Purchase Plan: Checking or unchecking the Use Drop Ship Line Cost check box will now update the cost. This was only set if the setting 'Use Drop Ship Sales Line Item Cost' was enabled.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Purchase Order Vendor Address is now being set upon creating a new Purchase Plan and selecting a Vendor.
FIXED: Receiving: When trying to receive a multi-line dropship purchase order with a Batch name greater than 15 characters, an error about the Vendor Document number needing to be unique resulted. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: A dropship line item with a modified cost will no longer revert the cost change back when making changes to the line item.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Transferring a document that has a dropship line item with a cost changed by the user will now maintain the item cost change.
FIXED: Sales Line Components: The Sales Line Components plugin will now display correct values for unsaved line items. (Introduced: 4.5.0.11)
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Group pricing should now be properly pulled in if the group price was set up in one of SalesPad's localized languages.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: blue triangle indicator now only appears when the line has a link with an MO Number.
Version 4.5.0.13
Release Date 7/22/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document: The Auto Calc Freight field is no longer on the SalesDocument business object. Any scripts that rely on this field should be converted over to use a UDF.
ADDED: Cash Receipts: Cash Receipts can now be charged using PayFabric.
ADDED: Customer Item History: Capability to add custom plugin buttons to this screen.
ADDED: Dashboard Viewer: Enter full screen by opening the Dashboard Viewer in a separate, single-tab browser window and pressing F11.
ADDED: Dashboard Viewer: Auto Refresh options.
ADDED: Email: Added a message stating "Sales/Word and Excel Sales Document Reports cannot be attached to emails". No email attachment functionality has changed.
ADDED: Group Pricing: User Defined Fields have been added to Group Pricing.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Line Items: Prompt on Sales Line deletion. (Default: True)
ADDED: Setting: Configurator Pricing Option - Configurator Pricing Option to use when Pricing Configurations. (Default: ConfigPricingLookup)
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: We no longer save the value for the Auto Calc Freight field in the SY90000 table, which will help with some performance issues by removing an extra SQL join in the views.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: User Defined Fields are no longer cleared upon first save.
FIXED: Database Update: There was an issue where some Service Pack numbers for GP2010 would prevent the spptaCreateSopPaymentInsertRecord_Salespad from properly being created resulting in an infinite database prompt. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: PayFabric: Resolved an issue that resulted when trying to create a PayFabric sales document payment with line items containing quotations in the item description.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: On the first save of an existing document, there were extra calls being done to load Item Prices when using Pricing Trace. This change will help sales document saving performance. (Introduced: 4.4.1.23)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When partially entering an item number and pressing Enter, a new line would be created and focused after coming out of the inventory lookup. The current line will now stay focused.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Package components whose quantities are set to 0 in GP Kit Item Maintenance will no longer be defaulted to a quantity of 1 upon entering the package in a sales document.
FIXED: Splitting: When splitting Sales Documents that use Allocate By Document Batch, fulfillments will now properly carry over to the split document.
REMOVED: Setting - Auto Calc Freight Option Default.
Version 4.5.0.12
Release Date 7/15/16
ADDED: Setting: 'Configurator Pricing Option' - Configurator Pricing Option to use when Pricing Configurations. (Default: ConfigPricingLookup)
ADDED: Settings: 'Use GP Process Hold Transfer Setting' - Respect the GP Process Hold setting for ability to transfer documents on hold. (Default: True)
ADDED: Settings: Users can now specify the credentials to use when connecting to the DataCollection Service during allocation.
UPDATED: Counter Sales: Price level field is now a dropdown.
UPDATED: Group Pricing: Sequence numbers will no longer automatically sort when a line is added or deleted, or when new lines are imported.
UPDATED: Related Sales Documents: Historical document will now have a ‘History’ red text indicator.
FIXED: Choose Purchase Plan: When using the 'Adjust For Purchasing of UofM' security, the newly generated PO line will now have the purchasing unit of measure rather than the unit of measure from the sales line.
FIXED: Customer Contact: Sales Rep name is now shown in a column within the dropdown when creating a new Customer Contact.
FIXED: Exchange Document: When creating an exchange from a posted invoice, markdown amount or percent will no longer be set to zero upon saving.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments: Qty Base U Of M will now be properly set when changing a row's item number. Previously, this issue would cause the extended unit cost to be incorrect.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments: Users will no longer receive an object reference error when trying to delete a row that has not been saved.
FIXED: Report Manager: Loading the AR Transaction report will no longer result in an error while using Binary Stream MEM.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Forward Results: The message column now only displays the message which specifies where the document went or why it wasn't forwarded.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Users can no longer transfer documents that have a GP hold which prevents transfers. This hold can be ignored by disabling the 'Use GP Process Hold Transfer Setting' setting.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: The Tax Schedule label is now aligned with its dropdown field.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: There are now fewer calls to update/insert into the SY90000 table when saving a sales document. There will also be fewer entries entered into the table.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Grid layout, column width, and position of the form are now saved properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Resolved an issue with dropship item originating cost not being calculated properly using the exchange rate.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Setting: 'Void Original Split Order' - When fully invoicing a split order, the original will no longer be voided. (Introduced: 4.5.0.8)
FIXED: SalesPad Today: In rare cases, users would receive an error stating “States Value Cannot Be Null” when closing the module. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Settings: 'Use Drop Ship Sales Line Item Cost' - This setting will now work properly when creating a purchase order from a sales document.
FIXED: Settings: 'Use Service Item Cost on a Linked PO' - This setting will now work properly when creating a purchase order from a sales document.
FIXED: Split Sales Document Post Split Script: Splitting an already split document will now run the script on the original document rather than just the newly created documents.
DELETED: Purchasing Advisor: The Use Planning Lead Time was never implemented. (Introduced: 4.5.0.0)
Version 4.5.0.11
Release Date 7/8/16
ADDED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: Batch Numbers is now a dropdown.
ADDED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: If the user hovers the mouse over the Tax text box or the Info icon next to the Tax Schedule selector, a tip will appear with the Tax Details for that Tax Schedule.
ADDED: Security: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: ‘Include Historical Transaction Batch Numbers’ - If True, the dropdown menu for Batch Number selection will include batch numbers of historical transactions that match the current transaction type. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: ‘Include Applied Transaction Batch Numbers’ - If True, the dropdown menu for Batch Number selection will include batch numbers of applied transactions that match the current transaction type. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Inventory Transfers: ‘Pre Save Script’ - A C# Script that runs before each Inventory Transfer is saved.
UPDATED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: A/R Transaction Lookup: Search Options: Users may now select multiple transaction statuses.
UPDATED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: A/R Transaction Lookup: Values in the Transaction Status column will now read Work, Open, or History instead of 1, 2, or 3, respectively.
UPDATED: Localization: Customer Card: Open Sales Documents Quick Load Grid: Column headers are now localized.
UPDATED: Menu Ribbon: Links are now divided into groups to help with low-resolution screens.
UPDATED: Purchasing: Receipt Transaction Line Selector: Receipt Lines: The Receipt Type column will now display text representations of the receipt type instead of numbers.
FIXED: Application: Corrected an issue with several prompts where clicking the Close button (X) would perform the same actions as clicking Yes.
FIXED: Application: Decreased the number of database queries performed upon login.
FIXED: Cash Receipts: On Load script will no longer run twice every time the form loads. The script will run once for every cash receipt, as intended.
FIXED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: The Payment Terms will now load after selecting a transaction in the transaction lookup.
FIXED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: A/R Transaction Lookup: Corrected spelling errors in column headers.
FIXED: Customer Card: Open Sales Documents Quick Load Grid: Customization changes made to the grid will no longer be undone when the user clicks Save or Refresh.
FIXED: PO Entry: Changing the vendor on the PO no longer causes the original vendor name to be populated into the Purchasing Company field.
FIXED: PO Entry: Changing the vendor on the PO no longer causes the original vendor's country to be populated into the Purchasing Company field.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Users will no longer receive an “Attempted to divide by zero” error when using the Attach PO to Sales Line plugin after adding a new line.
FIXED: Receipt Editor: Double-clicking the column headers in the search grid will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Receipt Editor: Clicking Add when there are no lines to add will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Receipt Editor: Applying changes to a Receipt Line will no longer give an error and cause the Receipt Line to be removed.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Generator Documents: When the reprice checkbox is checked in a recurring sales definition, the new unit price will no longer be rounded to the nearest whole number upon generating the document(s) when using special pricing.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When using the 'Transfer To Invoice Batches Allowed' security, specifying multiple batches will now work correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: Tax schedule is now spaced correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Column layouts and screen size and position are now saved properly.
FIXED: Receivables Scheduled Payments: Calculating payments with annual or semiannual frequency will no longer create errors.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: In rare cases, users would receive an error stating “States Value Cannot Be Null” when closing the module. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Line Components: Components modified by “GP Sales Line Kit Options” plugin will now display properly when using the Sales Line Components plugin.
FIXED: Setting: ‘Allow Multiple Discounts’ - All customer discounts are no longer added to a sales document when this setting is set to False.
FIXED: Setting: ‘Prompt To Change Price When Converting’ - The description was incorrect and has been updated to reflect the proper functionality of this setting. It now states that the prompt will appear when converting a non-inventory item to an inventory item.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: When the user enters a duplicate queue name, the warning message can no longer be ignored.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: The editor for setting a queue's name no longer autocompletes to previous queue names.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: The workflow no longer saves whenever a new queue is added.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Deleting a newly created or imported queue will now remove the queue properly.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Importing a workflow will no longer allow duplicate queue names to exist. If an imported workflow has duplicate queue names, the user will be given the option to overwrite the existing queues.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: The Move To Queue dropdown in Workflow Rules will no longer contain copies of queues.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Deleting queues and exporting the workflow without saving in between will no longer result in the deleted queues being exported.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Importing a workflow with multiple workflow rules having the same sequence number will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: User Field Editor: In Customer Items, attempting to map a UDF to GP user fields 3, 4, or 5 will no longer cause an "Invalid Column Name" error.
FIXED: User Field Editor: User fields will no longer be set to disabled when they are initially created.
REMOVED: Sales Line Components: The Extended Cost column has been removed.
REMOVED: Security: Sales Line Components: The ‘Show Extended Cost’ security has been removed.
Version 4.5.0.10
Release Date 7/1/16
FIXED: Assembly Line Items: Image User Defined Field: This is no longer treated as a plain text UDF but rather as a file path link to the image.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Price Level field is now a dropdown.
FIXED: Customer Contact: Sales Rep name is now shown in a column within the dropdown when creating a new Customer Contact.
FIXED: Customer Search: Sales Person ID link now works correctly and brings a user to that Sales Person's card.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Users will no longer receive an “Attempted to divide by zero” error when using the “Attach PO to Sales Line” plugin after adding a new line.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Forward Results: The Message column now only displays what queue the document was moved into or why it was not forwarded. The document number was removed from this column.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Transferring an order to invoice with a payment and using a third party tax handler would throw Econnect errors. This is a SQL stored procedure fix to spptaSopVoidDocument_SalesPad and spptaSopHdrRecalc_SalesPad.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: For any selected data row in the tree layout, there is no longer a discrepancy between that data row's document count and the number of documents displayed in the grid layout.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When using the ‘Use Shipping Email From Customer’ and the ‘Fast Ship to Ordering Enabled’ setting and copying a sales document, the shipping email will now correctly be updated from the primary shipping address set on the customer card.
FIXED: Vendor Address Resources: Users will now be able to access Vendor Address Resources without receiving a localization error.
Version 4.5.0.9
Release Date 6/24/16
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Deleting multiple rows from the Price Level Maintenance tab no longer causes errors.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When editing a PO with a purchase status of "Change Order", users will no longer receive an econnect error stating that the "PO_Line_Status was incorrect" when attempting to save. (Introduced in 4.5.0.5)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When printing a PO, the Qty Committed will no longer double. This is a SQL change to sppCreateSopToPopLink. (Introduced in 4.4.1.27)
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The focused row will be remembered when searching or using the apply button.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Quote Transfers: Canceling a transfer after clicking the transfer button will no longer save changes made by the pre-transfer script.
FIXED: Setting: ‘Program Test Skin’: The selected color schema will now be respected.
FIXED: User Field Editor: The ‘Show on Sales Document Types’ setting is now being properly enforced.
Version 4.5.0.8
Release Date 6/16/16
ADDED: Sales Entry: Setting: ‘Void Original Split Order’ - When enabled, the original split order will be voided instead of moved to history. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Localization: Localized all Resources tabs, Interactions tabs, and Equipment Card tabs.
UPDATED: Purchasing Advisor: The Purchase Price can no longer be changed in the Details section, this can be changed on the grid by changing the Unit Cost.
UPDATED: Purchasing Advisor: The Show Inactive option is now available for GP versions prior to 2013.
FIXED: Search Screens: Clicking 'X' on the prompt that appears when searching with no search criteria will no longer run the search.
FIXED: Application: Fixed various spelling errors throughout Security Editor.
FIXED: Application: Fixed various spelling errors throughout Settings.
FIXED: Counter Sales Line Items: When using the Sales Inventory Lookup by tabbing off the item number field after entering a value on the first line in a new document, On Row Changed scripts will now be triggered.
FIXED: Customer Search: Column Headers will no longer have underscores in their captions when loaded for the first time.
FIXED: Email Validation: Email addresses with domains that do not end in ‘.com’ will no longer cause an ‘Is Not A Valid Email’ error.
FIXED: Group Pricing: Import/Export: Exporting and Importing a group pricing will now include the Item Description.
FIXED: Interaction Event Entry: Users are now able to resize the Interaction Entry window.
FIXED: Localization: Tab names will no longer change to English names when clicked on.
FIXED: Prospect Properties: Prospect Number is now kept as Read Only when using the ‘Auto Assign ID’ security.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Cost will now be pulled onto the Purchase Order if there is no Purchase Plan associated and will not be zeroed out when using the Detail section to apply a purchase plan.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The Detail view will now show the proper item when first loaded if there was a filter on the Summary view.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The UofM was not always correct for Sales Demand and Reorder Point demands. Now the base UofM will be pulled if there is no Purchasing UofM set up.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The initial load is now faster.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: The screen will now refresh after using the Remove All Plans button.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Numerous design and layout issues with buttons and check boxes have been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Forward Results: The Message column now only displays the message which specifies where the document went or why it was not forwarded. The Sales Doc Number has been removed from this column.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: The Report Processing Window now displays the batches that the sales documents have been forwarded to.
FIXED: Sales Entry: In GP2013 or newer, eConnect would set the ALLOCABY flag in SOP10100 to 2 after re-saving a document. This has been corrected with a SQL stored procedure change: spptaSopHdrRecalc_SalesPad.
Version 4.5.0.7
Release Date 6/10/16
ADDED: Counter Sales: Sales Entry: There is now a dropdown in the Shipping Method column for selecting shipping methods.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: When changing Item Class ID for an item, the class default values for the Sales Tax Schedule, Purchase Tax Schedule, and Allow Back Orders fields will be pulled from the Item Class.
ADDED: SMTP Setup: The Edit button now has a button icon.
ADDED: Security: ‘Can Change Quote Expiration Date’ - Allows the user to change the quote expiration date. (Default: False)
ADDED: Settings: ‘Enforce Quote Expiration Date’ - Prevents a quote from being transferred if it is past its expiration date. If the current date is passed the quote's expiration date, then the user will also be informed when trying to do transfer. (Default: False)
ADDED: Setting: ‘Load AR Statement using Document Date’ - If True, Customer A/R Statement details will be loaded using the document date instead of the posting date. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Application: Support for GP 2016.
UPDATED: Application: When logging into SalesPad and the GP Setup Information did not load properly, users would receive a "No Row at Position 0" error, now they will receive a better suggestion on SQL tables to check (INTERID and CMPANYID in SY00100 and DYNAMICS..SY01500).
UPDATED: Application: Updated localization in various modules and forms: Customer Card, Item Properties, Sales Document Payments, Counter Sales, and Store Setup.
UPDATED: Avatax: If the GP sales setup for non-inventory items is set to Non-Taxable, we will now send the Avatax Non-Taxable Tax Code for Non-Inventory Items.
UPDATED: Localization: Shortened names of tabs in following cards: Opportunity, Prospect, Sales Person, Sales Territory, Assembly, BOM, Purchase Order, Receipt Transaction, Vendor, Customer, and Sales Document.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Assembly Line UDFs are now able to be edited when the Assembly has not been released.
FIXED: CRM: Opportunity: When creating a new opportunity, the text on the tab will say 'Opportunity: (NEW)' rather than being blank.
FIXED: Localization: Counter Sales: Buttons and labels will now resize to fit localized text.
FIXED: Localization: Customer Card: Sales Graph Tab: Data will now appear on the graph in each localized version.
FIXED: Localization: Inventory Lookup: The text on tabs will no longer reset to English when they are selected.
FIXED: Localization: Smart Printing: On Load Email Script will no longer cause errors in localized versions.
FIXED: Report Manager: The Preview window now only displays the first page of the sample report. This was done to prevent memory spikes.
FIXED: SMTP Setup: The Add, Edit, and Remove buttons have been moved closer to the Close and Refresh buttons.
FIXED: Sales Document: The Quote Expiration Date header field on quotes is now editable in SalesPad.
FIXED: Setting: Sales Entry: ‘Quantity Decrease Will Decrease Fulfillment’: Corrected spelling of 'separate'.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Spanish and French users will no longer receive a "Sequence contains no matching element" error when attempting to make a new user field.
REMOVED: Security: Assembly Search: ‘Close Finished Window’ - The security had no functionality and has been removed.
Version 4.5.0.6
Release Date 6/3/16
ADDED: Assembly Entry: UDFs can now be added to the Properties section.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The Payment Terms dropdown is now sorted alphabetically.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookup: Item class filter is now pre-populated with existing item classes.
UPDATED: Localization: All Tabs: Right-Click Tab Options
UPDATED: Localization: Counter Sales: Store Setup
UPDATED: Localization: CRM: Task Entry, Interactions, Item Numbers, and Resources
UPDATED: Localization: Customer Card: A/R, Email Audit, and Audit
UPDATED: Localization: Vendor Search
UPDATED: Sales Inventory Lookup: Item class filter is now pre-populated with existing item classes.
UPDATED: Sales Document: The Payment Terms dropdown is now sorted alphabetically.
FIXED: CardControl Transaction: When using MSMQ there will no longer be a "hexadecimal value 0x01" type error.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Check Out: Payments: Corrected capitalization of PayFabric (previously Payfabric).
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Historical checkbox will now function properly when first searching for a customer.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Users will no longer receive a “CUSTNMBR does not exist” error when attempting to make a sales document after cancelling out of the New Return screen.
FIXED: Database Update: The sppRefreshProcs will no longer run if the database failed to create the procedure, and if it does fail there will be a better message explanation.
FIXED: Dispatch: The Dispatch modules will now appear in both the ribbon and the modules dropdown menu. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Vendor information was not saving unless the user added a new vendor or changed an item property. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Localization: Sales Person Card: Header will now load in non-English versions.
FIXED: Package Editor: When creating a package from a Sales Inventory type item, the package smart field will now be updated properly, and the package indicator will be added to the item number.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: PO Status and PO Line Status will now be localized correctly when loading an existing document.
FIXED: Report Manager: Sample Document dropdown now works correctly. The correct document types will be within the dropdown list, and the preview is updated based on the selected sales document.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: The payment link will now properly show the "P: A:" in the payment link when transferring an order to invoice. (GP10 Only)
FIXED: Sales Entry: Purchasing Status will now be localized correctly when loading an existing document.
FIXED: Spanish Version: Customer: Print: Customer AR Statement Preview: The dates that are selected will now appear in the date edit boxes.
Version 4.5.0.5
Release Date 5/27/16
ADDED: Customer: A/R Transaction Entry: A/R Transaction Search: Transaction Numbers now have clickable links.
ADDED: Security: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: Can Edit - Allows the user to edit transactions. If set to false, transactions are Read Only. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: Can Edit Transaction Number - Allows the user to manually type in a transaction number. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: Can Print - Allows the user to print the transaction information. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Customer: A/R Transaction Entry: Users no longer have the option to customize layouts.
UPDATED: Customer: A/R Transaction Entry: A/R Transaction Search: Search form now matches other search forms.
FIXED: Application: In rare instances, there could be an "An item with the same key has already been added" error while logging into SalesPad. This should no longer happen.
FIXED: Customer: A/R Transaction Entry: "New" button image now matches other forms.
FIXED: Email Templates: Merge fields for user fields that are less than 6 characters long will now be properly translated to a value.
FIXED: Equipment Maintenance: Item History: Column names no longer have out-of-place punctuation.
FIXED: Equipment Maintenance: Equipment History: Column chooser now pops up in the normal spot.
FIXED: Interaction Emailing: Users will now be able to tell whether or not an email has failed to send by checking the status column in the Interactions grid. Status will be marked as "Failed" if the message failed and "Sent" if the message was successfully sent.
FIXED: MO Note is now set to null when a new MO is created without a note.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: Non-inventory column is now set to Read Only.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: Users are no longer able to freely edit the UofM text edit value for inventory lines.
FIXED: Reminders: When multiple reminders are shown at the same time, users can now handle each individually without an exception popping up.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Can now edit MO linked lines when MO is in the Hold status.
FIXED: Sales Person Dashboard: Changes to the dashboard will automatically appear on the Sales Person card as soon as the dashboard is saved.
FIXED: Security: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: ‘Allowed Transaction Types’ – This security’s default is now ‘All’ instead of ‘None’.
FIXED: Settings: ‘Limit UofM Dropdown To Pricing Only’ – Enabling this setting will now work correctly. The user will no longer have to re-open the document in order for the UofM list to refresh, and items with the same UofM schedule will no longer show the same UofM list.
(BETA) ADDED: Activity Locks: Locks on In-Transit Transfer documents are now displayed in the Activity Locks screen.
(BETA) FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: The Auto-fulfillment option will no longer double allocate multibin non-tracked items.
(BETA) FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: Deleting lines or documents will properly unallocate inventory and remove fulfillment records.
(BETA) FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: Non-tracked items no longer double allocates, and removing fulfillment now properly unallocates.
(BETA) FIXED: In-Transit Transfers: There will no longer be an object reference error if the VAT10001 (VAT Country Code MSTR) table is empty.
Version 4.5.0.4
Release Date 5/20/16
UPDATED: CRM Entry: Reminder time now supports custom times.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Reducing the quantity below the quantity fulfilled for Service/Misc/Flat Fee items will also reduce the quantity fulfilled.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The U of M Price column in Price Level Maintenance is now formatted correctly.
FIXED: Payments: The Checkbook ID field will now only be disabled for order documents with Payment selected.
FIXED: Receiving: Receipt Batch dropdown list now updates upon saving.
FIXED: Report Properties: User will be prompted with a 'Discard Report Changes?' message box upon clicking Cancel or when closing the form.
FIXED: Sales Document: Warehouse changes will now be updated if the user clicks inside the line items grid after updating the warehouse.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoice: If a Pre-Invoice Script makes changes to the document, the changes will now be saved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: If a Pre-Transfer Script makes changes to the document, the changes will now be saved.
FIXED: Setting: 'Sequence Document Numbers When Partial Invoicing' - Splitting multiple invoices from the same order will now correctly number invoices with .1, .2, .3, etc.
FIXED: Smart Printing Maintenance: Users with GP versions older than 2013 will no longer receive an "Invalid column 'Inactive'" error when attempting to open the module.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Layout Designer will now open and save layouts correctly for all layouts.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Resolved an issue that prevented users from saving user fields on the 'Contact' business object.
(BETA) FIXED: Report Manager: In-Transit Transfer Reports: Reports will now preview properly. (Introduced: 4.5.0.3)
(BETA) FIXED: Printing: In-Transit Transfer Reports: Reports can now pull custom data into the report.
Version 4.5.0.3
Release Date 5/16/16
ADDED: Bin Transfers: Lot user fields are now transferred during bin transfer operations.
ADDED: Database Update: Added a check box for enabling/disabling the Refresh SQL Stored Procedures at the end of the database update.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: User will receive a warning if the replacement item is not in inventory.
ADDED: Lot Number Entry: Added Item Description and Vendor Name fields to the Lot Number Entry screen.
ADDED: Lot Number Entry: Added ability to copy lot attributes and/or user fields from one lot to other lot(s). Users can copy lot attributes from or to another lot by selecting the desired command from the Lot Attributes menu.
ADDED: Purchasing Advisor: Custom procedures can now be created for this procedure.
ADDED: SQL Custom Procedures: There are now buttons to run Refresh Views and Refresh SQL Stored Procedures.
ADDED: Sales Document Related Documents: Security - Show Voided Documents: When enabled, voided documents will be visible with a label of void.
ADDED: sppPurchaseAdviceDetail_Modified: User can utilize this procedure to retrieve and display UDF values. The user will need to change the name of this procedure to spcpPurchaseAdviceDetail in order to see the expected changes.
ADDED: System User Card: Sales Documents: Column for Customer Name.
ADDED: System User Card: Sales Documents: Column for Customer Num.
UPDATED: Database Update: There are now better messages when the sppRefreshViews and sppRefreshProcs are run at the end of the database update process.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When an Invoice or a Return are split, the historical document will now be voided.
UPDATED: Sales Person Card: Documents: The documents form now matches other Sales Documents forms.
FIXED: A/R Statement Settings: Return documents now respect the date filters.
FIXED: Application: There should no longer be an Invalid Operation Exception: "Invoke or BeginInvoke cannot be called on a control until the window handle has been created." This error could happen throughout the application.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Doing an Exchange for an invoice that had a Discount % will no longer throw an "Input variable contains a negative value" error.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Sales Document will no longer be saved twice when going to the Check Out tab in some scenarios.
FIXED: Customer Card: Invalid discount codes will now be filtered out of the discounts dropdown so that the user will no longer be able to select them for customers.
FIXED: Customer Contact Addresses: The Contact Addresses tab on the Customer Card will now correctly display the specified screen label for UDFs instead of the UDF name in the database.
FIXED: Database Update: The database update will no longer fail on spvGPResourceSetup. This issue only affected GP2013 RTM users. (Introduced: 4.5.0.2)
FIXED: Equipment Resources: Users will no longer receive a "Procedure or function sppUpdateEquipmentResource has too many arguments specified" error when attempting to add a resource to an equipment.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Replacement items will no longer replace other replacement items causing a loop of items replacing each other.
FIXED: Lot Number Entry: Splitter position and fields layout is now being saved when Lot Number Entry screen is closed.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Sales line item user fields will now correctly populate on the Demand Detail grid.
FIXED: Purchase Line Excel Import: Now updates rows that match line sequence and item number.
FIXED: Receiving: PO Line Status and PO Line Status Orig are now translated from GP values.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Definition: When creating a recurring sales definition from a document, the next document type will be correctly pulled in with the next document ID.
FIXED: Report Manager - Inventory Adjustment Report: No longer throws an error upon selection.
FIXED: Resource Migrator: Migrator now checks to see if a user field is disabled when loading the user field list. Previously this would result in an error if it had been disabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: CardControl: Column widths will now automatically resize themselves based on the size of the Payments form.
FIXED: Sales Document Promotions: The Save button will now save promotions properly.
FIXED: Sales Entry: GP Taxes will now calculate properly if a sales line has a cancelled quantity and a mark-down percentage.
FIXED: Sales Entry: An item's cost will now be set based on the item's valuation method when a document is copied.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: Documents: Refresh button now works for filtering results.
FIXED: SalesPad DashBoard: The Vendor Data default data set will now properly pull in data.
FIXED: SalesPad Workflow Setup: The PreOrder workflow rule will now correctly evaluate to True or False depending on the parameter specified by the user.
FIXED: Security: An exception will no longer be thrown if a script had "SalesPad.GP.Localization" in the body of the script.
FIXED: Smart Printing: On Load Email Script now works properly with Smart Printing.
FIXED: User Field Editor: When importing user fields, Group Permissions now properly default to * (all).
Version 4.5.0.2
Release Date 5/6/16
ADDED: A/R Transactions: Functionality to View and Print Applied A/R Transactions. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Application: Users can now choose 'Windows Region' for language. This allows SalesPad to be localized in the language associated with the region set on the Windows operating system. Only English, Spanish and French are currently supported.
ADDED: Inventory Transit Transfers: UDF functionality to In Transit Transfers. (Extended Module)
ADDED: Security: Sales Analysis: 'Excel Export Mode' - Defines what type of layout will be used when exporting Sales Analysis to an Excel document.
UPDATED: Create Assembly: When the assembly order is saved, the GP batch total and quantity will now be properly calculated.
UPDATED: Sales Inventory Lookup: When the 'Display Summary Warehouse Quantities' setting is enabled, the warehouse field will be disabled and show '(ALL)'.
FIXED: Bill Of Materials Entry: Horizontal splitter no longer overlaps the tabs beneath it.
FIXED: CardControl Payments: Payments will now attempt to write back to GP if an exception was thrown while processing.
FIXED: Contract Pricing: Purchase quantity of contract items that were used in packages will now be properly updated if the package item is deleted from a sales document.
FIXED: Customer Card: Item Sales: Corrected names of columns for price and margin.
FIXED: Customer Item Numbers: Customer Item Number UDFs can now be properly mapped to GP user fields.
FIXED: Customer Item Numbers: GP UDFs will no longer show up in the grid when they are not mapped to SalesPad Desktop UDFs.
FIXED: Customer Item Numbers: Notes can now be edited.
FIXED: Grids: Grids that do not allow sorting or grouping will no longer show the sorting and grouping options.
FIXED: Inventory: New Item - No longer limits Item Number to 15 characters, the new limit is 30 characters.
FIXED: Inventory Transactions: Locks have been added to inventory transactions to keep users from editing the same transaction simultaneously.
FIXED: Item Configurator: Overridden prices will not change when changing Price Levels on a sales document. (Extended Module)
FIXED: Lot Number Entry: Changed horizontal splitter to match other forms.
FIXED: Prospect Card: The Prospect Properties will now properly load when using SalesPad Desktop in Spanish or French.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Active Support message for Line Item Sequence will now be properly displayed instead of a tax schedule error.
FIXED: Purchase Plan: Create Purchase Order - When transferring a drop ship order to a purchase order the Country Code is now correctly transferred.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Item Master UDF columns will now correctly display the screen label.
FIXED: Resources: When creating resources on a sales document and the setting ‘Save Resources as GP Attachments’ was enabled, the GP Attachment Flow settings were not being respected, causing a scripting error in GP when transferring an order to invoice. This has been corrected, and SalesPad will now respect all of GP's Attachment Flow settings.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The enter key will now properly add a new line while using a dockable plugin.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Resolved distribution conflicts when creating a return from a posted invoice using multi-currency.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Voiding transactions without a 'Document Group' will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Corrected spelling for Unallocate button.
FIXED: Sales Entry: With the 'Auto Prompt For Notification Email' setting enabled, there will no longer be infinite prompts to save the Customer Card.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: Corrected spelling for Unallocate button.
FIXED: Security Script Manager: The Refresh button no longer returns the highlighted script to the top of the grid. The current script will remain selected and the script information screen will be refreshed.
FIXED: Transfer Quote: When transferring a quote to an order, if the order fails to save, the quote will no longer stay in history.
FIXED: Settings: Dispatch: ‘Route End Time’ - Corrected spelling in the description.
FIXED: Settings: Dispatch: ‘Route Start Time’ - Corrected spelling in the description.
Version 4.5.0.1
Release Date 4/29/16
ADDED: Back Ordered Items Report: Added a button to Back Ordered Items Report that forwards documents through workflow after allocating line items.
ADDED: Back Ordered Items Report: Added functionality to Back Ordered Items Report to automatically forward documents through workflow after allocating line items based upon a security.
ADDED: Purchase Order Links: Added Item Number column to the Links grid.
ADDED: SalesPad Today: The task list drop-down will now populate previously made tasks lists.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: Document date column added to the Sales Batch Lines grid.
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: Added a button to Sales Line Mass Update that forwards documents through workflow after allocating line items.
ADDED: Security: Back Ordered Items Report: 'Enable Allocate and Release' - Enables the allocate and release button. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Back Ordered Items Report: 'Report Auto Forward After Allocation' - Automatically forward documents through workflow after allocating line items. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Custom Pricing: 'Automatically Use Default Update Method' - Automatically apply the default update method when changing the price of a line item. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Sales Batch Processing: 'Transfer To Invoice Batches Allowed' - List of queues that are enabled for transferring sales documents to invoice. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Mass Update: 'Automatically Refresh After Allocation' - If enabled, Sales Line Mass Update will automatically refresh after allocating or unallocating. (Default: *)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Mass Update: 'Enable Allocate and Forward' - Enables the allocate and forward button. (Default: False)
ADDED: Update MO Plugin: New Update MO plugin on Sales Document allows users to update linked sales line items.
UPDATED: Application Date: SalesPad Desktop's application date will now rollover to the next day if left running past midnight. It is still recommended users log out at the end of each work day.
UPDATED: Package Editor: Saving Definition is now based on the values in the plugin rather than the values on the original sales line.
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: After capturing CC authorizations, the log report will now show any documents that did not get sent to CardControl if the process is interrupted or an exception is thrown.
UPDATED: Sales Batch Processing: Updated message that is displayed to users when trying to transfer sales documents to invoices that are in a restricted queue.
UPDATED: User Field Layouts: All User Field forms now cache the layouts, any changes will require other users to log out and back into SalesPad. Older layouts will now be saved to the database after an initial load.
FIXED: Action Configurations: There will no longer be an exception if the Action Configurations fail to load from the AppData folder due to permissions issues. Exceptions are written to the System Log table and the forms will otherwise load properly unless there any custom configurations.
FIXED: Create Return: Saving a return in French or Spanish will no longer throw an error stating “Enum type was not found”.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Customer Card will no longer load slow if the Customer Quick Reports path is a network drive or some folder with slow response times.
FIXED: Drop-downs: Selecting the empty row of a drop-down now correctly saves the empty value for that field.
FIXED: Email Validation: Emails containing a period after the @ will now be validated correctly. This change is throughout SalesPad.
FIXED: Gift Certificates: Amount Remaining will now be properly calculated when the Gift Certificate Item Number is longer than 15 characters.
FIXED: Package Editor: Deleted kit components will now be properly deleted when performing a Save Definition.
FIXED: Package Editor: Inserting a new kit component will no longer create a sales line that has the correct item number but incorrect description, price and quantity.
FIXED: Purchase Order Copy: Copy of Purchase Order no longer comes in as read only when On Hold is checked on the original document.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase Orders will no longer be slow to load if the Purchase Order Quick Reports path is a network drive or some other folder with slow response times.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: There will no longer be a “PO already exists” error after saving a PO a second time when the first save had an eConnect error.
FIXED: Quick Reports: Tabs would not load if certain exceptions were thrown while loading. This has been corrected.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: If the Capture CC Authorizations throws an exception while processing, we will now attempt to write back the payments to GP that were successful in CardControl.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Documents will no longer be slow to load if the Sales Document Quick Reports path is a network drive or some other folder with slow response times.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When changing the warehouse, the prompt to roll down the change to line items will no longer appear twice when users select "No".
FIXED: Sales Document Promotions: The Save button will now saving promotions properly.
FIXED: Sales Line Components Plugin: Extended Cost field will no longer always show a cost of zero.
FIXED: Sales Line Resources: Resources will no longer disappear after refreshing the grid in the Sales Line Resources pop-up.
FIXED: Security: When a user right clicks on any tab and chooses Security, the Security form that opens will now automatically open to the tab’s security.
FIXED: System Info: When the window resolution is low, the Sales Document ID grid will no longer collapse until no rows are showing.
FIXED: Vendor Card: The Vendor Card will no longer be slow to load if the Vendor Quick Reports path is a network drive or some other folder with slow response times.
Version 4.5.0.0
Release Date 4/22/16
ADDED: Application Skins: SalesPad Desktop Green.
ADDED: Dispatch Sales: Extended module that allows creating and maintaining delivery schedules for drivers and vehicles. (Extended Module)
ADDED: PayFabric: SalesPad Desktop now has built in integration for PayFabric.
ADDED: Purchase Line Distributions: Allows users to view and edit purchase line distribution accounts.
ADDED: Sales Line Distributions: Allows users to view and edit sales line distribution accounts.
UPDATED: Application: Renamed to SalesPad Desktop. Previously was SalesPad.GP.
UPDATED: Application: New application logo.
UPDATED: Application Ribbon: UI Changes. Users can now click on the SalesPad Desktop logo in the upper left to access the application menu.
UPDATED: Login: UI changes.
FIXED: Historical Documents: Image user fields will no longer be editable on historical documents without proper security.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: When changing the item number for a package component, the price level for the line will be properly updated.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Transferred resources will no longer have an additional extension appended to the file causing the file to no longer open and become corrupt.
FIXED: Sales Shipment: When using the "Override Invoice Number" or the "Use Order Number as Invoice Number" security, users will no longer receive a message stating "Invalid object name 'spv3SalesDocument_Light'” when transferring an order to an invoice.
FIXED: Security: System User's User Fields - Maintenance is no longer spelled incorrectly in the security description.
FIXED: Setting: 'Suppress Country Code' - This setting will now properly suppress the country code on print reports.
Version 4.4.1.30
Release Date 4/15/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: 'Can Create Customer Address' - This setting has been removed and moved to security.
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: 'Can Create Vendor Address' - This setting has been removed and moved to security.
ADDED: Customer Contact Address: Tax Schedule, Sales Territory, Don't Email, Don't Mail, Don't Fax, and Don't Text
ADDED: PayFabric Migrator: Credit cards saved with CardControl can now be migrated to PayFabric.
ADDED: Setting: MSMQ Timeout: This setting drives the timeout period when SalesPad reads from the MSMQ to retrieve CardControl transactions. (Default: 10 seconds)
ADDED: Security: Customer Contact Addresses: ‘Can Create Customer Address’ - Allows a user to create a new address or the customer. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order Addresses: ‘Can Create Vendor Address’ - Allows a user to create a new address for the vendor. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Document Addrs: ‘Can Create Customer Address’ – Allows a user to create a new address for the customer. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Vendor Contact Addresses: ‘Can Create Vendor Address’ - Allows a user to create a new address for the vendor. (Default: True)
FIXED: CardControl Transactions: Payments should never write to the wrong sales document. There is now a popup message and an audit trail when this would happen.
FIXED: Customer Discounts: Disabled discounts will no longer be applied. NOTE: This can be fixed with a change to spvCustomerDiscountSearch.
FIXED: Database Update: The database update could fail if there were stored procedures that could not be refreshed or altered. (Introduced: 4.4.1.29)
FIXED: Inventory Transactions: Locks have been added to Inventory Transactions to keep users from editing the same transaction simultaneously.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Item Class on existing items can now be changed. Previously, any changes made to this field were ignored when updating the item.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line: When adding an item to a purchase order that has a vendor item number, changing the item to another item will now update the vendor item number appropriately.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line: Users will no longer receive a popup each time they save a purchase order if no item has been added.
FIXED: Security: Sales Document CardControl Payments: ‘Allowed Payment Options’ – When the payment option “Deposit” is selected, Deposit will now be the only selectable payment option when creating a payment from a Sales Document.
Version 4.4.1.29
Release Date 4/8/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Security: "New Customer Item Number" was renamed to "Customer Item Maintenance".
ADDED: Inventory Analysis: There are now fields to limit the search by Item Number and Location.
ADDED: Customer PayFabric Wallet: Allows customers to create, edit, and delete customer wallets for PayFabric.
ADDED: Customer PayFabric Transactions: Allows users to view PayFabric transactions created within SalesPad on the customer card.
ADDED: Security: Report Printing: ‘Post Print Script’ – Script that will execute after documents are printed in SalesPad.
ADDED: sppRefreshProcs: This procedure is ran after sppRefreshViews and will re-fresh all stored procedures that start with 'spp' or 'spcp'. This will help with some performance issues since the underlying objects that stored procedures rely on may have changed.
UPDATED: Customer Item Maintenance: Cleaned up the user interface by removing unnecessary UDF fields as well as adding more informational fields like customer name and item description to make the form more intuitive.
UPDATED: Form Layouts: There is now better error handling when layouts do not load.
UPDATED: Inventory Analysis: Made some minor speed improvements to the SQL stored procedure.
UPDATED: Sales Document Related Documents: There are now better error handling messages when the tab fails to load.
FIXED: Item Configurator: When prices are overridden through Item Configurator the value will no longer be changed if the price level is changed on a Sales Document.
FIXED: Transfer to Invoice: Users should no longer receive a 'Duplicate Key' error when partial transferring an order to invoice multiple times.
FIXED: Customer CRM: Copying from Tasks to Contact Log window will no longer give a null reference error.
FIXED: Customer CRM: Creating a new note will no longer occasionally give the user an “Object reference not set to an instance of an object”
FIXED: Customer Contact: Users can now un-tab and re-tab the form as intended.
FIXED: Customer Search: Clicking on the e-mail options fields will no longer result in a “Specified cast is not valid” error.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Double clicking on the Customer Number column when the task does not have a customer number will no longer give an “InvalidCastException” error.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: There will no longer be an “index out of range” error when double clicking on Tasks or Interactions.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting a document that hasn’t been saved yet will no longer throw an “Object reference” error.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: There will no longer be an “Unable to cast object of type System.Int32 to type System.String” error for new users.
Version 4.4.1.28
Release Date 4/4/16
ADDED: Sales Document Properties: Added a search button to the Third Party Billing field.
FIXED: Create Return: When using extended pricing and creating a return from a historical invoice, editing the UofM column will now properly popup the reprice window.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer: Closing the window will no longer prompt users to enter From Site and To Site if it is a brand new transfer.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The allocate button will now always fulfill non-tracked non-multibin items that were partially backordered on an auto-fulfillment document type.
FIXED: Sales Document Setup: Saving changes will no longer result in a “Missing parameter in stored procedure sppUpdateSalesDocumentID” error message.
FIXED: SalesPad Dashboard Designer: Fixed an issue where data sources would not always load properly. (Introduced: 4.4.1.24)
FIXED: SalesPad Dashboard Maintenance: Clicking different rows continually will no longer cause SalesPad to crash.
FIXED: SalesPad Dashboard Maintenance: When designing a dashboard, clicking save multiple times will no longer cause SalesPad to crash.
FIXED: SalesPad Dashboard Viewer: Clicking close while a dashboard was loading will no longer cause SalesPad to crash.
FIXED: SalesPad Dashboard Viewer: Blank entries no longer show in the dashboard selector.
FIXED: Send Fax: When using the "Remove GP Trailing Zeros" the fax numbers will no longer show the four trailing zeros.
FIXED: User Fields: When using a decimal type user field with decimal places set to 0, users will no longer be able to occasionally add decimal places.
FIXED: VRM Note Entry: The securities "Can Delete Own Notes" and "Can Delete Others Notes" will now be respected properly when both are set to false.
Version 4.4.1.27
Release Date 3/25/16
ADDED: Smart Printing: Added the ability to send text reminders using the Smart Printing plugin. Supported texting services are data24-7 and Twilio.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Added the ability to send text reminders directly from the sales document using existing Smart Printing configuration.
FIXED: Counter Sales: First time Counter Sales users will no longer get an 'Object reference' error when using the Visible ID's security and a Walk-in Customer. A work around is for each user to select a Document ID after the error occurs.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: In a non multi-currency environment, List Price will now update if the Currency ID is set to null.
FIXED: Deposits: Bank Records created by SalesPad will no longer be marked as voided when removing a deposit if it is marked as deposited in GP's Bank Deposit Entry. Now a negative record for the total amount with the same payment number will be created and the original will remain as is.
FIXED: Opportunity Card: The Amount field will now allow cent values to be entered.
FIXED: Payments: "Payment total does not match deposits+payments" error will no longer occur when saving a document when a non-functional currency deposit was added. This only affected GP2013 R2 environments.
Version 4.4.1.26
Release Date 3/18/16
UPDATED: Counter Sales: Selecting a document type on the tool strip will now prompt the user to create a new document of the selected type.
FIXED: Avatax Address Validation: The address validation selection confirmation screen no longer has extra buttons.
FIXED: Bulk E-mailing: Improved memory usage.
FIXED: Bulk E-mailing: When bulk e-mailing and using a template that contains an image of a limited size, there will no longer be a "Not enough storage is available to process this command." error.
FIXED: CardControl: When using MSMQ you will no longer get a "CardControl is not running or logged in." message when trying to capture payments on documents that have a large number sales line items. This change will require CardControl 3.0.7.0.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The tax field will now display taxes if the save button is used or some other process saves the document before going to the check-out tab.
FIXED: Customer Card: Emailing from the customer card will now properly display the sales document selector. Previously the sales document selector screen would display behind the main SalesPad screen and this would cause Salespad to appear to be frozen.
FIXED: Item Sales Options: Users will no longer receive a "Length cannot be less than zero" error when trying add items with a certain combination of item options.
Version 4.4.1.25
Release Date 3/11/16
ADDED: Sales Line Mass Update: Document date column added to the Sales Batch Lines grid.
ADDED: Security: Back Ordered Items Report: ‘Report Auto Forward After Allocation’ - Automatically forward documents through workflow after allocating line items. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Item Maintenance: Copy Warehouses From Existing - When creating a new item or copying from an existing item, the warehouses will be copied. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Item Maintenance: On Copy Script - a C# script that will execute before item attributes are copied from another item.
ADDED: Security: Sales Batch Processing: ‘Transfer To Invoice Batches Allowed’ - List of queues that are enabled for transferring sales documents to invoice. (Default: *)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Mass Update: ‘Automatically Refresh After Allocation’ - If enabled, Sales Line Mass Update will automatically refresh after allocating or unallocating. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Replacement: ‘Post Replace Script’ - Runs a script after an item has been replaced using the 'Sales Line Replacement' plugin.
ADDED: Setting: ‘Remove Non Inventory Prefix When Converting Line Item’ - When converting a non-inventory sales or purchase line into an inventory item, the non-inventory prefix will be removed. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Database Update: Speed improvements.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Generation Plugin: Security - Email Templates now only shows Purchase Order templates.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Generation Plugin: Security - Vendor Email Smart Field now is a drop down with available Vendor UDF's.
FIXED: Auto Item Conversion: When converting a Non-Inventory Sales Line Item to an Inventory Item, we now preserve the Markdown Percent/Amount.
FIXED: Configure Actions: Removing Action Buttons will no longer cause additional buttons to be removed or add an unwanted button to the Sales Entry menu bar.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Cancelling out of the new customer tab now keeps the current customer instead of changing to the walk-in customer.
FIXED: Customer Card: Discounts are now properly saved when closing the Customer Card.
FIXED: Customer Card: Users will no longer receive a second prompt when choosing 'No' while deleting a contact address.
FIXED: Dashboard Designer: Adding data sets will no longer result in an 'Object Reference' error message.
FIXED: Group Pricing: After importing or exporting, the Excel task will now be properly stopped.
FIXED: Inventory Bin Transfers: When transferring, users will no longer receive the error: "@date_Received is not a parameter for procedure sppTransferSerialBin". This is a SQL stored procedure change and does not require an upgrade.
FIXED: Smart Printing Maintenance: The queues drop-down will now only contain queues pertinent to the Sales Doc Type and Sales Doc ID.
FIXED: User Fields: Users will no longer receive an error when clearing the value of a User Field that has a default value (Integer and Decimal user fields).
FIXED: Workflow Setup: The plugin drop-down is now sorted alphabetically.
Version 4.4.1.24
Release Date 2/29/16
ADDED: Security: Item Maintenance: 'Copy Warehouses From Existing' - When enabled, and creating a new item and copying from an existing item, warehouses will be copied. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Item Maintenance: 'On Copy Script' - a C# script that will execute before item attributes are copied from another item.
ADDED: Settings: ‘Remove Non Inventory Prefix When Converting Line Item’ - When enabled and converting a noninventory sales or purchase line into an inventory item, removes the non-inventory prefix. (Default: False)
ADDED: Vendor cards: VRM notes now have auditing.
ADDED: Customer cards: CRM notes now have auditing.
UPDATED: ShipCenter Module: Now works with ShipCenter versions >= 1.1.0.68.
FIXED: Auto Item Conversion: The setting 'Package Item Prefix' no longer causes an issue with auto item conversion running for package items when the setting contains lower case characters.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Changes to the miscellaneous amount on the sales document header will now save properly.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When using a non-English version of SalesPad, updating quantity will no longer throw an error.
FIXED: Create Return: A newly created return's discount amount value will no longer be double the originating document’s discount amount.
FIXED: CRM Event Entry: New line characters will no longer be removed from each note on a given CRM task after clicking Refresh on the customer card.
FIXED: Dashboards: The recent DevExpress upgrade had disabled SQL custom queries. This has been corrected. (Introduced: 4.4.1.20)
FIXED: Sales Line Items: When converting a non-inventory sales line item into an inventory item, markdown percent/amount is now preserved.
Version 4.4.1.23
Release Date 2/22/16
ADDED: Security: SalesPad Today: 'Auto Refresh' - Allows a user to turn auto refresh on or off.
REMOVED: Security: 'New Customer Custom' - This security is no longer used.
REMOVED: User Field Editor: The Customize Layout option on this screen has been removed.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Layout changes now save properly.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Layout changes now save properly.
FIXED: Crash Log: Corrected an issue where crash logs would occasionally be blank.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Sales Totals are now updated when a user opens a document.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Sales Totals box will now be cleared completely after a user has saved and submitted the document.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Sales Totals box will be cleared when switching to the Customer Search tab.
FIXED: Customer Card: Sales Graph: The Plot drop box to show all options
FIXED: Customer Card: Sales Graph: Corrected an issue where the graphs would display incorrectly.
FIXED: Customer Contact: A more descriptive error message will be shown when there is an issue saving a contract address and using the 'Address Query Handler' setting.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Emailing the Inventory Adjustment report from the Inventory Adjustment module will now work properly.
FIXED: Kit Components: The Extended Cost column will now be properly populated.
FIXED: Report Designer: When exporting a report and choosing to overwrite an existing report, the existing report will now always be overwritten properly with the exported file.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When using batch capture, users will no longer receive extra forwarding messages if there are no authorizations to capture or if the 'Forward After CC' security is set to false.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: CardControl authorizations will now show in the Sales Document payments link on the header without needing to re-open the document. (Introduced: 4.4.1.13)
FIXED: Sales Entry: Attempting to edit the price of a sales line item on a copied sales document before saving will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Sales Entry: Package component’s price level will now be set to the package’s default price level rather than the header’s price level.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: This module will now load faster.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: CRM Event and Interaction columns will now properly display data on the grids.
FIXED: User Field Editor: Creating a user field with the 'Field is Rich Text Memo' option will no longer throw an Object Reference error.
FIXED: User Fields: Users will no longer be able to enter more characters than the text user field's character limit in the text edit screen that pops up when clicking on the ellipses.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Purchase Graph: The Plot drop down box will now show all options.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Purchase Graph: Corrected an issue where the graphs would display incorrectly.
Version 4.4.1.22
Release Date 2/12/16
ADDED: Licensing: BinaryStream, BinaryStreamMEM, SalesPad.EDI and Wennsoft modules are now licensed. User will need to update their SalesPad.GP license in the about screen.
UPDATED: Remote Library: When creating a new service, recovery options will now be set to "Restart the Service".
UPDATED: Sales Document Payments: Users will now receive an alert in the lower right hand corner when attempting to do a CardControl transaction and CardControl is not logged in or running. Previously users were prompted with a message box that required user interaction.
FIXED: Batch Charge: Batch charge will now properly create charges for selected documents. (Introduced in 4.4.1.19)
FIXED: Customer Overview: When attempting to delete documents that are currently open, a message will now display notifying the user which documents were unable to be deleted.
FIXED: Opportunity and Interaction: Un-tabbing and re-tabbing these modules will now work as intended.
FIXED: Opportunity and Interaction: Right clicking on the tab and choosing Security will now properly bring the user to the module’s security in Security Editor.
FIXED: Purchases Graph: The selectable options along the top of the tab will now be saved when exiting the Vendor Card.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Vendor Item Numbers are now populated in SQL when the "Update Missing Vendor Items" button is clicked.
FIXED: Purchase Order Properties: When the Vendor ID field is focused and the user attempts to print or close the PO, there will no longer be a prompt to update the purchase line item costs. This prompt will only occur now if the Vendor ID was edited.
FIXED: Quick Report: Default values will now be selected and displayed properly when a combo box is used.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: A scroll bar will now be present on the Task Lists grid when the number of tasks exceeds the size of the grid.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When partially transferring documents to invoice with the “Use Shipment Suffix” setting set to false, users will no longer see a message stating that the order they transferred has been created.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: CardControl credits will now be applied properly to the Sales Document. (Introduced 4.4.1.5)
FIXED: Sales Document Search: The Country Code column will now be populated correctly.
FIXED: Sales Graph: The selectable options along the top of the tab will now be saved when exiting the Customer Card.
FIXED: Vendor Address Card: Tab text will now be updated after saving a new contact.
Version 4.4.1.21
Release Date 2/5/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Security: 'Vendor Item History' - This security will need to be re-enabled for each security group.
ADDED: Inventory Transfer: A unit of measurement column that displays the base unit of measure for the items is now available.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: When changing Item Class ID for an item, the class default values for the Valuation Method, Sales Tax Option, and Purchase Tax Option fields will be pulled from the Item Class. Changes made before changing the Item Class field will have a prompt to overwrite.
ADDED: Printing: Historical A/R Transaction Reports.
ADDED: Settings: 'Save Resources as GP Attachments' - Allows SalesPad resources to be saved as GP attachments. The attachments will be available in GP and GP attachments will be available as SalesPad resources. This feature is only available for GP 2013 R2 or newer.
ADDED: Vendor Item: User fields can now be added to the Vendor Item business object. The fields will be viewable from the Vendor tab in the Item Maintenance screen.
FIXED: A/R Statement Settings: Returns will now appear on the A/R Statement Settings grid.
FIXED: Audit Log: Printer name will now properly display in the audit record when printing a Sales Document.
FIXED: Create MO Plugin: Now respects the Requested Ship date on Sales Line Items as the Due Date for the MO.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Interactions tab will now properly format rich text User Defined Field values.
FIXED: Import Manager: Inventory Adjustment Unit_Cost value is now respected when used to import new adjustments.
FIXED: Interaction Entry: Contact person will now properly save when editing an Interaction.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: The Interactions tab will now properly format rich text User Defined Field values.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: The On-Row Pre Delete script will now run without exceptions being thrown due to invalid parameters.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: The 'Credit' and 'Void' buttons will no longer be disabled based off of a time restriction.
FIXED: Security Editor: Plugin grid Find Panel is now disabled.
FIXED: Security: Customer Item History: Can Export to Excel is now properly being respected.
FIXED: Security: Vendor Item History: Can Export to Excel is now properly being respected.
Version 4.4.1.20
Release Date 1/29/16
BREAKING CHANGE: Dashboards - DevExpress no longer allows for certain SQL key words in custom queries (ex: UPDATE, DELETE, ALTER, CREATE, etc.). (This breaking change is no longer an issue as of 4.4.1.24)
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: 'Default Doc ID' - Default document ID for new counter sales transactions.
ADDED: Settings: 'Pre-Invoice Script' - A C# Script that runs on a Sales Document before it is transferred to an Invoice. This script will run when shipping from a sales document or when transferring from Sales Batch Processing or Sales Document Mass Update.
ADDED: Import Manager: Ability to import Customer Items from Import Manager.
FIXED: Bulk Printing: There was a memory leak when printing from the bulk processing screens, this was fixed through the DevExpress upgrade.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Credit Card payment button states will now properly refresh when creating a new transaction.
FIXED: Equipment Search: User fields will now properly display data on the search grid.
FIXED: Recent Sales Documents: If the form is not docked and the users right-click on the header there will no longer be an 'Object reference' error. (Introduced: 4.4.1.9)
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: User defined fields can now properly be edited when security 'Can Edit Historical Userfields' is true.
FIXED: Signature Pad: Signatures will now persist when reopening documents in Counter Sales.
Version 4.4.1.19
Release Date 1/22/16
ADDED: Export To Excel: When trying to export to an excel file that is already open the user receives a pop-up message that states the file is already open and it needs to be closed, or they do not have the permissions to open/save the file.
FIXED: Database Update: This no longer fails when using GP2013 and SQL Server.
FIXED: Sales Document Split: Splitting a document based on multiple criteria will no longer always create a document for each criteria when fewer documents is sufficient.
Version 4.4.1.18
Release Date 1/15/16
ADDED: Customer Default Item: Quantities of zero are now allowed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: Line numbers are no longer editable.
FIXED: Receiving: If the GP Purchasing Non-Inventory Currency decimal places setup (POP40600) is not properly setup then the user would receive a "Length cannot be less than zero." error. Now the currency decimals is defaulted to 2 decimal places if not properly setup.
FIXED: Sales Document Assembly: Double clicking on the line item inside of the Assembly tab will now open the Assembly Form instead of the Item Form.
FIXED: Sales Shipment: Invoices will now open properly when transferring an order to invoice and the 'Use Order Number As Invoice Number' security is set to true and the 'Open New Shipment' is checked.
FIXED: Sales Shipment: When the ‘Use Shipment Suffix’ setting is set to false, users will no longer receive a "Fulfillment quantity cannot be greater than the line items remaining quantity." error when partially transferring serial or lot tracked items.
FIXED: Transaction Entry: Customer Number will be preserved when creating a new transaction.
FIXED: Transaction Entry: The AR Transaction Search no longer creates another task in the taskbar.
Version 4.4.1.17
Release Date 1/8/16
REMOVED: Settings: The 'Avatax Tax Schedule' setting is no longer used. Any tax schedule that starts with 'AVATAX' is now respected.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Security: ‘Allow Light Search’ - Enables the Light Search button. This will give back results much faster, however UDF’s and some fields may be blank. (Default: False)
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Security: ‘Can Change Max Results’ - Enables/Disables the Max Results option. (Default: False)
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Security: ‘Can Change Prior Months’ - Enables/Disables the Prior Months option. (Default: True)
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Security: ‘Max Results Limit’ - Sets the max number of results that will be returned. (Default: 10,000)
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Security: ‘Prior Months Limit’ - Sets the max number of Prior Months to search. (Default: 9)
ADDED: Store/Drawer: The System Log table is now written to if the Store and Drawer information does not properly load when logging into SalesPad.
UPDATED: Application: There were numerous areas that used the Sales Document Search view that now uses a Light version. This will improve performance around: Assembly header Sales Document link, Resources Links to Sales Documents, Sales Document Plugin - Blanket Order Invoicing, Counter Sales, Sales Document Numbers List and SalesPad Today Sales Document Resource Links.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When splitting there will be a speed improvement when trying to determine the next "." order number. This would be most notable if a document has been split numerous times.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: The confirmation message when doing a blank search will now display the number of results.
FIXED: Dashboard Designer: Adding data sets will no longer result in an 'Object Reference' error message.
FIXED: On Row Change Script: Using the Warehouse Code or Sales Territory fields to trigger the script will no longer sometimes result in the script’s changes not being respected.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Users will no longer be able to customize the layout of the form.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: When creating a new sales person, all documents without a sales person were being loaded causing a SQL time-out error or a potential "System.OutOfMemory" exception. This has been corrected and now no documents will be loaded until the Sales Person card has been saved.
FIXED: Store/Drawer: The Store/Drawer was not always loaded quickly enough and would sometimes not show as loaded in the main form.
Version 4.4.1.16
Release Date 12/30/15
ADDED: Security: Sales Document CardControl Payments: CardControl Pre Payment Script - C# script that executes before the Card Control screen loads.
ADDED: Security: Smart Printing: Include Emails to CC and BCC - Allows the user to default the inclusion of CC and BCC email addresses for contacts within Smart Printing. (Default: None)
FIXED: Counter Sales: Open, Return, and Exchange were misnamed. (Introduced: 4.4.1.15)
FIXED: Dashboard Designer: Resolved issues that occurred when using select data sets and closing and reopening a dashboard.
FIXED: Printed Reports: The Date_Received field within the InventoryLotNums sub category will now retrieve values correctly.
FIXED: Remote Library: Installing as a service will now properly create the service with a startup type set to Automatic.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: Customer default document items will now load ordered by CustomerLineItem_ID rather than by Item Number.
Version 4.4.1.15
Release Date 12/22/15
FIXED: Counter Sales: Corrected the way that dates are stored when switching between languages.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Corrected various translation issues.
FIXED: Item Audit: When changing a backorder quantity from zero to another number, a blank space will no longer appear in the audit log.
FIXED: Receiving: Serial Receiving will no longer require the user to re-enter To Receive amounts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Multiple clicks to the ship button will no longer create multiple shipment screens.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: Sample items will no longer come in with a blank item number in certain situations.
FIXED: Sales Document Tracking Number: The 'Tracking #' label will no longer disappear when clearing out the tracking number text box.
FIXED: Smart Printing: There will no longer be a "Value cannot be null. Parameter name: type" error when trying to print documents that have CardControl payments. (Introduced: 4.4.1.13)
Version 4.4.1.14
Release Date 12/18/15
ADDED: Sales Document Setup: There is now the option to turn off Return Auto Fulfillment for Non-Tracked Multibin items, per document ID. This can also be disabled for Exchange Invoices.
ADDED: Setting: Inventory Adjustments: 'Set New Batch To Post To Ledger Flag' - Automatically post to ledger upon batch creation in Inventory Adjustments. (Default: False)
FIXED: Application: When logging out of SalesPad, the Date and Version number will remain visible.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Creating a new customer from the New Customer tab will now create the new customer properly. (Introduced: 4.4.1.9)
FIXED: Create Assembly: Executing this plugin through workflow will now properly open create assembly entry screen in the background.
FIXED: Create Returns: There will no longer be an 'Object reference' error when creating returns from historical invoices. (Introduced: 4.4.1.13)
FIXED: Customer AR Detail: Sales Order Num and Original Order Value columns will now correctly show the order the invoice was created from and its value rather than repeating the invoice number and total.
FIXED: Customer Card: Corrected the display of margins in the hint displayed while hovering over the customer number.
FIXED: In-Transit Transfer Fulfillment Plugin: An 'Object reference' error will no longer be displayed if the user never had a layout saved to the database. (Introduced: 4.4.1.12)
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Released Date and Last Print Date will no longer be reset when a PO is set to change order.
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Times Printed will now increment correctly when changing the status from Change Order to Released.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Sop To Pop links will now be created when using a purchase plan that includes both Reorder Points and Sales Lines.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Users will no longer receive a "Cannot insert the value NULL into column 'QTYONPO'" error when attempting to save a PO created from a purchase plan that includes both Reorder Points and Sales Lines. This error only happened when the Reorder Points were sorted to the bottom of the grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying sales documents will now correctly roll down line items req ship date to match sales document header req ship date.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: CCH Sales Tax Office taxes will now calculate correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When using Allocate By Batch and auto fulfillment, there were some scenarios where the document would incorrectly fulfill.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: Corrected the margin percentage displayed in the hover hint.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: Forwarding from this form will no longer cause a popup that cannot be closed.
FIXED: Signature Pad: Signatures will now resize properly.
FIXED: Signature Pad: There is no longer a UI ghost popup when loading the plugin.
FIXED: Intrastat Tracking Module: Intrastat Tracking columns on Item Class only overrides Item Master when no value was found.
Version 4.4.1.13
Release Date 12/11/15
ADDED: Setting: Sales Document Entry: 'Allow Partial Shipping when Ship Complete' - Allows users to transfer orders to invoice if the ship complete button is checked. If set to false, a prompt will tell the user that they are not allowed to transfer to invoice until all lines have been selected. (Default: True)
UPDATED: Application: There was out dated error logging when copying values between Business Objects. This removal will help some processes and cut back on unnecessary error logging traffic.
UPDATED: Sales Document Emailing: The Sales Document audit entry will now contain the list of attachments for the e-mail.
FIXED: Attach Sales Line to PO: Voided documents will no longer be selectable.
FIXED: Audit: An audit log will be added to a sales document if a report is printed while previewing.
FIXED: Create Assembly: Executing this plugin while forwarding a document from outside of the Sales Entry will now correctly create the assembly.
FIXED: Create Return: Line Item Cost will no longer populate as zero on the return/exchange document if the security Show Cost is set to false.
FIXED: Item Analysis: Corrected the way the dates in dd/mm/yyyy format are handled.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Users will no longer receive "Cannot insert the value NULL into column 'DECPLCUR'" when trying to create a new item in a non-multicurrency environment.
FIXED: New Customer: Corrected spelling issue related to localization.
FIXED: Sales Document: Linked lines can no longer have their warehouse code changed by changing the warehouse code in the header and rolling down the change to the lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying sales documents will now correctly roll down line items Req Ship Date to match the sales document header.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Decreased database hits when entering new line items.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Reduced database hits when saving a document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When partially shipping non-base UofM items that are bin or lot tracked, the invoice and remaining order will no longer have quantity inconsistencies.
FIXED: Sales Document Notes: Users will no longer receive "Item has already been added. Key in dictionary" error when the "Sales Document Note Categories" setting has duplicate names in it.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: Forwarding from this form will no longer cause a popup that cannot be closed to occur.
FIXED: Script Manager: Corrected display when deleting a script without a name.
FIXED: Send Fax: Changes to the fax number field will now update without having to tab off the field.
FIXED: Smart Printing: When previewing with smart printing, certain report scripting will no longer be triggered twice.
Version 4.4.1.12
Release Date 12/4/15
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Entry: Separate fulfillment documents will no longer allow the user to reduce the quantity fulfilled for Lot/Serial/Bin tracked items. Fulfillment for these item types are specifically picked and need to be manually removed via the 'Fulfillment' plugin. The line quantity can then be reduced. The setting 'Quantity Decrease will Decrease Fulfillment' can be turned on to allow this functionality to work similar to Auto Fulfillment Documents.
BREAKING CHANGE: 'Inventory Transaction Report' has been renamed for each respective Inventory Transaction Type.
ADDED: Application: When crash logs are sent, they will now contain the current running plugins.
ADDED: Customer Overview: Security - Update Customer With Customer Class Information: When set to false, changing the customer class will not change any other fields on the customer. (Defaults: True)
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: There is now a warning message stating that other users should be logged out of the system or changes may be overwritten.
ADDED: Printing: In-Transit Transfer Reports have been added.
UPDATED: Layouts: Grid and Tree Layouts are now cached when loaded and only saved to the database when changed. This will help cut back on extra database traffic.
UPDATED: Customer Overview: Changing the customer class will now prompt the user with fields that will be updated and update those fields based on user input.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When reducing the quantity below the quantity fulfilled on auto fulfillment documents, the quantity fulfilled will also be reduced. For Lot/Serial/Bin tracked items, fulfillment entries will then be automatically reduced.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Setting: 'Quantity Decrease will Decrease Fulfillment' now works properly for separate fulfillment documents.
FIXED: Email Template: Corrected the date display to match local date.
FIXED: Application Memory Leak: Fixed a memory leak caused by the System Windows Tool Strip when using drop down buttons. This mainly affected the customer card.
FIXED: Grid Layouts: Resetting to default layouts will now save properly.
FIXED: Req Ship Date: The date format has been changed in the Req Ship Date prompt that occurs when a user attempts to change the field.
FIXED: User Fields: When using UDF calculation, if the view creation fails, the UDF calculation will now be ignored and the view will still be created. A warning will be given to the user of these changes.
FIXED: Purchase Order Properties: Reduced the number of hits to the database when loading the layout for this form.
FIXED: Customer Overview: Users will no longer receive multiple prompts to save when changing the customer class.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When reducing the quantity for Non-Inventory items, the quantity fulfilled field will also be reduced if it is greater than the new quantity.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The setting 'Use Logged In User Sales Person ID' and 'Use Logged In User Default Warehouse' were not being respected all the time.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When a customer has a Pickup shipping method and the setting 'Use Logged In Users Default Warehouse' is enabled, the tax schedule would get pulled from the Site set in Sales Order Processing Setup within GP. This setting is now more universally respected when creating sales documents.
FIXED: Sales Line Dockable Plugins: With the plugin disabled and the 'Auto Run and Dock' security enabled, opening an existing document will no longer lock up SalesPad.
FIXED: Customer Card: Users will now only get the Customer Class has changed prompt when a change has been made to the field.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: NOLOCK's were added to spptaSopHdrRecalc_SalesPad and spvSalesDocumentSearch_base to prevent deadlock issues around SOP10106.
FIXED: Customer Card: There was an extra hit to the database for Sales Rep when saving.
Version 4.4.1.11
Release Date 11/20/15
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: An audit entry will now be created for un-allocating sales documents.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Cost on drop ship items on documents not using functional currency will properly calculate using the exchange rate.
FIXED: System Information: In a French or Spanish region users can now properly switch the language back to English.
FIXED: Contact Search: Contact Name will pull its value from the Customer Address rather than the Customer Card.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Voided Purchase Orders will no longer appear in the Open Purchase Orders grid.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Pricing: Resolved a possible 'divide by zero' error.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: When transferring an order in non-functional currency after a deposit has been applied, if the originating currency has a divide type rate calculation method, the payment on the invoice will no longer be recalculated in functional currency.
FIXED: Sales Document Properties: Sales line items can now be properly updated using the On Validating Script.
FIXED: Purchase Order Properties: Purchase line items can now be properly updated using the On Validating Script.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: When adding a new address, the address will now roll down to any lines that matched the previous header address.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Resolved a potential 'PRIMARY KEY VIOLATION' on table SY00800 when opening a Sales Document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: If you click the Allocate/Un-allocate buttons multiple times, accidentally or otherwise, then the document would allocate/un-allocate for each click. There is now a prompt after the document has been allocated/unallocated once, while the document is still open.
Version 4.4.1.10
Release Date 11/13/15
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: When adding a kit item to a purchase order, users will be prompted to add the kit components since kit items are not allowed on Purchase Orders.
UPDATED: Quick Transfer To Invoice: There is now an audit trail on the original order and new invoice for this process.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Price Level Maintenance: The 'Price' column will now be formatted to the correct number of decimal places based on the currency is being used.
FIXED: SalesPad Dashboard Maintenance: Speed and performance improvements when creating and designing new dashboards.
FIXED: Customer Card Notes: Users will no longer be presented with multiple prompts to save when adding more than one note.
FIXED: Customer Contact Address: Opening a Contact Address and changing and saving while having unsaved changes to the Customer Card will no longer result in losing the Customer Card changes.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When an item is not set to allow backorders and the Setting 'Shortage Option For Item No Backorders' is set to 'SellBalance', the extended price in the table SOP10200 will now be correct.
FIXED: Settings - Quick Transfer To Invoice: Resolved an issue when using this setting and transferring a document with cancelled quantities.
FIXED: AR Statement Report: Selected documents will now properly print. (Introduced: 4.4.1.8)
FIXED: Layout Maintenance: Copying layouts to different users will no longer result in an 'Object Reference' exception when trying to access the layout.
FIXED: Settings: Enable MultiCurrency Formatting - Resolved an issue with the setting always showing 5 decimal places. Now displays the appropriate decimal places for the selected currency.
FIXED: Interaction Entry: When using the security 'Email User Task Info', additional information has been added to the email that is sent.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Having a 'Quantity Cancelled' and a 'Trade Discount %' will no longer result in multiple prompts to save.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Resolved an 'Object Reference' error when changing the 'Ship To Address Code' and saving a Purchase Order.
Version 4.4.1.9
Release Date 11/6/15
ADDED: Registry Maintenance: Allows the user to view and manage SalesPad settings stored in the local Windows Registry.
ADDED: Registry Maintenance: Security: Can Delete Entries: Allows the user to delete specific registry entries.
ADDED: Registry Maintenance: Security: Can Edit Connections: Allows the user to edit the connections that are stored in the registry.
ADDED: Sales Document Audit: New Manual Payments made on sales documents will now create an audit trail.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: Security: Can Create Sales Lines - Determines if the user can create new sales line items.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: Security: Can Delete Sales Lines - Determines if the user can delete existing sales line items.
UPDATED: Receiving: Updated layout to use tabs for the receiving type.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Users can no longer add sales line items with the enter key when the document is read only.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: The 'Shipping Weight' field now allows 9 digits to be entered. Previously only 6 digits were allowed.
FIXED: Security Editor: Resolved an issue where the search would not display all of the proper results.
FIXED: Security Editor: The security plugins grid can no longer be sorted on the 'Access' column. This previously caused issues with saving security changes.
FIXED: Prospect Search: 'Prospect Number' is now part of the default fields that can be searched on.
FIXED: Dockable Plugins: Recent Order and Recent Customers plugins can now use the Autostart functionality.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When the setting 'Purchase Full Quantity on the Line' is enabled, the first Purchase Order generated from a Sales Document will now have the correct ''Qty Committed' if the quantity on the PO has been increased.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: When there is quantity available and increasing the quantity on a fully backordered line before receiving, the line will now be fully backordered for the new quantity.
FIXED: Bulk Emailing: The BCC field will now be split on the ';' character to allow multiple entries.
FIXED: Smart Printing: When faxing documents through SmartPrinting, we now trim the trailing '0000' added on by GP on the Fax numbers when using the setting 'Remove GP Trailing Zeros'.
FIXED: New Customer: When creating a new customer, the user is now able to abort the creation by using the Customer Address Card pre save.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When the setting 'Warn When Updating A Customer Address' is enabled, users will no longer receive an unnecessary prompt when changing tabs.
FIXED: New Customer: When the 'Customer Address Code' is blank, the customer will no longer be saved when choosing No/Cancel on the following prompt.
FIXED: Signature Pad: If there is a blank signature saved, users can now save another signature without being required to click 'clear'.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: Focused line item viewer will now properly show quantities when using a non-base unit of measure on an item that has negative quantity available / on hand.
FIXED: Smart Printing: Smart Printing will no longer increment the times printed value on a document if nothing has been printed.
FIXED: Customer A/R Transaction Entry: Checkbook ID will no longer be a required field unless the Cash Amount or the Check Amount fields are populated.
FIXED: Security: Newly created security groups will now appear in the Security Group drop down list in User Properties.
FIXED: Sales Document Audit: Cash payments made on ORDERS will now show the payment type of Cash Payment in the audit trail.
FIXED: Recurring Sales Generator: Kits that are set to not allow backorders will no longer cause a continuous popup when generating sales documents.
Version 4.4.1.8
Release Date 10/30/15
ADDED: Resource Search: Allows for searching for Resources throughout all of SalesPad.
ADDED: Resource Links: Tab in the Resource Search screen to see all links for a specific resource.
UPDATED: Activity Locks: Purchase order batch locks are now visible in 'Batch Activity'.
UPDATED: Activity Locks: 'Transaction Source' is now visible in the Batch lock section and now shows 'Receipt Batch' locks.
FIXED: System Information: 'SalesPad.Module.DocumentManagement' will no longer show up as an extended module.
FIXED: Customer A/R Overview: The overview will now properly refresh when clicking the 'Refresh' button in the toolbar.
FIXED: Bin Transfer: Transferring a lot tracked item will no longer result in a "Given Key Was Not Present" error when closing the processing screen.
FIXED: Report Manager: The "Value cannot be null" error will no longer be given for the AR Transactions report if there are no AR Transactions in the system.
FIXED: Sales Document: Times printed will now reset to zero when transferring an order to invoice when the 'Quick Transfer To Invoice' setting is set to true.
FIXED: Activity Locks: The 'Clear Unused Batch Locks' button no longer clears all batch locks.
FIXED: Assembly Report: The base Assembly Report will now have the correct databinding for Assembly Component Items.
FIXED: Assembly Allocation: Resolved an error when using the plugin and the folder 'Assembly Allocation' did not exist in the user 'AppData folder'.
FIXED: Receiving: The Receipt Locks will now get properly applied during the receiving process.
FIXED: New Customer: When creating a new customer, the changes made in the customer address user field tab will now be properly saved.
FIXED: Splitting: Using the setting 'Allocate With DataCollection' will no longer result in an 'Object reference' error when attempting to do multiple splits.
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: When transferring a quote to order, the resources will now be transferred to the new document.
FIXED: Counter Sales: If there are multiple payments on a document, the ‘check out’ change will no longer revert back to 0 after saving a cash payment.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Refreshing the screen now respects the 'Show Is Completed' flag to determine what needs to be loaded from the database.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: The ability to forward documents through the workflow will now be disabled if the 'Forward Documents in Workflow' security is disabled.
FIXED: Sales Document CardControl Payments: Setting: Preauth Hold Code: 'User ID' and 'Last Updated On' will now be populated when adding a hold through via the setting.
FIXED: Resources: The 'Changed By' and 'Changed On' columns are now properly updated when making a change to an existing resource.
FIXED: Contact Resource: The Transfers, Printable and Auto Print check box will now be displayed properly on the Contact Resource grid.
Version 4.4.1.7
Release Date 10/23/15
ADDED: SalesPad Today: 'Key Type' is now an available column. This displays the originating interaction type. (Customer, Vendor, Prospect, Contact, Opportunity, Sales Document)
ADDED: Report Manager: Dangerous Goods Declaration Report: International Shipping Document.
ADDED: Report Manager: Shippers Letter of Instruction: International Shipping Document.
ADDED: Report Manager: NAFTA Certificate of Origin: International Shipping Document.
ADDED: Report Manager: Non NAFTA Certificate of Origin: International Shipping Document.
ADDED: Report Manager: Proforma Invoice: International Shipping Document.
ADDED: Customer Card: 'Ship To Address Code' is now an available column on the Customer Sales Documents grid.
FIXED: Purchase Order: When receiving an error from the eConnect 'Post' stored procedure, the transaction for the header will now be properly rolled back.
FIXED: Sales Document Payment: Improved performance and memory usage when using the Payment Plugin via Workflow.
FIXED: Smart Printing: Improved performance and memory usage.
FIXED: Smart Printing: Resolved an issue with errors not being displayed in the log when using 'Background Smart Printing'.
FIXED: Application: Phone numbers that are using the Trunk Prefix will now be properly formatted.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Updating the item 'Vendor Item Number' on the Item Master will no longer cause existing Purchase Orders to prompt to save when closed without making changes.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: When a line item is linked to a Sales Document, inventory lookup can now be accessed through the 'Item Number' column. However, the 'Item Number' cannot be changed.
Version 4.4.1.6
Release Date 10/16/15
FIXED: SalesPad: Users will no longer receive a 'Root Element is missing' error on login if the Toolbar.xml file is corrupt.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When creating a new Purchase Order, the 'Vendor Company' field is now properly populated with the Vendor Name.
FIXED: Sales Document Interaction: Users will now be prompted to save the document when attempting to add an interaction to a new sales document. This prevents orphan interactions.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The 'SalesLineItem Columns To Include In Audit' setting now functions correctly on Quotes and Returns.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: When two items are both 'Reorder Pts' and assigned to the same Purchase Plan, creating a Purchase Order will now have the correct quantities for both items. (Introduced 4.4.1.0)
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Locked documents are now properly marked as read only when the security 'Can Edit Functional Currency' is set to false. (Introduced 4.4.1.0)
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When not allowing hold edits in GP purchasing immediately prevent saving when checked. (Introduced 4.4.1.0)
Version 4.4.1.5
Release Date 10/9/15
ADDED: In-Transit Transfers functionality is now supported within SalesPad.
UPDATED: Settings: Cache Scripts On Login - This setting now also will cache scripts located within Settings on login. Previously only scripts within security were cached on login.
FIXED: Receiving: The toolstrip would not be visible if the user has a purchase line item user field that is a quick report.
FIXED: Purchase Order Properties: Resolved an issue with the On Hold checkbox remaining checked when using the setting 'Enable Functional Currency View'.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: When using the setting 'Enable Functional Currency View' the purchase line focus will no longer revert back to the first line when entering a 2nd item.
FIXED: Database Update: When using GP 2010 or newer on SQL Server 2005, the spptaPoLine_SalesPad procedure will no longer cause the update to fail.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Resolved an issue with quantities zeroing out when entering items too quickly with security 'Allow Item Description Edits' or 'Allow Item Price Edits' set to false.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: When saving an Invoice document with a payment, the payment number will no longer be incremented.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When changing the header 'Price Level' and rolling down to sales line items, the GP Sales Order Processing Setup setting "Prices Not Required in Price List" is now properly respected.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partially cancelled line items no longer increase the tax amount. Included is a modified procedure - spptaSopTaxEngine_SalesPad.
FIXED: Sales Fulfillment Plugin: While using multi-bin, non-tracked items that have a default sales fulfillment bin defined, resolved issues in specific scenarios that resulted in multiple fulfillment entries. This was a procedure change (sppPickMultiBin).
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The CustomSummaryCalculate will no longer result in an "Input string was not in a correct format" exception.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Adding a non-inventory item using the 'Default Line Item Sales Rep By Item Number' will no longer result in an 'Invalid Value' error.
FIXED: Sales Shipment: In a multi-bin environment, the total on the Shipment screen is now calculated properly when using Non-Inventory, Services, Misc Charges and Flat Fee items.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Changing the quantity on a kit item after the document was already saved will no longer result in an 'Invalid value' error if the setting 'Sales Line Item Package Smart Field' is not populated.
FIXED: SQL Custom Procedure: Only Salespad views / procedures that have been modified will be displayed.
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: When creating, updating, or switching the ship to address, the tax schedule will now roll down to the sales line items. This respects the Setting: "Prompt User When Changing Tax Schedule".
FIXED: Sales Document Addresses: When creating a new ship to address with a different Warehouse, Shipping Method, or Sales Person than the current sales document, the prompt to roll down to the sales line items will now show.
FIXED: Signature Pad: The Reasons should not show up after signing, if there are no Signature Reasons setup.
Version 4.4.1.4
Release Date 10/2/15
ADDED: SalesPad Today: Interaction user defined fields are now available in the Interaction grid.
ADDED: SalesPad Today: 'Key' column added to the Interaction grid. This allows the user to quickly find the Customer / Sales Document / Vendor that the interaction was originally created on.
ADDED: Receiving: Security: Copy PO Line UDFs To Lot UDFs - When enabled and receiving Lot tracked items: If there is a PO Line UDF and a Lot UDF with the same field name, the PO Line UDF value will be copied to new Lot UDF.
ADDED: Receiving: 'Inventory Lot Number' tab.
ADDED: Inventory Transfer: Security: Transaction Date Source - Security to allow setting Inventory Transaction data to the application date or Today's date.
ADDED: Item Sales Option Entry: Item Quantity column.
ADDED: Item Sales Option Plugin: Item Quantity field - Displays the quantity for any item sales options that are marked as an item number.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Card: A 'Dynamics GP' button has been added on the purchase receipt card to open the current receipt within Dynamics GP.
UPDATED: Import Manager: Prospect Import - When 'Prospect Number' is included as a column in the mapping, the import will now key off of this field as opposed to 'Prospect Name'.
UPDATED: Inventory Transfer: Serial Lot Selector: Added a 'Lot UDF' pane to allow modification of Lot UDFs that will be applied when Inventory Transfer is posted.
FIXED: CRM Contact Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Opportunity Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Prospect Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Sales Person Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: CRM Contact Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Opportunity Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Prospect Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Sales Person Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: Item User Fields: Pre-Save scripts will now function properly.
FIXED: Receiving Item User Fields: Corrected available parameters in the Pre-Save script.
FIXED: Receiving Item User Fields: Corrected possible 'object reference' error when using image user defined fields.
FIXED: Item Inventory: Double clicking the 'Backordered' quantity no longer results in multiple windows being opened.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Improved performance when loading purchase line items.
FIXED: Quick Report: Export to Excel Template: When replacing the <QuickReport: > tag, SalesPad now looks at columns ranging from A to ZZ.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Security: Sales Batch Allowed: The '*' character will now allow all batches to be visible.
FIXED: Vendor Purchases Graph: 'Plot By' and 'Break By' drop downs will now properly filter the data being displayed.
FIXED: Equipment Resources: When adding a resource to a new equipment, the resources will now properly be displayed on the tab before saving.
FIXED: Contract Pricing: When adding an item with a 'Quantity' greater than what a contract allows on a Sales Document, the split line will now use the unit of measure of the original line.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When creating a Purchase Order from a Sales Document you can now change the 'UOfM' before saving. (Introduced: 4.4.1.3)
FIXED: Sales Line Items: 'Qty Fullilled' is no longer editable in the following scenarios for Non-Tracked items in a Non-Multibin environment when linked to a Purchase Order: The document is not using separate fulfillment; The document is using separate fulfillment and the 'Purchase Status' is "Purchased".
FIXED: Sales Line Items: 'Qty Fulfilled' can no longer be increased above the 'Qty Allocated' when the item is Non-Tracked, Non-Multibin, linked to a Purchase Order, Purchase Status is "Partially Received" or "Fully Received", and the document is using separate fulfillment.
FIXED: Purchase Order Addresses: When opened, the currently selected sub-tab defaults to the 'Ship To Address' tab.
FIXED: Payment Window: The 'Void' button will no longer be disabled when the transaction time is using UTC time.
FIXED: Inventory Backorders: When double clicking a Sales Document link, going directly to the document that opens, changing, and saving no longer results in an 'object reference' error.
Version 4.4.1.3
Release Date 9/25/15
BREAKING CHANGE: Sales Document Get Tax: The plugin was previously called 'Get Tax' and is now called 'Sales Document Get Tax'. All security for this plugin will require being re-enabled.
UPDATED: Setting: Renamed the 'Use Get Tax Plugin For Tax Calculations' to 'Use Sales Document Get Tax Plugin For Tax Calculations'.
REMOVED: Assembly Entry: Security: Auto Create Batch - Saving an Assembly with the default batch set when the batch does not currently exist will result in the batch being created within GP upon saving.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: The 'Can Edit Addresses' security will no longer disable the tabs. Users can also now copy fields.
FIXED: Export To Excel: Exporting no longer requires the user to enter a file extension when using the default .xls.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Items: 'Can Change Vendor Item Number' security can now be edited when purchasing items from a Sales Document or from a Vendor Card.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Previewing when using the 'Mass Preview' setting and the 'Print as a Single Job' no longer repeats the same document.
FIXED: Customer Search: The 'Ok' and 'Cancel' buttons are now visible when the customer search is used in lookup mode.
FIXED: Quick Reports: The 'Report Files' tab and 'Print Button' will no longer flash when printing a quick report. (Introduced: 4.4.1.0)
FIXED: SalesPad Resources: Security: Download On Double Click now functions on all columns except the 'File Name' column.
FIXED: Security Script Manager: The script editor will now allow users to tab within the editor.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Search: Clicking the clear button on the 'Doc Date' search field will now properly clear the current entry.
FIXED: User Defined Fields: Clicking the clear button on user fields of type 'DateTime' will now properly clear the current entry.
FIXED: Sales Person Card: Dashboards can now be properly edited without resulting in an 'Object reference' error.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction: The field 'Doc Num' on lines is no longer a clickable link.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction: The field 'Doc Type' will now display the document type name as opposed to the integer value.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction: The security 'Show Cost' will now also hide the 'Ext. Cost' on line items.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction: Attempting to close an inventory transaction that has errors will no longer result in losing the transaction.
FIXED: Application: Logging out and switching databases will no longer result in duplicate module menu icons.
FIXED: Item History: Add One Time Items will now allow users to append additional items if there have already been items added.
FIXED: Item History: Confirmation for 'Add One Time Items' and 'Add Default Items' will now be displayed in a toast notification located in the lower right hand corner of the application.
FIXED: Create Return: The 'Corrected Unit Price' will now properly write to the trade discount on the return when the setting 'Use Trade Discount For Price Corrections' is enabled.
FIXED: Create Assembly: Creating an Assembly from a Sales Document with security 'Auto Save' will now auto create the default batch if it does not currently exist.
FIXED: Distribution BOM: Bill of Material components with an item decimal place of 5 will now have the standard quantity properly calculated.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: User fields can now be edited when a purchase line item is linked to a sales document.
Version 4.4.1.2
Release Date 9/18/15
FIXED: Create Return: When creating a 'Return' from a posted 'Invoice', the document 'Shipping Method' will be copied from the originating 'Invoice'.
FIXED: End Of Day Report: The base 'End of Day' report will now properly populate check numbers.
FIXED: End Of Day Report: The base 'End of Day' report is now grouped by Store/Drawer/Machine Name.
FIXED: System User Card: The 'System User' name will now be displayed in the application menu dropdown.
FIXED: New Customer: The layouts for the 'Customer Properties', 'Customer Class Properties' and 'Customer Address' will now be properly saved and loaded.
Version 4.4.1.1
Release Date 9/18/15
ADDED: Settings: Quantity Decrease will Decrease Fulfillment - Automatically unfulfill an item when a sales line item's quantity is decreased on a Sales Document.
ADDED: Customer Address Card: Auditing is no available for customer address changes.
ADDED: Settings: Customer Address Columns To Include in Audit - Defines what column changes will be recorded in the Customer Address Audit.
ADDED: Interaction Entry: A link to the originating business object will now be displayed on the Interaction Entry form (‘Customer Num’, ‘Sales Doc Num’, ‘Prospect’, ‘Opportunity’ and ‘Vendor Num’).
FIXED: Customer Address Resources: The form caption has been renamed to 'Contact Resources'.
FIXED: Opportunity Resources: Printable, Auto Print and Transfers values will now save properly.
FIXED: Prospect Resources: Printable, Auto Print and Transfers values would not save properly.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: The 'Can Edit Address' security will now properly be respected. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Customer Address Card: When the 'Can Edit Address' security is set to false, users are no longer prevented from creating a new address.
FIXED: Sales Document Return: Resolved an issue with decimal places when creating a return for Kit items that resulted in an issue when trying to post.
FIXED: Resource Card: The 'Version' field no longer allows users to input decimals.
FIXED: Counter Sales Search: 'End Date' can no longer be set to be before 'Begin Date'.
FIXED: Counter Sales: When creating a new customer from the 'New Customer Tab', the 'Location' and 'Shipping Method' will now get properly set on the 'Customer Address'. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
Version 4.4.1.0
Release Date 9/4/15
ADDED: Report Manager: Added an ‘End of Day’ Printed Report that is used and customized from the Quick Report Manager and Quick Report screen. This report cannot be previewed or designed from the Report Manager.
ADDED: Quick Report: Added a Print Report button that will now print the corresponding printed report that is defined in the Quick Report.
ADDED: Quick Report: Two new tags for quick reports are now available. These include 'Report Name' and 'ReportID', which must correspond with an existing printed report.
UPDATED: Quick Report: The Print button now says 'Print Grid' on the Quick Report Manager and Quick Report form.
UPDATED: Store Setup: When deleting Stores and Drawers, users will be prompted if the Stores and Drawers are assigned.
FIXED: Counter Sales: The Sales Entry and Checkout tabs are now disabled until a valid Walk-in customer is setup. (Introduced 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Counter Sales: On the New Customer tab, default values for Currency and Address Code will now populate correctly. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Counter Sales: When closing Counter Sales after navigating to the New Customer tab, users will no longer receive an extra prompt to save. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Counter Sales: The New Customer button is now disabled when the sales document has been saved, the customer cannot be swapped out if the document is saved. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Counter Sales: Removed an extra prompt when switching between tabs and the New Customer tab had been disabled. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Counter Sales: The New Customer Tab and the New Customer button are now disabled when a plugin forces the document to save. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Store Setup: The first new Store/Drawer created will no longer be assigned to all users. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Store Setup: Right-clicking the column headers will no longer show the Walk-In Customer menu.
FIXED: Customer Overview: When resetting the layout, users will no longer see two grids displayed.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Copying lines from historical documents will now appear as fulfilled.
FIXED: Layout Maintenance: The Resources tab should now be available when selecting Customer / Sales Document, Vendor or Purchase Order tabs to be visible.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When free typing a batch name, the search will now use a 'like' on the text typed. This allows searching for multiple batches that are similarly named.
FIXED: Shipping Weights: Double clicking on a row will now open the item lookup for that item.
FIXED: Fast Ship: When using filters, Fast Ship will select the top most contact rather than defaulting to the primary shipping or billing address.
FIXED: Settings: Split CC Payment: The name of this setting has been changed to Split Manual Payment and the description has been changed to reflect that this setting does not function for CardControl payments.
FIXED: Inventory Transfer: In the Lot selection screen, users can now edit the quantity available column to add or remove quantities from selected lots.
FIXED: Inventory Transfer: The fields in the footer of the grid will now function properly on the Lot/Serial selection screen.
FIXED: Inventory Transfer: Users can no longer create zero quantity transfers.
FIXED: Purchasing Advisor: Purchase Plans will no longer duplicate for Reorder Point lines if the user applies the plan more than once.
FIXED: Customer AR Details: Cash Receipts will now be included in the AR Details.
FIXED: Profitability Plugin: When sorting the grid by 'Price', updating the top row will no longer result in updating all rows.
FIXED: Settings: Backorder Made To Order Items: This setting will no longer cause fulfilled items to backorder when transferring a document.
FIXED: Dashboard Viewer: Master Filters will now function properly when viewing Dashboards.
FIXED: Assembly Line Items: Quantities will now be properly displayed when a new line item is added.
FIXED: New Customer: When creating a new customer the Tax Schedule and Sales Territory will now be set properly for the customer address. (Introduced: 4.4.0.18)
FIXED: Sales Document Resources: Resource links will no longer be duplicated when splitting documents.
Version 4.4.0.19
Release Date 8/28/15
ADDED: BOM Resources: Resource functionality added to the BOM card.
ADDED: Assembly Resources: Resource functionality added to the Assembly card.
ADDED: BOM Resources: BOM Resource transfer to Sales Document when adding a new Item that is a BOM.
ADDED: BOM Resources: Item Resources transfer to BOMs when it is first created.
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: Item Class search field.
ADDED: Inventory Transfers: Item Class Column.
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: ability to have popup plugins.
FIXED: Customer Address Card: Resolved a 'ScreenSync binding is invalid error' when the last tab selected is not the user field tab.
FIXED: Resources Tabs: Un-tabbing / re-tabbing now properly works on Resource tabs throughout the application.
FIXED: Resources Tabs: Right clicking the tab will now display a 'Security' menu item.
FIXED: Item Analysis: Resource tab buttons are disabled until the user performs a search.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: If the Security 'Allowed Payment Options' is set to ‘Deposits’, opening payments on a Return or Invoice will no longer result in the application crashing.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Adding a document in a queue not currently displayed in Sales Monitor will no longer require the user to reload the screen for it to be visible.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Linking a sales document to a purchase order will no longer prevent users from closing the counter sales screen.
FIXED: Avatax: Corrected a country code issue when using Shipping Methods of type 'Pickup' for customers not located in the United States.
FIXED: New Resource: When adding a new resource, the 'Download' button is no longer visible.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: When deleting a sales line, the resources link from the selected item will also be removed from the Sales Document.
Version 4.4.0.18
Release Date 8/21/15
ADDED: Quick Report Manager: Quick report templates now include an End of Day report.
ADDED: Sales Document Setup: Exchange Doc ID is used for the newly added exchange process.
ADDED: Create Exchange: A negative quantity Invoice or Exchange, can now be created from a posted Invoice. This allows the user to add additional documents to the Exchange document, instead of doing a normal Return document.
ADDED: Create Return: Security: Can Switch Between Return and Exchange – When set to ‘true’, the user can toggle the Exchange check box to switch between a Return and Exchange. (Default: True)
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: When manually creating negative quantity Invoice items, Lot/Serial/Bin tracked items can now have fulfillments created through the 'Sales Fulfillment' plugin.
ADDED: New Customer: Security: On Load Script - C# script that will execute when loading the new customer form.
ADDED: New Customer: Security: Open Customer Card On Completion: When enabled, the Customer Card will be opened after the customer is created.
ADDED: New Customer: Security: Quick Address Creation: When enabled, users can create an address and update address information while creating a new customer.
ADDED: New Customer: Security: Allow Screen Layout Customization - When enabled, layouts can now be customized and saved to the database.
ADDED: New Customer: Form size and location will now be saved to the registry.
ADDED: Store Setup: A maintenance screen that allows users to set-up Stores, Drawers and Walk In Customers as well as assign them to users/groups.
ADDED: Setting: Can Change Store – Defines Groups or Users that have access to change the current active application Store.
ADDED: Setting: Can Change Drawer – Defines Groups or Users that have access to change the current active application Drawer.
ADDED: Lock Screen: Users have the ability to lock their SalesPad application without logging out.
ADDED: Counter Sales: Security: Visible Batches - Limits the documents that are visible to the security group based on the Sales Batch.
ADDED: Counter Sales: Security: Can Process Return or Exchange - Allows the user to process Returns and Exchanges. (Default: False)
ADDED: Counter Sales: Security: Include Historical Invoices - The search results will include historical documents for Returns and Exchanges. (Default: False)
ADDED: Counter Sales: Walk In Customer functionality.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Can Only Use Walk In Customer - Prevents users from creating new customers from Counter Sales and requires them to use the 'Walk In Customer'. (Default: False)
ADDED: SalesPad Today: Security: Default Task Tab: Defines which tab will be focused when SalesPad Today is first loaded.
ADDED: System User Properties: Can Edit Store - Allows users to edit the System User Card Store. (Default: NONE)
ADDED: System User Properties: Can Edit Drawer - Allows users to edit the System User Card Drawer. (Default: NONE)
ADDED: System User Properties: The Store and Drawers are available to view and change.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Inventory Adjustments can now be created and edited.
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Search: Allows users to search for Inventory Adjustments.
REMOVED: Settings: Contact Purch Agent Field: Was not used.
REMOVED: Settings: Contact Bill To Field: Was not used.
REMOVED: Settings: Contact Ship To Field: Was not used.
UPDATED: Security Editor: Plugins now display their name and descriptions.
UPDATED: Create Return: The position and size of the form will now be saved in the registry.
UPDATED: Sales Document Setup: Upon saving changes, users will be prompted to log out of SalesPad for the changes to be applied.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Security: Can Edit Functional Currency - Allows users to edit Sales Documents when viewing in functional currency.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Security: Can Edit Functional Currency - Allows users to edit Purchase Orders when viewing in functional currency.
FIXED: System User Card: Attempting to open a user that is not a SalesPad user will no longer open a blank user card.
FIXED: Create Return: Creating a return for a posted invoice with partially cancelled lines will now use Invoice Quantity for the return as opposed to Quantity.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Saving a new PO with a non-inventory item will no longer result in an 'Object Reference' exception. Introduced in (4.4.0.17)
FIXED: Attach Sales Line To PO: Service items can no longer be attached to POs when they are not backordered.
FIXED: Sales Line Mass Update: 'Update Line Items' now functions correctly for all document types.
FIXED: Sales Document: The Master Number will no longer be incremented when splitting or transferring documents.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: Using the 'Mass Preview' functionality will now properly load each selected document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Forwarding a sales document and closing the confirmation prompt will no longer forward the document.
FIXED: Customer Contact Card: Re-tabbing the Userfields or Resources tab will no longer result in an 'Object Reference' error.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Improved performance and memory usage.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Customizing the form has been disabled.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: When editing interactions from SalesPad today, the Contact dropdown will now be properly populated.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: Functionality to Show/Hide and to see past / future / all interactions will now function properly.
FIXED: System User Properties: Resetting the layout will now properly save.
FIXED: User Defined Fields: Values are no longer displayed as decimals. Negative values are also now supported.
FIXED: Customer Reports: added Cash Receipts Applied to Customer Reports.
FIXED: BOM Entry: Saving and closing after adding a note no longer results in an error.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Item: Line items copied from an existing PO will now reload updated vendor item descriptions.
FIXED: New Customer Special Pricing: 'UofM', 'Begin Date', and 'End Date' are now populated using a drop down box as opposed to free typing.
Version 4.4.0.17
Release Date 8/14/15
ADDED SUPPORT: The SalesPad application now supports Microsoft Dynamics GP 2015 R2.
ADDED: Settings: Include Item Details In Purchase order Audit - Adds item details to audit records when saving a purchase order.
ADDED: Settings: Purchase Line item Columns To Include In Audit: Allows users to specify columns on Purchase Order Line items that they would like recorded in the audit when they are modified.
ADDED: Settings: Purchase order Columns To Include In Audit: Allows users to specify columns on the Purchase Order Header that they would like recorded in the audit when they are modified.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: Users can now edit currency decimal places per currency.
ADDED: Item Maintenance: Allow Backorders, Valuation Method, Quantity Decimals, Currency Decimals and Tax Commodity Code are now available fields.
ADDED: Equipment Resources: Resources are now available for Equipment.
ADDED: Equipment Resources: Equipment Resource transfer to Sales Document when creating a Service Order from Equipment Maintenance. Customer Resources transfer to Equipment when assigned using the assign to customer functionality.
UPDATED: Sales Line Mass Update: Users can now search by a date range for the sales document 'Doc Date'.
UPDATED: Sales Document Transfer: Transferring a sales document will now utilize the GP setting 'Search for New Rates During Transfer Process' in Sales Order Processing setup. With this setting enabled and transferring documents in SalesPad with exchange rates, the new document will use a current valid exchange rate if the original rate has expired.
FIXED: Phone Formatting: Extensions from countries other than US and Canada are now handled properly.
FIXED: PO Taxes: When the GP Company setting "Use Shipping Method when selecting default Tax Schedule" is unchecked, the line level purchase address tax schedule will now be correctly handled.
FIXED: Sales Document Manual Split: Improved performance and resolved a memory issue when splitting.
FIXED: Funnel: Resolved an ‘Object Reference’ error when using Interactions and/or Resources.
FIXED: Sales Document: Fully cancelled lines will no longer transfer to invoices.
FIXED: Split Sales Document: Resolved memory issues with using the plugin when the document has nothing to split.
FIXED: Item Configuration Maintenance: Resolved an error when closing the screen if the layout does not exist.
FIXED: Item Resources: Resolved issues with adding an Item Resource if the tab is the last one selected previously and then reopening.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: When purchasing a Non Inventory line item and manually entering a purchase plan for that line, the cost will now be populated properly.
FIXED: Tracking Numbers: When partial invoicing a sales document, tracking numbers will now be removed from the original order.
Version 4.4.0.16
Release Date 8/07/15
BREAKING CHANGE: Layout Tab: Renamed to Layout Maintenance, security will be lost for the layout tab screen.
ADDED: Layouts: Layouts are now saved based on the language selected for the application.
ADDED: Layouts: Grid Layouts are now stored in the database per user / per language.
ADDED: Layouts: Grid Layouts can now be made read only per group / per user.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: Security: Can Change Read Only Grids - Allows a user to change a specific grid layout to read only.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: Security: Can Edit Card Tabs - Allows a user to change which tabs are visible on Customer, Sales Document, and Purchase Order cards.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: Security: Can Copy To - Allows a user to copy grid layouts to other groups.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: Security: Can Delete Layout - Allows a user to delete a grid layout.
ADDED: Layout Maintenance: Security: Can Only View Layouts For Current User - When enabled, only layouts for the current user will be visible.
ADDED: New Resource: Security: Default Transfers: Sets the default value for the 'Transfers' checkbox when adding a new resource.
ADDED: New Resource: Security: Default Auto Print: Sets the default value for the 'Auto Print' checkbox when adding a new resource.
ADDED: New Resource: Security: Default Printable: Sets the default value for the 'Printable' checkbox when adding a new resource.
ADDED: SalesPad Resources: Allows for creating, editing, and managing file attachments on various business objects in SalesPad. These include: Customer, Customer Address, Sales Documents, Sales Line Item, Item, Opportunity, Prospect, and Vendor Address.
ADDED: Interaction Emailing: Emailing in SalesPad can now be done through in CRM interactions. Includes features such as replying, forwarding, and attaching files using resources. Applicable to all Interactions throughout the application.
ADDED: Vendor Interactions: Interactions can now be created for Vendors.
ADDED: Purchase Order Search: Added the column 'Times Printed'.
ADDED: Sales Entry Options: Security: AutoRun: Determines if the plugin will automatically run when adding a sales line with 'Sales Entry Options'.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Show Cost - Allows users to view line item cost. (Default: False)
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Show Price- Allows users to view line item price. (Default: True)
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Can Change Price - When set to false, the user cannot change the price of line items. (Default: True)
ADDED: Configuration Import: A message box will be displayed if there is an issue with the config file when attempting to import.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Update All Database Tables: Updates the views for all business objects containing User Fields.
ADDED: User Field Editor: Import Data: Functionality to import data from an excel file into the SalesPad user field tables.
FIXED: Sales Batch Processing: When partially invoicing a document, the invoice will now auto forward through the first workflow queue.
FIXED: Report Manager: Users will no longer receive an 'object reference' error when attempting to design the stock Excel Sales Document report.
FIXED: Group Pricing: An 'Object Reference' error will no longer appear when attempting to edit customer details after saving.
FIXED: User Fields: Attachments can no longer be added to attachment user fields when set to read only.
FIXED: Security Editor: Passwords will now be properly encrypted upon saving.
FIXED: Security Editor: Resolved issues caused by having an apostrophe in a Security Group name.
FIXED: Equipment History: When creating a service order, the context menu will now have a fixed length when only one service document is populated in Settings.
FIXED: Inventory Analysis: The month average columns will now correctly use the sales document line item's warehouse rather than the customer's default warehouse when determining the average quantity sold in the previous months.
FIXED: Inventory Analysis: Fixed performance issues when there are large quantities of items and locations.
FIXED: Receiving: Receipts created for Dropship Purchase Orders will now use the 'Payment Terms' from the Purchase Order.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: 'Buyer ID' will now be properly populated when opening a new Purchase Order.
FIXED: Purchase Order Printing: Printing a PO will increment the 'Times Printed' field if the purchase order is previewed, emailed or printed.
FIXED: Purchase Order: The revision number field will only increment when a Purchase Order moves from a 'Released' status to a 'Change Order' status.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Batch totals will now properly refresh when the screen is refreshed.
FIXED: Sales Document Split: Improved memory usage when splitting documents with a large number of line items.
FIXED: Sales Entry Options: The AutoRun security for the Sales Line Components plugin will no longer determine if the Sales Entry Options are set to autorun.
FIXED: Customer Overview: When using the security 'Enable Open Sales Documents Quick Load Grid', the time will no longer be displayed in the 'Date' column on the grid.
FIXED: Sales Document: Using the allocate functionality on a sales line that is linked to a PO will no longer allocate / fulfill that line item.
FIXED: Sales Order Entry: When purchasing a kit sales line and having the setting 'PO Cost Selection' set to 'PO Cost Selection User Field', the setting 'PO Cost Selection Fallback' will now be used.
FIXED: Customer AR Detail: Clicking on a document in the balance screen will no longer open an incorrect document if another document with the same name existed.
FIXED: Configurator: Having an attribute with no name will no longer cause an 'object reference' error when navigating to the pricing tab.
FIXED: Configuration: Attributes without names and options will now be deleted upon save.
FIXED: Configurator - Attribute Price Details: Updated and adjusted the visual style to conform to the previous screen.
FIXED: Configuration Import/Export: Users can no longer Import/Export when no configurations are selected.
FIXED: Sales Line Configurator: The text above a configuration attribute will now display a message that the 'Config Item Number is missing' if this field is empty.
Version 4.4.0.15
Release Date 7/31/15
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: Removed setting 'Convert to BOM Suffix'. Converting sales line items to a BOM will default the new item number to a blank value.
FIXED: Sales Document Convert to BOM: Resolved issue with new BOM item not properly saving.
FIXED: Group Pricing: Closing and reopening the export and import windows will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Resolved an issue for a potential 'Divide by zero' error message when refreshing.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Non-Inventory items will now correctly have 'Item Purchase' and 'Item Tax Schedules' set correctly.
FIXED: Purchase Order Generation: Package lines will no longer throw an econnect error stating "Invalid Purchase Item Taxable status" when using Purchase Order Generation. The top level non-inventory package line will not be added to the PO.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Items will no longer save when cancelling out of the item maintenance window.
FIXED: Inventory Maintenance: Resolved an issue with warehouses not getting properly saved.
FIXED: Purchase Line Items: The changes made to the field 'Capital_Items' will now properly save.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: When changing the vendor on the header of a purchase order, the cost on the line will no longer be re-calculated for non-inventory items.
FIXED: Report Manager: Exporting a report that is an exact copy of a SalesPad default report will no longer fail.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Security: Sales Doc IDs Visible and Show Sales Document Type ID Groups were conflicting with each other.
FIXED: Direct Sales Entry: Security: Sales Doc IDs Visible - The default value will now properly show all document IDs.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: When partially invoicing a document with a deposit, the deposit will now properly move to the invoice.
FIXED: Purchase Order Addresses: Loading the tab with no vendor selected will no longer result in an 'Object reference' error.
FIXED: Create Return: Resolved the error 'missing column' when creating a return from a posted invoice. Introduced in 4.4.0.14.
FIXED: Group Pricing: The 'Sales Doc ID' drop down list will no longer be populated with the previous groups list if 'Sales Doc Type' is not selected.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: The setting "Authorization Up-Charge" no longer applies to charge amounts.
Version 4.4.0.14
Release Date 7/24/15
BREAKING CHANGE: Removed several Equipment UDFs from Setup. A migration tool has been created to move the data in the previously referenced UDF fields to new core fields.
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: Opportunity Sales Doc Type - Moved to Security > Convert Opportunity To Quote.
BREAKING CHANGE: Settings: Prospect Customer Class - Moved to Security > Convert Prospect To Customer.
ADDED: Equipment Migration Tool: Migrates previous equipment User Defined Field data to newly added core equipment fields.
ADDED: Equipment Troubleshooting: Enables functionality for tracking troubleshooting for Equipment.
ADDED: Equipment Warranty: Enables functionality for tracking warranties on Equipment.
ADDED: Equipment Contract: Enables functionality for tracking contracts for Equipment.
ADDED: Equipment CRM Task: Enables the creation of CRM Tasks from an Equipment card for the Customer that the Equipment is assigned to.
ADDED: Equipment Notes: Enables the ability to add notes to Equipment.
ADDED: Equipment Card: A banner will now display Warranty and Contract Date information.
ADDED: Generate Equipment Contracts: Enables the generation of Equipment Contracts from Existing Equipment Warranties.
ADDED: Renew Equipment Contracts. Enables the renewal of existing Equipment Contracts.
ADDED: Item Equipment Troubleshooting: Enables the Item Equipment Troubleshooting tab on an Inventory Card that shows all solutions for a given item.
ADDED: Setting: Equipment Contract Item Number UDF - Item Master UDF used to defined the Item to be added to Equipment Contract Sales Documents.
ADDED: Setting: Sales Line Serial Numbers - A Sales Line Item UDF used to store the Equipment Serials that contributed to the creation of the line when generating an Equipment Contract Sales Document.
ADDED: Setting: Equipment Type - A semi-colon delimited list of Equipment Types that are available in the Equipment Type drop down on an Equipment Card.
ADDED: Setting: Restrict Equipment Contract Start and End Dates - When true, Equipment Contracts will always begin on the first of a month.
ADDED: Sales Entry Options: Security: Decline Option - Text that will be used as the options when declined. A comment will be added to the 'Sales Line Options' user field. (Default: “”)
ADDED: Create Return: Sales Line user fields are now visible and can be edited (non-tracked items). The new values are saved on the newly created return.
ADDED: Security: Counter Sales: Show Cost - Enables the ability to see line item cost. (Default: False)
UPDATED: Create Return: There are now informational panels when the original document has a 'Discount Percentage' or 'Discount Amount'.
UPDATED: SalesPad Ribbon: Menu option will now be hidden instead of being disabled if the user does not have access.
FIXED: Equipment Card: Assign Equipment. Fixed an issue where Equipment was not getting assigned to a Customer.
FIXED: Equipment Search: Fixed an issue where Equipment Search results were showing duplicate entries.
FIXED: Item Maintenance: Vendor Item Numbers and Locations will no longer save if the user chooses to not save the item.
FIXED: Create Return: When creating a Return from an Invoice that has a Discount Amount or Discount Percentage and additional return charges are added, the new document total will now be correct.
FIXED: Create Return: When the Document has a Discount Percentage and an additional return charge percentage is used then the total discount will be added as a Discount Amount, along with a corresponding audit trail.
FIXED: Create Return: 'Return Total' will now reflect Discount Amount or Discount Percentages from the original document.
FIXED: Counter Sales: Read Only Sales Line User fields are no longer editable.
FIXED: User Defined Fields: Hyperlink User Defined Fields set to read only can now be clicked to open the link.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry Plugins: User defined fields on 'Document Release', 'Sales Document Manual Split', 'Fulfillment', 'Shipping Weight', and 'Split Sales Document' are no longer editable. (Introduced: 4.4.0.13)
FIXED: Interaction Event Entry: 'Assigned User' now defaults to the current user when creating a new interaction.
Version 4.4.0.13
Release Date 7/17/15
BREAKING CHANGE: Convert Prospect To Customer: Security: Pre Convert Script - The alias for the business object 'Prospect' changed from 'o' to 'p'. Requires current scripts to be updated.
ADDED: Purchased Line Editor: Security: Pre Save Script - A C# script that runs before saving.
ADDED: Document Release: User defined fields for Sales Line Items are now accessible in the plugin screen.
ADDED: Sales Document Manual Split: User defined fields for Sales Line Items are now accessible in the plugin screen.
ADDED: Sales Fulfillment: User defined fields for Sales Line Items are now accessible in the plugin screen.
ADDED: Shipping Weight: User defined fields for Sales Line Items are now accessible in the plugin screen.
ADDED: Split Sales Document: User defined fields for Sales Line Items are now accessible in the plugin screen.
UPDATED: sppPickLots: Now allows for a custom stored procedure 'spcpPickLots'.
UPDATED: sppAutoFulfill: Now allows for a custom stored procedure 'spcpAutoFulfill'.
FIXED: CRM Event Entry: Emails sent when a new task is created will now display the correct date.
FIXED: Equipment Service Order Search: Voided Service Orders will no longer be displayed in the search results.
FIXED: SalesPad Licensing: Resolved an issue when logging into SalesPad with querying the Seat Count which would result in the error 'Sequence Contains No Matching Element'.
FIXED: Receiving: Receiving a bin tracked item in non-base unit of measure will now correctly calculate the bin quantity on the receipt.
FIXED: Fulfillment: Resolved an 'Object Reference Error' when clicking on the select fulfillment button with nothing selected in the grid.
FIXED: Purchased Line Editor: Users will no longer receive an "unable to allocate/fulfill" error when using the 'Sync To Received' functionality and the Sales Document and Purchase Order are in different unit of measures.
Version 4.4.0.12
Release Date 7/10/15
ADDED: Setting: Limit UofM Dropdown to Pricing Only - Limits the unit of measures displayed for sales line items in Sales Entry to only unit of measures which have a price setup for the item. (Default: False)
ADDED: Inventory Lookup: Users now have the ability to search by 'Item Class'.
ADDED: Inventory Transfers: The column 'Item Class' is now available to add to the grid.
ADDED: Purchase Line Item: Security: StrikeThrough Qty Zero - Changes the appearance of the Purchase Line (strike through), if the quantity ordered on the line is zero.
FIXED: Application: The appropriate ProgramData and AppData folders will now automatically be created when installing SalesPad on a new machine.
FIXED: Settings: Serial/Lots to Print Per Row - Printing serials/lots per row will now break the row based on a new bin and/or warehouse.
FIXED: Customer Card Control Transactions: The 'Transaction Type' column now displays the proper name for the transaction type instead of the number.
FIXED: Sales Document CardControl Payment: Double clicking the buttons 'New Auth', 'New Charge', or 'New Credit' will no longer result in opening the CardControl transaction screen multiple times.
FIXED: AR Detail: Double click a link on the AR Detail will no longer result in opening multiple windows.
FIXED: SalesPad Today: CRM Interactions are now visible in SalesPad Today.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: Changing the quantity on a line item to 0 and using the greatest unit of measure out of the schedule will no longer result in a divide by zero error.
FIXED: Sales Line Package Editor: When manually creating a package using the package editor, the quantity fu